pe elective document 13may05 e - hkedcity.netcd1.edb.hkedcity.net/cd/pe/tc/cd/2ndnsspe/pe... ·...
TRANSCRIPT
SECOND DRAFT
i
Physical Education
Content
Membership of the CDC-HKEAA Committee on Physical Education (Senior Secondary)
iii
Preamble
v
Chapter 1 Introduction
Background 1
Rationale 1
Overall Aims 3
Interface with the Junior Secondary Curriculum 3
Principles of Design
4
Chapter 2 Curriculum Framework
Curriculum Structure 6
Learning Objectives 6
Learning Outcomes 7
Curriculum Content 7
Curriculum Organisation 14
Time Allocation
16
Chapter 3 Curriculum Planning
Progression of Studies 17
Curriculum Planning
18
Chapter 4 Learning and Teaching
Guiding Principles 20
Suggested Learning and Teaching Approaches and Strategies
20
Catering for Learner Differences 21
Exemplar 22
SECOND DRAFT
ii
Chapter 5 Assessment
Internal Assessment 23
Public Assessment
24
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources
26
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
Professional Development Programmes 27
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 28
Source of Information
29
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography 30
Reference Materials for Students 35
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities 36
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme 39
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
42
SECOND DRAFT
iii
Membership of the CDC-HKEAA Committee on Physical Education (Senior Secondary)
Chairperson Mr HUNG Chor-ying Edmond (YCH Tung Chi Ying Memorial Secondary School)
(from 192003)
Vice-chairperson Mr LAM Kwoon-sun Anthony
(Education and Manpower Bureau) (from 192003)
Secretary Ms LEUNG Kwok-wai Masa
(Education and Manpower Bureau) (from 192003 to 2822005)
Mr KAN Wai-fu Michael
(Education and Manpower Bureau) (from 132005)
Member Mr CHAN Shek-yuen
(Delia Memorial School-Hip Wo) (from 192003)
Dr CHEUNG Siu-yin
(Hong Kong Baptist University) (from 1622005)
Prof FU Ho-kin Frank
(Hong Kong Baptist University) (from 192003 to 5112004)
Mr HO Hon-kin
(Jockey Club Ti-I College) (from 192003)
Ms KEE Lai-lin
(Lions College) (from 192003)
Ms LEUNG Fung-ying
(Kwun Tong Government Secondary School) (from 192003)
Mr LI Chi-ming
(Yuen Long Public Secondary School) (from 192003)
Dr LI Chung
(Hong Kong Institute of Education) (from 192003)
Mr Mak Hin-pang
(Hong Kong Institute of Vocational Education) (from 192003)
Ms SHEK Wing-ha
(HKMLC Queen Maud Secondary School) (from 192003)
SECOND DRAFT
iv
Mr SZETO Yuk-tong
(Hong Kong Examinations and Assessment Authority) (from 192003)
Prof WONG Heung-sang Stephen
(The Chinese University of Hong Kong) (from 192003)
Mr WONG Mong-kwan
(Munsang College(HK Island)) (from 192003)
Mr WONG Wai-ki Micky
(Chong Gene Hang College) (from 192003)
SECOND DRAFT
v
Preamble
The Curriculum Development Council (CDC)-Hong Kong Examinations and
Assessment Authority (HKEAA) Committees (Senior Secondary) of various subjects have been
set up jointly by the CDC and the HKEAA Council to develop the Curriculum and Assessment
Guides (CampA Guides) for the new 3-year senior secondary academic structure in Hong Kong
During the first stage of consultation on the new academic structure between October 2004 and
January 2005 the document Reforming the Academic structure for Senior Secondary
Education and Higher Education - Actions for Investing in the Future (Education and
Manpower Bureau 2004) was published to seek stakeholdersrsquo views on the design blueprint of
the structure the timetable for implementation and financial arrangements An accompanying
document Proposed Core and Elective Subject Frameworks for the New Senior Secondary
Curriculum was also produced to solicit views and feedback from schools on the initial
curriculum and assessment design of individual subjects to inform the development of the CampA
Guides
The report New Academic Structure for Senior Secondary Education and Higher
Education ndash Action Plan for Investing in the Future of Hong Kong (Education and Manpower
Bureau 2005) an outcome of the first stage of consultation has just been published to chart the
way forward for implementing the new academic structure and to set further directions for the
second stage of consultation on curriculum and assessment as part of the interactive and
multiple-stage process of developing the CampA Guides In addition taking into consideration the
feedback collected through various means including the returned questionnaires from key
learning area coordinatorspanel heads during the first stage of consultation the curriculum and
assessment frameworks of subjects have been revised and elaborated Further views from
stakeholders in particular the school sectorrsquos are welcome
To understand the position of each subject in the new academic structure readers are
encouraged to refer to the Report
Comments and suggestions on the Physical Education CampA Guide are welcome and
may be sent to
SECOND DRAFT
vi
Chief Curriculum Development Officer (Physical Education) Curriculum Development Institute Education and Manpower Bureau Room 505 24 Tin Kwong Road Kowloon Fax 2761 4291 E-mail peembgovhk
SECOND DRAFT
1
Chapter 1 Introduction
Background 11 Physical Education (PE) is an elective subject in the senior secondary curriculum of the PE
Key Learning Area (KLA)
12 The curriculum is built on the existing S4-S5 PE Curriculum and Hong Kong Certificate of
Education PE Examination Syllabus with some modification and reorganisation of topics
It increases the breadth and depth of content by for example strengthening the concepts of
fitness and health and including new elements on biomechanics motor learning and sport
psychology and sport and recreation management It is a comprehensive curriculum
reflecting cross-curricular links with subjects such as Physics Biology and Health Science
13 It combines theory and physical activities aiming at the realization of an active and healthy
lifestyle
14 It extends studentsrsquo prior knowledge and skills of PE in the Basic Education It seeks to
enhance the learning of the six strands of PE and further develop studentsrsquo generic skills as
well as positive values and attitudes
Rationale 15 Contribution to the learning goals of the New Senior Secondary (NSS) Curriculum
151 PE helps enrich the knowledge students need in contemporary society It broadens
and deepens studentsrsquo knowledge of PE sport science and recreation
152 Though actively engaging them in physical activities it leads students to a healthy
lifestyle which is essential for whole-person development
153 It develops students into informed and responsible citizens through the learning of
theories and participation in physical activities and the development of desirable
moral behaviour
SECOND DRAFT
2
16 Response to the need of the society and students
161 PE bears the important role of contributing to healthy living which is fundamental
to an individualrsquos life and the welfare of society In response to the common
sedentary lifestyle of Hong Kong people the PE Curriculum provides students with
the knowledge and skills for doing regular physical activities helping them become
and remain physically fit which is important for the well-being of individuals
162 On the other hand it fosters the development of a life-long interest in participation in
physical activities To sustain the emerging sportive culture among students
developed in recent years the PE Curriculum provides the knowledge and skills
needed by those who are interested in participating in physical activities safely and
enjoyably
17 Strengthening studentsrsquo generic skills and learning to learn capacity
171 PE develops studentsrsquo general intellectual capacity Through engaging in students in
a higher order cognitive process as a result of exposure to a variety of theoretical
and practical learning experiences it enables them to acquire and construct
knowledge in PE and sport science and improve their cognitive functioning
172 It develops studentsrsquo generic skills notable their collaboration skills critical thinking
skills communication skills and creativity It also helps nurture studentsrsquo
sport-related values and attitudes notably responsibility commitment perseverance
and respect for others These are essential in enhancing studentsrsquo learning to learn
capacity
173 It also develops studentsrsquo study skills such as data collection as well as
interpretation and management of information for further studies
18 Further studies and career link
181 PE equips students with knowledge and skills and develops their personal qualities
for further advancement
182 The breadth of the curriculum enables students to build a broader knowledge base
for higher education in areas like PE and sport science human biology food and
nutritional science etc
SECOND DRAFT
3
183 It prepares students for future careers in the teaching of PE sport and recreation
sport coaching health science medical science nursing physiotherapy
occupational therapy etc
184 The curriculum is in line with the appeal from the World Health Organisation (2004)
for building a long-term capacity of a healthy community
Overall Aims 19 The aims of the curriculum are to enable students to
apply the knowledge skills and positive attitudes acquired in the study of PE for the
pursuit of active and healthy living
integrate physical skills into the learning of theories to support and strengthen the
understanding of theories and to demonstrate high order performance through the
learning in about and through physical activities
link up the PE knowledge they have developed with other disciplines and prepare
themselves for further education and career development
enhance their generic capacity for life-long learning through the study of PE and apply
the skills in real-life situations
further develop positive sport-related values and attitudes and demonstrate desirable
moral behaviour and
be responsible citizens as well as develop a better understanding of international issues
through PE and physical activities
Interface with the Junior Secondary Curriculum 110 The curriculum is a continuation of the junior secondary education
1101 It builds on the foundation of basic education Apart from building on the
previous learning experiences of different physical activities and the level of
competence acquired students are provided with more choices on physical
activities The diversified and balanced experiences gained at the junior secondary
level is a prerequisite for a more advanced and academic-oriented study in the
NSS curriculum especially the learning of the multiplicity of concepts in different
physical education contexts
SECOND DRAFT
4
1102 It provides a basis for enhancing the understanding implementation and
evaluation of human movement The roles of physical activities are to support the
learning of theories and to maintain an active and healthy lifestyle
1103 Through a variety of learning experiences in PE and sport it enhances studentsrsquo
development of generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
1104 It sustains studentsrsquo quality of life through the study of and participation in
physical activities and provides a basis for further studies and career development
Principles of Design 111 Prior knowledge The NSS curriculum for PE is built on the knowledge gained in basic
education The ten parts of PE at senior secondary level are discipline-based and are
closely related to the six strands highlighted in the basic education of PE ie motor and
sport skills health and fitness sport-related values and attitudes knowledge and practice
of safety knowledge of movement and aesthetic sensitivity For example the principles of
FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type) that students are exposed to at junior secondary
level are fundamental to the learning of the part on ldquoPhysiological Basis for Exercise and
Sport Trainingrdquo in the NSS curriculum As the junior secondary curriculum covers at least
eight different physical activities from not less than four areas the knowledge students
acquired forms a strong foundation for their study at NSS level While broadening and
deepening the knowledge and skills students previously learned the emphasis of the NSS
is on the application integration and synthesis of knowledge and their practical use in
daily life
112 Balance between breadth and depth The curriculum covers a variety of areas of study
from the roles and values of PE disciplines in sport science and sport management to the
PE and sport scene in Hong Kong and Chinarsquos sporting culture It aims at providing a
comprehensive knowledge base for diversified interests aptitudes and needs Further
students are given opportunities to acquire more profound concepts and knowledge in
certain areas such as fitness and health exercise and sport training which constitute the
core knowledge in PE All these equip students with important knowledge for further
studies and career pursuits Moreover in addition to reinforcing the knowledge and skills
SECOND DRAFT
5
of the physical activities students previously developed the curriculum provides them with
opportunities to strengthen the learning of a variety of physical activities to carry out
in-depth learning of selected activities and to participate in at least one PE-related
co-curricular activity The practical work especially providing services to the school
andor community in the form of organising physical activities and sport events as
illustrated in Exemplar 3 of this document helps strengthen studentsrsquo generic skills and
further nurture their positive values and attitudes
113 Linkage between theory and physical skills The integration of theory and physical
skills enables students to apply the learnt knowledge in the performance of physical skills
which in turn strengthens the understanding of theory It also provides opportunities for
students to enjoy an active and healthy lifestyle
114 Essential parts and choices Students are given opportunities to learn about all the
domains of knowledge in the NSS PE curriculum and different physical activities offered
by schools To cater for individual interests and needs students will have choices for
selecting a few physical skills for advanced development The physical activities offered
by schools will have more carry-over values to their future life
115 Articulation to multiple advancements The different domains of knowledge included
are useful for further study and career pursuits in different areas such as teaching PE
sports coaching and management medical and health care food and nutrition etc
116 Safety considerations Safety considerations are important in designing and organising
physical activities These include safety in using facilities and equipment safety in
carrying out the activity tasks and risk management
117 Learning to learn and generic skills Different learning modes such as group work
presentations sport competitions service for physical activities etc enable students to
further develop generic skills and learning skills and to nurture positive values and
attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
6
Chapter 2 Curriculum Framework
Curriculum Structure
21 There are altogether ten parts in the curriculum The first nine parts are basically
theoretical the roles of PE anatomy and exercise physiology fitness and nutrition
sport injuries biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology sport sociology and
sport management However there are also elements of applied learning included in
these theoretical parts such as the practical work in topics of training methods
treatment of sport injuries and organisation of events of physical activity Part Ten
focuses mainly on practical skills which include physical skills and physical fitness
Students are expected to learn all the theoretical parts They will go through all the
practical work including all the physical skills they are taught as well as physical
fitness but they will be provided with choices for a few physical skills for advanced
learning This reflects a broad and balanced curriculum which broadens studentsrsquo
knowledge and learning and allows choices to meet studentsrsquo diversified needs and
interests
Learning Objectives 22 Through the learning of different parts students are able to
broaden and deepen their understanding of the knowledge on PE and demonstrate
healthy behaviour including active participation in physical activities
integrate the learning of PE into their lives and enhance their intellectual capability by
acquiring applying and evaluating knowledge and physical skills
understand the principles of PE and its relationship with related fields and become
aware of the links to further education and career paths
apply the knowledge of PE in real life situations so as to develop generic skills such as
communication skills critical thinking skills collaboration skills creativity and
aesthetic appreciation
nurture personal and social qualities and demonstrate desirable sporting etiquette and
SECOND DRAFT
7
show commitment and responsibility in organising events involving physical activities
in school or the community and demonstrate an understanding of and respect for
different cultures in PE and sport
Learning Outcomes 23 At the end of the senior secondary curriculum students should be able to
live an active and healthy life by doing regular exercise maintaining a reasonable
physical fitness level practising healthy eating and staying free from substance abuse
demonstrate a knowledge of theory through participation in a number of physical
activities and at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
apply deeper knowledge acquired through studying principles of PE exercise
physiology fitness and health biomechanics sport sociology motor learning and sport
psychology and sport management and be aware of the connection between such
knowledge and other disciplines for future advancement
demonstrate generic skills such as collaborative skills critical thinking skills
communication skills and creativity through the learning of theories and physical
activities and apply these qualities in real-life situations
uphold positive sport-related values and attitudes and demonstrate proper sporting
etiquette and desirable moral behaviour and
demonstrate commitment and responsibility when performing physical activities and
sport events especially in school and community services and show understanding of
and respect for different sporting cultures
Curriculum Content 24 Part I This part gives students a general picture about the scope of PE and its
relationship with sport recreation and leisure The terminology the general concepts
and the information concerning the local PE scene help students learn and link it with
the other parts of the curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
8
Part
Suggested Time Allocation ()
I Physical Education Sport Recreation Leisure and Wellness (6) (a) Definition History and Development of PE Sport Recreation
Leisure and Wellness
(b) Roles and Values of PE Sport Recreation and Leisure (i) Personal development (ii) Socialization (iii) International relationship (c) PE in Hong Kong (i) Primary (ii) Secondary (iii) Tertiary (d) Sport Recreation and Leisure in Hong Kong (i) Government (ii) Non-government organisations (iii) Private and commercial clubs
25 Part II This part helps students build a foundation in PE through familiarising them
with the knowledge of human body systems and prepares them for the study of fitness
and health exercise and sport training sport injuries and motor learning and sport
psychology
II Human Body (15) (a) Growth and Development (i) Life cycle amp growth curves (ii) Stages of development (iii) Body types (b) Skeletal System (i) Functions (ii) Bones (iii) Joints (iv) Cartilage (v) Ligaments (c) Nervous System (i) Functions (ii) Central Nervous System (d) Muscular System (i) Functions (ii) Types of muscle and muscle fibre (iii) Types of muscle contraction (iv) Neuromuscular control
SECOND DRAFT
9
(e) Cardiovascular System (i) Functions (ii) Blood vessels (iii) Heart (iv) Circulation (f) Respiratory System (i) Functions (ii) Lungs (iii) Pulmonary ventilation (iv) Gaseous exchange (g) Energy System (i) Aerobic system (ii) Anaerobic system (iii) Energy metabolism during rest and physical activities
26 Part III This part covers the basic elements in human movement and is linked to the
discipline of Physics It guides students to understand the scientific basis of movement
and to apply this knowledge to enhance their performance
III Movement Analysis (7) (a) Biomechanics (i) Force (ii) Motion (iii) Newtonrsquos Law of Motion (iv) Velocity and acceleration (v) Centre of gravity (vi) Lever (b) Types of Body Movement (i) Flexion-extension (ii) Abduction-adduction (iii) Pronation-supination (iv) Plane of motion (v) Rotation (c) Application in Sports
27 Part IV This part helps students explore and compare the concepts of physical fitness
and sport-related fitness the nutritional components and the diet related to physical
performance and the interlocking relations between exercise physical fitness diet
health and chronic diseases Such knowledge helps students recognise the importance
of an active and healthy lifestyle It also plays an important role in facilitating
understanding of the concept of wellness mentioned in Part I
SECOND DRAFT
10
IV Fitness and Nutrition for Health and Performance in Physical Activities (15) (a) Components of Health (i) Physical health (ii) Mental health (iii) Social health (b) Definition of Physical Fitness and Sport-related Fitness (i) Physical Fitness (ii) Sport-related fitness (c) Components and Measurement of Physical Fitness (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Flexibility (iii) Muscular strength and endurance (iv) Body composition (d) Components and Measurement of Sport-related Fitness (i) Agility (ii) Balance (iii) Coordination (iv) Endurance (v) Flexibility (vi) Reaction time (vii) Speed (viii) Strength (e) Food and Nutrition (i) Carbohydrates (ii) Proteins (iii) Fats (iv) Vitamins minerals fibres and water (v) Balanced diet (vi) Nutrition and exercise performance (f) Weight Control (i) Energy balance (ii) Overweight and obesity (iii) Weight control (g) Healthy Behaviour (i) Diet (ii) Exercise and physical activity level (iii) Rest and relaxation (iv) Substance abuse (v) Posture (h) Roles of Physical Activity for the Prevention of Non-Communicable
Diseases
(i) Coronary heart disease (ii) Diabetes (iii) Hypertension (iv) Hypokinetic degeneration
SECOND DRAFT
11
28 Part V This part equips students with the knowledge of physical performance and
sport training It enables students to understand the general principles and effects of
physical training which are fundamental in exercise and the acquisition of physical
skills
V Physiological Basis for Exercise and Sport Training (12) (a) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Muscular fitness (iii) Flexibility (iv) Age (v) Gender (vi) Heredity (vii) Body types (viii) Drugs (ix) Environment (b) Concepts and Principles of Training (i) Aerobic and anaerobic training (ii) Principles of training (iii) Basic considerations in training (iv) Planning of training programmes (c) Training Methods (i) Resistance training (ii) Circuit training (iii) Continuous training (iv) Interval training (d) Training and Detraining Effects (i) Cardiovascular adaptations (ii) Metabolic adaptations
29 Part VI This part equips students with the knowledge of safety measures in physical
activities and sport Building on studentsrsquo previous knowledge of human body and
movement exercise and sport training it raises their awareness of common sport
injuries and helps them apply this knowledge to treatment and prevention measures
VI Sport Injuries Treatment and Precautions (7) (a) Factors Leading to Sport Injuries (i) Environmental factors (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Protective devices (iv) Level of skills
SECOND DRAFT
12
(v) Level of fitness (vi) Physical limitations (vii) Nature of different sports (b) Common Sport Injuries (i) Bleeding (ii) Abrasion (iii) Contusion (iv) Dislocation (v) Fracture (vi) Pulled muscle (vii) Sprain (viii) Strain (ix) Heat and cold injuries (x) Overuse injuries (c) Treatment (i) General principles of first aid (ii) PRICE (Protection Rest Ice Compression Elevation) (iii) Resuscitation (d) Prevention of Sport Injuries (i) Risk assessment (ii) Safety measures (iii) Warm up and cool down
210 Part VII This part helps students understand the theory of motor learning and the
fundamental elements of motor learning and sport psychology Building on the previous
parts it helps students explain the learning process and performance of daily-life physical
skills
VII Motor Learning and Sport Psychology (7) (a) Application of Learning Theory in Motor Learning (i) Skill classifications (ii) Skill acquisition and information processing (iii) Stages of learning and transfer of learning (iv) Intrinsic and extrinsic feedback (v) Knowledge of result and knowledge of performance (vi) Practice methods (b) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Anxiety and arousal (ii) Attention and concentration (iii) Motivation and self-confidence (iv) Goal setting (v) Imagery and mental practice (vi) Personality (vii) Aggression
SECOND DRAFT
13
(c) Application of Stress Management in Sport (i) The nature of stress (ii) Stress management
211 Part VIII This part allows students to investigate different issues of physical and sport
activities in relation to society It helps students understand more deeply the roles and
values of PE and sport from different perspectives It also nurtures studentsrsquo high-order
thinking skills by exploring specific issues
VIII Social Aspects of PE Sport and Recreation (8) (a) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (i) Philosophical foundation history and development of the Olympic
Games
(ii) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (iii) Chinarsquos involvement in the Olympic Movement (iv) Challenges to the Olympic Movement and Olympicism (b) International Organisations Major Games and Major International
Competitions
(i) International Olympic Committee and International Sports Federations
(ii) Olympic Games and other major games (iii) Major international competitions (c) Chinarsquos Sporting Culture (i) Chinarsquos sporting culture (ii) All China Games (d) Sport and Society (i) Sport for all and sport for elite (ii) Amateurs and professionals (iii) Competition (iv) Drugs in sport (v) Violence in sport (vi) Politics and sport (vii) Media and sport (e) Factors Influencing Participation in Sport and Recreation (i) Personal factor (ii) Family factor (iii) Social factor (iv) Cultural factor (v) Political factor (vi) Environmental factor
212 Part IX This part introduces the basic concepts of sport management and programme
organisation It aims at equipping students with useful knowledge to perform school and
SECOND DRAFT
14
community services particularly the organization of different physical activity events
IX Sport and Recreation Management (6) (a) Concepts on Sport and Recreation Management (i) The management process (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Funding (iv) Staffing
(v) Time factor (b) Programme Organisation (i) Competition systems (ii) Organisation of events of physical activity (c) Legal Issues in PE Sport and Recreation (i) Liability in PE and sport activities (ii) Negligence in PE and sport activities
213 Part X This practical part provides an opportunity for students to apply the theories
learned from the other parts through participating in physical activities It requires students
to relate and integrate different aspects of knowledge learned to enhance their skill
performance and physical fitness It also develops studentsrsquo personal qualities by enabling
them to recognise their role in PE-related school and community services
X Performance in Physical Activities (17) (a) Demonstration of Skills and Knowledge of Various Physical Activities (i) Acquisition mastery and demonstration of a number of physical
activities
(ii) Active participation in at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
(iii) Demonstration of regular exercise to maintain fitness and health (iv) Application of learned theories in the performance of physical
activities
(v) Demonstration of a leading role in school andor community services
(100)
Curriculum Organisation 214 Learning and Teaching Sequence The suggested sequence of the learning and
teaching components for PE is that the foundation of PE comes first before the topics
on human body exercise physiology as well as health and fitness These topics are
then followed by those related to other knowledge disciplines namely biomechanics
SECOND DRAFT
15
sport sociology and motor learning and sport psychology The learning of physical
activities and related co-curricular activities will be ongoing throughout the three years
of senior secondary education The rationale for the way the ten parts are sequenced is
as follows
2141 A foundation part including terminology gives students the general knowledge
essential for a smooth transition from an activity-oriented basic education PE
curriculum to an academic-oriented PE curriculum
2142 The energy system together with the anatomy of different systems of human
biology is basic for understanding of different aspects of the subsequent topic of
exercise physiology
2143 The biomechanics of Physics and its relation to and application in sports is
conducive to the learning of subsequent topics on sports medicine exercise
physiology and motor learning and sport psychology However it may be taught at
a later stage such as at SS2 or SS3 as the concepts are more specific
2144 With the knowledge of the human body it is easier for students to acquire some
important concepts such as weight control and healthy behaviour and the related
chronological diseases and apply the knowledge of fitness nutrition and health in
daily life
2145 The knowledge of exercise physiology is specific to PE and sport performance and
training
2146 The understanding of human movement anatomy and exercise physiology is useful
for the study of sport injuries treatment and prevention
2147 When students are promoted to higher forms they are more capable of grasping the
abstract ideas of how motor learning and sport psychology affect sport
performance
2148 The analysis of and enquiry into different sport issues from multi-perspectives help
develop studentsrsquo high order thinking skills and their ability to think independently
2149 The integration of knowledge and practical skills enables higher form students to
perform school and community services such as organizing sport events
21410 Participation in physical activities has a dual role First it helps students to realise
an active and healthy lifestyle in an effort to remain fit and healthy and second it
SECOND DRAFT
16
enhances studentsrsquo understanding of different theories
Time Allocation
215 10 of the total curriculum time will be allocated to the subject It will be about 270
hours for class teaching in the 3 years of the NSS curriculum However the exact number
of hours can be school-based and may thus have slight variations between schools
SECOND DRAFT
17
Chapter 3 Curriculum Planning
Progression of Studies 31 The parts are sequenced as follows
311 The parts are sequenced in such a way that it reflects progression from the
development of general knowledge to application integration and analysis and
eventually to the practical use of knowledge
312 The first three parts forming group one constitute fundamental knowledge in the
roles and values of PE anatomy and human movement
313 The second group consisting of Part IV V and VI is mainly on the application of
knowledge in fitness and health sports training and sports injuries
314 The third group that is Part VII and VIII focuses more on analysis and integration
of knowledge in motor learning and sport psychology as well as sociology
315 The last group including Part IX and X illustrates the knowledge for practice in
sport management and the practical demonstration of different physical activities
32 The sequence suggested will enable students to explore their interests in SS1 and develop a
better understanding of the subject especially when they expand their knowledge on
exercise physiology and fitness and health which is essential for the pursuit of physical and
sport activities The knowledge in NSS1 provides students with key concepts in PE which
is essential for subsequent construction of knowledge It allows a smooth progression to
SS2 and SS3 when students go through Part X ldquoPerformance in Physical Activitiesrdquo which
involves the higher order cognitive process of integration and synthesis of knowledge Also
students will be more mature for the learning of other abstract topics such as sport
sociology where they need to examine issues from multiple perspectives Besides students
are exposed to different disciplines in sport psychology sport sociology and sport
management Though these disciplines are not offered individually as electives students
may focus more on those they are interested in or capable of in their study for future
studies or career pursuits
SECOND DRAFT
18
Curriculum Planning 33 Flexibility of time-tabling The time-tabling of the subject should be flexible to maximize
learning especially for those topics including practical work For example the service for
school sport activities is likely to be conducted outside normal lesson time The activities
may be held after school on Saturday during post examination activities period or in a
whole day mode such as athletic meet and swimming gala
34 For students of different abilities Learning tasks will on the one hand ensure that
students have equal opportunities for the learning of all essential elements and on the other
allow the brighter students to excel School activity service such as organising sport
activities or competitions will serve the former principle School activities offered inside
and outside school are opportunities for the elite student-athletes thus serving the latter
principle
35 For students with different inclinations Some topics such as biomechanics motor
learning and sport psychology sport sociology and sport management which are designed
to be taught in SS2 or SS3 are more specific involving students in more in-depth learning
to meet their needs and interests
36 Making student learning more meaningful The integration of theory and practical work
make learning more meaningful as students could apply what they learn and more
importantly understand the reasons behind sport performance and sport phenomenon Also
theory and practical work will complement each other and strengthen studentsrsquo learning
experience
37 Integrating conceptual learning with life-wide learning experiences The learning of the
various domains of knowledge physical skills and physical fitness is certainly linked to the
physical experience of the Other Learning Experiences and the outside school learning
experiences such as participation in sport-related services and competitions This will
enhance student learning especially when it is applied in real life situations
SECOND DRAFT
19
38 Integrating learning with assessment The balanced use of formative and summative
assessments and the feedback given to students will help students learn Diversified
assessment will be particularly useful in reflecting studentsrsquo performance and motivating
them to improve in the learning process
SECOND DRAFT
20
Chapter 4 Learning and Teaching
Guiding Principles 41 The guiding principles of the learning and teaching of the PE subject are
All learners can learn and none will be deprived of learning opportunities because of
socio-economic status
A flexible framework to cater for learner differences
Construction of knowledge to nurture studentsrsquo self-learning capacity
Building on studentsrsquo learning experience and prior knowledge
Integration of knowledge and stimulation of high-order thinking
Provision of a caring and motivating learning environment
Using formative and summative assessments as well as feedback to improve learning
Adoption of reflective teaching and teachers adjusting teaching strategies according to
studentsrsquo performance
Suggested Learning and Teaching Approaches and Strategies 42 There are a number of learning and teaching approaches and strategies
421 Varying instructional strategies to use different instructional methods for whole
class teaching small group and individual work Use of an interactive mode of
learning and feedback are useful to enhance learning
422 Building on prior learning experiences to make use of the knowledge and skills
learned in basic education and the concurrent 5 physical learning experience
423 Effective use of learning and teaching resources to maximize the use of library
resources and encourage students to conduct web search for information to use
community resources especially sport facilities to facilitate learning
424 Development of generic skills and nurturing values and attitudes to develop
studentsrsquo generic skills and nurture their positive values and attitudes in genuine
contexts especially during group work sport competitions community service etc
425 Life-wide learning apart from formal PE lessons to provide other learning
opportunities for students to gain relevant learning experiences especially those
SECOND DRAFT
21
outside school activities
426 Reading to learn to encourage students to read reference materials such as books
journals magazines to widen their knowledge-base and to foster their interest in
different topics progressing at their own pace
427 IT for interactive learning to nurture in students a habit of using IT for
interactive learning Use of multi-media and internet facilitates more interesting
and effective learning
428 Referencing to local context it helps students better understand the application of
the PE and sport theories particularly those of fitness and health sport sociology
and sport management
429 Catering for learner differences to adopt varying strategies for students with
diversified abilities in the learning of theories or physical skills Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship is one way
to enhance learning
4210 Balanced practical work of physical skills practical work is important and
facilitates understanding of concepts and theories But an undue emphasis on
physical skills will distort the objective of the subject which may be misinterpreted
as supporting only elite sport training
4211 Safety in practical work always pay attention to safety measures and risk
management in practical work to avoid injuries and learn how to handle problems
when they occur
4212 Collaboration with teachers of other disciplines liaison with Physics and
Biology teachers is beneficial in the teaching of biomechanics and anatomy
Consulting the school counselor is an effective way for students to handle studying
problems and improve study skills
Catering for Learner Differences 43 Learner differences in this subject refer to diversified student abilities in terms of
knowledge of theory or mastery of physical skills or a combination of both Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship helps to enhance
learning and ease teacherrsquos workload
SECOND DRAFT
22
431 Students who are strong in physical skills but weak in theory students who are
strong in physical skills are usually committed and persevering in performing tasks
They have high self-esteem and pride in their own strengths The key for these
students to learn better is to help them apply their strengths in academic studies
432 Students who are interested in PE but weak in physical skills These students are
motivated to learn particularly when they are provided with suitable encouragement
The best way is to ask students with good physical skills to be ldquostudent mentorsrdquo
and help this type of students
433 Students with weak physical fitness level Physical fitness is partly genetically
predetermined Physical fitness tests should not be used in a way that could
embarrass the weaker students It is better to encourage them to work according to
realistic individual goals In fact physical fitness standards should be reasonably set
Elite standards should be avoided
44 On the other hand there are different learning and teaching strategies for students with
different academic abilities
441 Average abilities Help these students to set higher but achievable goals and always
motivate them to work harder Positive reinforcement such as extrinsic reward is
always helpful
442 Lower abilities Modify tasks to suit studentsrsquo abilities or to separate the tasks into
parts to let students progressively build up a foundation of knowledge which
promises a better chance of success This could also nurture studentsrsquo
self-confidence and motivation Moreover it is good to focus on what students can
accomplish and not to encourage them to compare their results with those of others
443 Exceptionally gifted Always encourage them to go beyond the set targets They
could be assigned as study leaders and sport captains or to assist the teacher by
demonstrating physical skills in lessons
Exemplar 45 A few exemplars are included in the appendices to show how some topics can be taught
and how to integrate theory with practical activities
SECOND DRAFT
23
Chapter 5 Assessment
51 Assessment is a way to collect evidence of studentsrsquo learning It aims to provide feedback to
students and identify their strengths and weaknesses in learning It helps identify what the
next learning target should be and how it can be achieved
Internal Assessment 52 Internal assessment is an integral part of the learning and teaching of PE in the NSS
curriculum
53 Formative assessment can help collect evidence about the effectiveness of learning and
teaching and provide feedback to students and teachers for further improvement It reflects
the strengths and weaknesses of students in terms of knowledge skills and attitudes
according to which tailor-made adjustments can be made in the learning teaching and
assessment cycle With reference to the learning targets formative assessment helps
evaluate studentsrsquo progress and enhance motivation in learning Oral feedback observation
checklist reflection form and project work are some examples of formative assessment for
PE
54 Summative assessment is a useful tool for describing studentsrsquo progress of learning and
achievements at a specific stage of learning
55 Both formative assessment and summative assessment are useful to facilitate learning if
they are effectively implemented
56 The assessment of values and attitudes could be done in school and recorded in the Senior
Secondary Student Learning Profile Studentsrsquo learning experiences and achievements in PE
will be recognised and reflected in the profile Achievements in high level competitions
qualifications in coaching and refereeing obtained by the elite athletes will also be included
SECOND DRAFT
24
Public Assessment 57 This section describes the direction of the development of public assessment Hong Kong
Examinations and Assessment Authority (HKEAA) will develop the assessment rubrics at a
later stage as outlined in paragraph 511 below At the moment the target is to include two
parts in the public assessment in the form of a School-based Assessment (SBA) and an
external assessment It is recommended that the public assessment for PE comprises the
following
SBA (30) External Assessment (70) 10 Physical activity (1) 10 Physical activity (2) 10 Physical fitness and a related written
assignment
2 written papers of a total of 4 hours
Key for SBA
Physical activity (1) Physical activity (2)
Physical activities (1) amp (2) are from 2 different areas of activity of athletics ball games gymnastics aquatics dance outdoor pursuits and other activities stipulated in the PE KLA Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) (2002)
Physical fitness and a related written assignment
Standardised physical fitness components A written assignment which focuses on studentsrsquo learning process such as illustration of the aims and targets and an implementation plan of physical fitness
58 The model presented above is open for feedback and suggestions Indeed the weighting of
SBA and external assessment will be set in 2006 However according to the timeline
described in paragraph 511 below it could still be adjusted after the NSS has been
implemented to meet any new curriculum and assessment needs that may arise The
moderation format of SBA depends on the number of candidates Statistical moderation is
suitable for a large candidature and non-statistical methods are more appropriate for a
relatively small candidature
59 Written papersStudents are expected to do all parts to acquire broad and balanced
knowledge However apart from compulsory questions on selected parts such as parts 1 to
SECOND DRAFT
25
6 flexibility is sought to allow students options in choosing questions about the other parts
such as parts 7 to 9 Careful consideration will be taken to keep the breadth of coverage and
depth of cognitive level of different options comparable As for the duration of written
papers it will not exceed four hours
510 ReportingStandards-referenced reporting will be used The results issued by HKEAA are
expected to cover 3 components the results of SBA external assessment and the total of
the two Such a format of reporting has the advantage of giving stakeholders a more
comprehensive picture of studentsrsquo achievement in this subject
511 Developmental timelineThe examination rubrics developed by the HKEAA will be ready
by February 2006 By then the weighting and components of SBA as well as the number
and duration of written papers will be fixed Sample examination papers will be available
in 2007 so that schools will have access to more details before the implementation of the
NSS curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
26
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources 61 Resource materials to support learning and teaching will be developed in collaboration with
tertiary institution educational organisations and school teachers Individual sets of
materials for the different parts will be produced This will facilitate necessary updates in
future
62 The PE Section of Education and Manpower Bureau (EMB) is working to produce videos
of PE lessons for SBA purposes There will be seminars to brief teachers on the use of such
information in assessing studentsrsquo physical skills
63 Learning and teaching resources will not be confined to materials produced by EMB
Schools may use reference materials produced in other countries including reference books
journals web-based materials and audio-visual aids
64 Teachers are encouraged to share school-based materials especially in different professional
development programmes organised by EMB The materials include teaching notes on
different topics and materials generated from pilot studies and research projects conducted
by schools These materials are very useful for PE curriculum development at the NSS
level
65 Though not exhaustive a list consists of materials recommended for students in the
promotion of reading to learn is attached in the Appendix
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
ii
Chapter 5 Assessment
Internal Assessment 23
Public Assessment
24
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources
26
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
Professional Development Programmes 27
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 28
Source of Information
29
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography 30
Reference Materials for Students 35
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities 36
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme 39
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
42
SECOND DRAFT
iii
Membership of the CDC-HKEAA Committee on Physical Education (Senior Secondary)
Chairperson Mr HUNG Chor-ying Edmond (YCH Tung Chi Ying Memorial Secondary School)
(from 192003)
Vice-chairperson Mr LAM Kwoon-sun Anthony
(Education and Manpower Bureau) (from 192003)
Secretary Ms LEUNG Kwok-wai Masa
(Education and Manpower Bureau) (from 192003 to 2822005)
Mr KAN Wai-fu Michael
(Education and Manpower Bureau) (from 132005)
Member Mr CHAN Shek-yuen
(Delia Memorial School-Hip Wo) (from 192003)
Dr CHEUNG Siu-yin
(Hong Kong Baptist University) (from 1622005)
Prof FU Ho-kin Frank
(Hong Kong Baptist University) (from 192003 to 5112004)
Mr HO Hon-kin
(Jockey Club Ti-I College) (from 192003)
Ms KEE Lai-lin
(Lions College) (from 192003)
Ms LEUNG Fung-ying
(Kwun Tong Government Secondary School) (from 192003)
Mr LI Chi-ming
(Yuen Long Public Secondary School) (from 192003)
Dr LI Chung
(Hong Kong Institute of Education) (from 192003)
Mr Mak Hin-pang
(Hong Kong Institute of Vocational Education) (from 192003)
Ms SHEK Wing-ha
(HKMLC Queen Maud Secondary School) (from 192003)
SECOND DRAFT
iv
Mr SZETO Yuk-tong
(Hong Kong Examinations and Assessment Authority) (from 192003)
Prof WONG Heung-sang Stephen
(The Chinese University of Hong Kong) (from 192003)
Mr WONG Mong-kwan
(Munsang College(HK Island)) (from 192003)
Mr WONG Wai-ki Micky
(Chong Gene Hang College) (from 192003)
SECOND DRAFT
v
Preamble
The Curriculum Development Council (CDC)-Hong Kong Examinations and
Assessment Authority (HKEAA) Committees (Senior Secondary) of various subjects have been
set up jointly by the CDC and the HKEAA Council to develop the Curriculum and Assessment
Guides (CampA Guides) for the new 3-year senior secondary academic structure in Hong Kong
During the first stage of consultation on the new academic structure between October 2004 and
January 2005 the document Reforming the Academic structure for Senior Secondary
Education and Higher Education - Actions for Investing in the Future (Education and
Manpower Bureau 2004) was published to seek stakeholdersrsquo views on the design blueprint of
the structure the timetable for implementation and financial arrangements An accompanying
document Proposed Core and Elective Subject Frameworks for the New Senior Secondary
Curriculum was also produced to solicit views and feedback from schools on the initial
curriculum and assessment design of individual subjects to inform the development of the CampA
Guides
The report New Academic Structure for Senior Secondary Education and Higher
Education ndash Action Plan for Investing in the Future of Hong Kong (Education and Manpower
Bureau 2005) an outcome of the first stage of consultation has just been published to chart the
way forward for implementing the new academic structure and to set further directions for the
second stage of consultation on curriculum and assessment as part of the interactive and
multiple-stage process of developing the CampA Guides In addition taking into consideration the
feedback collected through various means including the returned questionnaires from key
learning area coordinatorspanel heads during the first stage of consultation the curriculum and
assessment frameworks of subjects have been revised and elaborated Further views from
stakeholders in particular the school sectorrsquos are welcome
To understand the position of each subject in the new academic structure readers are
encouraged to refer to the Report
Comments and suggestions on the Physical Education CampA Guide are welcome and
may be sent to
SECOND DRAFT
vi
Chief Curriculum Development Officer (Physical Education) Curriculum Development Institute Education and Manpower Bureau Room 505 24 Tin Kwong Road Kowloon Fax 2761 4291 E-mail peembgovhk
SECOND DRAFT
1
Chapter 1 Introduction
Background 11 Physical Education (PE) is an elective subject in the senior secondary curriculum of the PE
Key Learning Area (KLA)
12 The curriculum is built on the existing S4-S5 PE Curriculum and Hong Kong Certificate of
Education PE Examination Syllabus with some modification and reorganisation of topics
It increases the breadth and depth of content by for example strengthening the concepts of
fitness and health and including new elements on biomechanics motor learning and sport
psychology and sport and recreation management It is a comprehensive curriculum
reflecting cross-curricular links with subjects such as Physics Biology and Health Science
13 It combines theory and physical activities aiming at the realization of an active and healthy
lifestyle
14 It extends studentsrsquo prior knowledge and skills of PE in the Basic Education It seeks to
enhance the learning of the six strands of PE and further develop studentsrsquo generic skills as
well as positive values and attitudes
Rationale 15 Contribution to the learning goals of the New Senior Secondary (NSS) Curriculum
151 PE helps enrich the knowledge students need in contemporary society It broadens
and deepens studentsrsquo knowledge of PE sport science and recreation
152 Though actively engaging them in physical activities it leads students to a healthy
lifestyle which is essential for whole-person development
153 It develops students into informed and responsible citizens through the learning of
theories and participation in physical activities and the development of desirable
moral behaviour
SECOND DRAFT
2
16 Response to the need of the society and students
161 PE bears the important role of contributing to healthy living which is fundamental
to an individualrsquos life and the welfare of society In response to the common
sedentary lifestyle of Hong Kong people the PE Curriculum provides students with
the knowledge and skills for doing regular physical activities helping them become
and remain physically fit which is important for the well-being of individuals
162 On the other hand it fosters the development of a life-long interest in participation in
physical activities To sustain the emerging sportive culture among students
developed in recent years the PE Curriculum provides the knowledge and skills
needed by those who are interested in participating in physical activities safely and
enjoyably
17 Strengthening studentsrsquo generic skills and learning to learn capacity
171 PE develops studentsrsquo general intellectual capacity Through engaging in students in
a higher order cognitive process as a result of exposure to a variety of theoretical
and practical learning experiences it enables them to acquire and construct
knowledge in PE and sport science and improve their cognitive functioning
172 It develops studentsrsquo generic skills notable their collaboration skills critical thinking
skills communication skills and creativity It also helps nurture studentsrsquo
sport-related values and attitudes notably responsibility commitment perseverance
and respect for others These are essential in enhancing studentsrsquo learning to learn
capacity
173 It also develops studentsrsquo study skills such as data collection as well as
interpretation and management of information for further studies
18 Further studies and career link
181 PE equips students with knowledge and skills and develops their personal qualities
for further advancement
182 The breadth of the curriculum enables students to build a broader knowledge base
for higher education in areas like PE and sport science human biology food and
nutritional science etc
SECOND DRAFT
3
183 It prepares students for future careers in the teaching of PE sport and recreation
sport coaching health science medical science nursing physiotherapy
occupational therapy etc
184 The curriculum is in line with the appeal from the World Health Organisation (2004)
for building a long-term capacity of a healthy community
Overall Aims 19 The aims of the curriculum are to enable students to
apply the knowledge skills and positive attitudes acquired in the study of PE for the
pursuit of active and healthy living
integrate physical skills into the learning of theories to support and strengthen the
understanding of theories and to demonstrate high order performance through the
learning in about and through physical activities
link up the PE knowledge they have developed with other disciplines and prepare
themselves for further education and career development
enhance their generic capacity for life-long learning through the study of PE and apply
the skills in real-life situations
further develop positive sport-related values and attitudes and demonstrate desirable
moral behaviour and
be responsible citizens as well as develop a better understanding of international issues
through PE and physical activities
Interface with the Junior Secondary Curriculum 110 The curriculum is a continuation of the junior secondary education
1101 It builds on the foundation of basic education Apart from building on the
previous learning experiences of different physical activities and the level of
competence acquired students are provided with more choices on physical
activities The diversified and balanced experiences gained at the junior secondary
level is a prerequisite for a more advanced and academic-oriented study in the
NSS curriculum especially the learning of the multiplicity of concepts in different
physical education contexts
SECOND DRAFT
4
1102 It provides a basis for enhancing the understanding implementation and
evaluation of human movement The roles of physical activities are to support the
learning of theories and to maintain an active and healthy lifestyle
1103 Through a variety of learning experiences in PE and sport it enhances studentsrsquo
development of generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
1104 It sustains studentsrsquo quality of life through the study of and participation in
physical activities and provides a basis for further studies and career development
Principles of Design 111 Prior knowledge The NSS curriculum for PE is built on the knowledge gained in basic
education The ten parts of PE at senior secondary level are discipline-based and are
closely related to the six strands highlighted in the basic education of PE ie motor and
sport skills health and fitness sport-related values and attitudes knowledge and practice
of safety knowledge of movement and aesthetic sensitivity For example the principles of
FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type) that students are exposed to at junior secondary
level are fundamental to the learning of the part on ldquoPhysiological Basis for Exercise and
Sport Trainingrdquo in the NSS curriculum As the junior secondary curriculum covers at least
eight different physical activities from not less than four areas the knowledge students
acquired forms a strong foundation for their study at NSS level While broadening and
deepening the knowledge and skills students previously learned the emphasis of the NSS
is on the application integration and synthesis of knowledge and their practical use in
daily life
112 Balance between breadth and depth The curriculum covers a variety of areas of study
from the roles and values of PE disciplines in sport science and sport management to the
PE and sport scene in Hong Kong and Chinarsquos sporting culture It aims at providing a
comprehensive knowledge base for diversified interests aptitudes and needs Further
students are given opportunities to acquire more profound concepts and knowledge in
certain areas such as fitness and health exercise and sport training which constitute the
core knowledge in PE All these equip students with important knowledge for further
studies and career pursuits Moreover in addition to reinforcing the knowledge and skills
SECOND DRAFT
5
of the physical activities students previously developed the curriculum provides them with
opportunities to strengthen the learning of a variety of physical activities to carry out
in-depth learning of selected activities and to participate in at least one PE-related
co-curricular activity The practical work especially providing services to the school
andor community in the form of organising physical activities and sport events as
illustrated in Exemplar 3 of this document helps strengthen studentsrsquo generic skills and
further nurture their positive values and attitudes
113 Linkage between theory and physical skills The integration of theory and physical
skills enables students to apply the learnt knowledge in the performance of physical skills
which in turn strengthens the understanding of theory It also provides opportunities for
students to enjoy an active and healthy lifestyle
114 Essential parts and choices Students are given opportunities to learn about all the
domains of knowledge in the NSS PE curriculum and different physical activities offered
by schools To cater for individual interests and needs students will have choices for
selecting a few physical skills for advanced development The physical activities offered
by schools will have more carry-over values to their future life
115 Articulation to multiple advancements The different domains of knowledge included
are useful for further study and career pursuits in different areas such as teaching PE
sports coaching and management medical and health care food and nutrition etc
116 Safety considerations Safety considerations are important in designing and organising
physical activities These include safety in using facilities and equipment safety in
carrying out the activity tasks and risk management
117 Learning to learn and generic skills Different learning modes such as group work
presentations sport competitions service for physical activities etc enable students to
further develop generic skills and learning skills and to nurture positive values and
attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
6
Chapter 2 Curriculum Framework
Curriculum Structure
21 There are altogether ten parts in the curriculum The first nine parts are basically
theoretical the roles of PE anatomy and exercise physiology fitness and nutrition
sport injuries biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology sport sociology and
sport management However there are also elements of applied learning included in
these theoretical parts such as the practical work in topics of training methods
treatment of sport injuries and organisation of events of physical activity Part Ten
focuses mainly on practical skills which include physical skills and physical fitness
Students are expected to learn all the theoretical parts They will go through all the
practical work including all the physical skills they are taught as well as physical
fitness but they will be provided with choices for a few physical skills for advanced
learning This reflects a broad and balanced curriculum which broadens studentsrsquo
knowledge and learning and allows choices to meet studentsrsquo diversified needs and
interests
Learning Objectives 22 Through the learning of different parts students are able to
broaden and deepen their understanding of the knowledge on PE and demonstrate
healthy behaviour including active participation in physical activities
integrate the learning of PE into their lives and enhance their intellectual capability by
acquiring applying and evaluating knowledge and physical skills
understand the principles of PE and its relationship with related fields and become
aware of the links to further education and career paths
apply the knowledge of PE in real life situations so as to develop generic skills such as
communication skills critical thinking skills collaboration skills creativity and
aesthetic appreciation
nurture personal and social qualities and demonstrate desirable sporting etiquette and
SECOND DRAFT
7
show commitment and responsibility in organising events involving physical activities
in school or the community and demonstrate an understanding of and respect for
different cultures in PE and sport
Learning Outcomes 23 At the end of the senior secondary curriculum students should be able to
live an active and healthy life by doing regular exercise maintaining a reasonable
physical fitness level practising healthy eating and staying free from substance abuse
demonstrate a knowledge of theory through participation in a number of physical
activities and at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
apply deeper knowledge acquired through studying principles of PE exercise
physiology fitness and health biomechanics sport sociology motor learning and sport
psychology and sport management and be aware of the connection between such
knowledge and other disciplines for future advancement
demonstrate generic skills such as collaborative skills critical thinking skills
communication skills and creativity through the learning of theories and physical
activities and apply these qualities in real-life situations
uphold positive sport-related values and attitudes and demonstrate proper sporting
etiquette and desirable moral behaviour and
demonstrate commitment and responsibility when performing physical activities and
sport events especially in school and community services and show understanding of
and respect for different sporting cultures
Curriculum Content 24 Part I This part gives students a general picture about the scope of PE and its
relationship with sport recreation and leisure The terminology the general concepts
and the information concerning the local PE scene help students learn and link it with
the other parts of the curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
8
Part
Suggested Time Allocation ()
I Physical Education Sport Recreation Leisure and Wellness (6) (a) Definition History and Development of PE Sport Recreation
Leisure and Wellness
(b) Roles and Values of PE Sport Recreation and Leisure (i) Personal development (ii) Socialization (iii) International relationship (c) PE in Hong Kong (i) Primary (ii) Secondary (iii) Tertiary (d) Sport Recreation and Leisure in Hong Kong (i) Government (ii) Non-government organisations (iii) Private and commercial clubs
25 Part II This part helps students build a foundation in PE through familiarising them
with the knowledge of human body systems and prepares them for the study of fitness
and health exercise and sport training sport injuries and motor learning and sport
psychology
II Human Body (15) (a) Growth and Development (i) Life cycle amp growth curves (ii) Stages of development (iii) Body types (b) Skeletal System (i) Functions (ii) Bones (iii) Joints (iv) Cartilage (v) Ligaments (c) Nervous System (i) Functions (ii) Central Nervous System (d) Muscular System (i) Functions (ii) Types of muscle and muscle fibre (iii) Types of muscle contraction (iv) Neuromuscular control
SECOND DRAFT
9
(e) Cardiovascular System (i) Functions (ii) Blood vessels (iii) Heart (iv) Circulation (f) Respiratory System (i) Functions (ii) Lungs (iii) Pulmonary ventilation (iv) Gaseous exchange (g) Energy System (i) Aerobic system (ii) Anaerobic system (iii) Energy metabolism during rest and physical activities
26 Part III This part covers the basic elements in human movement and is linked to the
discipline of Physics It guides students to understand the scientific basis of movement
and to apply this knowledge to enhance their performance
III Movement Analysis (7) (a) Biomechanics (i) Force (ii) Motion (iii) Newtonrsquos Law of Motion (iv) Velocity and acceleration (v) Centre of gravity (vi) Lever (b) Types of Body Movement (i) Flexion-extension (ii) Abduction-adduction (iii) Pronation-supination (iv) Plane of motion (v) Rotation (c) Application in Sports
27 Part IV This part helps students explore and compare the concepts of physical fitness
and sport-related fitness the nutritional components and the diet related to physical
performance and the interlocking relations between exercise physical fitness diet
health and chronic diseases Such knowledge helps students recognise the importance
of an active and healthy lifestyle It also plays an important role in facilitating
understanding of the concept of wellness mentioned in Part I
SECOND DRAFT
10
IV Fitness and Nutrition for Health and Performance in Physical Activities (15) (a) Components of Health (i) Physical health (ii) Mental health (iii) Social health (b) Definition of Physical Fitness and Sport-related Fitness (i) Physical Fitness (ii) Sport-related fitness (c) Components and Measurement of Physical Fitness (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Flexibility (iii) Muscular strength and endurance (iv) Body composition (d) Components and Measurement of Sport-related Fitness (i) Agility (ii) Balance (iii) Coordination (iv) Endurance (v) Flexibility (vi) Reaction time (vii) Speed (viii) Strength (e) Food and Nutrition (i) Carbohydrates (ii) Proteins (iii) Fats (iv) Vitamins minerals fibres and water (v) Balanced diet (vi) Nutrition and exercise performance (f) Weight Control (i) Energy balance (ii) Overweight and obesity (iii) Weight control (g) Healthy Behaviour (i) Diet (ii) Exercise and physical activity level (iii) Rest and relaxation (iv) Substance abuse (v) Posture (h) Roles of Physical Activity for the Prevention of Non-Communicable
Diseases
(i) Coronary heart disease (ii) Diabetes (iii) Hypertension (iv) Hypokinetic degeneration
SECOND DRAFT
11
28 Part V This part equips students with the knowledge of physical performance and
sport training It enables students to understand the general principles and effects of
physical training which are fundamental in exercise and the acquisition of physical
skills
V Physiological Basis for Exercise and Sport Training (12) (a) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Muscular fitness (iii) Flexibility (iv) Age (v) Gender (vi) Heredity (vii) Body types (viii) Drugs (ix) Environment (b) Concepts and Principles of Training (i) Aerobic and anaerobic training (ii) Principles of training (iii) Basic considerations in training (iv) Planning of training programmes (c) Training Methods (i) Resistance training (ii) Circuit training (iii) Continuous training (iv) Interval training (d) Training and Detraining Effects (i) Cardiovascular adaptations (ii) Metabolic adaptations
29 Part VI This part equips students with the knowledge of safety measures in physical
activities and sport Building on studentsrsquo previous knowledge of human body and
movement exercise and sport training it raises their awareness of common sport
injuries and helps them apply this knowledge to treatment and prevention measures
VI Sport Injuries Treatment and Precautions (7) (a) Factors Leading to Sport Injuries (i) Environmental factors (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Protective devices (iv) Level of skills
SECOND DRAFT
12
(v) Level of fitness (vi) Physical limitations (vii) Nature of different sports (b) Common Sport Injuries (i) Bleeding (ii) Abrasion (iii) Contusion (iv) Dislocation (v) Fracture (vi) Pulled muscle (vii) Sprain (viii) Strain (ix) Heat and cold injuries (x) Overuse injuries (c) Treatment (i) General principles of first aid (ii) PRICE (Protection Rest Ice Compression Elevation) (iii) Resuscitation (d) Prevention of Sport Injuries (i) Risk assessment (ii) Safety measures (iii) Warm up and cool down
210 Part VII This part helps students understand the theory of motor learning and the
fundamental elements of motor learning and sport psychology Building on the previous
parts it helps students explain the learning process and performance of daily-life physical
skills
VII Motor Learning and Sport Psychology (7) (a) Application of Learning Theory in Motor Learning (i) Skill classifications (ii) Skill acquisition and information processing (iii) Stages of learning and transfer of learning (iv) Intrinsic and extrinsic feedback (v) Knowledge of result and knowledge of performance (vi) Practice methods (b) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Anxiety and arousal (ii) Attention and concentration (iii) Motivation and self-confidence (iv) Goal setting (v) Imagery and mental practice (vi) Personality (vii) Aggression
SECOND DRAFT
13
(c) Application of Stress Management in Sport (i) The nature of stress (ii) Stress management
211 Part VIII This part allows students to investigate different issues of physical and sport
activities in relation to society It helps students understand more deeply the roles and
values of PE and sport from different perspectives It also nurtures studentsrsquo high-order
thinking skills by exploring specific issues
VIII Social Aspects of PE Sport and Recreation (8) (a) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (i) Philosophical foundation history and development of the Olympic
Games
(ii) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (iii) Chinarsquos involvement in the Olympic Movement (iv) Challenges to the Olympic Movement and Olympicism (b) International Organisations Major Games and Major International
Competitions
(i) International Olympic Committee and International Sports Federations
(ii) Olympic Games and other major games (iii) Major international competitions (c) Chinarsquos Sporting Culture (i) Chinarsquos sporting culture (ii) All China Games (d) Sport and Society (i) Sport for all and sport for elite (ii) Amateurs and professionals (iii) Competition (iv) Drugs in sport (v) Violence in sport (vi) Politics and sport (vii) Media and sport (e) Factors Influencing Participation in Sport and Recreation (i) Personal factor (ii) Family factor (iii) Social factor (iv) Cultural factor (v) Political factor (vi) Environmental factor
212 Part IX This part introduces the basic concepts of sport management and programme
organisation It aims at equipping students with useful knowledge to perform school and
SECOND DRAFT
14
community services particularly the organization of different physical activity events
IX Sport and Recreation Management (6) (a) Concepts on Sport and Recreation Management (i) The management process (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Funding (iv) Staffing
(v) Time factor (b) Programme Organisation (i) Competition systems (ii) Organisation of events of physical activity (c) Legal Issues in PE Sport and Recreation (i) Liability in PE and sport activities (ii) Negligence in PE and sport activities
213 Part X This practical part provides an opportunity for students to apply the theories
learned from the other parts through participating in physical activities It requires students
to relate and integrate different aspects of knowledge learned to enhance their skill
performance and physical fitness It also develops studentsrsquo personal qualities by enabling
them to recognise their role in PE-related school and community services
X Performance in Physical Activities (17) (a) Demonstration of Skills and Knowledge of Various Physical Activities (i) Acquisition mastery and demonstration of a number of physical
activities
(ii) Active participation in at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
(iii) Demonstration of regular exercise to maintain fitness and health (iv) Application of learned theories in the performance of physical
activities
(v) Demonstration of a leading role in school andor community services
(100)
Curriculum Organisation 214 Learning and Teaching Sequence The suggested sequence of the learning and
teaching components for PE is that the foundation of PE comes first before the topics
on human body exercise physiology as well as health and fitness These topics are
then followed by those related to other knowledge disciplines namely biomechanics
SECOND DRAFT
15
sport sociology and motor learning and sport psychology The learning of physical
activities and related co-curricular activities will be ongoing throughout the three years
of senior secondary education The rationale for the way the ten parts are sequenced is
as follows
2141 A foundation part including terminology gives students the general knowledge
essential for a smooth transition from an activity-oriented basic education PE
curriculum to an academic-oriented PE curriculum
2142 The energy system together with the anatomy of different systems of human
biology is basic for understanding of different aspects of the subsequent topic of
exercise physiology
2143 The biomechanics of Physics and its relation to and application in sports is
conducive to the learning of subsequent topics on sports medicine exercise
physiology and motor learning and sport psychology However it may be taught at
a later stage such as at SS2 or SS3 as the concepts are more specific
2144 With the knowledge of the human body it is easier for students to acquire some
important concepts such as weight control and healthy behaviour and the related
chronological diseases and apply the knowledge of fitness nutrition and health in
daily life
2145 The knowledge of exercise physiology is specific to PE and sport performance and
training
2146 The understanding of human movement anatomy and exercise physiology is useful
for the study of sport injuries treatment and prevention
2147 When students are promoted to higher forms they are more capable of grasping the
abstract ideas of how motor learning and sport psychology affect sport
performance
2148 The analysis of and enquiry into different sport issues from multi-perspectives help
develop studentsrsquo high order thinking skills and their ability to think independently
2149 The integration of knowledge and practical skills enables higher form students to
perform school and community services such as organizing sport events
21410 Participation in physical activities has a dual role First it helps students to realise
an active and healthy lifestyle in an effort to remain fit and healthy and second it
SECOND DRAFT
16
enhances studentsrsquo understanding of different theories
Time Allocation
215 10 of the total curriculum time will be allocated to the subject It will be about 270
hours for class teaching in the 3 years of the NSS curriculum However the exact number
of hours can be school-based and may thus have slight variations between schools
SECOND DRAFT
17
Chapter 3 Curriculum Planning
Progression of Studies 31 The parts are sequenced as follows
311 The parts are sequenced in such a way that it reflects progression from the
development of general knowledge to application integration and analysis and
eventually to the practical use of knowledge
312 The first three parts forming group one constitute fundamental knowledge in the
roles and values of PE anatomy and human movement
313 The second group consisting of Part IV V and VI is mainly on the application of
knowledge in fitness and health sports training and sports injuries
314 The third group that is Part VII and VIII focuses more on analysis and integration
of knowledge in motor learning and sport psychology as well as sociology
315 The last group including Part IX and X illustrates the knowledge for practice in
sport management and the practical demonstration of different physical activities
32 The sequence suggested will enable students to explore their interests in SS1 and develop a
better understanding of the subject especially when they expand their knowledge on
exercise physiology and fitness and health which is essential for the pursuit of physical and
sport activities The knowledge in NSS1 provides students with key concepts in PE which
is essential for subsequent construction of knowledge It allows a smooth progression to
SS2 and SS3 when students go through Part X ldquoPerformance in Physical Activitiesrdquo which
involves the higher order cognitive process of integration and synthesis of knowledge Also
students will be more mature for the learning of other abstract topics such as sport
sociology where they need to examine issues from multiple perspectives Besides students
are exposed to different disciplines in sport psychology sport sociology and sport
management Though these disciplines are not offered individually as electives students
may focus more on those they are interested in or capable of in their study for future
studies or career pursuits
SECOND DRAFT
18
Curriculum Planning 33 Flexibility of time-tabling The time-tabling of the subject should be flexible to maximize
learning especially for those topics including practical work For example the service for
school sport activities is likely to be conducted outside normal lesson time The activities
may be held after school on Saturday during post examination activities period or in a
whole day mode such as athletic meet and swimming gala
34 For students of different abilities Learning tasks will on the one hand ensure that
students have equal opportunities for the learning of all essential elements and on the other
allow the brighter students to excel School activity service such as organising sport
activities or competitions will serve the former principle School activities offered inside
and outside school are opportunities for the elite student-athletes thus serving the latter
principle
35 For students with different inclinations Some topics such as biomechanics motor
learning and sport psychology sport sociology and sport management which are designed
to be taught in SS2 or SS3 are more specific involving students in more in-depth learning
to meet their needs and interests
36 Making student learning more meaningful The integration of theory and practical work
make learning more meaningful as students could apply what they learn and more
importantly understand the reasons behind sport performance and sport phenomenon Also
theory and practical work will complement each other and strengthen studentsrsquo learning
experience
37 Integrating conceptual learning with life-wide learning experiences The learning of the
various domains of knowledge physical skills and physical fitness is certainly linked to the
physical experience of the Other Learning Experiences and the outside school learning
experiences such as participation in sport-related services and competitions This will
enhance student learning especially when it is applied in real life situations
SECOND DRAFT
19
38 Integrating learning with assessment The balanced use of formative and summative
assessments and the feedback given to students will help students learn Diversified
assessment will be particularly useful in reflecting studentsrsquo performance and motivating
them to improve in the learning process
SECOND DRAFT
20
Chapter 4 Learning and Teaching
Guiding Principles 41 The guiding principles of the learning and teaching of the PE subject are
All learners can learn and none will be deprived of learning opportunities because of
socio-economic status
A flexible framework to cater for learner differences
Construction of knowledge to nurture studentsrsquo self-learning capacity
Building on studentsrsquo learning experience and prior knowledge
Integration of knowledge and stimulation of high-order thinking
Provision of a caring and motivating learning environment
Using formative and summative assessments as well as feedback to improve learning
Adoption of reflective teaching and teachers adjusting teaching strategies according to
studentsrsquo performance
Suggested Learning and Teaching Approaches and Strategies 42 There are a number of learning and teaching approaches and strategies
421 Varying instructional strategies to use different instructional methods for whole
class teaching small group and individual work Use of an interactive mode of
learning and feedback are useful to enhance learning
422 Building on prior learning experiences to make use of the knowledge and skills
learned in basic education and the concurrent 5 physical learning experience
423 Effective use of learning and teaching resources to maximize the use of library
resources and encourage students to conduct web search for information to use
community resources especially sport facilities to facilitate learning
424 Development of generic skills and nurturing values and attitudes to develop
studentsrsquo generic skills and nurture their positive values and attitudes in genuine
contexts especially during group work sport competitions community service etc
425 Life-wide learning apart from formal PE lessons to provide other learning
opportunities for students to gain relevant learning experiences especially those
SECOND DRAFT
21
outside school activities
426 Reading to learn to encourage students to read reference materials such as books
journals magazines to widen their knowledge-base and to foster their interest in
different topics progressing at their own pace
427 IT for interactive learning to nurture in students a habit of using IT for
interactive learning Use of multi-media and internet facilitates more interesting
and effective learning
428 Referencing to local context it helps students better understand the application of
the PE and sport theories particularly those of fitness and health sport sociology
and sport management
429 Catering for learner differences to adopt varying strategies for students with
diversified abilities in the learning of theories or physical skills Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship is one way
to enhance learning
4210 Balanced practical work of physical skills practical work is important and
facilitates understanding of concepts and theories But an undue emphasis on
physical skills will distort the objective of the subject which may be misinterpreted
as supporting only elite sport training
4211 Safety in practical work always pay attention to safety measures and risk
management in practical work to avoid injuries and learn how to handle problems
when they occur
4212 Collaboration with teachers of other disciplines liaison with Physics and
Biology teachers is beneficial in the teaching of biomechanics and anatomy
Consulting the school counselor is an effective way for students to handle studying
problems and improve study skills
Catering for Learner Differences 43 Learner differences in this subject refer to diversified student abilities in terms of
knowledge of theory or mastery of physical skills or a combination of both Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship helps to enhance
learning and ease teacherrsquos workload
SECOND DRAFT
22
431 Students who are strong in physical skills but weak in theory students who are
strong in physical skills are usually committed and persevering in performing tasks
They have high self-esteem and pride in their own strengths The key for these
students to learn better is to help them apply their strengths in academic studies
432 Students who are interested in PE but weak in physical skills These students are
motivated to learn particularly when they are provided with suitable encouragement
The best way is to ask students with good physical skills to be ldquostudent mentorsrdquo
and help this type of students
433 Students with weak physical fitness level Physical fitness is partly genetically
predetermined Physical fitness tests should not be used in a way that could
embarrass the weaker students It is better to encourage them to work according to
realistic individual goals In fact physical fitness standards should be reasonably set
Elite standards should be avoided
44 On the other hand there are different learning and teaching strategies for students with
different academic abilities
441 Average abilities Help these students to set higher but achievable goals and always
motivate them to work harder Positive reinforcement such as extrinsic reward is
always helpful
442 Lower abilities Modify tasks to suit studentsrsquo abilities or to separate the tasks into
parts to let students progressively build up a foundation of knowledge which
promises a better chance of success This could also nurture studentsrsquo
self-confidence and motivation Moreover it is good to focus on what students can
accomplish and not to encourage them to compare their results with those of others
443 Exceptionally gifted Always encourage them to go beyond the set targets They
could be assigned as study leaders and sport captains or to assist the teacher by
demonstrating physical skills in lessons
Exemplar 45 A few exemplars are included in the appendices to show how some topics can be taught
and how to integrate theory with practical activities
SECOND DRAFT
23
Chapter 5 Assessment
51 Assessment is a way to collect evidence of studentsrsquo learning It aims to provide feedback to
students and identify their strengths and weaknesses in learning It helps identify what the
next learning target should be and how it can be achieved
Internal Assessment 52 Internal assessment is an integral part of the learning and teaching of PE in the NSS
curriculum
53 Formative assessment can help collect evidence about the effectiveness of learning and
teaching and provide feedback to students and teachers for further improvement It reflects
the strengths and weaknesses of students in terms of knowledge skills and attitudes
according to which tailor-made adjustments can be made in the learning teaching and
assessment cycle With reference to the learning targets formative assessment helps
evaluate studentsrsquo progress and enhance motivation in learning Oral feedback observation
checklist reflection form and project work are some examples of formative assessment for
PE
54 Summative assessment is a useful tool for describing studentsrsquo progress of learning and
achievements at a specific stage of learning
55 Both formative assessment and summative assessment are useful to facilitate learning if
they are effectively implemented
56 The assessment of values and attitudes could be done in school and recorded in the Senior
Secondary Student Learning Profile Studentsrsquo learning experiences and achievements in PE
will be recognised and reflected in the profile Achievements in high level competitions
qualifications in coaching and refereeing obtained by the elite athletes will also be included
SECOND DRAFT
24
Public Assessment 57 This section describes the direction of the development of public assessment Hong Kong
Examinations and Assessment Authority (HKEAA) will develop the assessment rubrics at a
later stage as outlined in paragraph 511 below At the moment the target is to include two
parts in the public assessment in the form of a School-based Assessment (SBA) and an
external assessment It is recommended that the public assessment for PE comprises the
following
SBA (30) External Assessment (70) 10 Physical activity (1) 10 Physical activity (2) 10 Physical fitness and a related written
assignment
2 written papers of a total of 4 hours
Key for SBA
Physical activity (1) Physical activity (2)
Physical activities (1) amp (2) are from 2 different areas of activity of athletics ball games gymnastics aquatics dance outdoor pursuits and other activities stipulated in the PE KLA Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) (2002)
Physical fitness and a related written assignment
Standardised physical fitness components A written assignment which focuses on studentsrsquo learning process such as illustration of the aims and targets and an implementation plan of physical fitness
58 The model presented above is open for feedback and suggestions Indeed the weighting of
SBA and external assessment will be set in 2006 However according to the timeline
described in paragraph 511 below it could still be adjusted after the NSS has been
implemented to meet any new curriculum and assessment needs that may arise The
moderation format of SBA depends on the number of candidates Statistical moderation is
suitable for a large candidature and non-statistical methods are more appropriate for a
relatively small candidature
59 Written papersStudents are expected to do all parts to acquire broad and balanced
knowledge However apart from compulsory questions on selected parts such as parts 1 to
SECOND DRAFT
25
6 flexibility is sought to allow students options in choosing questions about the other parts
such as parts 7 to 9 Careful consideration will be taken to keep the breadth of coverage and
depth of cognitive level of different options comparable As for the duration of written
papers it will not exceed four hours
510 ReportingStandards-referenced reporting will be used The results issued by HKEAA are
expected to cover 3 components the results of SBA external assessment and the total of
the two Such a format of reporting has the advantage of giving stakeholders a more
comprehensive picture of studentsrsquo achievement in this subject
511 Developmental timelineThe examination rubrics developed by the HKEAA will be ready
by February 2006 By then the weighting and components of SBA as well as the number
and duration of written papers will be fixed Sample examination papers will be available
in 2007 so that schools will have access to more details before the implementation of the
NSS curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
26
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources 61 Resource materials to support learning and teaching will be developed in collaboration with
tertiary institution educational organisations and school teachers Individual sets of
materials for the different parts will be produced This will facilitate necessary updates in
future
62 The PE Section of Education and Manpower Bureau (EMB) is working to produce videos
of PE lessons for SBA purposes There will be seminars to brief teachers on the use of such
information in assessing studentsrsquo physical skills
63 Learning and teaching resources will not be confined to materials produced by EMB
Schools may use reference materials produced in other countries including reference books
journals web-based materials and audio-visual aids
64 Teachers are encouraged to share school-based materials especially in different professional
development programmes organised by EMB The materials include teaching notes on
different topics and materials generated from pilot studies and research projects conducted
by schools These materials are very useful for PE curriculum development at the NSS
level
65 Though not exhaustive a list consists of materials recommended for students in the
promotion of reading to learn is attached in the Appendix
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
iii
Membership of the CDC-HKEAA Committee on Physical Education (Senior Secondary)
Chairperson Mr HUNG Chor-ying Edmond (YCH Tung Chi Ying Memorial Secondary School)
(from 192003)
Vice-chairperson Mr LAM Kwoon-sun Anthony
(Education and Manpower Bureau) (from 192003)
Secretary Ms LEUNG Kwok-wai Masa
(Education and Manpower Bureau) (from 192003 to 2822005)
Mr KAN Wai-fu Michael
(Education and Manpower Bureau) (from 132005)
Member Mr CHAN Shek-yuen
(Delia Memorial School-Hip Wo) (from 192003)
Dr CHEUNG Siu-yin
(Hong Kong Baptist University) (from 1622005)
Prof FU Ho-kin Frank
(Hong Kong Baptist University) (from 192003 to 5112004)
Mr HO Hon-kin
(Jockey Club Ti-I College) (from 192003)
Ms KEE Lai-lin
(Lions College) (from 192003)
Ms LEUNG Fung-ying
(Kwun Tong Government Secondary School) (from 192003)
Mr LI Chi-ming
(Yuen Long Public Secondary School) (from 192003)
Dr LI Chung
(Hong Kong Institute of Education) (from 192003)
Mr Mak Hin-pang
(Hong Kong Institute of Vocational Education) (from 192003)
Ms SHEK Wing-ha
(HKMLC Queen Maud Secondary School) (from 192003)
SECOND DRAFT
iv
Mr SZETO Yuk-tong
(Hong Kong Examinations and Assessment Authority) (from 192003)
Prof WONG Heung-sang Stephen
(The Chinese University of Hong Kong) (from 192003)
Mr WONG Mong-kwan
(Munsang College(HK Island)) (from 192003)
Mr WONG Wai-ki Micky
(Chong Gene Hang College) (from 192003)
SECOND DRAFT
v
Preamble
The Curriculum Development Council (CDC)-Hong Kong Examinations and
Assessment Authority (HKEAA) Committees (Senior Secondary) of various subjects have been
set up jointly by the CDC and the HKEAA Council to develop the Curriculum and Assessment
Guides (CampA Guides) for the new 3-year senior secondary academic structure in Hong Kong
During the first stage of consultation on the new academic structure between October 2004 and
January 2005 the document Reforming the Academic structure for Senior Secondary
Education and Higher Education - Actions for Investing in the Future (Education and
Manpower Bureau 2004) was published to seek stakeholdersrsquo views on the design blueprint of
the structure the timetable for implementation and financial arrangements An accompanying
document Proposed Core and Elective Subject Frameworks for the New Senior Secondary
Curriculum was also produced to solicit views and feedback from schools on the initial
curriculum and assessment design of individual subjects to inform the development of the CampA
Guides
The report New Academic Structure for Senior Secondary Education and Higher
Education ndash Action Plan for Investing in the Future of Hong Kong (Education and Manpower
Bureau 2005) an outcome of the first stage of consultation has just been published to chart the
way forward for implementing the new academic structure and to set further directions for the
second stage of consultation on curriculum and assessment as part of the interactive and
multiple-stage process of developing the CampA Guides In addition taking into consideration the
feedback collected through various means including the returned questionnaires from key
learning area coordinatorspanel heads during the first stage of consultation the curriculum and
assessment frameworks of subjects have been revised and elaborated Further views from
stakeholders in particular the school sectorrsquos are welcome
To understand the position of each subject in the new academic structure readers are
encouraged to refer to the Report
Comments and suggestions on the Physical Education CampA Guide are welcome and
may be sent to
SECOND DRAFT
vi
Chief Curriculum Development Officer (Physical Education) Curriculum Development Institute Education and Manpower Bureau Room 505 24 Tin Kwong Road Kowloon Fax 2761 4291 E-mail peembgovhk
SECOND DRAFT
1
Chapter 1 Introduction
Background 11 Physical Education (PE) is an elective subject in the senior secondary curriculum of the PE
Key Learning Area (KLA)
12 The curriculum is built on the existing S4-S5 PE Curriculum and Hong Kong Certificate of
Education PE Examination Syllabus with some modification and reorganisation of topics
It increases the breadth and depth of content by for example strengthening the concepts of
fitness and health and including new elements on biomechanics motor learning and sport
psychology and sport and recreation management It is a comprehensive curriculum
reflecting cross-curricular links with subjects such as Physics Biology and Health Science
13 It combines theory and physical activities aiming at the realization of an active and healthy
lifestyle
14 It extends studentsrsquo prior knowledge and skills of PE in the Basic Education It seeks to
enhance the learning of the six strands of PE and further develop studentsrsquo generic skills as
well as positive values and attitudes
Rationale 15 Contribution to the learning goals of the New Senior Secondary (NSS) Curriculum
151 PE helps enrich the knowledge students need in contemporary society It broadens
and deepens studentsrsquo knowledge of PE sport science and recreation
152 Though actively engaging them in physical activities it leads students to a healthy
lifestyle which is essential for whole-person development
153 It develops students into informed and responsible citizens through the learning of
theories and participation in physical activities and the development of desirable
moral behaviour
SECOND DRAFT
2
16 Response to the need of the society and students
161 PE bears the important role of contributing to healthy living which is fundamental
to an individualrsquos life and the welfare of society In response to the common
sedentary lifestyle of Hong Kong people the PE Curriculum provides students with
the knowledge and skills for doing regular physical activities helping them become
and remain physically fit which is important for the well-being of individuals
162 On the other hand it fosters the development of a life-long interest in participation in
physical activities To sustain the emerging sportive culture among students
developed in recent years the PE Curriculum provides the knowledge and skills
needed by those who are interested in participating in physical activities safely and
enjoyably
17 Strengthening studentsrsquo generic skills and learning to learn capacity
171 PE develops studentsrsquo general intellectual capacity Through engaging in students in
a higher order cognitive process as a result of exposure to a variety of theoretical
and practical learning experiences it enables them to acquire and construct
knowledge in PE and sport science and improve their cognitive functioning
172 It develops studentsrsquo generic skills notable their collaboration skills critical thinking
skills communication skills and creativity It also helps nurture studentsrsquo
sport-related values and attitudes notably responsibility commitment perseverance
and respect for others These are essential in enhancing studentsrsquo learning to learn
capacity
173 It also develops studentsrsquo study skills such as data collection as well as
interpretation and management of information for further studies
18 Further studies and career link
181 PE equips students with knowledge and skills and develops their personal qualities
for further advancement
182 The breadth of the curriculum enables students to build a broader knowledge base
for higher education in areas like PE and sport science human biology food and
nutritional science etc
SECOND DRAFT
3
183 It prepares students for future careers in the teaching of PE sport and recreation
sport coaching health science medical science nursing physiotherapy
occupational therapy etc
184 The curriculum is in line with the appeal from the World Health Organisation (2004)
for building a long-term capacity of a healthy community
Overall Aims 19 The aims of the curriculum are to enable students to
apply the knowledge skills and positive attitudes acquired in the study of PE for the
pursuit of active and healthy living
integrate physical skills into the learning of theories to support and strengthen the
understanding of theories and to demonstrate high order performance through the
learning in about and through physical activities
link up the PE knowledge they have developed with other disciplines and prepare
themselves for further education and career development
enhance their generic capacity for life-long learning through the study of PE and apply
the skills in real-life situations
further develop positive sport-related values and attitudes and demonstrate desirable
moral behaviour and
be responsible citizens as well as develop a better understanding of international issues
through PE and physical activities
Interface with the Junior Secondary Curriculum 110 The curriculum is a continuation of the junior secondary education
1101 It builds on the foundation of basic education Apart from building on the
previous learning experiences of different physical activities and the level of
competence acquired students are provided with more choices on physical
activities The diversified and balanced experiences gained at the junior secondary
level is a prerequisite for a more advanced and academic-oriented study in the
NSS curriculum especially the learning of the multiplicity of concepts in different
physical education contexts
SECOND DRAFT
4
1102 It provides a basis for enhancing the understanding implementation and
evaluation of human movement The roles of physical activities are to support the
learning of theories and to maintain an active and healthy lifestyle
1103 Through a variety of learning experiences in PE and sport it enhances studentsrsquo
development of generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
1104 It sustains studentsrsquo quality of life through the study of and participation in
physical activities and provides a basis for further studies and career development
Principles of Design 111 Prior knowledge The NSS curriculum for PE is built on the knowledge gained in basic
education The ten parts of PE at senior secondary level are discipline-based and are
closely related to the six strands highlighted in the basic education of PE ie motor and
sport skills health and fitness sport-related values and attitudes knowledge and practice
of safety knowledge of movement and aesthetic sensitivity For example the principles of
FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type) that students are exposed to at junior secondary
level are fundamental to the learning of the part on ldquoPhysiological Basis for Exercise and
Sport Trainingrdquo in the NSS curriculum As the junior secondary curriculum covers at least
eight different physical activities from not less than four areas the knowledge students
acquired forms a strong foundation for their study at NSS level While broadening and
deepening the knowledge and skills students previously learned the emphasis of the NSS
is on the application integration and synthesis of knowledge and their practical use in
daily life
112 Balance between breadth and depth The curriculum covers a variety of areas of study
from the roles and values of PE disciplines in sport science and sport management to the
PE and sport scene in Hong Kong and Chinarsquos sporting culture It aims at providing a
comprehensive knowledge base for diversified interests aptitudes and needs Further
students are given opportunities to acquire more profound concepts and knowledge in
certain areas such as fitness and health exercise and sport training which constitute the
core knowledge in PE All these equip students with important knowledge for further
studies and career pursuits Moreover in addition to reinforcing the knowledge and skills
SECOND DRAFT
5
of the physical activities students previously developed the curriculum provides them with
opportunities to strengthen the learning of a variety of physical activities to carry out
in-depth learning of selected activities and to participate in at least one PE-related
co-curricular activity The practical work especially providing services to the school
andor community in the form of organising physical activities and sport events as
illustrated in Exemplar 3 of this document helps strengthen studentsrsquo generic skills and
further nurture their positive values and attitudes
113 Linkage between theory and physical skills The integration of theory and physical
skills enables students to apply the learnt knowledge in the performance of physical skills
which in turn strengthens the understanding of theory It also provides opportunities for
students to enjoy an active and healthy lifestyle
114 Essential parts and choices Students are given opportunities to learn about all the
domains of knowledge in the NSS PE curriculum and different physical activities offered
by schools To cater for individual interests and needs students will have choices for
selecting a few physical skills for advanced development The physical activities offered
by schools will have more carry-over values to their future life
115 Articulation to multiple advancements The different domains of knowledge included
are useful for further study and career pursuits in different areas such as teaching PE
sports coaching and management medical and health care food and nutrition etc
116 Safety considerations Safety considerations are important in designing and organising
physical activities These include safety in using facilities and equipment safety in
carrying out the activity tasks and risk management
117 Learning to learn and generic skills Different learning modes such as group work
presentations sport competitions service for physical activities etc enable students to
further develop generic skills and learning skills and to nurture positive values and
attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
6
Chapter 2 Curriculum Framework
Curriculum Structure
21 There are altogether ten parts in the curriculum The first nine parts are basically
theoretical the roles of PE anatomy and exercise physiology fitness and nutrition
sport injuries biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology sport sociology and
sport management However there are also elements of applied learning included in
these theoretical parts such as the practical work in topics of training methods
treatment of sport injuries and organisation of events of physical activity Part Ten
focuses mainly on practical skills which include physical skills and physical fitness
Students are expected to learn all the theoretical parts They will go through all the
practical work including all the physical skills they are taught as well as physical
fitness but they will be provided with choices for a few physical skills for advanced
learning This reflects a broad and balanced curriculum which broadens studentsrsquo
knowledge and learning and allows choices to meet studentsrsquo diversified needs and
interests
Learning Objectives 22 Through the learning of different parts students are able to
broaden and deepen their understanding of the knowledge on PE and demonstrate
healthy behaviour including active participation in physical activities
integrate the learning of PE into their lives and enhance their intellectual capability by
acquiring applying and evaluating knowledge and physical skills
understand the principles of PE and its relationship with related fields and become
aware of the links to further education and career paths
apply the knowledge of PE in real life situations so as to develop generic skills such as
communication skills critical thinking skills collaboration skills creativity and
aesthetic appreciation
nurture personal and social qualities and demonstrate desirable sporting etiquette and
SECOND DRAFT
7
show commitment and responsibility in organising events involving physical activities
in school or the community and demonstrate an understanding of and respect for
different cultures in PE and sport
Learning Outcomes 23 At the end of the senior secondary curriculum students should be able to
live an active and healthy life by doing regular exercise maintaining a reasonable
physical fitness level practising healthy eating and staying free from substance abuse
demonstrate a knowledge of theory through participation in a number of physical
activities and at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
apply deeper knowledge acquired through studying principles of PE exercise
physiology fitness and health biomechanics sport sociology motor learning and sport
psychology and sport management and be aware of the connection between such
knowledge and other disciplines for future advancement
demonstrate generic skills such as collaborative skills critical thinking skills
communication skills and creativity through the learning of theories and physical
activities and apply these qualities in real-life situations
uphold positive sport-related values and attitudes and demonstrate proper sporting
etiquette and desirable moral behaviour and
demonstrate commitment and responsibility when performing physical activities and
sport events especially in school and community services and show understanding of
and respect for different sporting cultures
Curriculum Content 24 Part I This part gives students a general picture about the scope of PE and its
relationship with sport recreation and leisure The terminology the general concepts
and the information concerning the local PE scene help students learn and link it with
the other parts of the curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
8
Part
Suggested Time Allocation ()
I Physical Education Sport Recreation Leisure and Wellness (6) (a) Definition History and Development of PE Sport Recreation
Leisure and Wellness
(b) Roles and Values of PE Sport Recreation and Leisure (i) Personal development (ii) Socialization (iii) International relationship (c) PE in Hong Kong (i) Primary (ii) Secondary (iii) Tertiary (d) Sport Recreation and Leisure in Hong Kong (i) Government (ii) Non-government organisations (iii) Private and commercial clubs
25 Part II This part helps students build a foundation in PE through familiarising them
with the knowledge of human body systems and prepares them for the study of fitness
and health exercise and sport training sport injuries and motor learning and sport
psychology
II Human Body (15) (a) Growth and Development (i) Life cycle amp growth curves (ii) Stages of development (iii) Body types (b) Skeletal System (i) Functions (ii) Bones (iii) Joints (iv) Cartilage (v) Ligaments (c) Nervous System (i) Functions (ii) Central Nervous System (d) Muscular System (i) Functions (ii) Types of muscle and muscle fibre (iii) Types of muscle contraction (iv) Neuromuscular control
SECOND DRAFT
9
(e) Cardiovascular System (i) Functions (ii) Blood vessels (iii) Heart (iv) Circulation (f) Respiratory System (i) Functions (ii) Lungs (iii) Pulmonary ventilation (iv) Gaseous exchange (g) Energy System (i) Aerobic system (ii) Anaerobic system (iii) Energy metabolism during rest and physical activities
26 Part III This part covers the basic elements in human movement and is linked to the
discipline of Physics It guides students to understand the scientific basis of movement
and to apply this knowledge to enhance their performance
III Movement Analysis (7) (a) Biomechanics (i) Force (ii) Motion (iii) Newtonrsquos Law of Motion (iv) Velocity and acceleration (v) Centre of gravity (vi) Lever (b) Types of Body Movement (i) Flexion-extension (ii) Abduction-adduction (iii) Pronation-supination (iv) Plane of motion (v) Rotation (c) Application in Sports
27 Part IV This part helps students explore and compare the concepts of physical fitness
and sport-related fitness the nutritional components and the diet related to physical
performance and the interlocking relations between exercise physical fitness diet
health and chronic diseases Such knowledge helps students recognise the importance
of an active and healthy lifestyle It also plays an important role in facilitating
understanding of the concept of wellness mentioned in Part I
SECOND DRAFT
10
IV Fitness and Nutrition for Health and Performance in Physical Activities (15) (a) Components of Health (i) Physical health (ii) Mental health (iii) Social health (b) Definition of Physical Fitness and Sport-related Fitness (i) Physical Fitness (ii) Sport-related fitness (c) Components and Measurement of Physical Fitness (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Flexibility (iii) Muscular strength and endurance (iv) Body composition (d) Components and Measurement of Sport-related Fitness (i) Agility (ii) Balance (iii) Coordination (iv) Endurance (v) Flexibility (vi) Reaction time (vii) Speed (viii) Strength (e) Food and Nutrition (i) Carbohydrates (ii) Proteins (iii) Fats (iv) Vitamins minerals fibres and water (v) Balanced diet (vi) Nutrition and exercise performance (f) Weight Control (i) Energy balance (ii) Overweight and obesity (iii) Weight control (g) Healthy Behaviour (i) Diet (ii) Exercise and physical activity level (iii) Rest and relaxation (iv) Substance abuse (v) Posture (h) Roles of Physical Activity for the Prevention of Non-Communicable
Diseases
(i) Coronary heart disease (ii) Diabetes (iii) Hypertension (iv) Hypokinetic degeneration
SECOND DRAFT
11
28 Part V This part equips students with the knowledge of physical performance and
sport training It enables students to understand the general principles and effects of
physical training which are fundamental in exercise and the acquisition of physical
skills
V Physiological Basis for Exercise and Sport Training (12) (a) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Muscular fitness (iii) Flexibility (iv) Age (v) Gender (vi) Heredity (vii) Body types (viii) Drugs (ix) Environment (b) Concepts and Principles of Training (i) Aerobic and anaerobic training (ii) Principles of training (iii) Basic considerations in training (iv) Planning of training programmes (c) Training Methods (i) Resistance training (ii) Circuit training (iii) Continuous training (iv) Interval training (d) Training and Detraining Effects (i) Cardiovascular adaptations (ii) Metabolic adaptations
29 Part VI This part equips students with the knowledge of safety measures in physical
activities and sport Building on studentsrsquo previous knowledge of human body and
movement exercise and sport training it raises their awareness of common sport
injuries and helps them apply this knowledge to treatment and prevention measures
VI Sport Injuries Treatment and Precautions (7) (a) Factors Leading to Sport Injuries (i) Environmental factors (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Protective devices (iv) Level of skills
SECOND DRAFT
12
(v) Level of fitness (vi) Physical limitations (vii) Nature of different sports (b) Common Sport Injuries (i) Bleeding (ii) Abrasion (iii) Contusion (iv) Dislocation (v) Fracture (vi) Pulled muscle (vii) Sprain (viii) Strain (ix) Heat and cold injuries (x) Overuse injuries (c) Treatment (i) General principles of first aid (ii) PRICE (Protection Rest Ice Compression Elevation) (iii) Resuscitation (d) Prevention of Sport Injuries (i) Risk assessment (ii) Safety measures (iii) Warm up and cool down
210 Part VII This part helps students understand the theory of motor learning and the
fundamental elements of motor learning and sport psychology Building on the previous
parts it helps students explain the learning process and performance of daily-life physical
skills
VII Motor Learning and Sport Psychology (7) (a) Application of Learning Theory in Motor Learning (i) Skill classifications (ii) Skill acquisition and information processing (iii) Stages of learning and transfer of learning (iv) Intrinsic and extrinsic feedback (v) Knowledge of result and knowledge of performance (vi) Practice methods (b) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Anxiety and arousal (ii) Attention and concentration (iii) Motivation and self-confidence (iv) Goal setting (v) Imagery and mental practice (vi) Personality (vii) Aggression
SECOND DRAFT
13
(c) Application of Stress Management in Sport (i) The nature of stress (ii) Stress management
211 Part VIII This part allows students to investigate different issues of physical and sport
activities in relation to society It helps students understand more deeply the roles and
values of PE and sport from different perspectives It also nurtures studentsrsquo high-order
thinking skills by exploring specific issues
VIII Social Aspects of PE Sport and Recreation (8) (a) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (i) Philosophical foundation history and development of the Olympic
Games
(ii) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (iii) Chinarsquos involvement in the Olympic Movement (iv) Challenges to the Olympic Movement and Olympicism (b) International Organisations Major Games and Major International
Competitions
(i) International Olympic Committee and International Sports Federations
(ii) Olympic Games and other major games (iii) Major international competitions (c) Chinarsquos Sporting Culture (i) Chinarsquos sporting culture (ii) All China Games (d) Sport and Society (i) Sport for all and sport for elite (ii) Amateurs and professionals (iii) Competition (iv) Drugs in sport (v) Violence in sport (vi) Politics and sport (vii) Media and sport (e) Factors Influencing Participation in Sport and Recreation (i) Personal factor (ii) Family factor (iii) Social factor (iv) Cultural factor (v) Political factor (vi) Environmental factor
212 Part IX This part introduces the basic concepts of sport management and programme
organisation It aims at equipping students with useful knowledge to perform school and
SECOND DRAFT
14
community services particularly the organization of different physical activity events
IX Sport and Recreation Management (6) (a) Concepts on Sport and Recreation Management (i) The management process (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Funding (iv) Staffing
(v) Time factor (b) Programme Organisation (i) Competition systems (ii) Organisation of events of physical activity (c) Legal Issues in PE Sport and Recreation (i) Liability in PE and sport activities (ii) Negligence in PE and sport activities
213 Part X This practical part provides an opportunity for students to apply the theories
learned from the other parts through participating in physical activities It requires students
to relate and integrate different aspects of knowledge learned to enhance their skill
performance and physical fitness It also develops studentsrsquo personal qualities by enabling
them to recognise their role in PE-related school and community services
X Performance in Physical Activities (17) (a) Demonstration of Skills and Knowledge of Various Physical Activities (i) Acquisition mastery and demonstration of a number of physical
activities
(ii) Active participation in at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
(iii) Demonstration of regular exercise to maintain fitness and health (iv) Application of learned theories in the performance of physical
activities
(v) Demonstration of a leading role in school andor community services
(100)
Curriculum Organisation 214 Learning and Teaching Sequence The suggested sequence of the learning and
teaching components for PE is that the foundation of PE comes first before the topics
on human body exercise physiology as well as health and fitness These topics are
then followed by those related to other knowledge disciplines namely biomechanics
SECOND DRAFT
15
sport sociology and motor learning and sport psychology The learning of physical
activities and related co-curricular activities will be ongoing throughout the three years
of senior secondary education The rationale for the way the ten parts are sequenced is
as follows
2141 A foundation part including terminology gives students the general knowledge
essential for a smooth transition from an activity-oriented basic education PE
curriculum to an academic-oriented PE curriculum
2142 The energy system together with the anatomy of different systems of human
biology is basic for understanding of different aspects of the subsequent topic of
exercise physiology
2143 The biomechanics of Physics and its relation to and application in sports is
conducive to the learning of subsequent topics on sports medicine exercise
physiology and motor learning and sport psychology However it may be taught at
a later stage such as at SS2 or SS3 as the concepts are more specific
2144 With the knowledge of the human body it is easier for students to acquire some
important concepts such as weight control and healthy behaviour and the related
chronological diseases and apply the knowledge of fitness nutrition and health in
daily life
2145 The knowledge of exercise physiology is specific to PE and sport performance and
training
2146 The understanding of human movement anatomy and exercise physiology is useful
for the study of sport injuries treatment and prevention
2147 When students are promoted to higher forms they are more capable of grasping the
abstract ideas of how motor learning and sport psychology affect sport
performance
2148 The analysis of and enquiry into different sport issues from multi-perspectives help
develop studentsrsquo high order thinking skills and their ability to think independently
2149 The integration of knowledge and practical skills enables higher form students to
perform school and community services such as organizing sport events
21410 Participation in physical activities has a dual role First it helps students to realise
an active and healthy lifestyle in an effort to remain fit and healthy and second it
SECOND DRAFT
16
enhances studentsrsquo understanding of different theories
Time Allocation
215 10 of the total curriculum time will be allocated to the subject It will be about 270
hours for class teaching in the 3 years of the NSS curriculum However the exact number
of hours can be school-based and may thus have slight variations between schools
SECOND DRAFT
17
Chapter 3 Curriculum Planning
Progression of Studies 31 The parts are sequenced as follows
311 The parts are sequenced in such a way that it reflects progression from the
development of general knowledge to application integration and analysis and
eventually to the practical use of knowledge
312 The first three parts forming group one constitute fundamental knowledge in the
roles and values of PE anatomy and human movement
313 The second group consisting of Part IV V and VI is mainly on the application of
knowledge in fitness and health sports training and sports injuries
314 The third group that is Part VII and VIII focuses more on analysis and integration
of knowledge in motor learning and sport psychology as well as sociology
315 The last group including Part IX and X illustrates the knowledge for practice in
sport management and the practical demonstration of different physical activities
32 The sequence suggested will enable students to explore their interests in SS1 and develop a
better understanding of the subject especially when they expand their knowledge on
exercise physiology and fitness and health which is essential for the pursuit of physical and
sport activities The knowledge in NSS1 provides students with key concepts in PE which
is essential for subsequent construction of knowledge It allows a smooth progression to
SS2 and SS3 when students go through Part X ldquoPerformance in Physical Activitiesrdquo which
involves the higher order cognitive process of integration and synthesis of knowledge Also
students will be more mature for the learning of other abstract topics such as sport
sociology where they need to examine issues from multiple perspectives Besides students
are exposed to different disciplines in sport psychology sport sociology and sport
management Though these disciplines are not offered individually as electives students
may focus more on those they are interested in or capable of in their study for future
studies or career pursuits
SECOND DRAFT
18
Curriculum Planning 33 Flexibility of time-tabling The time-tabling of the subject should be flexible to maximize
learning especially for those topics including practical work For example the service for
school sport activities is likely to be conducted outside normal lesson time The activities
may be held after school on Saturday during post examination activities period or in a
whole day mode such as athletic meet and swimming gala
34 For students of different abilities Learning tasks will on the one hand ensure that
students have equal opportunities for the learning of all essential elements and on the other
allow the brighter students to excel School activity service such as organising sport
activities or competitions will serve the former principle School activities offered inside
and outside school are opportunities for the elite student-athletes thus serving the latter
principle
35 For students with different inclinations Some topics such as biomechanics motor
learning and sport psychology sport sociology and sport management which are designed
to be taught in SS2 or SS3 are more specific involving students in more in-depth learning
to meet their needs and interests
36 Making student learning more meaningful The integration of theory and practical work
make learning more meaningful as students could apply what they learn and more
importantly understand the reasons behind sport performance and sport phenomenon Also
theory and practical work will complement each other and strengthen studentsrsquo learning
experience
37 Integrating conceptual learning with life-wide learning experiences The learning of the
various domains of knowledge physical skills and physical fitness is certainly linked to the
physical experience of the Other Learning Experiences and the outside school learning
experiences such as participation in sport-related services and competitions This will
enhance student learning especially when it is applied in real life situations
SECOND DRAFT
19
38 Integrating learning with assessment The balanced use of formative and summative
assessments and the feedback given to students will help students learn Diversified
assessment will be particularly useful in reflecting studentsrsquo performance and motivating
them to improve in the learning process
SECOND DRAFT
20
Chapter 4 Learning and Teaching
Guiding Principles 41 The guiding principles of the learning and teaching of the PE subject are
All learners can learn and none will be deprived of learning opportunities because of
socio-economic status
A flexible framework to cater for learner differences
Construction of knowledge to nurture studentsrsquo self-learning capacity
Building on studentsrsquo learning experience and prior knowledge
Integration of knowledge and stimulation of high-order thinking
Provision of a caring and motivating learning environment
Using formative and summative assessments as well as feedback to improve learning
Adoption of reflective teaching and teachers adjusting teaching strategies according to
studentsrsquo performance
Suggested Learning and Teaching Approaches and Strategies 42 There are a number of learning and teaching approaches and strategies
421 Varying instructional strategies to use different instructional methods for whole
class teaching small group and individual work Use of an interactive mode of
learning and feedback are useful to enhance learning
422 Building on prior learning experiences to make use of the knowledge and skills
learned in basic education and the concurrent 5 physical learning experience
423 Effective use of learning and teaching resources to maximize the use of library
resources and encourage students to conduct web search for information to use
community resources especially sport facilities to facilitate learning
424 Development of generic skills and nurturing values and attitudes to develop
studentsrsquo generic skills and nurture their positive values and attitudes in genuine
contexts especially during group work sport competitions community service etc
425 Life-wide learning apart from formal PE lessons to provide other learning
opportunities for students to gain relevant learning experiences especially those
SECOND DRAFT
21
outside school activities
426 Reading to learn to encourage students to read reference materials such as books
journals magazines to widen their knowledge-base and to foster their interest in
different topics progressing at their own pace
427 IT for interactive learning to nurture in students a habit of using IT for
interactive learning Use of multi-media and internet facilitates more interesting
and effective learning
428 Referencing to local context it helps students better understand the application of
the PE and sport theories particularly those of fitness and health sport sociology
and sport management
429 Catering for learner differences to adopt varying strategies for students with
diversified abilities in the learning of theories or physical skills Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship is one way
to enhance learning
4210 Balanced practical work of physical skills practical work is important and
facilitates understanding of concepts and theories But an undue emphasis on
physical skills will distort the objective of the subject which may be misinterpreted
as supporting only elite sport training
4211 Safety in practical work always pay attention to safety measures and risk
management in practical work to avoid injuries and learn how to handle problems
when they occur
4212 Collaboration with teachers of other disciplines liaison with Physics and
Biology teachers is beneficial in the teaching of biomechanics and anatomy
Consulting the school counselor is an effective way for students to handle studying
problems and improve study skills
Catering for Learner Differences 43 Learner differences in this subject refer to diversified student abilities in terms of
knowledge of theory or mastery of physical skills or a combination of both Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship helps to enhance
learning and ease teacherrsquos workload
SECOND DRAFT
22
431 Students who are strong in physical skills but weak in theory students who are
strong in physical skills are usually committed and persevering in performing tasks
They have high self-esteem and pride in their own strengths The key for these
students to learn better is to help them apply their strengths in academic studies
432 Students who are interested in PE but weak in physical skills These students are
motivated to learn particularly when they are provided with suitable encouragement
The best way is to ask students with good physical skills to be ldquostudent mentorsrdquo
and help this type of students
433 Students with weak physical fitness level Physical fitness is partly genetically
predetermined Physical fitness tests should not be used in a way that could
embarrass the weaker students It is better to encourage them to work according to
realistic individual goals In fact physical fitness standards should be reasonably set
Elite standards should be avoided
44 On the other hand there are different learning and teaching strategies for students with
different academic abilities
441 Average abilities Help these students to set higher but achievable goals and always
motivate them to work harder Positive reinforcement such as extrinsic reward is
always helpful
442 Lower abilities Modify tasks to suit studentsrsquo abilities or to separate the tasks into
parts to let students progressively build up a foundation of knowledge which
promises a better chance of success This could also nurture studentsrsquo
self-confidence and motivation Moreover it is good to focus on what students can
accomplish and not to encourage them to compare their results with those of others
443 Exceptionally gifted Always encourage them to go beyond the set targets They
could be assigned as study leaders and sport captains or to assist the teacher by
demonstrating physical skills in lessons
Exemplar 45 A few exemplars are included in the appendices to show how some topics can be taught
and how to integrate theory with practical activities
SECOND DRAFT
23
Chapter 5 Assessment
51 Assessment is a way to collect evidence of studentsrsquo learning It aims to provide feedback to
students and identify their strengths and weaknesses in learning It helps identify what the
next learning target should be and how it can be achieved
Internal Assessment 52 Internal assessment is an integral part of the learning and teaching of PE in the NSS
curriculum
53 Formative assessment can help collect evidence about the effectiveness of learning and
teaching and provide feedback to students and teachers for further improvement It reflects
the strengths and weaknesses of students in terms of knowledge skills and attitudes
according to which tailor-made adjustments can be made in the learning teaching and
assessment cycle With reference to the learning targets formative assessment helps
evaluate studentsrsquo progress and enhance motivation in learning Oral feedback observation
checklist reflection form and project work are some examples of formative assessment for
PE
54 Summative assessment is a useful tool for describing studentsrsquo progress of learning and
achievements at a specific stage of learning
55 Both formative assessment and summative assessment are useful to facilitate learning if
they are effectively implemented
56 The assessment of values and attitudes could be done in school and recorded in the Senior
Secondary Student Learning Profile Studentsrsquo learning experiences and achievements in PE
will be recognised and reflected in the profile Achievements in high level competitions
qualifications in coaching and refereeing obtained by the elite athletes will also be included
SECOND DRAFT
24
Public Assessment 57 This section describes the direction of the development of public assessment Hong Kong
Examinations and Assessment Authority (HKEAA) will develop the assessment rubrics at a
later stage as outlined in paragraph 511 below At the moment the target is to include two
parts in the public assessment in the form of a School-based Assessment (SBA) and an
external assessment It is recommended that the public assessment for PE comprises the
following
SBA (30) External Assessment (70) 10 Physical activity (1) 10 Physical activity (2) 10 Physical fitness and a related written
assignment
2 written papers of a total of 4 hours
Key for SBA
Physical activity (1) Physical activity (2)
Physical activities (1) amp (2) are from 2 different areas of activity of athletics ball games gymnastics aquatics dance outdoor pursuits and other activities stipulated in the PE KLA Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) (2002)
Physical fitness and a related written assignment
Standardised physical fitness components A written assignment which focuses on studentsrsquo learning process such as illustration of the aims and targets and an implementation plan of physical fitness
58 The model presented above is open for feedback and suggestions Indeed the weighting of
SBA and external assessment will be set in 2006 However according to the timeline
described in paragraph 511 below it could still be adjusted after the NSS has been
implemented to meet any new curriculum and assessment needs that may arise The
moderation format of SBA depends on the number of candidates Statistical moderation is
suitable for a large candidature and non-statistical methods are more appropriate for a
relatively small candidature
59 Written papersStudents are expected to do all parts to acquire broad and balanced
knowledge However apart from compulsory questions on selected parts such as parts 1 to
SECOND DRAFT
25
6 flexibility is sought to allow students options in choosing questions about the other parts
such as parts 7 to 9 Careful consideration will be taken to keep the breadth of coverage and
depth of cognitive level of different options comparable As for the duration of written
papers it will not exceed four hours
510 ReportingStandards-referenced reporting will be used The results issued by HKEAA are
expected to cover 3 components the results of SBA external assessment and the total of
the two Such a format of reporting has the advantage of giving stakeholders a more
comprehensive picture of studentsrsquo achievement in this subject
511 Developmental timelineThe examination rubrics developed by the HKEAA will be ready
by February 2006 By then the weighting and components of SBA as well as the number
and duration of written papers will be fixed Sample examination papers will be available
in 2007 so that schools will have access to more details before the implementation of the
NSS curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
26
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources 61 Resource materials to support learning and teaching will be developed in collaboration with
tertiary institution educational organisations and school teachers Individual sets of
materials for the different parts will be produced This will facilitate necessary updates in
future
62 The PE Section of Education and Manpower Bureau (EMB) is working to produce videos
of PE lessons for SBA purposes There will be seminars to brief teachers on the use of such
information in assessing studentsrsquo physical skills
63 Learning and teaching resources will not be confined to materials produced by EMB
Schools may use reference materials produced in other countries including reference books
journals web-based materials and audio-visual aids
64 Teachers are encouraged to share school-based materials especially in different professional
development programmes organised by EMB The materials include teaching notes on
different topics and materials generated from pilot studies and research projects conducted
by schools These materials are very useful for PE curriculum development at the NSS
level
65 Though not exhaustive a list consists of materials recommended for students in the
promotion of reading to learn is attached in the Appendix
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
iv
Mr SZETO Yuk-tong
(Hong Kong Examinations and Assessment Authority) (from 192003)
Prof WONG Heung-sang Stephen
(The Chinese University of Hong Kong) (from 192003)
Mr WONG Mong-kwan
(Munsang College(HK Island)) (from 192003)
Mr WONG Wai-ki Micky
(Chong Gene Hang College) (from 192003)
SECOND DRAFT
v
Preamble
The Curriculum Development Council (CDC)-Hong Kong Examinations and
Assessment Authority (HKEAA) Committees (Senior Secondary) of various subjects have been
set up jointly by the CDC and the HKEAA Council to develop the Curriculum and Assessment
Guides (CampA Guides) for the new 3-year senior secondary academic structure in Hong Kong
During the first stage of consultation on the new academic structure between October 2004 and
January 2005 the document Reforming the Academic structure for Senior Secondary
Education and Higher Education - Actions for Investing in the Future (Education and
Manpower Bureau 2004) was published to seek stakeholdersrsquo views on the design blueprint of
the structure the timetable for implementation and financial arrangements An accompanying
document Proposed Core and Elective Subject Frameworks for the New Senior Secondary
Curriculum was also produced to solicit views and feedback from schools on the initial
curriculum and assessment design of individual subjects to inform the development of the CampA
Guides
The report New Academic Structure for Senior Secondary Education and Higher
Education ndash Action Plan for Investing in the Future of Hong Kong (Education and Manpower
Bureau 2005) an outcome of the first stage of consultation has just been published to chart the
way forward for implementing the new academic structure and to set further directions for the
second stage of consultation on curriculum and assessment as part of the interactive and
multiple-stage process of developing the CampA Guides In addition taking into consideration the
feedback collected through various means including the returned questionnaires from key
learning area coordinatorspanel heads during the first stage of consultation the curriculum and
assessment frameworks of subjects have been revised and elaborated Further views from
stakeholders in particular the school sectorrsquos are welcome
To understand the position of each subject in the new academic structure readers are
encouraged to refer to the Report
Comments and suggestions on the Physical Education CampA Guide are welcome and
may be sent to
SECOND DRAFT
vi
Chief Curriculum Development Officer (Physical Education) Curriculum Development Institute Education and Manpower Bureau Room 505 24 Tin Kwong Road Kowloon Fax 2761 4291 E-mail peembgovhk
SECOND DRAFT
1
Chapter 1 Introduction
Background 11 Physical Education (PE) is an elective subject in the senior secondary curriculum of the PE
Key Learning Area (KLA)
12 The curriculum is built on the existing S4-S5 PE Curriculum and Hong Kong Certificate of
Education PE Examination Syllabus with some modification and reorganisation of topics
It increases the breadth and depth of content by for example strengthening the concepts of
fitness and health and including new elements on biomechanics motor learning and sport
psychology and sport and recreation management It is a comprehensive curriculum
reflecting cross-curricular links with subjects such as Physics Biology and Health Science
13 It combines theory and physical activities aiming at the realization of an active and healthy
lifestyle
14 It extends studentsrsquo prior knowledge and skills of PE in the Basic Education It seeks to
enhance the learning of the six strands of PE and further develop studentsrsquo generic skills as
well as positive values and attitudes
Rationale 15 Contribution to the learning goals of the New Senior Secondary (NSS) Curriculum
151 PE helps enrich the knowledge students need in contemporary society It broadens
and deepens studentsrsquo knowledge of PE sport science and recreation
152 Though actively engaging them in physical activities it leads students to a healthy
lifestyle which is essential for whole-person development
153 It develops students into informed and responsible citizens through the learning of
theories and participation in physical activities and the development of desirable
moral behaviour
SECOND DRAFT
2
16 Response to the need of the society and students
161 PE bears the important role of contributing to healthy living which is fundamental
to an individualrsquos life and the welfare of society In response to the common
sedentary lifestyle of Hong Kong people the PE Curriculum provides students with
the knowledge and skills for doing regular physical activities helping them become
and remain physically fit which is important for the well-being of individuals
162 On the other hand it fosters the development of a life-long interest in participation in
physical activities To sustain the emerging sportive culture among students
developed in recent years the PE Curriculum provides the knowledge and skills
needed by those who are interested in participating in physical activities safely and
enjoyably
17 Strengthening studentsrsquo generic skills and learning to learn capacity
171 PE develops studentsrsquo general intellectual capacity Through engaging in students in
a higher order cognitive process as a result of exposure to a variety of theoretical
and practical learning experiences it enables them to acquire and construct
knowledge in PE and sport science and improve their cognitive functioning
172 It develops studentsrsquo generic skills notable their collaboration skills critical thinking
skills communication skills and creativity It also helps nurture studentsrsquo
sport-related values and attitudes notably responsibility commitment perseverance
and respect for others These are essential in enhancing studentsrsquo learning to learn
capacity
173 It also develops studentsrsquo study skills such as data collection as well as
interpretation and management of information for further studies
18 Further studies and career link
181 PE equips students with knowledge and skills and develops their personal qualities
for further advancement
182 The breadth of the curriculum enables students to build a broader knowledge base
for higher education in areas like PE and sport science human biology food and
nutritional science etc
SECOND DRAFT
3
183 It prepares students for future careers in the teaching of PE sport and recreation
sport coaching health science medical science nursing physiotherapy
occupational therapy etc
184 The curriculum is in line with the appeal from the World Health Organisation (2004)
for building a long-term capacity of a healthy community
Overall Aims 19 The aims of the curriculum are to enable students to
apply the knowledge skills and positive attitudes acquired in the study of PE for the
pursuit of active and healthy living
integrate physical skills into the learning of theories to support and strengthen the
understanding of theories and to demonstrate high order performance through the
learning in about and through physical activities
link up the PE knowledge they have developed with other disciplines and prepare
themselves for further education and career development
enhance their generic capacity for life-long learning through the study of PE and apply
the skills in real-life situations
further develop positive sport-related values and attitudes and demonstrate desirable
moral behaviour and
be responsible citizens as well as develop a better understanding of international issues
through PE and physical activities
Interface with the Junior Secondary Curriculum 110 The curriculum is a continuation of the junior secondary education
1101 It builds on the foundation of basic education Apart from building on the
previous learning experiences of different physical activities and the level of
competence acquired students are provided with more choices on physical
activities The diversified and balanced experiences gained at the junior secondary
level is a prerequisite for a more advanced and academic-oriented study in the
NSS curriculum especially the learning of the multiplicity of concepts in different
physical education contexts
SECOND DRAFT
4
1102 It provides a basis for enhancing the understanding implementation and
evaluation of human movement The roles of physical activities are to support the
learning of theories and to maintain an active and healthy lifestyle
1103 Through a variety of learning experiences in PE and sport it enhances studentsrsquo
development of generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
1104 It sustains studentsrsquo quality of life through the study of and participation in
physical activities and provides a basis for further studies and career development
Principles of Design 111 Prior knowledge The NSS curriculum for PE is built on the knowledge gained in basic
education The ten parts of PE at senior secondary level are discipline-based and are
closely related to the six strands highlighted in the basic education of PE ie motor and
sport skills health and fitness sport-related values and attitudes knowledge and practice
of safety knowledge of movement and aesthetic sensitivity For example the principles of
FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type) that students are exposed to at junior secondary
level are fundamental to the learning of the part on ldquoPhysiological Basis for Exercise and
Sport Trainingrdquo in the NSS curriculum As the junior secondary curriculum covers at least
eight different physical activities from not less than four areas the knowledge students
acquired forms a strong foundation for their study at NSS level While broadening and
deepening the knowledge and skills students previously learned the emphasis of the NSS
is on the application integration and synthesis of knowledge and their practical use in
daily life
112 Balance between breadth and depth The curriculum covers a variety of areas of study
from the roles and values of PE disciplines in sport science and sport management to the
PE and sport scene in Hong Kong and Chinarsquos sporting culture It aims at providing a
comprehensive knowledge base for diversified interests aptitudes and needs Further
students are given opportunities to acquire more profound concepts and knowledge in
certain areas such as fitness and health exercise and sport training which constitute the
core knowledge in PE All these equip students with important knowledge for further
studies and career pursuits Moreover in addition to reinforcing the knowledge and skills
SECOND DRAFT
5
of the physical activities students previously developed the curriculum provides them with
opportunities to strengthen the learning of a variety of physical activities to carry out
in-depth learning of selected activities and to participate in at least one PE-related
co-curricular activity The practical work especially providing services to the school
andor community in the form of organising physical activities and sport events as
illustrated in Exemplar 3 of this document helps strengthen studentsrsquo generic skills and
further nurture their positive values and attitudes
113 Linkage between theory and physical skills The integration of theory and physical
skills enables students to apply the learnt knowledge in the performance of physical skills
which in turn strengthens the understanding of theory It also provides opportunities for
students to enjoy an active and healthy lifestyle
114 Essential parts and choices Students are given opportunities to learn about all the
domains of knowledge in the NSS PE curriculum and different physical activities offered
by schools To cater for individual interests and needs students will have choices for
selecting a few physical skills for advanced development The physical activities offered
by schools will have more carry-over values to their future life
115 Articulation to multiple advancements The different domains of knowledge included
are useful for further study and career pursuits in different areas such as teaching PE
sports coaching and management medical and health care food and nutrition etc
116 Safety considerations Safety considerations are important in designing and organising
physical activities These include safety in using facilities and equipment safety in
carrying out the activity tasks and risk management
117 Learning to learn and generic skills Different learning modes such as group work
presentations sport competitions service for physical activities etc enable students to
further develop generic skills and learning skills and to nurture positive values and
attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
6
Chapter 2 Curriculum Framework
Curriculum Structure
21 There are altogether ten parts in the curriculum The first nine parts are basically
theoretical the roles of PE anatomy and exercise physiology fitness and nutrition
sport injuries biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology sport sociology and
sport management However there are also elements of applied learning included in
these theoretical parts such as the practical work in topics of training methods
treatment of sport injuries and organisation of events of physical activity Part Ten
focuses mainly on practical skills which include physical skills and physical fitness
Students are expected to learn all the theoretical parts They will go through all the
practical work including all the physical skills they are taught as well as physical
fitness but they will be provided with choices for a few physical skills for advanced
learning This reflects a broad and balanced curriculum which broadens studentsrsquo
knowledge and learning and allows choices to meet studentsrsquo diversified needs and
interests
Learning Objectives 22 Through the learning of different parts students are able to
broaden and deepen their understanding of the knowledge on PE and demonstrate
healthy behaviour including active participation in physical activities
integrate the learning of PE into their lives and enhance their intellectual capability by
acquiring applying and evaluating knowledge and physical skills
understand the principles of PE and its relationship with related fields and become
aware of the links to further education and career paths
apply the knowledge of PE in real life situations so as to develop generic skills such as
communication skills critical thinking skills collaboration skills creativity and
aesthetic appreciation
nurture personal and social qualities and demonstrate desirable sporting etiquette and
SECOND DRAFT
7
show commitment and responsibility in organising events involving physical activities
in school or the community and demonstrate an understanding of and respect for
different cultures in PE and sport
Learning Outcomes 23 At the end of the senior secondary curriculum students should be able to
live an active and healthy life by doing regular exercise maintaining a reasonable
physical fitness level practising healthy eating and staying free from substance abuse
demonstrate a knowledge of theory through participation in a number of physical
activities and at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
apply deeper knowledge acquired through studying principles of PE exercise
physiology fitness and health biomechanics sport sociology motor learning and sport
psychology and sport management and be aware of the connection between such
knowledge and other disciplines for future advancement
demonstrate generic skills such as collaborative skills critical thinking skills
communication skills and creativity through the learning of theories and physical
activities and apply these qualities in real-life situations
uphold positive sport-related values and attitudes and demonstrate proper sporting
etiquette and desirable moral behaviour and
demonstrate commitment and responsibility when performing physical activities and
sport events especially in school and community services and show understanding of
and respect for different sporting cultures
Curriculum Content 24 Part I This part gives students a general picture about the scope of PE and its
relationship with sport recreation and leisure The terminology the general concepts
and the information concerning the local PE scene help students learn and link it with
the other parts of the curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
8
Part
Suggested Time Allocation ()
I Physical Education Sport Recreation Leisure and Wellness (6) (a) Definition History and Development of PE Sport Recreation
Leisure and Wellness
(b) Roles and Values of PE Sport Recreation and Leisure (i) Personal development (ii) Socialization (iii) International relationship (c) PE in Hong Kong (i) Primary (ii) Secondary (iii) Tertiary (d) Sport Recreation and Leisure in Hong Kong (i) Government (ii) Non-government organisations (iii) Private and commercial clubs
25 Part II This part helps students build a foundation in PE through familiarising them
with the knowledge of human body systems and prepares them for the study of fitness
and health exercise and sport training sport injuries and motor learning and sport
psychology
II Human Body (15) (a) Growth and Development (i) Life cycle amp growth curves (ii) Stages of development (iii) Body types (b) Skeletal System (i) Functions (ii) Bones (iii) Joints (iv) Cartilage (v) Ligaments (c) Nervous System (i) Functions (ii) Central Nervous System (d) Muscular System (i) Functions (ii) Types of muscle and muscle fibre (iii) Types of muscle contraction (iv) Neuromuscular control
SECOND DRAFT
9
(e) Cardiovascular System (i) Functions (ii) Blood vessels (iii) Heart (iv) Circulation (f) Respiratory System (i) Functions (ii) Lungs (iii) Pulmonary ventilation (iv) Gaseous exchange (g) Energy System (i) Aerobic system (ii) Anaerobic system (iii) Energy metabolism during rest and physical activities
26 Part III This part covers the basic elements in human movement and is linked to the
discipline of Physics It guides students to understand the scientific basis of movement
and to apply this knowledge to enhance their performance
III Movement Analysis (7) (a) Biomechanics (i) Force (ii) Motion (iii) Newtonrsquos Law of Motion (iv) Velocity and acceleration (v) Centre of gravity (vi) Lever (b) Types of Body Movement (i) Flexion-extension (ii) Abduction-adduction (iii) Pronation-supination (iv) Plane of motion (v) Rotation (c) Application in Sports
27 Part IV This part helps students explore and compare the concepts of physical fitness
and sport-related fitness the nutritional components and the diet related to physical
performance and the interlocking relations between exercise physical fitness diet
health and chronic diseases Such knowledge helps students recognise the importance
of an active and healthy lifestyle It also plays an important role in facilitating
understanding of the concept of wellness mentioned in Part I
SECOND DRAFT
10
IV Fitness and Nutrition for Health and Performance in Physical Activities (15) (a) Components of Health (i) Physical health (ii) Mental health (iii) Social health (b) Definition of Physical Fitness and Sport-related Fitness (i) Physical Fitness (ii) Sport-related fitness (c) Components and Measurement of Physical Fitness (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Flexibility (iii) Muscular strength and endurance (iv) Body composition (d) Components and Measurement of Sport-related Fitness (i) Agility (ii) Balance (iii) Coordination (iv) Endurance (v) Flexibility (vi) Reaction time (vii) Speed (viii) Strength (e) Food and Nutrition (i) Carbohydrates (ii) Proteins (iii) Fats (iv) Vitamins minerals fibres and water (v) Balanced diet (vi) Nutrition and exercise performance (f) Weight Control (i) Energy balance (ii) Overweight and obesity (iii) Weight control (g) Healthy Behaviour (i) Diet (ii) Exercise and physical activity level (iii) Rest and relaxation (iv) Substance abuse (v) Posture (h) Roles of Physical Activity for the Prevention of Non-Communicable
Diseases
(i) Coronary heart disease (ii) Diabetes (iii) Hypertension (iv) Hypokinetic degeneration
SECOND DRAFT
11
28 Part V This part equips students with the knowledge of physical performance and
sport training It enables students to understand the general principles and effects of
physical training which are fundamental in exercise and the acquisition of physical
skills
V Physiological Basis for Exercise and Sport Training (12) (a) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Muscular fitness (iii) Flexibility (iv) Age (v) Gender (vi) Heredity (vii) Body types (viii) Drugs (ix) Environment (b) Concepts and Principles of Training (i) Aerobic and anaerobic training (ii) Principles of training (iii) Basic considerations in training (iv) Planning of training programmes (c) Training Methods (i) Resistance training (ii) Circuit training (iii) Continuous training (iv) Interval training (d) Training and Detraining Effects (i) Cardiovascular adaptations (ii) Metabolic adaptations
29 Part VI This part equips students with the knowledge of safety measures in physical
activities and sport Building on studentsrsquo previous knowledge of human body and
movement exercise and sport training it raises their awareness of common sport
injuries and helps them apply this knowledge to treatment and prevention measures
VI Sport Injuries Treatment and Precautions (7) (a) Factors Leading to Sport Injuries (i) Environmental factors (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Protective devices (iv) Level of skills
SECOND DRAFT
12
(v) Level of fitness (vi) Physical limitations (vii) Nature of different sports (b) Common Sport Injuries (i) Bleeding (ii) Abrasion (iii) Contusion (iv) Dislocation (v) Fracture (vi) Pulled muscle (vii) Sprain (viii) Strain (ix) Heat and cold injuries (x) Overuse injuries (c) Treatment (i) General principles of first aid (ii) PRICE (Protection Rest Ice Compression Elevation) (iii) Resuscitation (d) Prevention of Sport Injuries (i) Risk assessment (ii) Safety measures (iii) Warm up and cool down
210 Part VII This part helps students understand the theory of motor learning and the
fundamental elements of motor learning and sport psychology Building on the previous
parts it helps students explain the learning process and performance of daily-life physical
skills
VII Motor Learning and Sport Psychology (7) (a) Application of Learning Theory in Motor Learning (i) Skill classifications (ii) Skill acquisition and information processing (iii) Stages of learning and transfer of learning (iv) Intrinsic and extrinsic feedback (v) Knowledge of result and knowledge of performance (vi) Practice methods (b) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Anxiety and arousal (ii) Attention and concentration (iii) Motivation and self-confidence (iv) Goal setting (v) Imagery and mental practice (vi) Personality (vii) Aggression
SECOND DRAFT
13
(c) Application of Stress Management in Sport (i) The nature of stress (ii) Stress management
211 Part VIII This part allows students to investigate different issues of physical and sport
activities in relation to society It helps students understand more deeply the roles and
values of PE and sport from different perspectives It also nurtures studentsrsquo high-order
thinking skills by exploring specific issues
VIII Social Aspects of PE Sport and Recreation (8) (a) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (i) Philosophical foundation history and development of the Olympic
Games
(ii) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (iii) Chinarsquos involvement in the Olympic Movement (iv) Challenges to the Olympic Movement and Olympicism (b) International Organisations Major Games and Major International
Competitions
(i) International Olympic Committee and International Sports Federations
(ii) Olympic Games and other major games (iii) Major international competitions (c) Chinarsquos Sporting Culture (i) Chinarsquos sporting culture (ii) All China Games (d) Sport and Society (i) Sport for all and sport for elite (ii) Amateurs and professionals (iii) Competition (iv) Drugs in sport (v) Violence in sport (vi) Politics and sport (vii) Media and sport (e) Factors Influencing Participation in Sport and Recreation (i) Personal factor (ii) Family factor (iii) Social factor (iv) Cultural factor (v) Political factor (vi) Environmental factor
212 Part IX This part introduces the basic concepts of sport management and programme
organisation It aims at equipping students with useful knowledge to perform school and
SECOND DRAFT
14
community services particularly the organization of different physical activity events
IX Sport and Recreation Management (6) (a) Concepts on Sport and Recreation Management (i) The management process (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Funding (iv) Staffing
(v) Time factor (b) Programme Organisation (i) Competition systems (ii) Organisation of events of physical activity (c) Legal Issues in PE Sport and Recreation (i) Liability in PE and sport activities (ii) Negligence in PE and sport activities
213 Part X This practical part provides an opportunity for students to apply the theories
learned from the other parts through participating in physical activities It requires students
to relate and integrate different aspects of knowledge learned to enhance their skill
performance and physical fitness It also develops studentsrsquo personal qualities by enabling
them to recognise their role in PE-related school and community services
X Performance in Physical Activities (17) (a) Demonstration of Skills and Knowledge of Various Physical Activities (i) Acquisition mastery and demonstration of a number of physical
activities
(ii) Active participation in at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
(iii) Demonstration of regular exercise to maintain fitness and health (iv) Application of learned theories in the performance of physical
activities
(v) Demonstration of a leading role in school andor community services
(100)
Curriculum Organisation 214 Learning and Teaching Sequence The suggested sequence of the learning and
teaching components for PE is that the foundation of PE comes first before the topics
on human body exercise physiology as well as health and fitness These topics are
then followed by those related to other knowledge disciplines namely biomechanics
SECOND DRAFT
15
sport sociology and motor learning and sport psychology The learning of physical
activities and related co-curricular activities will be ongoing throughout the three years
of senior secondary education The rationale for the way the ten parts are sequenced is
as follows
2141 A foundation part including terminology gives students the general knowledge
essential for a smooth transition from an activity-oriented basic education PE
curriculum to an academic-oriented PE curriculum
2142 The energy system together with the anatomy of different systems of human
biology is basic for understanding of different aspects of the subsequent topic of
exercise physiology
2143 The biomechanics of Physics and its relation to and application in sports is
conducive to the learning of subsequent topics on sports medicine exercise
physiology and motor learning and sport psychology However it may be taught at
a later stage such as at SS2 or SS3 as the concepts are more specific
2144 With the knowledge of the human body it is easier for students to acquire some
important concepts such as weight control and healthy behaviour and the related
chronological diseases and apply the knowledge of fitness nutrition and health in
daily life
2145 The knowledge of exercise physiology is specific to PE and sport performance and
training
2146 The understanding of human movement anatomy and exercise physiology is useful
for the study of sport injuries treatment and prevention
2147 When students are promoted to higher forms they are more capable of grasping the
abstract ideas of how motor learning and sport psychology affect sport
performance
2148 The analysis of and enquiry into different sport issues from multi-perspectives help
develop studentsrsquo high order thinking skills and their ability to think independently
2149 The integration of knowledge and practical skills enables higher form students to
perform school and community services such as organizing sport events
21410 Participation in physical activities has a dual role First it helps students to realise
an active and healthy lifestyle in an effort to remain fit and healthy and second it
SECOND DRAFT
16
enhances studentsrsquo understanding of different theories
Time Allocation
215 10 of the total curriculum time will be allocated to the subject It will be about 270
hours for class teaching in the 3 years of the NSS curriculum However the exact number
of hours can be school-based and may thus have slight variations between schools
SECOND DRAFT
17
Chapter 3 Curriculum Planning
Progression of Studies 31 The parts are sequenced as follows
311 The parts are sequenced in such a way that it reflects progression from the
development of general knowledge to application integration and analysis and
eventually to the practical use of knowledge
312 The first three parts forming group one constitute fundamental knowledge in the
roles and values of PE anatomy and human movement
313 The second group consisting of Part IV V and VI is mainly on the application of
knowledge in fitness and health sports training and sports injuries
314 The third group that is Part VII and VIII focuses more on analysis and integration
of knowledge in motor learning and sport psychology as well as sociology
315 The last group including Part IX and X illustrates the knowledge for practice in
sport management and the practical demonstration of different physical activities
32 The sequence suggested will enable students to explore their interests in SS1 and develop a
better understanding of the subject especially when they expand their knowledge on
exercise physiology and fitness and health which is essential for the pursuit of physical and
sport activities The knowledge in NSS1 provides students with key concepts in PE which
is essential for subsequent construction of knowledge It allows a smooth progression to
SS2 and SS3 when students go through Part X ldquoPerformance in Physical Activitiesrdquo which
involves the higher order cognitive process of integration and synthesis of knowledge Also
students will be more mature for the learning of other abstract topics such as sport
sociology where they need to examine issues from multiple perspectives Besides students
are exposed to different disciplines in sport psychology sport sociology and sport
management Though these disciplines are not offered individually as electives students
may focus more on those they are interested in or capable of in their study for future
studies or career pursuits
SECOND DRAFT
18
Curriculum Planning 33 Flexibility of time-tabling The time-tabling of the subject should be flexible to maximize
learning especially for those topics including practical work For example the service for
school sport activities is likely to be conducted outside normal lesson time The activities
may be held after school on Saturday during post examination activities period or in a
whole day mode such as athletic meet and swimming gala
34 For students of different abilities Learning tasks will on the one hand ensure that
students have equal opportunities for the learning of all essential elements and on the other
allow the brighter students to excel School activity service such as organising sport
activities or competitions will serve the former principle School activities offered inside
and outside school are opportunities for the elite student-athletes thus serving the latter
principle
35 For students with different inclinations Some topics such as biomechanics motor
learning and sport psychology sport sociology and sport management which are designed
to be taught in SS2 or SS3 are more specific involving students in more in-depth learning
to meet their needs and interests
36 Making student learning more meaningful The integration of theory and practical work
make learning more meaningful as students could apply what they learn and more
importantly understand the reasons behind sport performance and sport phenomenon Also
theory and practical work will complement each other and strengthen studentsrsquo learning
experience
37 Integrating conceptual learning with life-wide learning experiences The learning of the
various domains of knowledge physical skills and physical fitness is certainly linked to the
physical experience of the Other Learning Experiences and the outside school learning
experiences such as participation in sport-related services and competitions This will
enhance student learning especially when it is applied in real life situations
SECOND DRAFT
19
38 Integrating learning with assessment The balanced use of formative and summative
assessments and the feedback given to students will help students learn Diversified
assessment will be particularly useful in reflecting studentsrsquo performance and motivating
them to improve in the learning process
SECOND DRAFT
20
Chapter 4 Learning and Teaching
Guiding Principles 41 The guiding principles of the learning and teaching of the PE subject are
All learners can learn and none will be deprived of learning opportunities because of
socio-economic status
A flexible framework to cater for learner differences
Construction of knowledge to nurture studentsrsquo self-learning capacity
Building on studentsrsquo learning experience and prior knowledge
Integration of knowledge and stimulation of high-order thinking
Provision of a caring and motivating learning environment
Using formative and summative assessments as well as feedback to improve learning
Adoption of reflective teaching and teachers adjusting teaching strategies according to
studentsrsquo performance
Suggested Learning and Teaching Approaches and Strategies 42 There are a number of learning and teaching approaches and strategies
421 Varying instructional strategies to use different instructional methods for whole
class teaching small group and individual work Use of an interactive mode of
learning and feedback are useful to enhance learning
422 Building on prior learning experiences to make use of the knowledge and skills
learned in basic education and the concurrent 5 physical learning experience
423 Effective use of learning and teaching resources to maximize the use of library
resources and encourage students to conduct web search for information to use
community resources especially sport facilities to facilitate learning
424 Development of generic skills and nurturing values and attitudes to develop
studentsrsquo generic skills and nurture their positive values and attitudes in genuine
contexts especially during group work sport competitions community service etc
425 Life-wide learning apart from formal PE lessons to provide other learning
opportunities for students to gain relevant learning experiences especially those
SECOND DRAFT
21
outside school activities
426 Reading to learn to encourage students to read reference materials such as books
journals magazines to widen their knowledge-base and to foster their interest in
different topics progressing at their own pace
427 IT for interactive learning to nurture in students a habit of using IT for
interactive learning Use of multi-media and internet facilitates more interesting
and effective learning
428 Referencing to local context it helps students better understand the application of
the PE and sport theories particularly those of fitness and health sport sociology
and sport management
429 Catering for learner differences to adopt varying strategies for students with
diversified abilities in the learning of theories or physical skills Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship is one way
to enhance learning
4210 Balanced practical work of physical skills practical work is important and
facilitates understanding of concepts and theories But an undue emphasis on
physical skills will distort the objective of the subject which may be misinterpreted
as supporting only elite sport training
4211 Safety in practical work always pay attention to safety measures and risk
management in practical work to avoid injuries and learn how to handle problems
when they occur
4212 Collaboration with teachers of other disciplines liaison with Physics and
Biology teachers is beneficial in the teaching of biomechanics and anatomy
Consulting the school counselor is an effective way for students to handle studying
problems and improve study skills
Catering for Learner Differences 43 Learner differences in this subject refer to diversified student abilities in terms of
knowledge of theory or mastery of physical skills or a combination of both Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship helps to enhance
learning and ease teacherrsquos workload
SECOND DRAFT
22
431 Students who are strong in physical skills but weak in theory students who are
strong in physical skills are usually committed and persevering in performing tasks
They have high self-esteem and pride in their own strengths The key for these
students to learn better is to help them apply their strengths in academic studies
432 Students who are interested in PE but weak in physical skills These students are
motivated to learn particularly when they are provided with suitable encouragement
The best way is to ask students with good physical skills to be ldquostudent mentorsrdquo
and help this type of students
433 Students with weak physical fitness level Physical fitness is partly genetically
predetermined Physical fitness tests should not be used in a way that could
embarrass the weaker students It is better to encourage them to work according to
realistic individual goals In fact physical fitness standards should be reasonably set
Elite standards should be avoided
44 On the other hand there are different learning and teaching strategies for students with
different academic abilities
441 Average abilities Help these students to set higher but achievable goals and always
motivate them to work harder Positive reinforcement such as extrinsic reward is
always helpful
442 Lower abilities Modify tasks to suit studentsrsquo abilities or to separate the tasks into
parts to let students progressively build up a foundation of knowledge which
promises a better chance of success This could also nurture studentsrsquo
self-confidence and motivation Moreover it is good to focus on what students can
accomplish and not to encourage them to compare their results with those of others
443 Exceptionally gifted Always encourage them to go beyond the set targets They
could be assigned as study leaders and sport captains or to assist the teacher by
demonstrating physical skills in lessons
Exemplar 45 A few exemplars are included in the appendices to show how some topics can be taught
and how to integrate theory with practical activities
SECOND DRAFT
23
Chapter 5 Assessment
51 Assessment is a way to collect evidence of studentsrsquo learning It aims to provide feedback to
students and identify their strengths and weaknesses in learning It helps identify what the
next learning target should be and how it can be achieved
Internal Assessment 52 Internal assessment is an integral part of the learning and teaching of PE in the NSS
curriculum
53 Formative assessment can help collect evidence about the effectiveness of learning and
teaching and provide feedback to students and teachers for further improvement It reflects
the strengths and weaknesses of students in terms of knowledge skills and attitudes
according to which tailor-made adjustments can be made in the learning teaching and
assessment cycle With reference to the learning targets formative assessment helps
evaluate studentsrsquo progress and enhance motivation in learning Oral feedback observation
checklist reflection form and project work are some examples of formative assessment for
PE
54 Summative assessment is a useful tool for describing studentsrsquo progress of learning and
achievements at a specific stage of learning
55 Both formative assessment and summative assessment are useful to facilitate learning if
they are effectively implemented
56 The assessment of values and attitudes could be done in school and recorded in the Senior
Secondary Student Learning Profile Studentsrsquo learning experiences and achievements in PE
will be recognised and reflected in the profile Achievements in high level competitions
qualifications in coaching and refereeing obtained by the elite athletes will also be included
SECOND DRAFT
24
Public Assessment 57 This section describes the direction of the development of public assessment Hong Kong
Examinations and Assessment Authority (HKEAA) will develop the assessment rubrics at a
later stage as outlined in paragraph 511 below At the moment the target is to include two
parts in the public assessment in the form of a School-based Assessment (SBA) and an
external assessment It is recommended that the public assessment for PE comprises the
following
SBA (30) External Assessment (70) 10 Physical activity (1) 10 Physical activity (2) 10 Physical fitness and a related written
assignment
2 written papers of a total of 4 hours
Key for SBA
Physical activity (1) Physical activity (2)
Physical activities (1) amp (2) are from 2 different areas of activity of athletics ball games gymnastics aquatics dance outdoor pursuits and other activities stipulated in the PE KLA Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) (2002)
Physical fitness and a related written assignment
Standardised physical fitness components A written assignment which focuses on studentsrsquo learning process such as illustration of the aims and targets and an implementation plan of physical fitness
58 The model presented above is open for feedback and suggestions Indeed the weighting of
SBA and external assessment will be set in 2006 However according to the timeline
described in paragraph 511 below it could still be adjusted after the NSS has been
implemented to meet any new curriculum and assessment needs that may arise The
moderation format of SBA depends on the number of candidates Statistical moderation is
suitable for a large candidature and non-statistical methods are more appropriate for a
relatively small candidature
59 Written papersStudents are expected to do all parts to acquire broad and balanced
knowledge However apart from compulsory questions on selected parts such as parts 1 to
SECOND DRAFT
25
6 flexibility is sought to allow students options in choosing questions about the other parts
such as parts 7 to 9 Careful consideration will be taken to keep the breadth of coverage and
depth of cognitive level of different options comparable As for the duration of written
papers it will not exceed four hours
510 ReportingStandards-referenced reporting will be used The results issued by HKEAA are
expected to cover 3 components the results of SBA external assessment and the total of
the two Such a format of reporting has the advantage of giving stakeholders a more
comprehensive picture of studentsrsquo achievement in this subject
511 Developmental timelineThe examination rubrics developed by the HKEAA will be ready
by February 2006 By then the weighting and components of SBA as well as the number
and duration of written papers will be fixed Sample examination papers will be available
in 2007 so that schools will have access to more details before the implementation of the
NSS curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
26
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources 61 Resource materials to support learning and teaching will be developed in collaboration with
tertiary institution educational organisations and school teachers Individual sets of
materials for the different parts will be produced This will facilitate necessary updates in
future
62 The PE Section of Education and Manpower Bureau (EMB) is working to produce videos
of PE lessons for SBA purposes There will be seminars to brief teachers on the use of such
information in assessing studentsrsquo physical skills
63 Learning and teaching resources will not be confined to materials produced by EMB
Schools may use reference materials produced in other countries including reference books
journals web-based materials and audio-visual aids
64 Teachers are encouraged to share school-based materials especially in different professional
development programmes organised by EMB The materials include teaching notes on
different topics and materials generated from pilot studies and research projects conducted
by schools These materials are very useful for PE curriculum development at the NSS
level
65 Though not exhaustive a list consists of materials recommended for students in the
promotion of reading to learn is attached in the Appendix
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
v
Preamble
The Curriculum Development Council (CDC)-Hong Kong Examinations and
Assessment Authority (HKEAA) Committees (Senior Secondary) of various subjects have been
set up jointly by the CDC and the HKEAA Council to develop the Curriculum and Assessment
Guides (CampA Guides) for the new 3-year senior secondary academic structure in Hong Kong
During the first stage of consultation on the new academic structure between October 2004 and
January 2005 the document Reforming the Academic structure for Senior Secondary
Education and Higher Education - Actions for Investing in the Future (Education and
Manpower Bureau 2004) was published to seek stakeholdersrsquo views on the design blueprint of
the structure the timetable for implementation and financial arrangements An accompanying
document Proposed Core and Elective Subject Frameworks for the New Senior Secondary
Curriculum was also produced to solicit views and feedback from schools on the initial
curriculum and assessment design of individual subjects to inform the development of the CampA
Guides
The report New Academic Structure for Senior Secondary Education and Higher
Education ndash Action Plan for Investing in the Future of Hong Kong (Education and Manpower
Bureau 2005) an outcome of the first stage of consultation has just been published to chart the
way forward for implementing the new academic structure and to set further directions for the
second stage of consultation on curriculum and assessment as part of the interactive and
multiple-stage process of developing the CampA Guides In addition taking into consideration the
feedback collected through various means including the returned questionnaires from key
learning area coordinatorspanel heads during the first stage of consultation the curriculum and
assessment frameworks of subjects have been revised and elaborated Further views from
stakeholders in particular the school sectorrsquos are welcome
To understand the position of each subject in the new academic structure readers are
encouraged to refer to the Report
Comments and suggestions on the Physical Education CampA Guide are welcome and
may be sent to
SECOND DRAFT
vi
Chief Curriculum Development Officer (Physical Education) Curriculum Development Institute Education and Manpower Bureau Room 505 24 Tin Kwong Road Kowloon Fax 2761 4291 E-mail peembgovhk
SECOND DRAFT
1
Chapter 1 Introduction
Background 11 Physical Education (PE) is an elective subject in the senior secondary curriculum of the PE
Key Learning Area (KLA)
12 The curriculum is built on the existing S4-S5 PE Curriculum and Hong Kong Certificate of
Education PE Examination Syllabus with some modification and reorganisation of topics
It increases the breadth and depth of content by for example strengthening the concepts of
fitness and health and including new elements on biomechanics motor learning and sport
psychology and sport and recreation management It is a comprehensive curriculum
reflecting cross-curricular links with subjects such as Physics Biology and Health Science
13 It combines theory and physical activities aiming at the realization of an active and healthy
lifestyle
14 It extends studentsrsquo prior knowledge and skills of PE in the Basic Education It seeks to
enhance the learning of the six strands of PE and further develop studentsrsquo generic skills as
well as positive values and attitudes
Rationale 15 Contribution to the learning goals of the New Senior Secondary (NSS) Curriculum
151 PE helps enrich the knowledge students need in contemporary society It broadens
and deepens studentsrsquo knowledge of PE sport science and recreation
152 Though actively engaging them in physical activities it leads students to a healthy
lifestyle which is essential for whole-person development
153 It develops students into informed and responsible citizens through the learning of
theories and participation in physical activities and the development of desirable
moral behaviour
SECOND DRAFT
2
16 Response to the need of the society and students
161 PE bears the important role of contributing to healthy living which is fundamental
to an individualrsquos life and the welfare of society In response to the common
sedentary lifestyle of Hong Kong people the PE Curriculum provides students with
the knowledge and skills for doing regular physical activities helping them become
and remain physically fit which is important for the well-being of individuals
162 On the other hand it fosters the development of a life-long interest in participation in
physical activities To sustain the emerging sportive culture among students
developed in recent years the PE Curriculum provides the knowledge and skills
needed by those who are interested in participating in physical activities safely and
enjoyably
17 Strengthening studentsrsquo generic skills and learning to learn capacity
171 PE develops studentsrsquo general intellectual capacity Through engaging in students in
a higher order cognitive process as a result of exposure to a variety of theoretical
and practical learning experiences it enables them to acquire and construct
knowledge in PE and sport science and improve their cognitive functioning
172 It develops studentsrsquo generic skills notable their collaboration skills critical thinking
skills communication skills and creativity It also helps nurture studentsrsquo
sport-related values and attitudes notably responsibility commitment perseverance
and respect for others These are essential in enhancing studentsrsquo learning to learn
capacity
173 It also develops studentsrsquo study skills such as data collection as well as
interpretation and management of information for further studies
18 Further studies and career link
181 PE equips students with knowledge and skills and develops their personal qualities
for further advancement
182 The breadth of the curriculum enables students to build a broader knowledge base
for higher education in areas like PE and sport science human biology food and
nutritional science etc
SECOND DRAFT
3
183 It prepares students for future careers in the teaching of PE sport and recreation
sport coaching health science medical science nursing physiotherapy
occupational therapy etc
184 The curriculum is in line with the appeal from the World Health Organisation (2004)
for building a long-term capacity of a healthy community
Overall Aims 19 The aims of the curriculum are to enable students to
apply the knowledge skills and positive attitudes acquired in the study of PE for the
pursuit of active and healthy living
integrate physical skills into the learning of theories to support and strengthen the
understanding of theories and to demonstrate high order performance through the
learning in about and through physical activities
link up the PE knowledge they have developed with other disciplines and prepare
themselves for further education and career development
enhance their generic capacity for life-long learning through the study of PE and apply
the skills in real-life situations
further develop positive sport-related values and attitudes and demonstrate desirable
moral behaviour and
be responsible citizens as well as develop a better understanding of international issues
through PE and physical activities
Interface with the Junior Secondary Curriculum 110 The curriculum is a continuation of the junior secondary education
1101 It builds on the foundation of basic education Apart from building on the
previous learning experiences of different physical activities and the level of
competence acquired students are provided with more choices on physical
activities The diversified and balanced experiences gained at the junior secondary
level is a prerequisite for a more advanced and academic-oriented study in the
NSS curriculum especially the learning of the multiplicity of concepts in different
physical education contexts
SECOND DRAFT
4
1102 It provides a basis for enhancing the understanding implementation and
evaluation of human movement The roles of physical activities are to support the
learning of theories and to maintain an active and healthy lifestyle
1103 Through a variety of learning experiences in PE and sport it enhances studentsrsquo
development of generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
1104 It sustains studentsrsquo quality of life through the study of and participation in
physical activities and provides a basis for further studies and career development
Principles of Design 111 Prior knowledge The NSS curriculum for PE is built on the knowledge gained in basic
education The ten parts of PE at senior secondary level are discipline-based and are
closely related to the six strands highlighted in the basic education of PE ie motor and
sport skills health and fitness sport-related values and attitudes knowledge and practice
of safety knowledge of movement and aesthetic sensitivity For example the principles of
FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type) that students are exposed to at junior secondary
level are fundamental to the learning of the part on ldquoPhysiological Basis for Exercise and
Sport Trainingrdquo in the NSS curriculum As the junior secondary curriculum covers at least
eight different physical activities from not less than four areas the knowledge students
acquired forms a strong foundation for their study at NSS level While broadening and
deepening the knowledge and skills students previously learned the emphasis of the NSS
is on the application integration and synthesis of knowledge and their practical use in
daily life
112 Balance between breadth and depth The curriculum covers a variety of areas of study
from the roles and values of PE disciplines in sport science and sport management to the
PE and sport scene in Hong Kong and Chinarsquos sporting culture It aims at providing a
comprehensive knowledge base for diversified interests aptitudes and needs Further
students are given opportunities to acquire more profound concepts and knowledge in
certain areas such as fitness and health exercise and sport training which constitute the
core knowledge in PE All these equip students with important knowledge for further
studies and career pursuits Moreover in addition to reinforcing the knowledge and skills
SECOND DRAFT
5
of the physical activities students previously developed the curriculum provides them with
opportunities to strengthen the learning of a variety of physical activities to carry out
in-depth learning of selected activities and to participate in at least one PE-related
co-curricular activity The practical work especially providing services to the school
andor community in the form of organising physical activities and sport events as
illustrated in Exemplar 3 of this document helps strengthen studentsrsquo generic skills and
further nurture their positive values and attitudes
113 Linkage between theory and physical skills The integration of theory and physical
skills enables students to apply the learnt knowledge in the performance of physical skills
which in turn strengthens the understanding of theory It also provides opportunities for
students to enjoy an active and healthy lifestyle
114 Essential parts and choices Students are given opportunities to learn about all the
domains of knowledge in the NSS PE curriculum and different physical activities offered
by schools To cater for individual interests and needs students will have choices for
selecting a few physical skills for advanced development The physical activities offered
by schools will have more carry-over values to their future life
115 Articulation to multiple advancements The different domains of knowledge included
are useful for further study and career pursuits in different areas such as teaching PE
sports coaching and management medical and health care food and nutrition etc
116 Safety considerations Safety considerations are important in designing and organising
physical activities These include safety in using facilities and equipment safety in
carrying out the activity tasks and risk management
117 Learning to learn and generic skills Different learning modes such as group work
presentations sport competitions service for physical activities etc enable students to
further develop generic skills and learning skills and to nurture positive values and
attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
6
Chapter 2 Curriculum Framework
Curriculum Structure
21 There are altogether ten parts in the curriculum The first nine parts are basically
theoretical the roles of PE anatomy and exercise physiology fitness and nutrition
sport injuries biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology sport sociology and
sport management However there are also elements of applied learning included in
these theoretical parts such as the practical work in topics of training methods
treatment of sport injuries and organisation of events of physical activity Part Ten
focuses mainly on practical skills which include physical skills and physical fitness
Students are expected to learn all the theoretical parts They will go through all the
practical work including all the physical skills they are taught as well as physical
fitness but they will be provided with choices for a few physical skills for advanced
learning This reflects a broad and balanced curriculum which broadens studentsrsquo
knowledge and learning and allows choices to meet studentsrsquo diversified needs and
interests
Learning Objectives 22 Through the learning of different parts students are able to
broaden and deepen their understanding of the knowledge on PE and demonstrate
healthy behaviour including active participation in physical activities
integrate the learning of PE into their lives and enhance their intellectual capability by
acquiring applying and evaluating knowledge and physical skills
understand the principles of PE and its relationship with related fields and become
aware of the links to further education and career paths
apply the knowledge of PE in real life situations so as to develop generic skills such as
communication skills critical thinking skills collaboration skills creativity and
aesthetic appreciation
nurture personal and social qualities and demonstrate desirable sporting etiquette and
SECOND DRAFT
7
show commitment and responsibility in organising events involving physical activities
in school or the community and demonstrate an understanding of and respect for
different cultures in PE and sport
Learning Outcomes 23 At the end of the senior secondary curriculum students should be able to
live an active and healthy life by doing regular exercise maintaining a reasonable
physical fitness level practising healthy eating and staying free from substance abuse
demonstrate a knowledge of theory through participation in a number of physical
activities and at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
apply deeper knowledge acquired through studying principles of PE exercise
physiology fitness and health biomechanics sport sociology motor learning and sport
psychology and sport management and be aware of the connection between such
knowledge and other disciplines for future advancement
demonstrate generic skills such as collaborative skills critical thinking skills
communication skills and creativity through the learning of theories and physical
activities and apply these qualities in real-life situations
uphold positive sport-related values and attitudes and demonstrate proper sporting
etiquette and desirable moral behaviour and
demonstrate commitment and responsibility when performing physical activities and
sport events especially in school and community services and show understanding of
and respect for different sporting cultures
Curriculum Content 24 Part I This part gives students a general picture about the scope of PE and its
relationship with sport recreation and leisure The terminology the general concepts
and the information concerning the local PE scene help students learn and link it with
the other parts of the curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
8
Part
Suggested Time Allocation ()
I Physical Education Sport Recreation Leisure and Wellness (6) (a) Definition History and Development of PE Sport Recreation
Leisure and Wellness
(b) Roles and Values of PE Sport Recreation and Leisure (i) Personal development (ii) Socialization (iii) International relationship (c) PE in Hong Kong (i) Primary (ii) Secondary (iii) Tertiary (d) Sport Recreation and Leisure in Hong Kong (i) Government (ii) Non-government organisations (iii) Private and commercial clubs
25 Part II This part helps students build a foundation in PE through familiarising them
with the knowledge of human body systems and prepares them for the study of fitness
and health exercise and sport training sport injuries and motor learning and sport
psychology
II Human Body (15) (a) Growth and Development (i) Life cycle amp growth curves (ii) Stages of development (iii) Body types (b) Skeletal System (i) Functions (ii) Bones (iii) Joints (iv) Cartilage (v) Ligaments (c) Nervous System (i) Functions (ii) Central Nervous System (d) Muscular System (i) Functions (ii) Types of muscle and muscle fibre (iii) Types of muscle contraction (iv) Neuromuscular control
SECOND DRAFT
9
(e) Cardiovascular System (i) Functions (ii) Blood vessels (iii) Heart (iv) Circulation (f) Respiratory System (i) Functions (ii) Lungs (iii) Pulmonary ventilation (iv) Gaseous exchange (g) Energy System (i) Aerobic system (ii) Anaerobic system (iii) Energy metabolism during rest and physical activities
26 Part III This part covers the basic elements in human movement and is linked to the
discipline of Physics It guides students to understand the scientific basis of movement
and to apply this knowledge to enhance their performance
III Movement Analysis (7) (a) Biomechanics (i) Force (ii) Motion (iii) Newtonrsquos Law of Motion (iv) Velocity and acceleration (v) Centre of gravity (vi) Lever (b) Types of Body Movement (i) Flexion-extension (ii) Abduction-adduction (iii) Pronation-supination (iv) Plane of motion (v) Rotation (c) Application in Sports
27 Part IV This part helps students explore and compare the concepts of physical fitness
and sport-related fitness the nutritional components and the diet related to physical
performance and the interlocking relations between exercise physical fitness diet
health and chronic diseases Such knowledge helps students recognise the importance
of an active and healthy lifestyle It also plays an important role in facilitating
understanding of the concept of wellness mentioned in Part I
SECOND DRAFT
10
IV Fitness and Nutrition for Health and Performance in Physical Activities (15) (a) Components of Health (i) Physical health (ii) Mental health (iii) Social health (b) Definition of Physical Fitness and Sport-related Fitness (i) Physical Fitness (ii) Sport-related fitness (c) Components and Measurement of Physical Fitness (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Flexibility (iii) Muscular strength and endurance (iv) Body composition (d) Components and Measurement of Sport-related Fitness (i) Agility (ii) Balance (iii) Coordination (iv) Endurance (v) Flexibility (vi) Reaction time (vii) Speed (viii) Strength (e) Food and Nutrition (i) Carbohydrates (ii) Proteins (iii) Fats (iv) Vitamins minerals fibres and water (v) Balanced diet (vi) Nutrition and exercise performance (f) Weight Control (i) Energy balance (ii) Overweight and obesity (iii) Weight control (g) Healthy Behaviour (i) Diet (ii) Exercise and physical activity level (iii) Rest and relaxation (iv) Substance abuse (v) Posture (h) Roles of Physical Activity for the Prevention of Non-Communicable
Diseases
(i) Coronary heart disease (ii) Diabetes (iii) Hypertension (iv) Hypokinetic degeneration
SECOND DRAFT
11
28 Part V This part equips students with the knowledge of physical performance and
sport training It enables students to understand the general principles and effects of
physical training which are fundamental in exercise and the acquisition of physical
skills
V Physiological Basis for Exercise and Sport Training (12) (a) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Muscular fitness (iii) Flexibility (iv) Age (v) Gender (vi) Heredity (vii) Body types (viii) Drugs (ix) Environment (b) Concepts and Principles of Training (i) Aerobic and anaerobic training (ii) Principles of training (iii) Basic considerations in training (iv) Planning of training programmes (c) Training Methods (i) Resistance training (ii) Circuit training (iii) Continuous training (iv) Interval training (d) Training and Detraining Effects (i) Cardiovascular adaptations (ii) Metabolic adaptations
29 Part VI This part equips students with the knowledge of safety measures in physical
activities and sport Building on studentsrsquo previous knowledge of human body and
movement exercise and sport training it raises their awareness of common sport
injuries and helps them apply this knowledge to treatment and prevention measures
VI Sport Injuries Treatment and Precautions (7) (a) Factors Leading to Sport Injuries (i) Environmental factors (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Protective devices (iv) Level of skills
SECOND DRAFT
12
(v) Level of fitness (vi) Physical limitations (vii) Nature of different sports (b) Common Sport Injuries (i) Bleeding (ii) Abrasion (iii) Contusion (iv) Dislocation (v) Fracture (vi) Pulled muscle (vii) Sprain (viii) Strain (ix) Heat and cold injuries (x) Overuse injuries (c) Treatment (i) General principles of first aid (ii) PRICE (Protection Rest Ice Compression Elevation) (iii) Resuscitation (d) Prevention of Sport Injuries (i) Risk assessment (ii) Safety measures (iii) Warm up and cool down
210 Part VII This part helps students understand the theory of motor learning and the
fundamental elements of motor learning and sport psychology Building on the previous
parts it helps students explain the learning process and performance of daily-life physical
skills
VII Motor Learning and Sport Psychology (7) (a) Application of Learning Theory in Motor Learning (i) Skill classifications (ii) Skill acquisition and information processing (iii) Stages of learning and transfer of learning (iv) Intrinsic and extrinsic feedback (v) Knowledge of result and knowledge of performance (vi) Practice methods (b) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Anxiety and arousal (ii) Attention and concentration (iii) Motivation and self-confidence (iv) Goal setting (v) Imagery and mental practice (vi) Personality (vii) Aggression
SECOND DRAFT
13
(c) Application of Stress Management in Sport (i) The nature of stress (ii) Stress management
211 Part VIII This part allows students to investigate different issues of physical and sport
activities in relation to society It helps students understand more deeply the roles and
values of PE and sport from different perspectives It also nurtures studentsrsquo high-order
thinking skills by exploring specific issues
VIII Social Aspects of PE Sport and Recreation (8) (a) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (i) Philosophical foundation history and development of the Olympic
Games
(ii) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (iii) Chinarsquos involvement in the Olympic Movement (iv) Challenges to the Olympic Movement and Olympicism (b) International Organisations Major Games and Major International
Competitions
(i) International Olympic Committee and International Sports Federations
(ii) Olympic Games and other major games (iii) Major international competitions (c) Chinarsquos Sporting Culture (i) Chinarsquos sporting culture (ii) All China Games (d) Sport and Society (i) Sport for all and sport for elite (ii) Amateurs and professionals (iii) Competition (iv) Drugs in sport (v) Violence in sport (vi) Politics and sport (vii) Media and sport (e) Factors Influencing Participation in Sport and Recreation (i) Personal factor (ii) Family factor (iii) Social factor (iv) Cultural factor (v) Political factor (vi) Environmental factor
212 Part IX This part introduces the basic concepts of sport management and programme
organisation It aims at equipping students with useful knowledge to perform school and
SECOND DRAFT
14
community services particularly the organization of different physical activity events
IX Sport and Recreation Management (6) (a) Concepts on Sport and Recreation Management (i) The management process (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Funding (iv) Staffing
(v) Time factor (b) Programme Organisation (i) Competition systems (ii) Organisation of events of physical activity (c) Legal Issues in PE Sport and Recreation (i) Liability in PE and sport activities (ii) Negligence in PE and sport activities
213 Part X This practical part provides an opportunity for students to apply the theories
learned from the other parts through participating in physical activities It requires students
to relate and integrate different aspects of knowledge learned to enhance their skill
performance and physical fitness It also develops studentsrsquo personal qualities by enabling
them to recognise their role in PE-related school and community services
X Performance in Physical Activities (17) (a) Demonstration of Skills and Knowledge of Various Physical Activities (i) Acquisition mastery and demonstration of a number of physical
activities
(ii) Active participation in at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
(iii) Demonstration of regular exercise to maintain fitness and health (iv) Application of learned theories in the performance of physical
activities
(v) Demonstration of a leading role in school andor community services
(100)
Curriculum Organisation 214 Learning and Teaching Sequence The suggested sequence of the learning and
teaching components for PE is that the foundation of PE comes first before the topics
on human body exercise physiology as well as health and fitness These topics are
then followed by those related to other knowledge disciplines namely biomechanics
SECOND DRAFT
15
sport sociology and motor learning and sport psychology The learning of physical
activities and related co-curricular activities will be ongoing throughout the three years
of senior secondary education The rationale for the way the ten parts are sequenced is
as follows
2141 A foundation part including terminology gives students the general knowledge
essential for a smooth transition from an activity-oriented basic education PE
curriculum to an academic-oriented PE curriculum
2142 The energy system together with the anatomy of different systems of human
biology is basic for understanding of different aspects of the subsequent topic of
exercise physiology
2143 The biomechanics of Physics and its relation to and application in sports is
conducive to the learning of subsequent topics on sports medicine exercise
physiology and motor learning and sport psychology However it may be taught at
a later stage such as at SS2 or SS3 as the concepts are more specific
2144 With the knowledge of the human body it is easier for students to acquire some
important concepts such as weight control and healthy behaviour and the related
chronological diseases and apply the knowledge of fitness nutrition and health in
daily life
2145 The knowledge of exercise physiology is specific to PE and sport performance and
training
2146 The understanding of human movement anatomy and exercise physiology is useful
for the study of sport injuries treatment and prevention
2147 When students are promoted to higher forms they are more capable of grasping the
abstract ideas of how motor learning and sport psychology affect sport
performance
2148 The analysis of and enquiry into different sport issues from multi-perspectives help
develop studentsrsquo high order thinking skills and their ability to think independently
2149 The integration of knowledge and practical skills enables higher form students to
perform school and community services such as organizing sport events
21410 Participation in physical activities has a dual role First it helps students to realise
an active and healthy lifestyle in an effort to remain fit and healthy and second it
SECOND DRAFT
16
enhances studentsrsquo understanding of different theories
Time Allocation
215 10 of the total curriculum time will be allocated to the subject It will be about 270
hours for class teaching in the 3 years of the NSS curriculum However the exact number
of hours can be school-based and may thus have slight variations between schools
SECOND DRAFT
17
Chapter 3 Curriculum Planning
Progression of Studies 31 The parts are sequenced as follows
311 The parts are sequenced in such a way that it reflects progression from the
development of general knowledge to application integration and analysis and
eventually to the practical use of knowledge
312 The first three parts forming group one constitute fundamental knowledge in the
roles and values of PE anatomy and human movement
313 The second group consisting of Part IV V and VI is mainly on the application of
knowledge in fitness and health sports training and sports injuries
314 The third group that is Part VII and VIII focuses more on analysis and integration
of knowledge in motor learning and sport psychology as well as sociology
315 The last group including Part IX and X illustrates the knowledge for practice in
sport management and the practical demonstration of different physical activities
32 The sequence suggested will enable students to explore their interests in SS1 and develop a
better understanding of the subject especially when they expand their knowledge on
exercise physiology and fitness and health which is essential for the pursuit of physical and
sport activities The knowledge in NSS1 provides students with key concepts in PE which
is essential for subsequent construction of knowledge It allows a smooth progression to
SS2 and SS3 when students go through Part X ldquoPerformance in Physical Activitiesrdquo which
involves the higher order cognitive process of integration and synthesis of knowledge Also
students will be more mature for the learning of other abstract topics such as sport
sociology where they need to examine issues from multiple perspectives Besides students
are exposed to different disciplines in sport psychology sport sociology and sport
management Though these disciplines are not offered individually as electives students
may focus more on those they are interested in or capable of in their study for future
studies or career pursuits
SECOND DRAFT
18
Curriculum Planning 33 Flexibility of time-tabling The time-tabling of the subject should be flexible to maximize
learning especially for those topics including practical work For example the service for
school sport activities is likely to be conducted outside normal lesson time The activities
may be held after school on Saturday during post examination activities period or in a
whole day mode such as athletic meet and swimming gala
34 For students of different abilities Learning tasks will on the one hand ensure that
students have equal opportunities for the learning of all essential elements and on the other
allow the brighter students to excel School activity service such as organising sport
activities or competitions will serve the former principle School activities offered inside
and outside school are opportunities for the elite student-athletes thus serving the latter
principle
35 For students with different inclinations Some topics such as biomechanics motor
learning and sport psychology sport sociology and sport management which are designed
to be taught in SS2 or SS3 are more specific involving students in more in-depth learning
to meet their needs and interests
36 Making student learning more meaningful The integration of theory and practical work
make learning more meaningful as students could apply what they learn and more
importantly understand the reasons behind sport performance and sport phenomenon Also
theory and practical work will complement each other and strengthen studentsrsquo learning
experience
37 Integrating conceptual learning with life-wide learning experiences The learning of the
various domains of knowledge physical skills and physical fitness is certainly linked to the
physical experience of the Other Learning Experiences and the outside school learning
experiences such as participation in sport-related services and competitions This will
enhance student learning especially when it is applied in real life situations
SECOND DRAFT
19
38 Integrating learning with assessment The balanced use of formative and summative
assessments and the feedback given to students will help students learn Diversified
assessment will be particularly useful in reflecting studentsrsquo performance and motivating
them to improve in the learning process
SECOND DRAFT
20
Chapter 4 Learning and Teaching
Guiding Principles 41 The guiding principles of the learning and teaching of the PE subject are
All learners can learn and none will be deprived of learning opportunities because of
socio-economic status
A flexible framework to cater for learner differences
Construction of knowledge to nurture studentsrsquo self-learning capacity
Building on studentsrsquo learning experience and prior knowledge
Integration of knowledge and stimulation of high-order thinking
Provision of a caring and motivating learning environment
Using formative and summative assessments as well as feedback to improve learning
Adoption of reflective teaching and teachers adjusting teaching strategies according to
studentsrsquo performance
Suggested Learning and Teaching Approaches and Strategies 42 There are a number of learning and teaching approaches and strategies
421 Varying instructional strategies to use different instructional methods for whole
class teaching small group and individual work Use of an interactive mode of
learning and feedback are useful to enhance learning
422 Building on prior learning experiences to make use of the knowledge and skills
learned in basic education and the concurrent 5 physical learning experience
423 Effective use of learning and teaching resources to maximize the use of library
resources and encourage students to conduct web search for information to use
community resources especially sport facilities to facilitate learning
424 Development of generic skills and nurturing values and attitudes to develop
studentsrsquo generic skills and nurture their positive values and attitudes in genuine
contexts especially during group work sport competitions community service etc
425 Life-wide learning apart from formal PE lessons to provide other learning
opportunities for students to gain relevant learning experiences especially those
SECOND DRAFT
21
outside school activities
426 Reading to learn to encourage students to read reference materials such as books
journals magazines to widen their knowledge-base and to foster their interest in
different topics progressing at their own pace
427 IT for interactive learning to nurture in students a habit of using IT for
interactive learning Use of multi-media and internet facilitates more interesting
and effective learning
428 Referencing to local context it helps students better understand the application of
the PE and sport theories particularly those of fitness and health sport sociology
and sport management
429 Catering for learner differences to adopt varying strategies for students with
diversified abilities in the learning of theories or physical skills Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship is one way
to enhance learning
4210 Balanced practical work of physical skills practical work is important and
facilitates understanding of concepts and theories But an undue emphasis on
physical skills will distort the objective of the subject which may be misinterpreted
as supporting only elite sport training
4211 Safety in practical work always pay attention to safety measures and risk
management in practical work to avoid injuries and learn how to handle problems
when they occur
4212 Collaboration with teachers of other disciplines liaison with Physics and
Biology teachers is beneficial in the teaching of biomechanics and anatomy
Consulting the school counselor is an effective way for students to handle studying
problems and improve study skills
Catering for Learner Differences 43 Learner differences in this subject refer to diversified student abilities in terms of
knowledge of theory or mastery of physical skills or a combination of both Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship helps to enhance
learning and ease teacherrsquos workload
SECOND DRAFT
22
431 Students who are strong in physical skills but weak in theory students who are
strong in physical skills are usually committed and persevering in performing tasks
They have high self-esteem and pride in their own strengths The key for these
students to learn better is to help them apply their strengths in academic studies
432 Students who are interested in PE but weak in physical skills These students are
motivated to learn particularly when they are provided with suitable encouragement
The best way is to ask students with good physical skills to be ldquostudent mentorsrdquo
and help this type of students
433 Students with weak physical fitness level Physical fitness is partly genetically
predetermined Physical fitness tests should not be used in a way that could
embarrass the weaker students It is better to encourage them to work according to
realistic individual goals In fact physical fitness standards should be reasonably set
Elite standards should be avoided
44 On the other hand there are different learning and teaching strategies for students with
different academic abilities
441 Average abilities Help these students to set higher but achievable goals and always
motivate them to work harder Positive reinforcement such as extrinsic reward is
always helpful
442 Lower abilities Modify tasks to suit studentsrsquo abilities or to separate the tasks into
parts to let students progressively build up a foundation of knowledge which
promises a better chance of success This could also nurture studentsrsquo
self-confidence and motivation Moreover it is good to focus on what students can
accomplish and not to encourage them to compare their results with those of others
443 Exceptionally gifted Always encourage them to go beyond the set targets They
could be assigned as study leaders and sport captains or to assist the teacher by
demonstrating physical skills in lessons
Exemplar 45 A few exemplars are included in the appendices to show how some topics can be taught
and how to integrate theory with practical activities
SECOND DRAFT
23
Chapter 5 Assessment
51 Assessment is a way to collect evidence of studentsrsquo learning It aims to provide feedback to
students and identify their strengths and weaknesses in learning It helps identify what the
next learning target should be and how it can be achieved
Internal Assessment 52 Internal assessment is an integral part of the learning and teaching of PE in the NSS
curriculum
53 Formative assessment can help collect evidence about the effectiveness of learning and
teaching and provide feedback to students and teachers for further improvement It reflects
the strengths and weaknesses of students in terms of knowledge skills and attitudes
according to which tailor-made adjustments can be made in the learning teaching and
assessment cycle With reference to the learning targets formative assessment helps
evaluate studentsrsquo progress and enhance motivation in learning Oral feedback observation
checklist reflection form and project work are some examples of formative assessment for
PE
54 Summative assessment is a useful tool for describing studentsrsquo progress of learning and
achievements at a specific stage of learning
55 Both formative assessment and summative assessment are useful to facilitate learning if
they are effectively implemented
56 The assessment of values and attitudes could be done in school and recorded in the Senior
Secondary Student Learning Profile Studentsrsquo learning experiences and achievements in PE
will be recognised and reflected in the profile Achievements in high level competitions
qualifications in coaching and refereeing obtained by the elite athletes will also be included
SECOND DRAFT
24
Public Assessment 57 This section describes the direction of the development of public assessment Hong Kong
Examinations and Assessment Authority (HKEAA) will develop the assessment rubrics at a
later stage as outlined in paragraph 511 below At the moment the target is to include two
parts in the public assessment in the form of a School-based Assessment (SBA) and an
external assessment It is recommended that the public assessment for PE comprises the
following
SBA (30) External Assessment (70) 10 Physical activity (1) 10 Physical activity (2) 10 Physical fitness and a related written
assignment
2 written papers of a total of 4 hours
Key for SBA
Physical activity (1) Physical activity (2)
Physical activities (1) amp (2) are from 2 different areas of activity of athletics ball games gymnastics aquatics dance outdoor pursuits and other activities stipulated in the PE KLA Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) (2002)
Physical fitness and a related written assignment
Standardised physical fitness components A written assignment which focuses on studentsrsquo learning process such as illustration of the aims and targets and an implementation plan of physical fitness
58 The model presented above is open for feedback and suggestions Indeed the weighting of
SBA and external assessment will be set in 2006 However according to the timeline
described in paragraph 511 below it could still be adjusted after the NSS has been
implemented to meet any new curriculum and assessment needs that may arise The
moderation format of SBA depends on the number of candidates Statistical moderation is
suitable for a large candidature and non-statistical methods are more appropriate for a
relatively small candidature
59 Written papersStudents are expected to do all parts to acquire broad and balanced
knowledge However apart from compulsory questions on selected parts such as parts 1 to
SECOND DRAFT
25
6 flexibility is sought to allow students options in choosing questions about the other parts
such as parts 7 to 9 Careful consideration will be taken to keep the breadth of coverage and
depth of cognitive level of different options comparable As for the duration of written
papers it will not exceed four hours
510 ReportingStandards-referenced reporting will be used The results issued by HKEAA are
expected to cover 3 components the results of SBA external assessment and the total of
the two Such a format of reporting has the advantage of giving stakeholders a more
comprehensive picture of studentsrsquo achievement in this subject
511 Developmental timelineThe examination rubrics developed by the HKEAA will be ready
by February 2006 By then the weighting and components of SBA as well as the number
and duration of written papers will be fixed Sample examination papers will be available
in 2007 so that schools will have access to more details before the implementation of the
NSS curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
26
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources 61 Resource materials to support learning and teaching will be developed in collaboration with
tertiary institution educational organisations and school teachers Individual sets of
materials for the different parts will be produced This will facilitate necessary updates in
future
62 The PE Section of Education and Manpower Bureau (EMB) is working to produce videos
of PE lessons for SBA purposes There will be seminars to brief teachers on the use of such
information in assessing studentsrsquo physical skills
63 Learning and teaching resources will not be confined to materials produced by EMB
Schools may use reference materials produced in other countries including reference books
journals web-based materials and audio-visual aids
64 Teachers are encouraged to share school-based materials especially in different professional
development programmes organised by EMB The materials include teaching notes on
different topics and materials generated from pilot studies and research projects conducted
by schools These materials are very useful for PE curriculum development at the NSS
level
65 Though not exhaustive a list consists of materials recommended for students in the
promotion of reading to learn is attached in the Appendix
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
vi
Chief Curriculum Development Officer (Physical Education) Curriculum Development Institute Education and Manpower Bureau Room 505 24 Tin Kwong Road Kowloon Fax 2761 4291 E-mail peembgovhk
SECOND DRAFT
1
Chapter 1 Introduction
Background 11 Physical Education (PE) is an elective subject in the senior secondary curriculum of the PE
Key Learning Area (KLA)
12 The curriculum is built on the existing S4-S5 PE Curriculum and Hong Kong Certificate of
Education PE Examination Syllabus with some modification and reorganisation of topics
It increases the breadth and depth of content by for example strengthening the concepts of
fitness and health and including new elements on biomechanics motor learning and sport
psychology and sport and recreation management It is a comprehensive curriculum
reflecting cross-curricular links with subjects such as Physics Biology and Health Science
13 It combines theory and physical activities aiming at the realization of an active and healthy
lifestyle
14 It extends studentsrsquo prior knowledge and skills of PE in the Basic Education It seeks to
enhance the learning of the six strands of PE and further develop studentsrsquo generic skills as
well as positive values and attitudes
Rationale 15 Contribution to the learning goals of the New Senior Secondary (NSS) Curriculum
151 PE helps enrich the knowledge students need in contemporary society It broadens
and deepens studentsrsquo knowledge of PE sport science and recreation
152 Though actively engaging them in physical activities it leads students to a healthy
lifestyle which is essential for whole-person development
153 It develops students into informed and responsible citizens through the learning of
theories and participation in physical activities and the development of desirable
moral behaviour
SECOND DRAFT
2
16 Response to the need of the society and students
161 PE bears the important role of contributing to healthy living which is fundamental
to an individualrsquos life and the welfare of society In response to the common
sedentary lifestyle of Hong Kong people the PE Curriculum provides students with
the knowledge and skills for doing regular physical activities helping them become
and remain physically fit which is important for the well-being of individuals
162 On the other hand it fosters the development of a life-long interest in participation in
physical activities To sustain the emerging sportive culture among students
developed in recent years the PE Curriculum provides the knowledge and skills
needed by those who are interested in participating in physical activities safely and
enjoyably
17 Strengthening studentsrsquo generic skills and learning to learn capacity
171 PE develops studentsrsquo general intellectual capacity Through engaging in students in
a higher order cognitive process as a result of exposure to a variety of theoretical
and practical learning experiences it enables them to acquire and construct
knowledge in PE and sport science and improve their cognitive functioning
172 It develops studentsrsquo generic skills notable their collaboration skills critical thinking
skills communication skills and creativity It also helps nurture studentsrsquo
sport-related values and attitudes notably responsibility commitment perseverance
and respect for others These are essential in enhancing studentsrsquo learning to learn
capacity
173 It also develops studentsrsquo study skills such as data collection as well as
interpretation and management of information for further studies
18 Further studies and career link
181 PE equips students with knowledge and skills and develops their personal qualities
for further advancement
182 The breadth of the curriculum enables students to build a broader knowledge base
for higher education in areas like PE and sport science human biology food and
nutritional science etc
SECOND DRAFT
3
183 It prepares students for future careers in the teaching of PE sport and recreation
sport coaching health science medical science nursing physiotherapy
occupational therapy etc
184 The curriculum is in line with the appeal from the World Health Organisation (2004)
for building a long-term capacity of a healthy community
Overall Aims 19 The aims of the curriculum are to enable students to
apply the knowledge skills and positive attitudes acquired in the study of PE for the
pursuit of active and healthy living
integrate physical skills into the learning of theories to support and strengthen the
understanding of theories and to demonstrate high order performance through the
learning in about and through physical activities
link up the PE knowledge they have developed with other disciplines and prepare
themselves for further education and career development
enhance their generic capacity for life-long learning through the study of PE and apply
the skills in real-life situations
further develop positive sport-related values and attitudes and demonstrate desirable
moral behaviour and
be responsible citizens as well as develop a better understanding of international issues
through PE and physical activities
Interface with the Junior Secondary Curriculum 110 The curriculum is a continuation of the junior secondary education
1101 It builds on the foundation of basic education Apart from building on the
previous learning experiences of different physical activities and the level of
competence acquired students are provided with more choices on physical
activities The diversified and balanced experiences gained at the junior secondary
level is a prerequisite for a more advanced and academic-oriented study in the
NSS curriculum especially the learning of the multiplicity of concepts in different
physical education contexts
SECOND DRAFT
4
1102 It provides a basis for enhancing the understanding implementation and
evaluation of human movement The roles of physical activities are to support the
learning of theories and to maintain an active and healthy lifestyle
1103 Through a variety of learning experiences in PE and sport it enhances studentsrsquo
development of generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
1104 It sustains studentsrsquo quality of life through the study of and participation in
physical activities and provides a basis for further studies and career development
Principles of Design 111 Prior knowledge The NSS curriculum for PE is built on the knowledge gained in basic
education The ten parts of PE at senior secondary level are discipline-based and are
closely related to the six strands highlighted in the basic education of PE ie motor and
sport skills health and fitness sport-related values and attitudes knowledge and practice
of safety knowledge of movement and aesthetic sensitivity For example the principles of
FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type) that students are exposed to at junior secondary
level are fundamental to the learning of the part on ldquoPhysiological Basis for Exercise and
Sport Trainingrdquo in the NSS curriculum As the junior secondary curriculum covers at least
eight different physical activities from not less than four areas the knowledge students
acquired forms a strong foundation for their study at NSS level While broadening and
deepening the knowledge and skills students previously learned the emphasis of the NSS
is on the application integration and synthesis of knowledge and their practical use in
daily life
112 Balance between breadth and depth The curriculum covers a variety of areas of study
from the roles and values of PE disciplines in sport science and sport management to the
PE and sport scene in Hong Kong and Chinarsquos sporting culture It aims at providing a
comprehensive knowledge base for diversified interests aptitudes and needs Further
students are given opportunities to acquire more profound concepts and knowledge in
certain areas such as fitness and health exercise and sport training which constitute the
core knowledge in PE All these equip students with important knowledge for further
studies and career pursuits Moreover in addition to reinforcing the knowledge and skills
SECOND DRAFT
5
of the physical activities students previously developed the curriculum provides them with
opportunities to strengthen the learning of a variety of physical activities to carry out
in-depth learning of selected activities and to participate in at least one PE-related
co-curricular activity The practical work especially providing services to the school
andor community in the form of organising physical activities and sport events as
illustrated in Exemplar 3 of this document helps strengthen studentsrsquo generic skills and
further nurture their positive values and attitudes
113 Linkage between theory and physical skills The integration of theory and physical
skills enables students to apply the learnt knowledge in the performance of physical skills
which in turn strengthens the understanding of theory It also provides opportunities for
students to enjoy an active and healthy lifestyle
114 Essential parts and choices Students are given opportunities to learn about all the
domains of knowledge in the NSS PE curriculum and different physical activities offered
by schools To cater for individual interests and needs students will have choices for
selecting a few physical skills for advanced development The physical activities offered
by schools will have more carry-over values to their future life
115 Articulation to multiple advancements The different domains of knowledge included
are useful for further study and career pursuits in different areas such as teaching PE
sports coaching and management medical and health care food and nutrition etc
116 Safety considerations Safety considerations are important in designing and organising
physical activities These include safety in using facilities and equipment safety in
carrying out the activity tasks and risk management
117 Learning to learn and generic skills Different learning modes such as group work
presentations sport competitions service for physical activities etc enable students to
further develop generic skills and learning skills and to nurture positive values and
attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
6
Chapter 2 Curriculum Framework
Curriculum Structure
21 There are altogether ten parts in the curriculum The first nine parts are basically
theoretical the roles of PE anatomy and exercise physiology fitness and nutrition
sport injuries biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology sport sociology and
sport management However there are also elements of applied learning included in
these theoretical parts such as the practical work in topics of training methods
treatment of sport injuries and organisation of events of physical activity Part Ten
focuses mainly on practical skills which include physical skills and physical fitness
Students are expected to learn all the theoretical parts They will go through all the
practical work including all the physical skills they are taught as well as physical
fitness but they will be provided with choices for a few physical skills for advanced
learning This reflects a broad and balanced curriculum which broadens studentsrsquo
knowledge and learning and allows choices to meet studentsrsquo diversified needs and
interests
Learning Objectives 22 Through the learning of different parts students are able to
broaden and deepen their understanding of the knowledge on PE and demonstrate
healthy behaviour including active participation in physical activities
integrate the learning of PE into their lives and enhance their intellectual capability by
acquiring applying and evaluating knowledge and physical skills
understand the principles of PE and its relationship with related fields and become
aware of the links to further education and career paths
apply the knowledge of PE in real life situations so as to develop generic skills such as
communication skills critical thinking skills collaboration skills creativity and
aesthetic appreciation
nurture personal and social qualities and demonstrate desirable sporting etiquette and
SECOND DRAFT
7
show commitment and responsibility in organising events involving physical activities
in school or the community and demonstrate an understanding of and respect for
different cultures in PE and sport
Learning Outcomes 23 At the end of the senior secondary curriculum students should be able to
live an active and healthy life by doing regular exercise maintaining a reasonable
physical fitness level practising healthy eating and staying free from substance abuse
demonstrate a knowledge of theory through participation in a number of physical
activities and at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
apply deeper knowledge acquired through studying principles of PE exercise
physiology fitness and health biomechanics sport sociology motor learning and sport
psychology and sport management and be aware of the connection between such
knowledge and other disciplines for future advancement
demonstrate generic skills such as collaborative skills critical thinking skills
communication skills and creativity through the learning of theories and physical
activities and apply these qualities in real-life situations
uphold positive sport-related values and attitudes and demonstrate proper sporting
etiquette and desirable moral behaviour and
demonstrate commitment and responsibility when performing physical activities and
sport events especially in school and community services and show understanding of
and respect for different sporting cultures
Curriculum Content 24 Part I This part gives students a general picture about the scope of PE and its
relationship with sport recreation and leisure The terminology the general concepts
and the information concerning the local PE scene help students learn and link it with
the other parts of the curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
8
Part
Suggested Time Allocation ()
I Physical Education Sport Recreation Leisure and Wellness (6) (a) Definition History and Development of PE Sport Recreation
Leisure and Wellness
(b) Roles and Values of PE Sport Recreation and Leisure (i) Personal development (ii) Socialization (iii) International relationship (c) PE in Hong Kong (i) Primary (ii) Secondary (iii) Tertiary (d) Sport Recreation and Leisure in Hong Kong (i) Government (ii) Non-government organisations (iii) Private and commercial clubs
25 Part II This part helps students build a foundation in PE through familiarising them
with the knowledge of human body systems and prepares them for the study of fitness
and health exercise and sport training sport injuries and motor learning and sport
psychology
II Human Body (15) (a) Growth and Development (i) Life cycle amp growth curves (ii) Stages of development (iii) Body types (b) Skeletal System (i) Functions (ii) Bones (iii) Joints (iv) Cartilage (v) Ligaments (c) Nervous System (i) Functions (ii) Central Nervous System (d) Muscular System (i) Functions (ii) Types of muscle and muscle fibre (iii) Types of muscle contraction (iv) Neuromuscular control
SECOND DRAFT
9
(e) Cardiovascular System (i) Functions (ii) Blood vessels (iii) Heart (iv) Circulation (f) Respiratory System (i) Functions (ii) Lungs (iii) Pulmonary ventilation (iv) Gaseous exchange (g) Energy System (i) Aerobic system (ii) Anaerobic system (iii) Energy metabolism during rest and physical activities
26 Part III This part covers the basic elements in human movement and is linked to the
discipline of Physics It guides students to understand the scientific basis of movement
and to apply this knowledge to enhance their performance
III Movement Analysis (7) (a) Biomechanics (i) Force (ii) Motion (iii) Newtonrsquos Law of Motion (iv) Velocity and acceleration (v) Centre of gravity (vi) Lever (b) Types of Body Movement (i) Flexion-extension (ii) Abduction-adduction (iii) Pronation-supination (iv) Plane of motion (v) Rotation (c) Application in Sports
27 Part IV This part helps students explore and compare the concepts of physical fitness
and sport-related fitness the nutritional components and the diet related to physical
performance and the interlocking relations between exercise physical fitness diet
health and chronic diseases Such knowledge helps students recognise the importance
of an active and healthy lifestyle It also plays an important role in facilitating
understanding of the concept of wellness mentioned in Part I
SECOND DRAFT
10
IV Fitness and Nutrition for Health and Performance in Physical Activities (15) (a) Components of Health (i) Physical health (ii) Mental health (iii) Social health (b) Definition of Physical Fitness and Sport-related Fitness (i) Physical Fitness (ii) Sport-related fitness (c) Components and Measurement of Physical Fitness (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Flexibility (iii) Muscular strength and endurance (iv) Body composition (d) Components and Measurement of Sport-related Fitness (i) Agility (ii) Balance (iii) Coordination (iv) Endurance (v) Flexibility (vi) Reaction time (vii) Speed (viii) Strength (e) Food and Nutrition (i) Carbohydrates (ii) Proteins (iii) Fats (iv) Vitamins minerals fibres and water (v) Balanced diet (vi) Nutrition and exercise performance (f) Weight Control (i) Energy balance (ii) Overweight and obesity (iii) Weight control (g) Healthy Behaviour (i) Diet (ii) Exercise and physical activity level (iii) Rest and relaxation (iv) Substance abuse (v) Posture (h) Roles of Physical Activity for the Prevention of Non-Communicable
Diseases
(i) Coronary heart disease (ii) Diabetes (iii) Hypertension (iv) Hypokinetic degeneration
SECOND DRAFT
11
28 Part V This part equips students with the knowledge of physical performance and
sport training It enables students to understand the general principles and effects of
physical training which are fundamental in exercise and the acquisition of physical
skills
V Physiological Basis for Exercise and Sport Training (12) (a) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Muscular fitness (iii) Flexibility (iv) Age (v) Gender (vi) Heredity (vii) Body types (viii) Drugs (ix) Environment (b) Concepts and Principles of Training (i) Aerobic and anaerobic training (ii) Principles of training (iii) Basic considerations in training (iv) Planning of training programmes (c) Training Methods (i) Resistance training (ii) Circuit training (iii) Continuous training (iv) Interval training (d) Training and Detraining Effects (i) Cardiovascular adaptations (ii) Metabolic adaptations
29 Part VI This part equips students with the knowledge of safety measures in physical
activities and sport Building on studentsrsquo previous knowledge of human body and
movement exercise and sport training it raises their awareness of common sport
injuries and helps them apply this knowledge to treatment and prevention measures
VI Sport Injuries Treatment and Precautions (7) (a) Factors Leading to Sport Injuries (i) Environmental factors (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Protective devices (iv) Level of skills
SECOND DRAFT
12
(v) Level of fitness (vi) Physical limitations (vii) Nature of different sports (b) Common Sport Injuries (i) Bleeding (ii) Abrasion (iii) Contusion (iv) Dislocation (v) Fracture (vi) Pulled muscle (vii) Sprain (viii) Strain (ix) Heat and cold injuries (x) Overuse injuries (c) Treatment (i) General principles of first aid (ii) PRICE (Protection Rest Ice Compression Elevation) (iii) Resuscitation (d) Prevention of Sport Injuries (i) Risk assessment (ii) Safety measures (iii) Warm up and cool down
210 Part VII This part helps students understand the theory of motor learning and the
fundamental elements of motor learning and sport psychology Building on the previous
parts it helps students explain the learning process and performance of daily-life physical
skills
VII Motor Learning and Sport Psychology (7) (a) Application of Learning Theory in Motor Learning (i) Skill classifications (ii) Skill acquisition and information processing (iii) Stages of learning and transfer of learning (iv) Intrinsic and extrinsic feedback (v) Knowledge of result and knowledge of performance (vi) Practice methods (b) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Anxiety and arousal (ii) Attention and concentration (iii) Motivation and self-confidence (iv) Goal setting (v) Imagery and mental practice (vi) Personality (vii) Aggression
SECOND DRAFT
13
(c) Application of Stress Management in Sport (i) The nature of stress (ii) Stress management
211 Part VIII This part allows students to investigate different issues of physical and sport
activities in relation to society It helps students understand more deeply the roles and
values of PE and sport from different perspectives It also nurtures studentsrsquo high-order
thinking skills by exploring specific issues
VIII Social Aspects of PE Sport and Recreation (8) (a) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (i) Philosophical foundation history and development of the Olympic
Games
(ii) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (iii) Chinarsquos involvement in the Olympic Movement (iv) Challenges to the Olympic Movement and Olympicism (b) International Organisations Major Games and Major International
Competitions
(i) International Olympic Committee and International Sports Federations
(ii) Olympic Games and other major games (iii) Major international competitions (c) Chinarsquos Sporting Culture (i) Chinarsquos sporting culture (ii) All China Games (d) Sport and Society (i) Sport for all and sport for elite (ii) Amateurs and professionals (iii) Competition (iv) Drugs in sport (v) Violence in sport (vi) Politics and sport (vii) Media and sport (e) Factors Influencing Participation in Sport and Recreation (i) Personal factor (ii) Family factor (iii) Social factor (iv) Cultural factor (v) Political factor (vi) Environmental factor
212 Part IX This part introduces the basic concepts of sport management and programme
organisation It aims at equipping students with useful knowledge to perform school and
SECOND DRAFT
14
community services particularly the organization of different physical activity events
IX Sport and Recreation Management (6) (a) Concepts on Sport and Recreation Management (i) The management process (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Funding (iv) Staffing
(v) Time factor (b) Programme Organisation (i) Competition systems (ii) Organisation of events of physical activity (c) Legal Issues in PE Sport and Recreation (i) Liability in PE and sport activities (ii) Negligence in PE and sport activities
213 Part X This practical part provides an opportunity for students to apply the theories
learned from the other parts through participating in physical activities It requires students
to relate and integrate different aspects of knowledge learned to enhance their skill
performance and physical fitness It also develops studentsrsquo personal qualities by enabling
them to recognise their role in PE-related school and community services
X Performance in Physical Activities (17) (a) Demonstration of Skills and Knowledge of Various Physical Activities (i) Acquisition mastery and demonstration of a number of physical
activities
(ii) Active participation in at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
(iii) Demonstration of regular exercise to maintain fitness and health (iv) Application of learned theories in the performance of physical
activities
(v) Demonstration of a leading role in school andor community services
(100)
Curriculum Organisation 214 Learning and Teaching Sequence The suggested sequence of the learning and
teaching components for PE is that the foundation of PE comes first before the topics
on human body exercise physiology as well as health and fitness These topics are
then followed by those related to other knowledge disciplines namely biomechanics
SECOND DRAFT
15
sport sociology and motor learning and sport psychology The learning of physical
activities and related co-curricular activities will be ongoing throughout the three years
of senior secondary education The rationale for the way the ten parts are sequenced is
as follows
2141 A foundation part including terminology gives students the general knowledge
essential for a smooth transition from an activity-oriented basic education PE
curriculum to an academic-oriented PE curriculum
2142 The energy system together with the anatomy of different systems of human
biology is basic for understanding of different aspects of the subsequent topic of
exercise physiology
2143 The biomechanics of Physics and its relation to and application in sports is
conducive to the learning of subsequent topics on sports medicine exercise
physiology and motor learning and sport psychology However it may be taught at
a later stage such as at SS2 or SS3 as the concepts are more specific
2144 With the knowledge of the human body it is easier for students to acquire some
important concepts such as weight control and healthy behaviour and the related
chronological diseases and apply the knowledge of fitness nutrition and health in
daily life
2145 The knowledge of exercise physiology is specific to PE and sport performance and
training
2146 The understanding of human movement anatomy and exercise physiology is useful
for the study of sport injuries treatment and prevention
2147 When students are promoted to higher forms they are more capable of grasping the
abstract ideas of how motor learning and sport psychology affect sport
performance
2148 The analysis of and enquiry into different sport issues from multi-perspectives help
develop studentsrsquo high order thinking skills and their ability to think independently
2149 The integration of knowledge and practical skills enables higher form students to
perform school and community services such as organizing sport events
21410 Participation in physical activities has a dual role First it helps students to realise
an active and healthy lifestyle in an effort to remain fit and healthy and second it
SECOND DRAFT
16
enhances studentsrsquo understanding of different theories
Time Allocation
215 10 of the total curriculum time will be allocated to the subject It will be about 270
hours for class teaching in the 3 years of the NSS curriculum However the exact number
of hours can be school-based and may thus have slight variations between schools
SECOND DRAFT
17
Chapter 3 Curriculum Planning
Progression of Studies 31 The parts are sequenced as follows
311 The parts are sequenced in such a way that it reflects progression from the
development of general knowledge to application integration and analysis and
eventually to the practical use of knowledge
312 The first three parts forming group one constitute fundamental knowledge in the
roles and values of PE anatomy and human movement
313 The second group consisting of Part IV V and VI is mainly on the application of
knowledge in fitness and health sports training and sports injuries
314 The third group that is Part VII and VIII focuses more on analysis and integration
of knowledge in motor learning and sport psychology as well as sociology
315 The last group including Part IX and X illustrates the knowledge for practice in
sport management and the practical demonstration of different physical activities
32 The sequence suggested will enable students to explore their interests in SS1 and develop a
better understanding of the subject especially when they expand their knowledge on
exercise physiology and fitness and health which is essential for the pursuit of physical and
sport activities The knowledge in NSS1 provides students with key concepts in PE which
is essential for subsequent construction of knowledge It allows a smooth progression to
SS2 and SS3 when students go through Part X ldquoPerformance in Physical Activitiesrdquo which
involves the higher order cognitive process of integration and synthesis of knowledge Also
students will be more mature for the learning of other abstract topics such as sport
sociology where they need to examine issues from multiple perspectives Besides students
are exposed to different disciplines in sport psychology sport sociology and sport
management Though these disciplines are not offered individually as electives students
may focus more on those they are interested in or capable of in their study for future
studies or career pursuits
SECOND DRAFT
18
Curriculum Planning 33 Flexibility of time-tabling The time-tabling of the subject should be flexible to maximize
learning especially for those topics including practical work For example the service for
school sport activities is likely to be conducted outside normal lesson time The activities
may be held after school on Saturday during post examination activities period or in a
whole day mode such as athletic meet and swimming gala
34 For students of different abilities Learning tasks will on the one hand ensure that
students have equal opportunities for the learning of all essential elements and on the other
allow the brighter students to excel School activity service such as organising sport
activities or competitions will serve the former principle School activities offered inside
and outside school are opportunities for the elite student-athletes thus serving the latter
principle
35 For students with different inclinations Some topics such as biomechanics motor
learning and sport psychology sport sociology and sport management which are designed
to be taught in SS2 or SS3 are more specific involving students in more in-depth learning
to meet their needs and interests
36 Making student learning more meaningful The integration of theory and practical work
make learning more meaningful as students could apply what they learn and more
importantly understand the reasons behind sport performance and sport phenomenon Also
theory and practical work will complement each other and strengthen studentsrsquo learning
experience
37 Integrating conceptual learning with life-wide learning experiences The learning of the
various domains of knowledge physical skills and physical fitness is certainly linked to the
physical experience of the Other Learning Experiences and the outside school learning
experiences such as participation in sport-related services and competitions This will
enhance student learning especially when it is applied in real life situations
SECOND DRAFT
19
38 Integrating learning with assessment The balanced use of formative and summative
assessments and the feedback given to students will help students learn Diversified
assessment will be particularly useful in reflecting studentsrsquo performance and motivating
them to improve in the learning process
SECOND DRAFT
20
Chapter 4 Learning and Teaching
Guiding Principles 41 The guiding principles of the learning and teaching of the PE subject are
All learners can learn and none will be deprived of learning opportunities because of
socio-economic status
A flexible framework to cater for learner differences
Construction of knowledge to nurture studentsrsquo self-learning capacity
Building on studentsrsquo learning experience and prior knowledge
Integration of knowledge and stimulation of high-order thinking
Provision of a caring and motivating learning environment
Using formative and summative assessments as well as feedback to improve learning
Adoption of reflective teaching and teachers adjusting teaching strategies according to
studentsrsquo performance
Suggested Learning and Teaching Approaches and Strategies 42 There are a number of learning and teaching approaches and strategies
421 Varying instructional strategies to use different instructional methods for whole
class teaching small group and individual work Use of an interactive mode of
learning and feedback are useful to enhance learning
422 Building on prior learning experiences to make use of the knowledge and skills
learned in basic education and the concurrent 5 physical learning experience
423 Effective use of learning and teaching resources to maximize the use of library
resources and encourage students to conduct web search for information to use
community resources especially sport facilities to facilitate learning
424 Development of generic skills and nurturing values and attitudes to develop
studentsrsquo generic skills and nurture their positive values and attitudes in genuine
contexts especially during group work sport competitions community service etc
425 Life-wide learning apart from formal PE lessons to provide other learning
opportunities for students to gain relevant learning experiences especially those
SECOND DRAFT
21
outside school activities
426 Reading to learn to encourage students to read reference materials such as books
journals magazines to widen their knowledge-base and to foster their interest in
different topics progressing at their own pace
427 IT for interactive learning to nurture in students a habit of using IT for
interactive learning Use of multi-media and internet facilitates more interesting
and effective learning
428 Referencing to local context it helps students better understand the application of
the PE and sport theories particularly those of fitness and health sport sociology
and sport management
429 Catering for learner differences to adopt varying strategies for students with
diversified abilities in the learning of theories or physical skills Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship is one way
to enhance learning
4210 Balanced practical work of physical skills practical work is important and
facilitates understanding of concepts and theories But an undue emphasis on
physical skills will distort the objective of the subject which may be misinterpreted
as supporting only elite sport training
4211 Safety in practical work always pay attention to safety measures and risk
management in practical work to avoid injuries and learn how to handle problems
when they occur
4212 Collaboration with teachers of other disciplines liaison with Physics and
Biology teachers is beneficial in the teaching of biomechanics and anatomy
Consulting the school counselor is an effective way for students to handle studying
problems and improve study skills
Catering for Learner Differences 43 Learner differences in this subject refer to diversified student abilities in terms of
knowledge of theory or mastery of physical skills or a combination of both Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship helps to enhance
learning and ease teacherrsquos workload
SECOND DRAFT
22
431 Students who are strong in physical skills but weak in theory students who are
strong in physical skills are usually committed and persevering in performing tasks
They have high self-esteem and pride in their own strengths The key for these
students to learn better is to help them apply their strengths in academic studies
432 Students who are interested in PE but weak in physical skills These students are
motivated to learn particularly when they are provided with suitable encouragement
The best way is to ask students with good physical skills to be ldquostudent mentorsrdquo
and help this type of students
433 Students with weak physical fitness level Physical fitness is partly genetically
predetermined Physical fitness tests should not be used in a way that could
embarrass the weaker students It is better to encourage them to work according to
realistic individual goals In fact physical fitness standards should be reasonably set
Elite standards should be avoided
44 On the other hand there are different learning and teaching strategies for students with
different academic abilities
441 Average abilities Help these students to set higher but achievable goals and always
motivate them to work harder Positive reinforcement such as extrinsic reward is
always helpful
442 Lower abilities Modify tasks to suit studentsrsquo abilities or to separate the tasks into
parts to let students progressively build up a foundation of knowledge which
promises a better chance of success This could also nurture studentsrsquo
self-confidence and motivation Moreover it is good to focus on what students can
accomplish and not to encourage them to compare their results with those of others
443 Exceptionally gifted Always encourage them to go beyond the set targets They
could be assigned as study leaders and sport captains or to assist the teacher by
demonstrating physical skills in lessons
Exemplar 45 A few exemplars are included in the appendices to show how some topics can be taught
and how to integrate theory with practical activities
SECOND DRAFT
23
Chapter 5 Assessment
51 Assessment is a way to collect evidence of studentsrsquo learning It aims to provide feedback to
students and identify their strengths and weaknesses in learning It helps identify what the
next learning target should be and how it can be achieved
Internal Assessment 52 Internal assessment is an integral part of the learning and teaching of PE in the NSS
curriculum
53 Formative assessment can help collect evidence about the effectiveness of learning and
teaching and provide feedback to students and teachers for further improvement It reflects
the strengths and weaknesses of students in terms of knowledge skills and attitudes
according to which tailor-made adjustments can be made in the learning teaching and
assessment cycle With reference to the learning targets formative assessment helps
evaluate studentsrsquo progress and enhance motivation in learning Oral feedback observation
checklist reflection form and project work are some examples of formative assessment for
PE
54 Summative assessment is a useful tool for describing studentsrsquo progress of learning and
achievements at a specific stage of learning
55 Both formative assessment and summative assessment are useful to facilitate learning if
they are effectively implemented
56 The assessment of values and attitudes could be done in school and recorded in the Senior
Secondary Student Learning Profile Studentsrsquo learning experiences and achievements in PE
will be recognised and reflected in the profile Achievements in high level competitions
qualifications in coaching and refereeing obtained by the elite athletes will also be included
SECOND DRAFT
24
Public Assessment 57 This section describes the direction of the development of public assessment Hong Kong
Examinations and Assessment Authority (HKEAA) will develop the assessment rubrics at a
later stage as outlined in paragraph 511 below At the moment the target is to include two
parts in the public assessment in the form of a School-based Assessment (SBA) and an
external assessment It is recommended that the public assessment for PE comprises the
following
SBA (30) External Assessment (70) 10 Physical activity (1) 10 Physical activity (2) 10 Physical fitness and a related written
assignment
2 written papers of a total of 4 hours
Key for SBA
Physical activity (1) Physical activity (2)
Physical activities (1) amp (2) are from 2 different areas of activity of athletics ball games gymnastics aquatics dance outdoor pursuits and other activities stipulated in the PE KLA Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) (2002)
Physical fitness and a related written assignment
Standardised physical fitness components A written assignment which focuses on studentsrsquo learning process such as illustration of the aims and targets and an implementation plan of physical fitness
58 The model presented above is open for feedback and suggestions Indeed the weighting of
SBA and external assessment will be set in 2006 However according to the timeline
described in paragraph 511 below it could still be adjusted after the NSS has been
implemented to meet any new curriculum and assessment needs that may arise The
moderation format of SBA depends on the number of candidates Statistical moderation is
suitable for a large candidature and non-statistical methods are more appropriate for a
relatively small candidature
59 Written papersStudents are expected to do all parts to acquire broad and balanced
knowledge However apart from compulsory questions on selected parts such as parts 1 to
SECOND DRAFT
25
6 flexibility is sought to allow students options in choosing questions about the other parts
such as parts 7 to 9 Careful consideration will be taken to keep the breadth of coverage and
depth of cognitive level of different options comparable As for the duration of written
papers it will not exceed four hours
510 ReportingStandards-referenced reporting will be used The results issued by HKEAA are
expected to cover 3 components the results of SBA external assessment and the total of
the two Such a format of reporting has the advantage of giving stakeholders a more
comprehensive picture of studentsrsquo achievement in this subject
511 Developmental timelineThe examination rubrics developed by the HKEAA will be ready
by February 2006 By then the weighting and components of SBA as well as the number
and duration of written papers will be fixed Sample examination papers will be available
in 2007 so that schools will have access to more details before the implementation of the
NSS curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
26
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources 61 Resource materials to support learning and teaching will be developed in collaboration with
tertiary institution educational organisations and school teachers Individual sets of
materials for the different parts will be produced This will facilitate necessary updates in
future
62 The PE Section of Education and Manpower Bureau (EMB) is working to produce videos
of PE lessons for SBA purposes There will be seminars to brief teachers on the use of such
information in assessing studentsrsquo physical skills
63 Learning and teaching resources will not be confined to materials produced by EMB
Schools may use reference materials produced in other countries including reference books
journals web-based materials and audio-visual aids
64 Teachers are encouraged to share school-based materials especially in different professional
development programmes organised by EMB The materials include teaching notes on
different topics and materials generated from pilot studies and research projects conducted
by schools These materials are very useful for PE curriculum development at the NSS
level
65 Though not exhaustive a list consists of materials recommended for students in the
promotion of reading to learn is attached in the Appendix
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
1
Chapter 1 Introduction
Background 11 Physical Education (PE) is an elective subject in the senior secondary curriculum of the PE
Key Learning Area (KLA)
12 The curriculum is built on the existing S4-S5 PE Curriculum and Hong Kong Certificate of
Education PE Examination Syllabus with some modification and reorganisation of topics
It increases the breadth and depth of content by for example strengthening the concepts of
fitness and health and including new elements on biomechanics motor learning and sport
psychology and sport and recreation management It is a comprehensive curriculum
reflecting cross-curricular links with subjects such as Physics Biology and Health Science
13 It combines theory and physical activities aiming at the realization of an active and healthy
lifestyle
14 It extends studentsrsquo prior knowledge and skills of PE in the Basic Education It seeks to
enhance the learning of the six strands of PE and further develop studentsrsquo generic skills as
well as positive values and attitudes
Rationale 15 Contribution to the learning goals of the New Senior Secondary (NSS) Curriculum
151 PE helps enrich the knowledge students need in contemporary society It broadens
and deepens studentsrsquo knowledge of PE sport science and recreation
152 Though actively engaging them in physical activities it leads students to a healthy
lifestyle which is essential for whole-person development
153 It develops students into informed and responsible citizens through the learning of
theories and participation in physical activities and the development of desirable
moral behaviour
SECOND DRAFT
2
16 Response to the need of the society and students
161 PE bears the important role of contributing to healthy living which is fundamental
to an individualrsquos life and the welfare of society In response to the common
sedentary lifestyle of Hong Kong people the PE Curriculum provides students with
the knowledge and skills for doing regular physical activities helping them become
and remain physically fit which is important for the well-being of individuals
162 On the other hand it fosters the development of a life-long interest in participation in
physical activities To sustain the emerging sportive culture among students
developed in recent years the PE Curriculum provides the knowledge and skills
needed by those who are interested in participating in physical activities safely and
enjoyably
17 Strengthening studentsrsquo generic skills and learning to learn capacity
171 PE develops studentsrsquo general intellectual capacity Through engaging in students in
a higher order cognitive process as a result of exposure to a variety of theoretical
and practical learning experiences it enables them to acquire and construct
knowledge in PE and sport science and improve their cognitive functioning
172 It develops studentsrsquo generic skills notable their collaboration skills critical thinking
skills communication skills and creativity It also helps nurture studentsrsquo
sport-related values and attitudes notably responsibility commitment perseverance
and respect for others These are essential in enhancing studentsrsquo learning to learn
capacity
173 It also develops studentsrsquo study skills such as data collection as well as
interpretation and management of information for further studies
18 Further studies and career link
181 PE equips students with knowledge and skills and develops their personal qualities
for further advancement
182 The breadth of the curriculum enables students to build a broader knowledge base
for higher education in areas like PE and sport science human biology food and
nutritional science etc
SECOND DRAFT
3
183 It prepares students for future careers in the teaching of PE sport and recreation
sport coaching health science medical science nursing physiotherapy
occupational therapy etc
184 The curriculum is in line with the appeal from the World Health Organisation (2004)
for building a long-term capacity of a healthy community
Overall Aims 19 The aims of the curriculum are to enable students to
apply the knowledge skills and positive attitudes acquired in the study of PE for the
pursuit of active and healthy living
integrate physical skills into the learning of theories to support and strengthen the
understanding of theories and to demonstrate high order performance through the
learning in about and through physical activities
link up the PE knowledge they have developed with other disciplines and prepare
themselves for further education and career development
enhance their generic capacity for life-long learning through the study of PE and apply
the skills in real-life situations
further develop positive sport-related values and attitudes and demonstrate desirable
moral behaviour and
be responsible citizens as well as develop a better understanding of international issues
through PE and physical activities
Interface with the Junior Secondary Curriculum 110 The curriculum is a continuation of the junior secondary education
1101 It builds on the foundation of basic education Apart from building on the
previous learning experiences of different physical activities and the level of
competence acquired students are provided with more choices on physical
activities The diversified and balanced experiences gained at the junior secondary
level is a prerequisite for a more advanced and academic-oriented study in the
NSS curriculum especially the learning of the multiplicity of concepts in different
physical education contexts
SECOND DRAFT
4
1102 It provides a basis for enhancing the understanding implementation and
evaluation of human movement The roles of physical activities are to support the
learning of theories and to maintain an active and healthy lifestyle
1103 Through a variety of learning experiences in PE and sport it enhances studentsrsquo
development of generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
1104 It sustains studentsrsquo quality of life through the study of and participation in
physical activities and provides a basis for further studies and career development
Principles of Design 111 Prior knowledge The NSS curriculum for PE is built on the knowledge gained in basic
education The ten parts of PE at senior secondary level are discipline-based and are
closely related to the six strands highlighted in the basic education of PE ie motor and
sport skills health and fitness sport-related values and attitudes knowledge and practice
of safety knowledge of movement and aesthetic sensitivity For example the principles of
FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type) that students are exposed to at junior secondary
level are fundamental to the learning of the part on ldquoPhysiological Basis for Exercise and
Sport Trainingrdquo in the NSS curriculum As the junior secondary curriculum covers at least
eight different physical activities from not less than four areas the knowledge students
acquired forms a strong foundation for their study at NSS level While broadening and
deepening the knowledge and skills students previously learned the emphasis of the NSS
is on the application integration and synthesis of knowledge and their practical use in
daily life
112 Balance between breadth and depth The curriculum covers a variety of areas of study
from the roles and values of PE disciplines in sport science and sport management to the
PE and sport scene in Hong Kong and Chinarsquos sporting culture It aims at providing a
comprehensive knowledge base for diversified interests aptitudes and needs Further
students are given opportunities to acquire more profound concepts and knowledge in
certain areas such as fitness and health exercise and sport training which constitute the
core knowledge in PE All these equip students with important knowledge for further
studies and career pursuits Moreover in addition to reinforcing the knowledge and skills
SECOND DRAFT
5
of the physical activities students previously developed the curriculum provides them with
opportunities to strengthen the learning of a variety of physical activities to carry out
in-depth learning of selected activities and to participate in at least one PE-related
co-curricular activity The practical work especially providing services to the school
andor community in the form of organising physical activities and sport events as
illustrated in Exemplar 3 of this document helps strengthen studentsrsquo generic skills and
further nurture their positive values and attitudes
113 Linkage between theory and physical skills The integration of theory and physical
skills enables students to apply the learnt knowledge in the performance of physical skills
which in turn strengthens the understanding of theory It also provides opportunities for
students to enjoy an active and healthy lifestyle
114 Essential parts and choices Students are given opportunities to learn about all the
domains of knowledge in the NSS PE curriculum and different physical activities offered
by schools To cater for individual interests and needs students will have choices for
selecting a few physical skills for advanced development The physical activities offered
by schools will have more carry-over values to their future life
115 Articulation to multiple advancements The different domains of knowledge included
are useful for further study and career pursuits in different areas such as teaching PE
sports coaching and management medical and health care food and nutrition etc
116 Safety considerations Safety considerations are important in designing and organising
physical activities These include safety in using facilities and equipment safety in
carrying out the activity tasks and risk management
117 Learning to learn and generic skills Different learning modes such as group work
presentations sport competitions service for physical activities etc enable students to
further develop generic skills and learning skills and to nurture positive values and
attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
6
Chapter 2 Curriculum Framework
Curriculum Structure
21 There are altogether ten parts in the curriculum The first nine parts are basically
theoretical the roles of PE anatomy and exercise physiology fitness and nutrition
sport injuries biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology sport sociology and
sport management However there are also elements of applied learning included in
these theoretical parts such as the practical work in topics of training methods
treatment of sport injuries and organisation of events of physical activity Part Ten
focuses mainly on practical skills which include physical skills and physical fitness
Students are expected to learn all the theoretical parts They will go through all the
practical work including all the physical skills they are taught as well as physical
fitness but they will be provided with choices for a few physical skills for advanced
learning This reflects a broad and balanced curriculum which broadens studentsrsquo
knowledge and learning and allows choices to meet studentsrsquo diversified needs and
interests
Learning Objectives 22 Through the learning of different parts students are able to
broaden and deepen their understanding of the knowledge on PE and demonstrate
healthy behaviour including active participation in physical activities
integrate the learning of PE into their lives and enhance their intellectual capability by
acquiring applying and evaluating knowledge and physical skills
understand the principles of PE and its relationship with related fields and become
aware of the links to further education and career paths
apply the knowledge of PE in real life situations so as to develop generic skills such as
communication skills critical thinking skills collaboration skills creativity and
aesthetic appreciation
nurture personal and social qualities and demonstrate desirable sporting etiquette and
SECOND DRAFT
7
show commitment and responsibility in organising events involving physical activities
in school or the community and demonstrate an understanding of and respect for
different cultures in PE and sport
Learning Outcomes 23 At the end of the senior secondary curriculum students should be able to
live an active and healthy life by doing regular exercise maintaining a reasonable
physical fitness level practising healthy eating and staying free from substance abuse
demonstrate a knowledge of theory through participation in a number of physical
activities and at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
apply deeper knowledge acquired through studying principles of PE exercise
physiology fitness and health biomechanics sport sociology motor learning and sport
psychology and sport management and be aware of the connection between such
knowledge and other disciplines for future advancement
demonstrate generic skills such as collaborative skills critical thinking skills
communication skills and creativity through the learning of theories and physical
activities and apply these qualities in real-life situations
uphold positive sport-related values and attitudes and demonstrate proper sporting
etiquette and desirable moral behaviour and
demonstrate commitment and responsibility when performing physical activities and
sport events especially in school and community services and show understanding of
and respect for different sporting cultures
Curriculum Content 24 Part I This part gives students a general picture about the scope of PE and its
relationship with sport recreation and leisure The terminology the general concepts
and the information concerning the local PE scene help students learn and link it with
the other parts of the curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
8
Part
Suggested Time Allocation ()
I Physical Education Sport Recreation Leisure and Wellness (6) (a) Definition History and Development of PE Sport Recreation
Leisure and Wellness
(b) Roles and Values of PE Sport Recreation and Leisure (i) Personal development (ii) Socialization (iii) International relationship (c) PE in Hong Kong (i) Primary (ii) Secondary (iii) Tertiary (d) Sport Recreation and Leisure in Hong Kong (i) Government (ii) Non-government organisations (iii) Private and commercial clubs
25 Part II This part helps students build a foundation in PE through familiarising them
with the knowledge of human body systems and prepares them for the study of fitness
and health exercise and sport training sport injuries and motor learning and sport
psychology
II Human Body (15) (a) Growth and Development (i) Life cycle amp growth curves (ii) Stages of development (iii) Body types (b) Skeletal System (i) Functions (ii) Bones (iii) Joints (iv) Cartilage (v) Ligaments (c) Nervous System (i) Functions (ii) Central Nervous System (d) Muscular System (i) Functions (ii) Types of muscle and muscle fibre (iii) Types of muscle contraction (iv) Neuromuscular control
SECOND DRAFT
9
(e) Cardiovascular System (i) Functions (ii) Blood vessels (iii) Heart (iv) Circulation (f) Respiratory System (i) Functions (ii) Lungs (iii) Pulmonary ventilation (iv) Gaseous exchange (g) Energy System (i) Aerobic system (ii) Anaerobic system (iii) Energy metabolism during rest and physical activities
26 Part III This part covers the basic elements in human movement and is linked to the
discipline of Physics It guides students to understand the scientific basis of movement
and to apply this knowledge to enhance their performance
III Movement Analysis (7) (a) Biomechanics (i) Force (ii) Motion (iii) Newtonrsquos Law of Motion (iv) Velocity and acceleration (v) Centre of gravity (vi) Lever (b) Types of Body Movement (i) Flexion-extension (ii) Abduction-adduction (iii) Pronation-supination (iv) Plane of motion (v) Rotation (c) Application in Sports
27 Part IV This part helps students explore and compare the concepts of physical fitness
and sport-related fitness the nutritional components and the diet related to physical
performance and the interlocking relations between exercise physical fitness diet
health and chronic diseases Such knowledge helps students recognise the importance
of an active and healthy lifestyle It also plays an important role in facilitating
understanding of the concept of wellness mentioned in Part I
SECOND DRAFT
10
IV Fitness and Nutrition for Health and Performance in Physical Activities (15) (a) Components of Health (i) Physical health (ii) Mental health (iii) Social health (b) Definition of Physical Fitness and Sport-related Fitness (i) Physical Fitness (ii) Sport-related fitness (c) Components and Measurement of Physical Fitness (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Flexibility (iii) Muscular strength and endurance (iv) Body composition (d) Components and Measurement of Sport-related Fitness (i) Agility (ii) Balance (iii) Coordination (iv) Endurance (v) Flexibility (vi) Reaction time (vii) Speed (viii) Strength (e) Food and Nutrition (i) Carbohydrates (ii) Proteins (iii) Fats (iv) Vitamins minerals fibres and water (v) Balanced diet (vi) Nutrition and exercise performance (f) Weight Control (i) Energy balance (ii) Overweight and obesity (iii) Weight control (g) Healthy Behaviour (i) Diet (ii) Exercise and physical activity level (iii) Rest and relaxation (iv) Substance abuse (v) Posture (h) Roles of Physical Activity for the Prevention of Non-Communicable
Diseases
(i) Coronary heart disease (ii) Diabetes (iii) Hypertension (iv) Hypokinetic degeneration
SECOND DRAFT
11
28 Part V This part equips students with the knowledge of physical performance and
sport training It enables students to understand the general principles and effects of
physical training which are fundamental in exercise and the acquisition of physical
skills
V Physiological Basis for Exercise and Sport Training (12) (a) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Muscular fitness (iii) Flexibility (iv) Age (v) Gender (vi) Heredity (vii) Body types (viii) Drugs (ix) Environment (b) Concepts and Principles of Training (i) Aerobic and anaerobic training (ii) Principles of training (iii) Basic considerations in training (iv) Planning of training programmes (c) Training Methods (i) Resistance training (ii) Circuit training (iii) Continuous training (iv) Interval training (d) Training and Detraining Effects (i) Cardiovascular adaptations (ii) Metabolic adaptations
29 Part VI This part equips students with the knowledge of safety measures in physical
activities and sport Building on studentsrsquo previous knowledge of human body and
movement exercise and sport training it raises their awareness of common sport
injuries and helps them apply this knowledge to treatment and prevention measures
VI Sport Injuries Treatment and Precautions (7) (a) Factors Leading to Sport Injuries (i) Environmental factors (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Protective devices (iv) Level of skills
SECOND DRAFT
12
(v) Level of fitness (vi) Physical limitations (vii) Nature of different sports (b) Common Sport Injuries (i) Bleeding (ii) Abrasion (iii) Contusion (iv) Dislocation (v) Fracture (vi) Pulled muscle (vii) Sprain (viii) Strain (ix) Heat and cold injuries (x) Overuse injuries (c) Treatment (i) General principles of first aid (ii) PRICE (Protection Rest Ice Compression Elevation) (iii) Resuscitation (d) Prevention of Sport Injuries (i) Risk assessment (ii) Safety measures (iii) Warm up and cool down
210 Part VII This part helps students understand the theory of motor learning and the
fundamental elements of motor learning and sport psychology Building on the previous
parts it helps students explain the learning process and performance of daily-life physical
skills
VII Motor Learning and Sport Psychology (7) (a) Application of Learning Theory in Motor Learning (i) Skill classifications (ii) Skill acquisition and information processing (iii) Stages of learning and transfer of learning (iv) Intrinsic and extrinsic feedback (v) Knowledge of result and knowledge of performance (vi) Practice methods (b) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Anxiety and arousal (ii) Attention and concentration (iii) Motivation and self-confidence (iv) Goal setting (v) Imagery and mental practice (vi) Personality (vii) Aggression
SECOND DRAFT
13
(c) Application of Stress Management in Sport (i) The nature of stress (ii) Stress management
211 Part VIII This part allows students to investigate different issues of physical and sport
activities in relation to society It helps students understand more deeply the roles and
values of PE and sport from different perspectives It also nurtures studentsrsquo high-order
thinking skills by exploring specific issues
VIII Social Aspects of PE Sport and Recreation (8) (a) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (i) Philosophical foundation history and development of the Olympic
Games
(ii) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (iii) Chinarsquos involvement in the Olympic Movement (iv) Challenges to the Olympic Movement and Olympicism (b) International Organisations Major Games and Major International
Competitions
(i) International Olympic Committee and International Sports Federations
(ii) Olympic Games and other major games (iii) Major international competitions (c) Chinarsquos Sporting Culture (i) Chinarsquos sporting culture (ii) All China Games (d) Sport and Society (i) Sport for all and sport for elite (ii) Amateurs and professionals (iii) Competition (iv) Drugs in sport (v) Violence in sport (vi) Politics and sport (vii) Media and sport (e) Factors Influencing Participation in Sport and Recreation (i) Personal factor (ii) Family factor (iii) Social factor (iv) Cultural factor (v) Political factor (vi) Environmental factor
212 Part IX This part introduces the basic concepts of sport management and programme
organisation It aims at equipping students with useful knowledge to perform school and
SECOND DRAFT
14
community services particularly the organization of different physical activity events
IX Sport and Recreation Management (6) (a) Concepts on Sport and Recreation Management (i) The management process (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Funding (iv) Staffing
(v) Time factor (b) Programme Organisation (i) Competition systems (ii) Organisation of events of physical activity (c) Legal Issues in PE Sport and Recreation (i) Liability in PE and sport activities (ii) Negligence in PE and sport activities
213 Part X This practical part provides an opportunity for students to apply the theories
learned from the other parts through participating in physical activities It requires students
to relate and integrate different aspects of knowledge learned to enhance their skill
performance and physical fitness It also develops studentsrsquo personal qualities by enabling
them to recognise their role in PE-related school and community services
X Performance in Physical Activities (17) (a) Demonstration of Skills and Knowledge of Various Physical Activities (i) Acquisition mastery and demonstration of a number of physical
activities
(ii) Active participation in at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
(iii) Demonstration of regular exercise to maintain fitness and health (iv) Application of learned theories in the performance of physical
activities
(v) Demonstration of a leading role in school andor community services
(100)
Curriculum Organisation 214 Learning and Teaching Sequence The suggested sequence of the learning and
teaching components for PE is that the foundation of PE comes first before the topics
on human body exercise physiology as well as health and fitness These topics are
then followed by those related to other knowledge disciplines namely biomechanics
SECOND DRAFT
15
sport sociology and motor learning and sport psychology The learning of physical
activities and related co-curricular activities will be ongoing throughout the three years
of senior secondary education The rationale for the way the ten parts are sequenced is
as follows
2141 A foundation part including terminology gives students the general knowledge
essential for a smooth transition from an activity-oriented basic education PE
curriculum to an academic-oriented PE curriculum
2142 The energy system together with the anatomy of different systems of human
biology is basic for understanding of different aspects of the subsequent topic of
exercise physiology
2143 The biomechanics of Physics and its relation to and application in sports is
conducive to the learning of subsequent topics on sports medicine exercise
physiology and motor learning and sport psychology However it may be taught at
a later stage such as at SS2 or SS3 as the concepts are more specific
2144 With the knowledge of the human body it is easier for students to acquire some
important concepts such as weight control and healthy behaviour and the related
chronological diseases and apply the knowledge of fitness nutrition and health in
daily life
2145 The knowledge of exercise physiology is specific to PE and sport performance and
training
2146 The understanding of human movement anatomy and exercise physiology is useful
for the study of sport injuries treatment and prevention
2147 When students are promoted to higher forms they are more capable of grasping the
abstract ideas of how motor learning and sport psychology affect sport
performance
2148 The analysis of and enquiry into different sport issues from multi-perspectives help
develop studentsrsquo high order thinking skills and their ability to think independently
2149 The integration of knowledge and practical skills enables higher form students to
perform school and community services such as organizing sport events
21410 Participation in physical activities has a dual role First it helps students to realise
an active and healthy lifestyle in an effort to remain fit and healthy and second it
SECOND DRAFT
16
enhances studentsrsquo understanding of different theories
Time Allocation
215 10 of the total curriculum time will be allocated to the subject It will be about 270
hours for class teaching in the 3 years of the NSS curriculum However the exact number
of hours can be school-based and may thus have slight variations between schools
SECOND DRAFT
17
Chapter 3 Curriculum Planning
Progression of Studies 31 The parts are sequenced as follows
311 The parts are sequenced in such a way that it reflects progression from the
development of general knowledge to application integration and analysis and
eventually to the practical use of knowledge
312 The first three parts forming group one constitute fundamental knowledge in the
roles and values of PE anatomy and human movement
313 The second group consisting of Part IV V and VI is mainly on the application of
knowledge in fitness and health sports training and sports injuries
314 The third group that is Part VII and VIII focuses more on analysis and integration
of knowledge in motor learning and sport psychology as well as sociology
315 The last group including Part IX and X illustrates the knowledge for practice in
sport management and the practical demonstration of different physical activities
32 The sequence suggested will enable students to explore their interests in SS1 and develop a
better understanding of the subject especially when they expand their knowledge on
exercise physiology and fitness and health which is essential for the pursuit of physical and
sport activities The knowledge in NSS1 provides students with key concepts in PE which
is essential for subsequent construction of knowledge It allows a smooth progression to
SS2 and SS3 when students go through Part X ldquoPerformance in Physical Activitiesrdquo which
involves the higher order cognitive process of integration and synthesis of knowledge Also
students will be more mature for the learning of other abstract topics such as sport
sociology where they need to examine issues from multiple perspectives Besides students
are exposed to different disciplines in sport psychology sport sociology and sport
management Though these disciplines are not offered individually as electives students
may focus more on those they are interested in or capable of in their study for future
studies or career pursuits
SECOND DRAFT
18
Curriculum Planning 33 Flexibility of time-tabling The time-tabling of the subject should be flexible to maximize
learning especially for those topics including practical work For example the service for
school sport activities is likely to be conducted outside normal lesson time The activities
may be held after school on Saturday during post examination activities period or in a
whole day mode such as athletic meet and swimming gala
34 For students of different abilities Learning tasks will on the one hand ensure that
students have equal opportunities for the learning of all essential elements and on the other
allow the brighter students to excel School activity service such as organising sport
activities or competitions will serve the former principle School activities offered inside
and outside school are opportunities for the elite student-athletes thus serving the latter
principle
35 For students with different inclinations Some topics such as biomechanics motor
learning and sport psychology sport sociology and sport management which are designed
to be taught in SS2 or SS3 are more specific involving students in more in-depth learning
to meet their needs and interests
36 Making student learning more meaningful The integration of theory and practical work
make learning more meaningful as students could apply what they learn and more
importantly understand the reasons behind sport performance and sport phenomenon Also
theory and practical work will complement each other and strengthen studentsrsquo learning
experience
37 Integrating conceptual learning with life-wide learning experiences The learning of the
various domains of knowledge physical skills and physical fitness is certainly linked to the
physical experience of the Other Learning Experiences and the outside school learning
experiences such as participation in sport-related services and competitions This will
enhance student learning especially when it is applied in real life situations
SECOND DRAFT
19
38 Integrating learning with assessment The balanced use of formative and summative
assessments and the feedback given to students will help students learn Diversified
assessment will be particularly useful in reflecting studentsrsquo performance and motivating
them to improve in the learning process
SECOND DRAFT
20
Chapter 4 Learning and Teaching
Guiding Principles 41 The guiding principles of the learning and teaching of the PE subject are
All learners can learn and none will be deprived of learning opportunities because of
socio-economic status
A flexible framework to cater for learner differences
Construction of knowledge to nurture studentsrsquo self-learning capacity
Building on studentsrsquo learning experience and prior knowledge
Integration of knowledge and stimulation of high-order thinking
Provision of a caring and motivating learning environment
Using formative and summative assessments as well as feedback to improve learning
Adoption of reflective teaching and teachers adjusting teaching strategies according to
studentsrsquo performance
Suggested Learning and Teaching Approaches and Strategies 42 There are a number of learning and teaching approaches and strategies
421 Varying instructional strategies to use different instructional methods for whole
class teaching small group and individual work Use of an interactive mode of
learning and feedback are useful to enhance learning
422 Building on prior learning experiences to make use of the knowledge and skills
learned in basic education and the concurrent 5 physical learning experience
423 Effective use of learning and teaching resources to maximize the use of library
resources and encourage students to conduct web search for information to use
community resources especially sport facilities to facilitate learning
424 Development of generic skills and nurturing values and attitudes to develop
studentsrsquo generic skills and nurture their positive values and attitudes in genuine
contexts especially during group work sport competitions community service etc
425 Life-wide learning apart from formal PE lessons to provide other learning
opportunities for students to gain relevant learning experiences especially those
SECOND DRAFT
21
outside school activities
426 Reading to learn to encourage students to read reference materials such as books
journals magazines to widen their knowledge-base and to foster their interest in
different topics progressing at their own pace
427 IT for interactive learning to nurture in students a habit of using IT for
interactive learning Use of multi-media and internet facilitates more interesting
and effective learning
428 Referencing to local context it helps students better understand the application of
the PE and sport theories particularly those of fitness and health sport sociology
and sport management
429 Catering for learner differences to adopt varying strategies for students with
diversified abilities in the learning of theories or physical skills Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship is one way
to enhance learning
4210 Balanced practical work of physical skills practical work is important and
facilitates understanding of concepts and theories But an undue emphasis on
physical skills will distort the objective of the subject which may be misinterpreted
as supporting only elite sport training
4211 Safety in practical work always pay attention to safety measures and risk
management in practical work to avoid injuries and learn how to handle problems
when they occur
4212 Collaboration with teachers of other disciplines liaison with Physics and
Biology teachers is beneficial in the teaching of biomechanics and anatomy
Consulting the school counselor is an effective way for students to handle studying
problems and improve study skills
Catering for Learner Differences 43 Learner differences in this subject refer to diversified student abilities in terms of
knowledge of theory or mastery of physical skills or a combination of both Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship helps to enhance
learning and ease teacherrsquos workload
SECOND DRAFT
22
431 Students who are strong in physical skills but weak in theory students who are
strong in physical skills are usually committed and persevering in performing tasks
They have high self-esteem and pride in their own strengths The key for these
students to learn better is to help them apply their strengths in academic studies
432 Students who are interested in PE but weak in physical skills These students are
motivated to learn particularly when they are provided with suitable encouragement
The best way is to ask students with good physical skills to be ldquostudent mentorsrdquo
and help this type of students
433 Students with weak physical fitness level Physical fitness is partly genetically
predetermined Physical fitness tests should not be used in a way that could
embarrass the weaker students It is better to encourage them to work according to
realistic individual goals In fact physical fitness standards should be reasonably set
Elite standards should be avoided
44 On the other hand there are different learning and teaching strategies for students with
different academic abilities
441 Average abilities Help these students to set higher but achievable goals and always
motivate them to work harder Positive reinforcement such as extrinsic reward is
always helpful
442 Lower abilities Modify tasks to suit studentsrsquo abilities or to separate the tasks into
parts to let students progressively build up a foundation of knowledge which
promises a better chance of success This could also nurture studentsrsquo
self-confidence and motivation Moreover it is good to focus on what students can
accomplish and not to encourage them to compare their results with those of others
443 Exceptionally gifted Always encourage them to go beyond the set targets They
could be assigned as study leaders and sport captains or to assist the teacher by
demonstrating physical skills in lessons
Exemplar 45 A few exemplars are included in the appendices to show how some topics can be taught
and how to integrate theory with practical activities
SECOND DRAFT
23
Chapter 5 Assessment
51 Assessment is a way to collect evidence of studentsrsquo learning It aims to provide feedback to
students and identify their strengths and weaknesses in learning It helps identify what the
next learning target should be and how it can be achieved
Internal Assessment 52 Internal assessment is an integral part of the learning and teaching of PE in the NSS
curriculum
53 Formative assessment can help collect evidence about the effectiveness of learning and
teaching and provide feedback to students and teachers for further improvement It reflects
the strengths and weaknesses of students in terms of knowledge skills and attitudes
according to which tailor-made adjustments can be made in the learning teaching and
assessment cycle With reference to the learning targets formative assessment helps
evaluate studentsrsquo progress and enhance motivation in learning Oral feedback observation
checklist reflection form and project work are some examples of formative assessment for
PE
54 Summative assessment is a useful tool for describing studentsrsquo progress of learning and
achievements at a specific stage of learning
55 Both formative assessment and summative assessment are useful to facilitate learning if
they are effectively implemented
56 The assessment of values and attitudes could be done in school and recorded in the Senior
Secondary Student Learning Profile Studentsrsquo learning experiences and achievements in PE
will be recognised and reflected in the profile Achievements in high level competitions
qualifications in coaching and refereeing obtained by the elite athletes will also be included
SECOND DRAFT
24
Public Assessment 57 This section describes the direction of the development of public assessment Hong Kong
Examinations and Assessment Authority (HKEAA) will develop the assessment rubrics at a
later stage as outlined in paragraph 511 below At the moment the target is to include two
parts in the public assessment in the form of a School-based Assessment (SBA) and an
external assessment It is recommended that the public assessment for PE comprises the
following
SBA (30) External Assessment (70) 10 Physical activity (1) 10 Physical activity (2) 10 Physical fitness and a related written
assignment
2 written papers of a total of 4 hours
Key for SBA
Physical activity (1) Physical activity (2)
Physical activities (1) amp (2) are from 2 different areas of activity of athletics ball games gymnastics aquatics dance outdoor pursuits and other activities stipulated in the PE KLA Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) (2002)
Physical fitness and a related written assignment
Standardised physical fitness components A written assignment which focuses on studentsrsquo learning process such as illustration of the aims and targets and an implementation plan of physical fitness
58 The model presented above is open for feedback and suggestions Indeed the weighting of
SBA and external assessment will be set in 2006 However according to the timeline
described in paragraph 511 below it could still be adjusted after the NSS has been
implemented to meet any new curriculum and assessment needs that may arise The
moderation format of SBA depends on the number of candidates Statistical moderation is
suitable for a large candidature and non-statistical methods are more appropriate for a
relatively small candidature
59 Written papersStudents are expected to do all parts to acquire broad and balanced
knowledge However apart from compulsory questions on selected parts such as parts 1 to
SECOND DRAFT
25
6 flexibility is sought to allow students options in choosing questions about the other parts
such as parts 7 to 9 Careful consideration will be taken to keep the breadth of coverage and
depth of cognitive level of different options comparable As for the duration of written
papers it will not exceed four hours
510 ReportingStandards-referenced reporting will be used The results issued by HKEAA are
expected to cover 3 components the results of SBA external assessment and the total of
the two Such a format of reporting has the advantage of giving stakeholders a more
comprehensive picture of studentsrsquo achievement in this subject
511 Developmental timelineThe examination rubrics developed by the HKEAA will be ready
by February 2006 By then the weighting and components of SBA as well as the number
and duration of written papers will be fixed Sample examination papers will be available
in 2007 so that schools will have access to more details before the implementation of the
NSS curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
26
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources 61 Resource materials to support learning and teaching will be developed in collaboration with
tertiary institution educational organisations and school teachers Individual sets of
materials for the different parts will be produced This will facilitate necessary updates in
future
62 The PE Section of Education and Manpower Bureau (EMB) is working to produce videos
of PE lessons for SBA purposes There will be seminars to brief teachers on the use of such
information in assessing studentsrsquo physical skills
63 Learning and teaching resources will not be confined to materials produced by EMB
Schools may use reference materials produced in other countries including reference books
journals web-based materials and audio-visual aids
64 Teachers are encouraged to share school-based materials especially in different professional
development programmes organised by EMB The materials include teaching notes on
different topics and materials generated from pilot studies and research projects conducted
by schools These materials are very useful for PE curriculum development at the NSS
level
65 Though not exhaustive a list consists of materials recommended for students in the
promotion of reading to learn is attached in the Appendix
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
2
16 Response to the need of the society and students
161 PE bears the important role of contributing to healthy living which is fundamental
to an individualrsquos life and the welfare of society In response to the common
sedentary lifestyle of Hong Kong people the PE Curriculum provides students with
the knowledge and skills for doing regular physical activities helping them become
and remain physically fit which is important for the well-being of individuals
162 On the other hand it fosters the development of a life-long interest in participation in
physical activities To sustain the emerging sportive culture among students
developed in recent years the PE Curriculum provides the knowledge and skills
needed by those who are interested in participating in physical activities safely and
enjoyably
17 Strengthening studentsrsquo generic skills and learning to learn capacity
171 PE develops studentsrsquo general intellectual capacity Through engaging in students in
a higher order cognitive process as a result of exposure to a variety of theoretical
and practical learning experiences it enables them to acquire and construct
knowledge in PE and sport science and improve their cognitive functioning
172 It develops studentsrsquo generic skills notable their collaboration skills critical thinking
skills communication skills and creativity It also helps nurture studentsrsquo
sport-related values and attitudes notably responsibility commitment perseverance
and respect for others These are essential in enhancing studentsrsquo learning to learn
capacity
173 It also develops studentsrsquo study skills such as data collection as well as
interpretation and management of information for further studies
18 Further studies and career link
181 PE equips students with knowledge and skills and develops their personal qualities
for further advancement
182 The breadth of the curriculum enables students to build a broader knowledge base
for higher education in areas like PE and sport science human biology food and
nutritional science etc
SECOND DRAFT
3
183 It prepares students for future careers in the teaching of PE sport and recreation
sport coaching health science medical science nursing physiotherapy
occupational therapy etc
184 The curriculum is in line with the appeal from the World Health Organisation (2004)
for building a long-term capacity of a healthy community
Overall Aims 19 The aims of the curriculum are to enable students to
apply the knowledge skills and positive attitudes acquired in the study of PE for the
pursuit of active and healthy living
integrate physical skills into the learning of theories to support and strengthen the
understanding of theories and to demonstrate high order performance through the
learning in about and through physical activities
link up the PE knowledge they have developed with other disciplines and prepare
themselves for further education and career development
enhance their generic capacity for life-long learning through the study of PE and apply
the skills in real-life situations
further develop positive sport-related values and attitudes and demonstrate desirable
moral behaviour and
be responsible citizens as well as develop a better understanding of international issues
through PE and physical activities
Interface with the Junior Secondary Curriculum 110 The curriculum is a continuation of the junior secondary education
1101 It builds on the foundation of basic education Apart from building on the
previous learning experiences of different physical activities and the level of
competence acquired students are provided with more choices on physical
activities The diversified and balanced experiences gained at the junior secondary
level is a prerequisite for a more advanced and academic-oriented study in the
NSS curriculum especially the learning of the multiplicity of concepts in different
physical education contexts
SECOND DRAFT
4
1102 It provides a basis for enhancing the understanding implementation and
evaluation of human movement The roles of physical activities are to support the
learning of theories and to maintain an active and healthy lifestyle
1103 Through a variety of learning experiences in PE and sport it enhances studentsrsquo
development of generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
1104 It sustains studentsrsquo quality of life through the study of and participation in
physical activities and provides a basis for further studies and career development
Principles of Design 111 Prior knowledge The NSS curriculum for PE is built on the knowledge gained in basic
education The ten parts of PE at senior secondary level are discipline-based and are
closely related to the six strands highlighted in the basic education of PE ie motor and
sport skills health and fitness sport-related values and attitudes knowledge and practice
of safety knowledge of movement and aesthetic sensitivity For example the principles of
FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type) that students are exposed to at junior secondary
level are fundamental to the learning of the part on ldquoPhysiological Basis for Exercise and
Sport Trainingrdquo in the NSS curriculum As the junior secondary curriculum covers at least
eight different physical activities from not less than four areas the knowledge students
acquired forms a strong foundation for their study at NSS level While broadening and
deepening the knowledge and skills students previously learned the emphasis of the NSS
is on the application integration and synthesis of knowledge and their practical use in
daily life
112 Balance between breadth and depth The curriculum covers a variety of areas of study
from the roles and values of PE disciplines in sport science and sport management to the
PE and sport scene in Hong Kong and Chinarsquos sporting culture It aims at providing a
comprehensive knowledge base for diversified interests aptitudes and needs Further
students are given opportunities to acquire more profound concepts and knowledge in
certain areas such as fitness and health exercise and sport training which constitute the
core knowledge in PE All these equip students with important knowledge for further
studies and career pursuits Moreover in addition to reinforcing the knowledge and skills
SECOND DRAFT
5
of the physical activities students previously developed the curriculum provides them with
opportunities to strengthen the learning of a variety of physical activities to carry out
in-depth learning of selected activities and to participate in at least one PE-related
co-curricular activity The practical work especially providing services to the school
andor community in the form of organising physical activities and sport events as
illustrated in Exemplar 3 of this document helps strengthen studentsrsquo generic skills and
further nurture their positive values and attitudes
113 Linkage between theory and physical skills The integration of theory and physical
skills enables students to apply the learnt knowledge in the performance of physical skills
which in turn strengthens the understanding of theory It also provides opportunities for
students to enjoy an active and healthy lifestyle
114 Essential parts and choices Students are given opportunities to learn about all the
domains of knowledge in the NSS PE curriculum and different physical activities offered
by schools To cater for individual interests and needs students will have choices for
selecting a few physical skills for advanced development The physical activities offered
by schools will have more carry-over values to their future life
115 Articulation to multiple advancements The different domains of knowledge included
are useful for further study and career pursuits in different areas such as teaching PE
sports coaching and management medical and health care food and nutrition etc
116 Safety considerations Safety considerations are important in designing and organising
physical activities These include safety in using facilities and equipment safety in
carrying out the activity tasks and risk management
117 Learning to learn and generic skills Different learning modes such as group work
presentations sport competitions service for physical activities etc enable students to
further develop generic skills and learning skills and to nurture positive values and
attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
6
Chapter 2 Curriculum Framework
Curriculum Structure
21 There are altogether ten parts in the curriculum The first nine parts are basically
theoretical the roles of PE anatomy and exercise physiology fitness and nutrition
sport injuries biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology sport sociology and
sport management However there are also elements of applied learning included in
these theoretical parts such as the practical work in topics of training methods
treatment of sport injuries and organisation of events of physical activity Part Ten
focuses mainly on practical skills which include physical skills and physical fitness
Students are expected to learn all the theoretical parts They will go through all the
practical work including all the physical skills they are taught as well as physical
fitness but they will be provided with choices for a few physical skills for advanced
learning This reflects a broad and balanced curriculum which broadens studentsrsquo
knowledge and learning and allows choices to meet studentsrsquo diversified needs and
interests
Learning Objectives 22 Through the learning of different parts students are able to
broaden and deepen their understanding of the knowledge on PE and demonstrate
healthy behaviour including active participation in physical activities
integrate the learning of PE into their lives and enhance their intellectual capability by
acquiring applying and evaluating knowledge and physical skills
understand the principles of PE and its relationship with related fields and become
aware of the links to further education and career paths
apply the knowledge of PE in real life situations so as to develop generic skills such as
communication skills critical thinking skills collaboration skills creativity and
aesthetic appreciation
nurture personal and social qualities and demonstrate desirable sporting etiquette and
SECOND DRAFT
7
show commitment and responsibility in organising events involving physical activities
in school or the community and demonstrate an understanding of and respect for
different cultures in PE and sport
Learning Outcomes 23 At the end of the senior secondary curriculum students should be able to
live an active and healthy life by doing regular exercise maintaining a reasonable
physical fitness level practising healthy eating and staying free from substance abuse
demonstrate a knowledge of theory through participation in a number of physical
activities and at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
apply deeper knowledge acquired through studying principles of PE exercise
physiology fitness and health biomechanics sport sociology motor learning and sport
psychology and sport management and be aware of the connection between such
knowledge and other disciplines for future advancement
demonstrate generic skills such as collaborative skills critical thinking skills
communication skills and creativity through the learning of theories and physical
activities and apply these qualities in real-life situations
uphold positive sport-related values and attitudes and demonstrate proper sporting
etiquette and desirable moral behaviour and
demonstrate commitment and responsibility when performing physical activities and
sport events especially in school and community services and show understanding of
and respect for different sporting cultures
Curriculum Content 24 Part I This part gives students a general picture about the scope of PE and its
relationship with sport recreation and leisure The terminology the general concepts
and the information concerning the local PE scene help students learn and link it with
the other parts of the curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
8
Part
Suggested Time Allocation ()
I Physical Education Sport Recreation Leisure and Wellness (6) (a) Definition History and Development of PE Sport Recreation
Leisure and Wellness
(b) Roles and Values of PE Sport Recreation and Leisure (i) Personal development (ii) Socialization (iii) International relationship (c) PE in Hong Kong (i) Primary (ii) Secondary (iii) Tertiary (d) Sport Recreation and Leisure in Hong Kong (i) Government (ii) Non-government organisations (iii) Private and commercial clubs
25 Part II This part helps students build a foundation in PE through familiarising them
with the knowledge of human body systems and prepares them for the study of fitness
and health exercise and sport training sport injuries and motor learning and sport
psychology
II Human Body (15) (a) Growth and Development (i) Life cycle amp growth curves (ii) Stages of development (iii) Body types (b) Skeletal System (i) Functions (ii) Bones (iii) Joints (iv) Cartilage (v) Ligaments (c) Nervous System (i) Functions (ii) Central Nervous System (d) Muscular System (i) Functions (ii) Types of muscle and muscle fibre (iii) Types of muscle contraction (iv) Neuromuscular control
SECOND DRAFT
9
(e) Cardiovascular System (i) Functions (ii) Blood vessels (iii) Heart (iv) Circulation (f) Respiratory System (i) Functions (ii) Lungs (iii) Pulmonary ventilation (iv) Gaseous exchange (g) Energy System (i) Aerobic system (ii) Anaerobic system (iii) Energy metabolism during rest and physical activities
26 Part III This part covers the basic elements in human movement and is linked to the
discipline of Physics It guides students to understand the scientific basis of movement
and to apply this knowledge to enhance their performance
III Movement Analysis (7) (a) Biomechanics (i) Force (ii) Motion (iii) Newtonrsquos Law of Motion (iv) Velocity and acceleration (v) Centre of gravity (vi) Lever (b) Types of Body Movement (i) Flexion-extension (ii) Abduction-adduction (iii) Pronation-supination (iv) Plane of motion (v) Rotation (c) Application in Sports
27 Part IV This part helps students explore and compare the concepts of physical fitness
and sport-related fitness the nutritional components and the diet related to physical
performance and the interlocking relations between exercise physical fitness diet
health and chronic diseases Such knowledge helps students recognise the importance
of an active and healthy lifestyle It also plays an important role in facilitating
understanding of the concept of wellness mentioned in Part I
SECOND DRAFT
10
IV Fitness and Nutrition for Health and Performance in Physical Activities (15) (a) Components of Health (i) Physical health (ii) Mental health (iii) Social health (b) Definition of Physical Fitness and Sport-related Fitness (i) Physical Fitness (ii) Sport-related fitness (c) Components and Measurement of Physical Fitness (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Flexibility (iii) Muscular strength and endurance (iv) Body composition (d) Components and Measurement of Sport-related Fitness (i) Agility (ii) Balance (iii) Coordination (iv) Endurance (v) Flexibility (vi) Reaction time (vii) Speed (viii) Strength (e) Food and Nutrition (i) Carbohydrates (ii) Proteins (iii) Fats (iv) Vitamins minerals fibres and water (v) Balanced diet (vi) Nutrition and exercise performance (f) Weight Control (i) Energy balance (ii) Overweight and obesity (iii) Weight control (g) Healthy Behaviour (i) Diet (ii) Exercise and physical activity level (iii) Rest and relaxation (iv) Substance abuse (v) Posture (h) Roles of Physical Activity for the Prevention of Non-Communicable
Diseases
(i) Coronary heart disease (ii) Diabetes (iii) Hypertension (iv) Hypokinetic degeneration
SECOND DRAFT
11
28 Part V This part equips students with the knowledge of physical performance and
sport training It enables students to understand the general principles and effects of
physical training which are fundamental in exercise and the acquisition of physical
skills
V Physiological Basis for Exercise and Sport Training (12) (a) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Muscular fitness (iii) Flexibility (iv) Age (v) Gender (vi) Heredity (vii) Body types (viii) Drugs (ix) Environment (b) Concepts and Principles of Training (i) Aerobic and anaerobic training (ii) Principles of training (iii) Basic considerations in training (iv) Planning of training programmes (c) Training Methods (i) Resistance training (ii) Circuit training (iii) Continuous training (iv) Interval training (d) Training and Detraining Effects (i) Cardiovascular adaptations (ii) Metabolic adaptations
29 Part VI This part equips students with the knowledge of safety measures in physical
activities and sport Building on studentsrsquo previous knowledge of human body and
movement exercise and sport training it raises their awareness of common sport
injuries and helps them apply this knowledge to treatment and prevention measures
VI Sport Injuries Treatment and Precautions (7) (a) Factors Leading to Sport Injuries (i) Environmental factors (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Protective devices (iv) Level of skills
SECOND DRAFT
12
(v) Level of fitness (vi) Physical limitations (vii) Nature of different sports (b) Common Sport Injuries (i) Bleeding (ii) Abrasion (iii) Contusion (iv) Dislocation (v) Fracture (vi) Pulled muscle (vii) Sprain (viii) Strain (ix) Heat and cold injuries (x) Overuse injuries (c) Treatment (i) General principles of first aid (ii) PRICE (Protection Rest Ice Compression Elevation) (iii) Resuscitation (d) Prevention of Sport Injuries (i) Risk assessment (ii) Safety measures (iii) Warm up and cool down
210 Part VII This part helps students understand the theory of motor learning and the
fundamental elements of motor learning and sport psychology Building on the previous
parts it helps students explain the learning process and performance of daily-life physical
skills
VII Motor Learning and Sport Psychology (7) (a) Application of Learning Theory in Motor Learning (i) Skill classifications (ii) Skill acquisition and information processing (iii) Stages of learning and transfer of learning (iv) Intrinsic and extrinsic feedback (v) Knowledge of result and knowledge of performance (vi) Practice methods (b) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Anxiety and arousal (ii) Attention and concentration (iii) Motivation and self-confidence (iv) Goal setting (v) Imagery and mental practice (vi) Personality (vii) Aggression
SECOND DRAFT
13
(c) Application of Stress Management in Sport (i) The nature of stress (ii) Stress management
211 Part VIII This part allows students to investigate different issues of physical and sport
activities in relation to society It helps students understand more deeply the roles and
values of PE and sport from different perspectives It also nurtures studentsrsquo high-order
thinking skills by exploring specific issues
VIII Social Aspects of PE Sport and Recreation (8) (a) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (i) Philosophical foundation history and development of the Olympic
Games
(ii) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (iii) Chinarsquos involvement in the Olympic Movement (iv) Challenges to the Olympic Movement and Olympicism (b) International Organisations Major Games and Major International
Competitions
(i) International Olympic Committee and International Sports Federations
(ii) Olympic Games and other major games (iii) Major international competitions (c) Chinarsquos Sporting Culture (i) Chinarsquos sporting culture (ii) All China Games (d) Sport and Society (i) Sport for all and sport for elite (ii) Amateurs and professionals (iii) Competition (iv) Drugs in sport (v) Violence in sport (vi) Politics and sport (vii) Media and sport (e) Factors Influencing Participation in Sport and Recreation (i) Personal factor (ii) Family factor (iii) Social factor (iv) Cultural factor (v) Political factor (vi) Environmental factor
212 Part IX This part introduces the basic concepts of sport management and programme
organisation It aims at equipping students with useful knowledge to perform school and
SECOND DRAFT
14
community services particularly the organization of different physical activity events
IX Sport and Recreation Management (6) (a) Concepts on Sport and Recreation Management (i) The management process (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Funding (iv) Staffing
(v) Time factor (b) Programme Organisation (i) Competition systems (ii) Organisation of events of physical activity (c) Legal Issues in PE Sport and Recreation (i) Liability in PE and sport activities (ii) Negligence in PE and sport activities
213 Part X This practical part provides an opportunity for students to apply the theories
learned from the other parts through participating in physical activities It requires students
to relate and integrate different aspects of knowledge learned to enhance their skill
performance and physical fitness It also develops studentsrsquo personal qualities by enabling
them to recognise their role in PE-related school and community services
X Performance in Physical Activities (17) (a) Demonstration of Skills and Knowledge of Various Physical Activities (i) Acquisition mastery and demonstration of a number of physical
activities
(ii) Active participation in at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
(iii) Demonstration of regular exercise to maintain fitness and health (iv) Application of learned theories in the performance of physical
activities
(v) Demonstration of a leading role in school andor community services
(100)
Curriculum Organisation 214 Learning and Teaching Sequence The suggested sequence of the learning and
teaching components for PE is that the foundation of PE comes first before the topics
on human body exercise physiology as well as health and fitness These topics are
then followed by those related to other knowledge disciplines namely biomechanics
SECOND DRAFT
15
sport sociology and motor learning and sport psychology The learning of physical
activities and related co-curricular activities will be ongoing throughout the three years
of senior secondary education The rationale for the way the ten parts are sequenced is
as follows
2141 A foundation part including terminology gives students the general knowledge
essential for a smooth transition from an activity-oriented basic education PE
curriculum to an academic-oriented PE curriculum
2142 The energy system together with the anatomy of different systems of human
biology is basic for understanding of different aspects of the subsequent topic of
exercise physiology
2143 The biomechanics of Physics and its relation to and application in sports is
conducive to the learning of subsequent topics on sports medicine exercise
physiology and motor learning and sport psychology However it may be taught at
a later stage such as at SS2 or SS3 as the concepts are more specific
2144 With the knowledge of the human body it is easier for students to acquire some
important concepts such as weight control and healthy behaviour and the related
chronological diseases and apply the knowledge of fitness nutrition and health in
daily life
2145 The knowledge of exercise physiology is specific to PE and sport performance and
training
2146 The understanding of human movement anatomy and exercise physiology is useful
for the study of sport injuries treatment and prevention
2147 When students are promoted to higher forms they are more capable of grasping the
abstract ideas of how motor learning and sport psychology affect sport
performance
2148 The analysis of and enquiry into different sport issues from multi-perspectives help
develop studentsrsquo high order thinking skills and their ability to think independently
2149 The integration of knowledge and practical skills enables higher form students to
perform school and community services such as organizing sport events
21410 Participation in physical activities has a dual role First it helps students to realise
an active and healthy lifestyle in an effort to remain fit and healthy and second it
SECOND DRAFT
16
enhances studentsrsquo understanding of different theories
Time Allocation
215 10 of the total curriculum time will be allocated to the subject It will be about 270
hours for class teaching in the 3 years of the NSS curriculum However the exact number
of hours can be school-based and may thus have slight variations between schools
SECOND DRAFT
17
Chapter 3 Curriculum Planning
Progression of Studies 31 The parts are sequenced as follows
311 The parts are sequenced in such a way that it reflects progression from the
development of general knowledge to application integration and analysis and
eventually to the practical use of knowledge
312 The first three parts forming group one constitute fundamental knowledge in the
roles and values of PE anatomy and human movement
313 The second group consisting of Part IV V and VI is mainly on the application of
knowledge in fitness and health sports training and sports injuries
314 The third group that is Part VII and VIII focuses more on analysis and integration
of knowledge in motor learning and sport psychology as well as sociology
315 The last group including Part IX and X illustrates the knowledge for practice in
sport management and the practical demonstration of different physical activities
32 The sequence suggested will enable students to explore their interests in SS1 and develop a
better understanding of the subject especially when they expand their knowledge on
exercise physiology and fitness and health which is essential for the pursuit of physical and
sport activities The knowledge in NSS1 provides students with key concepts in PE which
is essential for subsequent construction of knowledge It allows a smooth progression to
SS2 and SS3 when students go through Part X ldquoPerformance in Physical Activitiesrdquo which
involves the higher order cognitive process of integration and synthesis of knowledge Also
students will be more mature for the learning of other abstract topics such as sport
sociology where they need to examine issues from multiple perspectives Besides students
are exposed to different disciplines in sport psychology sport sociology and sport
management Though these disciplines are not offered individually as electives students
may focus more on those they are interested in or capable of in their study for future
studies or career pursuits
SECOND DRAFT
18
Curriculum Planning 33 Flexibility of time-tabling The time-tabling of the subject should be flexible to maximize
learning especially for those topics including practical work For example the service for
school sport activities is likely to be conducted outside normal lesson time The activities
may be held after school on Saturday during post examination activities period or in a
whole day mode such as athletic meet and swimming gala
34 For students of different abilities Learning tasks will on the one hand ensure that
students have equal opportunities for the learning of all essential elements and on the other
allow the brighter students to excel School activity service such as organising sport
activities or competitions will serve the former principle School activities offered inside
and outside school are opportunities for the elite student-athletes thus serving the latter
principle
35 For students with different inclinations Some topics such as biomechanics motor
learning and sport psychology sport sociology and sport management which are designed
to be taught in SS2 or SS3 are more specific involving students in more in-depth learning
to meet their needs and interests
36 Making student learning more meaningful The integration of theory and practical work
make learning more meaningful as students could apply what they learn and more
importantly understand the reasons behind sport performance and sport phenomenon Also
theory and practical work will complement each other and strengthen studentsrsquo learning
experience
37 Integrating conceptual learning with life-wide learning experiences The learning of the
various domains of knowledge physical skills and physical fitness is certainly linked to the
physical experience of the Other Learning Experiences and the outside school learning
experiences such as participation in sport-related services and competitions This will
enhance student learning especially when it is applied in real life situations
SECOND DRAFT
19
38 Integrating learning with assessment The balanced use of formative and summative
assessments and the feedback given to students will help students learn Diversified
assessment will be particularly useful in reflecting studentsrsquo performance and motivating
them to improve in the learning process
SECOND DRAFT
20
Chapter 4 Learning and Teaching
Guiding Principles 41 The guiding principles of the learning and teaching of the PE subject are
All learners can learn and none will be deprived of learning opportunities because of
socio-economic status
A flexible framework to cater for learner differences
Construction of knowledge to nurture studentsrsquo self-learning capacity
Building on studentsrsquo learning experience and prior knowledge
Integration of knowledge and stimulation of high-order thinking
Provision of a caring and motivating learning environment
Using formative and summative assessments as well as feedback to improve learning
Adoption of reflective teaching and teachers adjusting teaching strategies according to
studentsrsquo performance
Suggested Learning and Teaching Approaches and Strategies 42 There are a number of learning and teaching approaches and strategies
421 Varying instructional strategies to use different instructional methods for whole
class teaching small group and individual work Use of an interactive mode of
learning and feedback are useful to enhance learning
422 Building on prior learning experiences to make use of the knowledge and skills
learned in basic education and the concurrent 5 physical learning experience
423 Effective use of learning and teaching resources to maximize the use of library
resources and encourage students to conduct web search for information to use
community resources especially sport facilities to facilitate learning
424 Development of generic skills and nurturing values and attitudes to develop
studentsrsquo generic skills and nurture their positive values and attitudes in genuine
contexts especially during group work sport competitions community service etc
425 Life-wide learning apart from formal PE lessons to provide other learning
opportunities for students to gain relevant learning experiences especially those
SECOND DRAFT
21
outside school activities
426 Reading to learn to encourage students to read reference materials such as books
journals magazines to widen their knowledge-base and to foster their interest in
different topics progressing at their own pace
427 IT for interactive learning to nurture in students a habit of using IT for
interactive learning Use of multi-media and internet facilitates more interesting
and effective learning
428 Referencing to local context it helps students better understand the application of
the PE and sport theories particularly those of fitness and health sport sociology
and sport management
429 Catering for learner differences to adopt varying strategies for students with
diversified abilities in the learning of theories or physical skills Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship is one way
to enhance learning
4210 Balanced practical work of physical skills practical work is important and
facilitates understanding of concepts and theories But an undue emphasis on
physical skills will distort the objective of the subject which may be misinterpreted
as supporting only elite sport training
4211 Safety in practical work always pay attention to safety measures and risk
management in practical work to avoid injuries and learn how to handle problems
when they occur
4212 Collaboration with teachers of other disciplines liaison with Physics and
Biology teachers is beneficial in the teaching of biomechanics and anatomy
Consulting the school counselor is an effective way for students to handle studying
problems and improve study skills
Catering for Learner Differences 43 Learner differences in this subject refer to diversified student abilities in terms of
knowledge of theory or mastery of physical skills or a combination of both Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship helps to enhance
learning and ease teacherrsquos workload
SECOND DRAFT
22
431 Students who are strong in physical skills but weak in theory students who are
strong in physical skills are usually committed and persevering in performing tasks
They have high self-esteem and pride in their own strengths The key for these
students to learn better is to help them apply their strengths in academic studies
432 Students who are interested in PE but weak in physical skills These students are
motivated to learn particularly when they are provided with suitable encouragement
The best way is to ask students with good physical skills to be ldquostudent mentorsrdquo
and help this type of students
433 Students with weak physical fitness level Physical fitness is partly genetically
predetermined Physical fitness tests should not be used in a way that could
embarrass the weaker students It is better to encourage them to work according to
realistic individual goals In fact physical fitness standards should be reasonably set
Elite standards should be avoided
44 On the other hand there are different learning and teaching strategies for students with
different academic abilities
441 Average abilities Help these students to set higher but achievable goals and always
motivate them to work harder Positive reinforcement such as extrinsic reward is
always helpful
442 Lower abilities Modify tasks to suit studentsrsquo abilities or to separate the tasks into
parts to let students progressively build up a foundation of knowledge which
promises a better chance of success This could also nurture studentsrsquo
self-confidence and motivation Moreover it is good to focus on what students can
accomplish and not to encourage them to compare their results with those of others
443 Exceptionally gifted Always encourage them to go beyond the set targets They
could be assigned as study leaders and sport captains or to assist the teacher by
demonstrating physical skills in lessons
Exemplar 45 A few exemplars are included in the appendices to show how some topics can be taught
and how to integrate theory with practical activities
SECOND DRAFT
23
Chapter 5 Assessment
51 Assessment is a way to collect evidence of studentsrsquo learning It aims to provide feedback to
students and identify their strengths and weaknesses in learning It helps identify what the
next learning target should be and how it can be achieved
Internal Assessment 52 Internal assessment is an integral part of the learning and teaching of PE in the NSS
curriculum
53 Formative assessment can help collect evidence about the effectiveness of learning and
teaching and provide feedback to students and teachers for further improvement It reflects
the strengths and weaknesses of students in terms of knowledge skills and attitudes
according to which tailor-made adjustments can be made in the learning teaching and
assessment cycle With reference to the learning targets formative assessment helps
evaluate studentsrsquo progress and enhance motivation in learning Oral feedback observation
checklist reflection form and project work are some examples of formative assessment for
PE
54 Summative assessment is a useful tool for describing studentsrsquo progress of learning and
achievements at a specific stage of learning
55 Both formative assessment and summative assessment are useful to facilitate learning if
they are effectively implemented
56 The assessment of values and attitudes could be done in school and recorded in the Senior
Secondary Student Learning Profile Studentsrsquo learning experiences and achievements in PE
will be recognised and reflected in the profile Achievements in high level competitions
qualifications in coaching and refereeing obtained by the elite athletes will also be included
SECOND DRAFT
24
Public Assessment 57 This section describes the direction of the development of public assessment Hong Kong
Examinations and Assessment Authority (HKEAA) will develop the assessment rubrics at a
later stage as outlined in paragraph 511 below At the moment the target is to include two
parts in the public assessment in the form of a School-based Assessment (SBA) and an
external assessment It is recommended that the public assessment for PE comprises the
following
SBA (30) External Assessment (70) 10 Physical activity (1) 10 Physical activity (2) 10 Physical fitness and a related written
assignment
2 written papers of a total of 4 hours
Key for SBA
Physical activity (1) Physical activity (2)
Physical activities (1) amp (2) are from 2 different areas of activity of athletics ball games gymnastics aquatics dance outdoor pursuits and other activities stipulated in the PE KLA Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) (2002)
Physical fitness and a related written assignment
Standardised physical fitness components A written assignment which focuses on studentsrsquo learning process such as illustration of the aims and targets and an implementation plan of physical fitness
58 The model presented above is open for feedback and suggestions Indeed the weighting of
SBA and external assessment will be set in 2006 However according to the timeline
described in paragraph 511 below it could still be adjusted after the NSS has been
implemented to meet any new curriculum and assessment needs that may arise The
moderation format of SBA depends on the number of candidates Statistical moderation is
suitable for a large candidature and non-statistical methods are more appropriate for a
relatively small candidature
59 Written papersStudents are expected to do all parts to acquire broad and balanced
knowledge However apart from compulsory questions on selected parts such as parts 1 to
SECOND DRAFT
25
6 flexibility is sought to allow students options in choosing questions about the other parts
such as parts 7 to 9 Careful consideration will be taken to keep the breadth of coverage and
depth of cognitive level of different options comparable As for the duration of written
papers it will not exceed four hours
510 ReportingStandards-referenced reporting will be used The results issued by HKEAA are
expected to cover 3 components the results of SBA external assessment and the total of
the two Such a format of reporting has the advantage of giving stakeholders a more
comprehensive picture of studentsrsquo achievement in this subject
511 Developmental timelineThe examination rubrics developed by the HKEAA will be ready
by February 2006 By then the weighting and components of SBA as well as the number
and duration of written papers will be fixed Sample examination papers will be available
in 2007 so that schools will have access to more details before the implementation of the
NSS curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
26
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources 61 Resource materials to support learning and teaching will be developed in collaboration with
tertiary institution educational organisations and school teachers Individual sets of
materials for the different parts will be produced This will facilitate necessary updates in
future
62 The PE Section of Education and Manpower Bureau (EMB) is working to produce videos
of PE lessons for SBA purposes There will be seminars to brief teachers on the use of such
information in assessing studentsrsquo physical skills
63 Learning and teaching resources will not be confined to materials produced by EMB
Schools may use reference materials produced in other countries including reference books
journals web-based materials and audio-visual aids
64 Teachers are encouraged to share school-based materials especially in different professional
development programmes organised by EMB The materials include teaching notes on
different topics and materials generated from pilot studies and research projects conducted
by schools These materials are very useful for PE curriculum development at the NSS
level
65 Though not exhaustive a list consists of materials recommended for students in the
promotion of reading to learn is attached in the Appendix
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
3
183 It prepares students for future careers in the teaching of PE sport and recreation
sport coaching health science medical science nursing physiotherapy
occupational therapy etc
184 The curriculum is in line with the appeal from the World Health Organisation (2004)
for building a long-term capacity of a healthy community
Overall Aims 19 The aims of the curriculum are to enable students to
apply the knowledge skills and positive attitudes acquired in the study of PE for the
pursuit of active and healthy living
integrate physical skills into the learning of theories to support and strengthen the
understanding of theories and to demonstrate high order performance through the
learning in about and through physical activities
link up the PE knowledge they have developed with other disciplines and prepare
themselves for further education and career development
enhance their generic capacity for life-long learning through the study of PE and apply
the skills in real-life situations
further develop positive sport-related values and attitudes and demonstrate desirable
moral behaviour and
be responsible citizens as well as develop a better understanding of international issues
through PE and physical activities
Interface with the Junior Secondary Curriculum 110 The curriculum is a continuation of the junior secondary education
1101 It builds on the foundation of basic education Apart from building on the
previous learning experiences of different physical activities and the level of
competence acquired students are provided with more choices on physical
activities The diversified and balanced experiences gained at the junior secondary
level is a prerequisite for a more advanced and academic-oriented study in the
NSS curriculum especially the learning of the multiplicity of concepts in different
physical education contexts
SECOND DRAFT
4
1102 It provides a basis for enhancing the understanding implementation and
evaluation of human movement The roles of physical activities are to support the
learning of theories and to maintain an active and healthy lifestyle
1103 Through a variety of learning experiences in PE and sport it enhances studentsrsquo
development of generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
1104 It sustains studentsrsquo quality of life through the study of and participation in
physical activities and provides a basis for further studies and career development
Principles of Design 111 Prior knowledge The NSS curriculum for PE is built on the knowledge gained in basic
education The ten parts of PE at senior secondary level are discipline-based and are
closely related to the six strands highlighted in the basic education of PE ie motor and
sport skills health and fitness sport-related values and attitudes knowledge and practice
of safety knowledge of movement and aesthetic sensitivity For example the principles of
FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type) that students are exposed to at junior secondary
level are fundamental to the learning of the part on ldquoPhysiological Basis for Exercise and
Sport Trainingrdquo in the NSS curriculum As the junior secondary curriculum covers at least
eight different physical activities from not less than four areas the knowledge students
acquired forms a strong foundation for their study at NSS level While broadening and
deepening the knowledge and skills students previously learned the emphasis of the NSS
is on the application integration and synthesis of knowledge and their practical use in
daily life
112 Balance between breadth and depth The curriculum covers a variety of areas of study
from the roles and values of PE disciplines in sport science and sport management to the
PE and sport scene in Hong Kong and Chinarsquos sporting culture It aims at providing a
comprehensive knowledge base for diversified interests aptitudes and needs Further
students are given opportunities to acquire more profound concepts and knowledge in
certain areas such as fitness and health exercise and sport training which constitute the
core knowledge in PE All these equip students with important knowledge for further
studies and career pursuits Moreover in addition to reinforcing the knowledge and skills
SECOND DRAFT
5
of the physical activities students previously developed the curriculum provides them with
opportunities to strengthen the learning of a variety of physical activities to carry out
in-depth learning of selected activities and to participate in at least one PE-related
co-curricular activity The practical work especially providing services to the school
andor community in the form of organising physical activities and sport events as
illustrated in Exemplar 3 of this document helps strengthen studentsrsquo generic skills and
further nurture their positive values and attitudes
113 Linkage between theory and physical skills The integration of theory and physical
skills enables students to apply the learnt knowledge in the performance of physical skills
which in turn strengthens the understanding of theory It also provides opportunities for
students to enjoy an active and healthy lifestyle
114 Essential parts and choices Students are given opportunities to learn about all the
domains of knowledge in the NSS PE curriculum and different physical activities offered
by schools To cater for individual interests and needs students will have choices for
selecting a few physical skills for advanced development The physical activities offered
by schools will have more carry-over values to their future life
115 Articulation to multiple advancements The different domains of knowledge included
are useful for further study and career pursuits in different areas such as teaching PE
sports coaching and management medical and health care food and nutrition etc
116 Safety considerations Safety considerations are important in designing and organising
physical activities These include safety in using facilities and equipment safety in
carrying out the activity tasks and risk management
117 Learning to learn and generic skills Different learning modes such as group work
presentations sport competitions service for physical activities etc enable students to
further develop generic skills and learning skills and to nurture positive values and
attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
6
Chapter 2 Curriculum Framework
Curriculum Structure
21 There are altogether ten parts in the curriculum The first nine parts are basically
theoretical the roles of PE anatomy and exercise physiology fitness and nutrition
sport injuries biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology sport sociology and
sport management However there are also elements of applied learning included in
these theoretical parts such as the practical work in topics of training methods
treatment of sport injuries and organisation of events of physical activity Part Ten
focuses mainly on practical skills which include physical skills and physical fitness
Students are expected to learn all the theoretical parts They will go through all the
practical work including all the physical skills they are taught as well as physical
fitness but they will be provided with choices for a few physical skills for advanced
learning This reflects a broad and balanced curriculum which broadens studentsrsquo
knowledge and learning and allows choices to meet studentsrsquo diversified needs and
interests
Learning Objectives 22 Through the learning of different parts students are able to
broaden and deepen their understanding of the knowledge on PE and demonstrate
healthy behaviour including active participation in physical activities
integrate the learning of PE into their lives and enhance their intellectual capability by
acquiring applying and evaluating knowledge and physical skills
understand the principles of PE and its relationship with related fields and become
aware of the links to further education and career paths
apply the knowledge of PE in real life situations so as to develop generic skills such as
communication skills critical thinking skills collaboration skills creativity and
aesthetic appreciation
nurture personal and social qualities and demonstrate desirable sporting etiquette and
SECOND DRAFT
7
show commitment and responsibility in organising events involving physical activities
in school or the community and demonstrate an understanding of and respect for
different cultures in PE and sport
Learning Outcomes 23 At the end of the senior secondary curriculum students should be able to
live an active and healthy life by doing regular exercise maintaining a reasonable
physical fitness level practising healthy eating and staying free from substance abuse
demonstrate a knowledge of theory through participation in a number of physical
activities and at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
apply deeper knowledge acquired through studying principles of PE exercise
physiology fitness and health biomechanics sport sociology motor learning and sport
psychology and sport management and be aware of the connection between such
knowledge and other disciplines for future advancement
demonstrate generic skills such as collaborative skills critical thinking skills
communication skills and creativity through the learning of theories and physical
activities and apply these qualities in real-life situations
uphold positive sport-related values and attitudes and demonstrate proper sporting
etiquette and desirable moral behaviour and
demonstrate commitment and responsibility when performing physical activities and
sport events especially in school and community services and show understanding of
and respect for different sporting cultures
Curriculum Content 24 Part I This part gives students a general picture about the scope of PE and its
relationship with sport recreation and leisure The terminology the general concepts
and the information concerning the local PE scene help students learn and link it with
the other parts of the curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
8
Part
Suggested Time Allocation ()
I Physical Education Sport Recreation Leisure and Wellness (6) (a) Definition History and Development of PE Sport Recreation
Leisure and Wellness
(b) Roles and Values of PE Sport Recreation and Leisure (i) Personal development (ii) Socialization (iii) International relationship (c) PE in Hong Kong (i) Primary (ii) Secondary (iii) Tertiary (d) Sport Recreation and Leisure in Hong Kong (i) Government (ii) Non-government organisations (iii) Private and commercial clubs
25 Part II This part helps students build a foundation in PE through familiarising them
with the knowledge of human body systems and prepares them for the study of fitness
and health exercise and sport training sport injuries and motor learning and sport
psychology
II Human Body (15) (a) Growth and Development (i) Life cycle amp growth curves (ii) Stages of development (iii) Body types (b) Skeletal System (i) Functions (ii) Bones (iii) Joints (iv) Cartilage (v) Ligaments (c) Nervous System (i) Functions (ii) Central Nervous System (d) Muscular System (i) Functions (ii) Types of muscle and muscle fibre (iii) Types of muscle contraction (iv) Neuromuscular control
SECOND DRAFT
9
(e) Cardiovascular System (i) Functions (ii) Blood vessels (iii) Heart (iv) Circulation (f) Respiratory System (i) Functions (ii) Lungs (iii) Pulmonary ventilation (iv) Gaseous exchange (g) Energy System (i) Aerobic system (ii) Anaerobic system (iii) Energy metabolism during rest and physical activities
26 Part III This part covers the basic elements in human movement and is linked to the
discipline of Physics It guides students to understand the scientific basis of movement
and to apply this knowledge to enhance their performance
III Movement Analysis (7) (a) Biomechanics (i) Force (ii) Motion (iii) Newtonrsquos Law of Motion (iv) Velocity and acceleration (v) Centre of gravity (vi) Lever (b) Types of Body Movement (i) Flexion-extension (ii) Abduction-adduction (iii) Pronation-supination (iv) Plane of motion (v) Rotation (c) Application in Sports
27 Part IV This part helps students explore and compare the concepts of physical fitness
and sport-related fitness the nutritional components and the diet related to physical
performance and the interlocking relations between exercise physical fitness diet
health and chronic diseases Such knowledge helps students recognise the importance
of an active and healthy lifestyle It also plays an important role in facilitating
understanding of the concept of wellness mentioned in Part I
SECOND DRAFT
10
IV Fitness and Nutrition for Health and Performance in Physical Activities (15) (a) Components of Health (i) Physical health (ii) Mental health (iii) Social health (b) Definition of Physical Fitness and Sport-related Fitness (i) Physical Fitness (ii) Sport-related fitness (c) Components and Measurement of Physical Fitness (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Flexibility (iii) Muscular strength and endurance (iv) Body composition (d) Components and Measurement of Sport-related Fitness (i) Agility (ii) Balance (iii) Coordination (iv) Endurance (v) Flexibility (vi) Reaction time (vii) Speed (viii) Strength (e) Food and Nutrition (i) Carbohydrates (ii) Proteins (iii) Fats (iv) Vitamins minerals fibres and water (v) Balanced diet (vi) Nutrition and exercise performance (f) Weight Control (i) Energy balance (ii) Overweight and obesity (iii) Weight control (g) Healthy Behaviour (i) Diet (ii) Exercise and physical activity level (iii) Rest and relaxation (iv) Substance abuse (v) Posture (h) Roles of Physical Activity for the Prevention of Non-Communicable
Diseases
(i) Coronary heart disease (ii) Diabetes (iii) Hypertension (iv) Hypokinetic degeneration
SECOND DRAFT
11
28 Part V This part equips students with the knowledge of physical performance and
sport training It enables students to understand the general principles and effects of
physical training which are fundamental in exercise and the acquisition of physical
skills
V Physiological Basis for Exercise and Sport Training (12) (a) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Muscular fitness (iii) Flexibility (iv) Age (v) Gender (vi) Heredity (vii) Body types (viii) Drugs (ix) Environment (b) Concepts and Principles of Training (i) Aerobic and anaerobic training (ii) Principles of training (iii) Basic considerations in training (iv) Planning of training programmes (c) Training Methods (i) Resistance training (ii) Circuit training (iii) Continuous training (iv) Interval training (d) Training and Detraining Effects (i) Cardiovascular adaptations (ii) Metabolic adaptations
29 Part VI This part equips students with the knowledge of safety measures in physical
activities and sport Building on studentsrsquo previous knowledge of human body and
movement exercise and sport training it raises their awareness of common sport
injuries and helps them apply this knowledge to treatment and prevention measures
VI Sport Injuries Treatment and Precautions (7) (a) Factors Leading to Sport Injuries (i) Environmental factors (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Protective devices (iv) Level of skills
SECOND DRAFT
12
(v) Level of fitness (vi) Physical limitations (vii) Nature of different sports (b) Common Sport Injuries (i) Bleeding (ii) Abrasion (iii) Contusion (iv) Dislocation (v) Fracture (vi) Pulled muscle (vii) Sprain (viii) Strain (ix) Heat and cold injuries (x) Overuse injuries (c) Treatment (i) General principles of first aid (ii) PRICE (Protection Rest Ice Compression Elevation) (iii) Resuscitation (d) Prevention of Sport Injuries (i) Risk assessment (ii) Safety measures (iii) Warm up and cool down
210 Part VII This part helps students understand the theory of motor learning and the
fundamental elements of motor learning and sport psychology Building on the previous
parts it helps students explain the learning process and performance of daily-life physical
skills
VII Motor Learning and Sport Psychology (7) (a) Application of Learning Theory in Motor Learning (i) Skill classifications (ii) Skill acquisition and information processing (iii) Stages of learning and transfer of learning (iv) Intrinsic and extrinsic feedback (v) Knowledge of result and knowledge of performance (vi) Practice methods (b) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Anxiety and arousal (ii) Attention and concentration (iii) Motivation and self-confidence (iv) Goal setting (v) Imagery and mental practice (vi) Personality (vii) Aggression
SECOND DRAFT
13
(c) Application of Stress Management in Sport (i) The nature of stress (ii) Stress management
211 Part VIII This part allows students to investigate different issues of physical and sport
activities in relation to society It helps students understand more deeply the roles and
values of PE and sport from different perspectives It also nurtures studentsrsquo high-order
thinking skills by exploring specific issues
VIII Social Aspects of PE Sport and Recreation (8) (a) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (i) Philosophical foundation history and development of the Olympic
Games
(ii) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (iii) Chinarsquos involvement in the Olympic Movement (iv) Challenges to the Olympic Movement and Olympicism (b) International Organisations Major Games and Major International
Competitions
(i) International Olympic Committee and International Sports Federations
(ii) Olympic Games and other major games (iii) Major international competitions (c) Chinarsquos Sporting Culture (i) Chinarsquos sporting culture (ii) All China Games (d) Sport and Society (i) Sport for all and sport for elite (ii) Amateurs and professionals (iii) Competition (iv) Drugs in sport (v) Violence in sport (vi) Politics and sport (vii) Media and sport (e) Factors Influencing Participation in Sport and Recreation (i) Personal factor (ii) Family factor (iii) Social factor (iv) Cultural factor (v) Political factor (vi) Environmental factor
212 Part IX This part introduces the basic concepts of sport management and programme
organisation It aims at equipping students with useful knowledge to perform school and
SECOND DRAFT
14
community services particularly the organization of different physical activity events
IX Sport and Recreation Management (6) (a) Concepts on Sport and Recreation Management (i) The management process (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Funding (iv) Staffing
(v) Time factor (b) Programme Organisation (i) Competition systems (ii) Organisation of events of physical activity (c) Legal Issues in PE Sport and Recreation (i) Liability in PE and sport activities (ii) Negligence in PE and sport activities
213 Part X This practical part provides an opportunity for students to apply the theories
learned from the other parts through participating in physical activities It requires students
to relate and integrate different aspects of knowledge learned to enhance their skill
performance and physical fitness It also develops studentsrsquo personal qualities by enabling
them to recognise their role in PE-related school and community services
X Performance in Physical Activities (17) (a) Demonstration of Skills and Knowledge of Various Physical Activities (i) Acquisition mastery and demonstration of a number of physical
activities
(ii) Active participation in at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
(iii) Demonstration of regular exercise to maintain fitness and health (iv) Application of learned theories in the performance of physical
activities
(v) Demonstration of a leading role in school andor community services
(100)
Curriculum Organisation 214 Learning and Teaching Sequence The suggested sequence of the learning and
teaching components for PE is that the foundation of PE comes first before the topics
on human body exercise physiology as well as health and fitness These topics are
then followed by those related to other knowledge disciplines namely biomechanics
SECOND DRAFT
15
sport sociology and motor learning and sport psychology The learning of physical
activities and related co-curricular activities will be ongoing throughout the three years
of senior secondary education The rationale for the way the ten parts are sequenced is
as follows
2141 A foundation part including terminology gives students the general knowledge
essential for a smooth transition from an activity-oriented basic education PE
curriculum to an academic-oriented PE curriculum
2142 The energy system together with the anatomy of different systems of human
biology is basic for understanding of different aspects of the subsequent topic of
exercise physiology
2143 The biomechanics of Physics and its relation to and application in sports is
conducive to the learning of subsequent topics on sports medicine exercise
physiology and motor learning and sport psychology However it may be taught at
a later stage such as at SS2 or SS3 as the concepts are more specific
2144 With the knowledge of the human body it is easier for students to acquire some
important concepts such as weight control and healthy behaviour and the related
chronological diseases and apply the knowledge of fitness nutrition and health in
daily life
2145 The knowledge of exercise physiology is specific to PE and sport performance and
training
2146 The understanding of human movement anatomy and exercise physiology is useful
for the study of sport injuries treatment and prevention
2147 When students are promoted to higher forms they are more capable of grasping the
abstract ideas of how motor learning and sport psychology affect sport
performance
2148 The analysis of and enquiry into different sport issues from multi-perspectives help
develop studentsrsquo high order thinking skills and their ability to think independently
2149 The integration of knowledge and practical skills enables higher form students to
perform school and community services such as organizing sport events
21410 Participation in physical activities has a dual role First it helps students to realise
an active and healthy lifestyle in an effort to remain fit and healthy and second it
SECOND DRAFT
16
enhances studentsrsquo understanding of different theories
Time Allocation
215 10 of the total curriculum time will be allocated to the subject It will be about 270
hours for class teaching in the 3 years of the NSS curriculum However the exact number
of hours can be school-based and may thus have slight variations between schools
SECOND DRAFT
17
Chapter 3 Curriculum Planning
Progression of Studies 31 The parts are sequenced as follows
311 The parts are sequenced in such a way that it reflects progression from the
development of general knowledge to application integration and analysis and
eventually to the practical use of knowledge
312 The first three parts forming group one constitute fundamental knowledge in the
roles and values of PE anatomy and human movement
313 The second group consisting of Part IV V and VI is mainly on the application of
knowledge in fitness and health sports training and sports injuries
314 The third group that is Part VII and VIII focuses more on analysis and integration
of knowledge in motor learning and sport psychology as well as sociology
315 The last group including Part IX and X illustrates the knowledge for practice in
sport management and the practical demonstration of different physical activities
32 The sequence suggested will enable students to explore their interests in SS1 and develop a
better understanding of the subject especially when they expand their knowledge on
exercise physiology and fitness and health which is essential for the pursuit of physical and
sport activities The knowledge in NSS1 provides students with key concepts in PE which
is essential for subsequent construction of knowledge It allows a smooth progression to
SS2 and SS3 when students go through Part X ldquoPerformance in Physical Activitiesrdquo which
involves the higher order cognitive process of integration and synthesis of knowledge Also
students will be more mature for the learning of other abstract topics such as sport
sociology where they need to examine issues from multiple perspectives Besides students
are exposed to different disciplines in sport psychology sport sociology and sport
management Though these disciplines are not offered individually as electives students
may focus more on those they are interested in or capable of in their study for future
studies or career pursuits
SECOND DRAFT
18
Curriculum Planning 33 Flexibility of time-tabling The time-tabling of the subject should be flexible to maximize
learning especially for those topics including practical work For example the service for
school sport activities is likely to be conducted outside normal lesson time The activities
may be held after school on Saturday during post examination activities period or in a
whole day mode such as athletic meet and swimming gala
34 For students of different abilities Learning tasks will on the one hand ensure that
students have equal opportunities for the learning of all essential elements and on the other
allow the brighter students to excel School activity service such as organising sport
activities or competitions will serve the former principle School activities offered inside
and outside school are opportunities for the elite student-athletes thus serving the latter
principle
35 For students with different inclinations Some topics such as biomechanics motor
learning and sport psychology sport sociology and sport management which are designed
to be taught in SS2 or SS3 are more specific involving students in more in-depth learning
to meet their needs and interests
36 Making student learning more meaningful The integration of theory and practical work
make learning more meaningful as students could apply what they learn and more
importantly understand the reasons behind sport performance and sport phenomenon Also
theory and practical work will complement each other and strengthen studentsrsquo learning
experience
37 Integrating conceptual learning with life-wide learning experiences The learning of the
various domains of knowledge physical skills and physical fitness is certainly linked to the
physical experience of the Other Learning Experiences and the outside school learning
experiences such as participation in sport-related services and competitions This will
enhance student learning especially when it is applied in real life situations
SECOND DRAFT
19
38 Integrating learning with assessment The balanced use of formative and summative
assessments and the feedback given to students will help students learn Diversified
assessment will be particularly useful in reflecting studentsrsquo performance and motivating
them to improve in the learning process
SECOND DRAFT
20
Chapter 4 Learning and Teaching
Guiding Principles 41 The guiding principles of the learning and teaching of the PE subject are
All learners can learn and none will be deprived of learning opportunities because of
socio-economic status
A flexible framework to cater for learner differences
Construction of knowledge to nurture studentsrsquo self-learning capacity
Building on studentsrsquo learning experience and prior knowledge
Integration of knowledge and stimulation of high-order thinking
Provision of a caring and motivating learning environment
Using formative and summative assessments as well as feedback to improve learning
Adoption of reflective teaching and teachers adjusting teaching strategies according to
studentsrsquo performance
Suggested Learning and Teaching Approaches and Strategies 42 There are a number of learning and teaching approaches and strategies
421 Varying instructional strategies to use different instructional methods for whole
class teaching small group and individual work Use of an interactive mode of
learning and feedback are useful to enhance learning
422 Building on prior learning experiences to make use of the knowledge and skills
learned in basic education and the concurrent 5 physical learning experience
423 Effective use of learning and teaching resources to maximize the use of library
resources and encourage students to conduct web search for information to use
community resources especially sport facilities to facilitate learning
424 Development of generic skills and nurturing values and attitudes to develop
studentsrsquo generic skills and nurture their positive values and attitudes in genuine
contexts especially during group work sport competitions community service etc
425 Life-wide learning apart from formal PE lessons to provide other learning
opportunities for students to gain relevant learning experiences especially those
SECOND DRAFT
21
outside school activities
426 Reading to learn to encourage students to read reference materials such as books
journals magazines to widen their knowledge-base and to foster their interest in
different topics progressing at their own pace
427 IT for interactive learning to nurture in students a habit of using IT for
interactive learning Use of multi-media and internet facilitates more interesting
and effective learning
428 Referencing to local context it helps students better understand the application of
the PE and sport theories particularly those of fitness and health sport sociology
and sport management
429 Catering for learner differences to adopt varying strategies for students with
diversified abilities in the learning of theories or physical skills Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship is one way
to enhance learning
4210 Balanced practical work of physical skills practical work is important and
facilitates understanding of concepts and theories But an undue emphasis on
physical skills will distort the objective of the subject which may be misinterpreted
as supporting only elite sport training
4211 Safety in practical work always pay attention to safety measures and risk
management in practical work to avoid injuries and learn how to handle problems
when they occur
4212 Collaboration with teachers of other disciplines liaison with Physics and
Biology teachers is beneficial in the teaching of biomechanics and anatomy
Consulting the school counselor is an effective way for students to handle studying
problems and improve study skills
Catering for Learner Differences 43 Learner differences in this subject refer to diversified student abilities in terms of
knowledge of theory or mastery of physical skills or a combination of both Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship helps to enhance
learning and ease teacherrsquos workload
SECOND DRAFT
22
431 Students who are strong in physical skills but weak in theory students who are
strong in physical skills are usually committed and persevering in performing tasks
They have high self-esteem and pride in their own strengths The key for these
students to learn better is to help them apply their strengths in academic studies
432 Students who are interested in PE but weak in physical skills These students are
motivated to learn particularly when they are provided with suitable encouragement
The best way is to ask students with good physical skills to be ldquostudent mentorsrdquo
and help this type of students
433 Students with weak physical fitness level Physical fitness is partly genetically
predetermined Physical fitness tests should not be used in a way that could
embarrass the weaker students It is better to encourage them to work according to
realistic individual goals In fact physical fitness standards should be reasonably set
Elite standards should be avoided
44 On the other hand there are different learning and teaching strategies for students with
different academic abilities
441 Average abilities Help these students to set higher but achievable goals and always
motivate them to work harder Positive reinforcement such as extrinsic reward is
always helpful
442 Lower abilities Modify tasks to suit studentsrsquo abilities or to separate the tasks into
parts to let students progressively build up a foundation of knowledge which
promises a better chance of success This could also nurture studentsrsquo
self-confidence and motivation Moreover it is good to focus on what students can
accomplish and not to encourage them to compare their results with those of others
443 Exceptionally gifted Always encourage them to go beyond the set targets They
could be assigned as study leaders and sport captains or to assist the teacher by
demonstrating physical skills in lessons
Exemplar 45 A few exemplars are included in the appendices to show how some topics can be taught
and how to integrate theory with practical activities
SECOND DRAFT
23
Chapter 5 Assessment
51 Assessment is a way to collect evidence of studentsrsquo learning It aims to provide feedback to
students and identify their strengths and weaknesses in learning It helps identify what the
next learning target should be and how it can be achieved
Internal Assessment 52 Internal assessment is an integral part of the learning and teaching of PE in the NSS
curriculum
53 Formative assessment can help collect evidence about the effectiveness of learning and
teaching and provide feedback to students and teachers for further improvement It reflects
the strengths and weaknesses of students in terms of knowledge skills and attitudes
according to which tailor-made adjustments can be made in the learning teaching and
assessment cycle With reference to the learning targets formative assessment helps
evaluate studentsrsquo progress and enhance motivation in learning Oral feedback observation
checklist reflection form and project work are some examples of formative assessment for
PE
54 Summative assessment is a useful tool for describing studentsrsquo progress of learning and
achievements at a specific stage of learning
55 Both formative assessment and summative assessment are useful to facilitate learning if
they are effectively implemented
56 The assessment of values and attitudes could be done in school and recorded in the Senior
Secondary Student Learning Profile Studentsrsquo learning experiences and achievements in PE
will be recognised and reflected in the profile Achievements in high level competitions
qualifications in coaching and refereeing obtained by the elite athletes will also be included
SECOND DRAFT
24
Public Assessment 57 This section describes the direction of the development of public assessment Hong Kong
Examinations and Assessment Authority (HKEAA) will develop the assessment rubrics at a
later stage as outlined in paragraph 511 below At the moment the target is to include two
parts in the public assessment in the form of a School-based Assessment (SBA) and an
external assessment It is recommended that the public assessment for PE comprises the
following
SBA (30) External Assessment (70) 10 Physical activity (1) 10 Physical activity (2) 10 Physical fitness and a related written
assignment
2 written papers of a total of 4 hours
Key for SBA
Physical activity (1) Physical activity (2)
Physical activities (1) amp (2) are from 2 different areas of activity of athletics ball games gymnastics aquatics dance outdoor pursuits and other activities stipulated in the PE KLA Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) (2002)
Physical fitness and a related written assignment
Standardised physical fitness components A written assignment which focuses on studentsrsquo learning process such as illustration of the aims and targets and an implementation plan of physical fitness
58 The model presented above is open for feedback and suggestions Indeed the weighting of
SBA and external assessment will be set in 2006 However according to the timeline
described in paragraph 511 below it could still be adjusted after the NSS has been
implemented to meet any new curriculum and assessment needs that may arise The
moderation format of SBA depends on the number of candidates Statistical moderation is
suitable for a large candidature and non-statistical methods are more appropriate for a
relatively small candidature
59 Written papersStudents are expected to do all parts to acquire broad and balanced
knowledge However apart from compulsory questions on selected parts such as parts 1 to
SECOND DRAFT
25
6 flexibility is sought to allow students options in choosing questions about the other parts
such as parts 7 to 9 Careful consideration will be taken to keep the breadth of coverage and
depth of cognitive level of different options comparable As for the duration of written
papers it will not exceed four hours
510 ReportingStandards-referenced reporting will be used The results issued by HKEAA are
expected to cover 3 components the results of SBA external assessment and the total of
the two Such a format of reporting has the advantage of giving stakeholders a more
comprehensive picture of studentsrsquo achievement in this subject
511 Developmental timelineThe examination rubrics developed by the HKEAA will be ready
by February 2006 By then the weighting and components of SBA as well as the number
and duration of written papers will be fixed Sample examination papers will be available
in 2007 so that schools will have access to more details before the implementation of the
NSS curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
26
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources 61 Resource materials to support learning and teaching will be developed in collaboration with
tertiary institution educational organisations and school teachers Individual sets of
materials for the different parts will be produced This will facilitate necessary updates in
future
62 The PE Section of Education and Manpower Bureau (EMB) is working to produce videos
of PE lessons for SBA purposes There will be seminars to brief teachers on the use of such
information in assessing studentsrsquo physical skills
63 Learning and teaching resources will not be confined to materials produced by EMB
Schools may use reference materials produced in other countries including reference books
journals web-based materials and audio-visual aids
64 Teachers are encouraged to share school-based materials especially in different professional
development programmes organised by EMB The materials include teaching notes on
different topics and materials generated from pilot studies and research projects conducted
by schools These materials are very useful for PE curriculum development at the NSS
level
65 Though not exhaustive a list consists of materials recommended for students in the
promotion of reading to learn is attached in the Appendix
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
4
1102 It provides a basis for enhancing the understanding implementation and
evaluation of human movement The roles of physical activities are to support the
learning of theories and to maintain an active and healthy lifestyle
1103 Through a variety of learning experiences in PE and sport it enhances studentsrsquo
development of generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
1104 It sustains studentsrsquo quality of life through the study of and participation in
physical activities and provides a basis for further studies and career development
Principles of Design 111 Prior knowledge The NSS curriculum for PE is built on the knowledge gained in basic
education The ten parts of PE at senior secondary level are discipline-based and are
closely related to the six strands highlighted in the basic education of PE ie motor and
sport skills health and fitness sport-related values and attitudes knowledge and practice
of safety knowledge of movement and aesthetic sensitivity For example the principles of
FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type) that students are exposed to at junior secondary
level are fundamental to the learning of the part on ldquoPhysiological Basis for Exercise and
Sport Trainingrdquo in the NSS curriculum As the junior secondary curriculum covers at least
eight different physical activities from not less than four areas the knowledge students
acquired forms a strong foundation for their study at NSS level While broadening and
deepening the knowledge and skills students previously learned the emphasis of the NSS
is on the application integration and synthesis of knowledge and their practical use in
daily life
112 Balance between breadth and depth The curriculum covers a variety of areas of study
from the roles and values of PE disciplines in sport science and sport management to the
PE and sport scene in Hong Kong and Chinarsquos sporting culture It aims at providing a
comprehensive knowledge base for diversified interests aptitudes and needs Further
students are given opportunities to acquire more profound concepts and knowledge in
certain areas such as fitness and health exercise and sport training which constitute the
core knowledge in PE All these equip students with important knowledge for further
studies and career pursuits Moreover in addition to reinforcing the knowledge and skills
SECOND DRAFT
5
of the physical activities students previously developed the curriculum provides them with
opportunities to strengthen the learning of a variety of physical activities to carry out
in-depth learning of selected activities and to participate in at least one PE-related
co-curricular activity The practical work especially providing services to the school
andor community in the form of organising physical activities and sport events as
illustrated in Exemplar 3 of this document helps strengthen studentsrsquo generic skills and
further nurture their positive values and attitudes
113 Linkage between theory and physical skills The integration of theory and physical
skills enables students to apply the learnt knowledge in the performance of physical skills
which in turn strengthens the understanding of theory It also provides opportunities for
students to enjoy an active and healthy lifestyle
114 Essential parts and choices Students are given opportunities to learn about all the
domains of knowledge in the NSS PE curriculum and different physical activities offered
by schools To cater for individual interests and needs students will have choices for
selecting a few physical skills for advanced development The physical activities offered
by schools will have more carry-over values to their future life
115 Articulation to multiple advancements The different domains of knowledge included
are useful for further study and career pursuits in different areas such as teaching PE
sports coaching and management medical and health care food and nutrition etc
116 Safety considerations Safety considerations are important in designing and organising
physical activities These include safety in using facilities and equipment safety in
carrying out the activity tasks and risk management
117 Learning to learn and generic skills Different learning modes such as group work
presentations sport competitions service for physical activities etc enable students to
further develop generic skills and learning skills and to nurture positive values and
attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
6
Chapter 2 Curriculum Framework
Curriculum Structure
21 There are altogether ten parts in the curriculum The first nine parts are basically
theoretical the roles of PE anatomy and exercise physiology fitness and nutrition
sport injuries biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology sport sociology and
sport management However there are also elements of applied learning included in
these theoretical parts such as the practical work in topics of training methods
treatment of sport injuries and organisation of events of physical activity Part Ten
focuses mainly on practical skills which include physical skills and physical fitness
Students are expected to learn all the theoretical parts They will go through all the
practical work including all the physical skills they are taught as well as physical
fitness but they will be provided with choices for a few physical skills for advanced
learning This reflects a broad and balanced curriculum which broadens studentsrsquo
knowledge and learning and allows choices to meet studentsrsquo diversified needs and
interests
Learning Objectives 22 Through the learning of different parts students are able to
broaden and deepen their understanding of the knowledge on PE and demonstrate
healthy behaviour including active participation in physical activities
integrate the learning of PE into their lives and enhance their intellectual capability by
acquiring applying and evaluating knowledge and physical skills
understand the principles of PE and its relationship with related fields and become
aware of the links to further education and career paths
apply the knowledge of PE in real life situations so as to develop generic skills such as
communication skills critical thinking skills collaboration skills creativity and
aesthetic appreciation
nurture personal and social qualities and demonstrate desirable sporting etiquette and
SECOND DRAFT
7
show commitment and responsibility in organising events involving physical activities
in school or the community and demonstrate an understanding of and respect for
different cultures in PE and sport
Learning Outcomes 23 At the end of the senior secondary curriculum students should be able to
live an active and healthy life by doing regular exercise maintaining a reasonable
physical fitness level practising healthy eating and staying free from substance abuse
demonstrate a knowledge of theory through participation in a number of physical
activities and at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
apply deeper knowledge acquired through studying principles of PE exercise
physiology fitness and health biomechanics sport sociology motor learning and sport
psychology and sport management and be aware of the connection between such
knowledge and other disciplines for future advancement
demonstrate generic skills such as collaborative skills critical thinking skills
communication skills and creativity through the learning of theories and physical
activities and apply these qualities in real-life situations
uphold positive sport-related values and attitudes and demonstrate proper sporting
etiquette and desirable moral behaviour and
demonstrate commitment and responsibility when performing physical activities and
sport events especially in school and community services and show understanding of
and respect for different sporting cultures
Curriculum Content 24 Part I This part gives students a general picture about the scope of PE and its
relationship with sport recreation and leisure The terminology the general concepts
and the information concerning the local PE scene help students learn and link it with
the other parts of the curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
8
Part
Suggested Time Allocation ()
I Physical Education Sport Recreation Leisure and Wellness (6) (a) Definition History and Development of PE Sport Recreation
Leisure and Wellness
(b) Roles and Values of PE Sport Recreation and Leisure (i) Personal development (ii) Socialization (iii) International relationship (c) PE in Hong Kong (i) Primary (ii) Secondary (iii) Tertiary (d) Sport Recreation and Leisure in Hong Kong (i) Government (ii) Non-government organisations (iii) Private and commercial clubs
25 Part II This part helps students build a foundation in PE through familiarising them
with the knowledge of human body systems and prepares them for the study of fitness
and health exercise and sport training sport injuries and motor learning and sport
psychology
II Human Body (15) (a) Growth and Development (i) Life cycle amp growth curves (ii) Stages of development (iii) Body types (b) Skeletal System (i) Functions (ii) Bones (iii) Joints (iv) Cartilage (v) Ligaments (c) Nervous System (i) Functions (ii) Central Nervous System (d) Muscular System (i) Functions (ii) Types of muscle and muscle fibre (iii) Types of muscle contraction (iv) Neuromuscular control
SECOND DRAFT
9
(e) Cardiovascular System (i) Functions (ii) Blood vessels (iii) Heart (iv) Circulation (f) Respiratory System (i) Functions (ii) Lungs (iii) Pulmonary ventilation (iv) Gaseous exchange (g) Energy System (i) Aerobic system (ii) Anaerobic system (iii) Energy metabolism during rest and physical activities
26 Part III This part covers the basic elements in human movement and is linked to the
discipline of Physics It guides students to understand the scientific basis of movement
and to apply this knowledge to enhance their performance
III Movement Analysis (7) (a) Biomechanics (i) Force (ii) Motion (iii) Newtonrsquos Law of Motion (iv) Velocity and acceleration (v) Centre of gravity (vi) Lever (b) Types of Body Movement (i) Flexion-extension (ii) Abduction-adduction (iii) Pronation-supination (iv) Plane of motion (v) Rotation (c) Application in Sports
27 Part IV This part helps students explore and compare the concepts of physical fitness
and sport-related fitness the nutritional components and the diet related to physical
performance and the interlocking relations between exercise physical fitness diet
health and chronic diseases Such knowledge helps students recognise the importance
of an active and healthy lifestyle It also plays an important role in facilitating
understanding of the concept of wellness mentioned in Part I
SECOND DRAFT
10
IV Fitness and Nutrition for Health and Performance in Physical Activities (15) (a) Components of Health (i) Physical health (ii) Mental health (iii) Social health (b) Definition of Physical Fitness and Sport-related Fitness (i) Physical Fitness (ii) Sport-related fitness (c) Components and Measurement of Physical Fitness (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Flexibility (iii) Muscular strength and endurance (iv) Body composition (d) Components and Measurement of Sport-related Fitness (i) Agility (ii) Balance (iii) Coordination (iv) Endurance (v) Flexibility (vi) Reaction time (vii) Speed (viii) Strength (e) Food and Nutrition (i) Carbohydrates (ii) Proteins (iii) Fats (iv) Vitamins minerals fibres and water (v) Balanced diet (vi) Nutrition and exercise performance (f) Weight Control (i) Energy balance (ii) Overweight and obesity (iii) Weight control (g) Healthy Behaviour (i) Diet (ii) Exercise and physical activity level (iii) Rest and relaxation (iv) Substance abuse (v) Posture (h) Roles of Physical Activity for the Prevention of Non-Communicable
Diseases
(i) Coronary heart disease (ii) Diabetes (iii) Hypertension (iv) Hypokinetic degeneration
SECOND DRAFT
11
28 Part V This part equips students with the knowledge of physical performance and
sport training It enables students to understand the general principles and effects of
physical training which are fundamental in exercise and the acquisition of physical
skills
V Physiological Basis for Exercise and Sport Training (12) (a) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Muscular fitness (iii) Flexibility (iv) Age (v) Gender (vi) Heredity (vii) Body types (viii) Drugs (ix) Environment (b) Concepts and Principles of Training (i) Aerobic and anaerobic training (ii) Principles of training (iii) Basic considerations in training (iv) Planning of training programmes (c) Training Methods (i) Resistance training (ii) Circuit training (iii) Continuous training (iv) Interval training (d) Training and Detraining Effects (i) Cardiovascular adaptations (ii) Metabolic adaptations
29 Part VI This part equips students with the knowledge of safety measures in physical
activities and sport Building on studentsrsquo previous knowledge of human body and
movement exercise and sport training it raises their awareness of common sport
injuries and helps them apply this knowledge to treatment and prevention measures
VI Sport Injuries Treatment and Precautions (7) (a) Factors Leading to Sport Injuries (i) Environmental factors (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Protective devices (iv) Level of skills
SECOND DRAFT
12
(v) Level of fitness (vi) Physical limitations (vii) Nature of different sports (b) Common Sport Injuries (i) Bleeding (ii) Abrasion (iii) Contusion (iv) Dislocation (v) Fracture (vi) Pulled muscle (vii) Sprain (viii) Strain (ix) Heat and cold injuries (x) Overuse injuries (c) Treatment (i) General principles of first aid (ii) PRICE (Protection Rest Ice Compression Elevation) (iii) Resuscitation (d) Prevention of Sport Injuries (i) Risk assessment (ii) Safety measures (iii) Warm up and cool down
210 Part VII This part helps students understand the theory of motor learning and the
fundamental elements of motor learning and sport psychology Building on the previous
parts it helps students explain the learning process and performance of daily-life physical
skills
VII Motor Learning and Sport Psychology (7) (a) Application of Learning Theory in Motor Learning (i) Skill classifications (ii) Skill acquisition and information processing (iii) Stages of learning and transfer of learning (iv) Intrinsic and extrinsic feedback (v) Knowledge of result and knowledge of performance (vi) Practice methods (b) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Anxiety and arousal (ii) Attention and concentration (iii) Motivation and self-confidence (iv) Goal setting (v) Imagery and mental practice (vi) Personality (vii) Aggression
SECOND DRAFT
13
(c) Application of Stress Management in Sport (i) The nature of stress (ii) Stress management
211 Part VIII This part allows students to investigate different issues of physical and sport
activities in relation to society It helps students understand more deeply the roles and
values of PE and sport from different perspectives It also nurtures studentsrsquo high-order
thinking skills by exploring specific issues
VIII Social Aspects of PE Sport and Recreation (8) (a) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (i) Philosophical foundation history and development of the Olympic
Games
(ii) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (iii) Chinarsquos involvement in the Olympic Movement (iv) Challenges to the Olympic Movement and Olympicism (b) International Organisations Major Games and Major International
Competitions
(i) International Olympic Committee and International Sports Federations
(ii) Olympic Games and other major games (iii) Major international competitions (c) Chinarsquos Sporting Culture (i) Chinarsquos sporting culture (ii) All China Games (d) Sport and Society (i) Sport for all and sport for elite (ii) Amateurs and professionals (iii) Competition (iv) Drugs in sport (v) Violence in sport (vi) Politics and sport (vii) Media and sport (e) Factors Influencing Participation in Sport and Recreation (i) Personal factor (ii) Family factor (iii) Social factor (iv) Cultural factor (v) Political factor (vi) Environmental factor
212 Part IX This part introduces the basic concepts of sport management and programme
organisation It aims at equipping students with useful knowledge to perform school and
SECOND DRAFT
14
community services particularly the organization of different physical activity events
IX Sport and Recreation Management (6) (a) Concepts on Sport and Recreation Management (i) The management process (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Funding (iv) Staffing
(v) Time factor (b) Programme Organisation (i) Competition systems (ii) Organisation of events of physical activity (c) Legal Issues in PE Sport and Recreation (i) Liability in PE and sport activities (ii) Negligence in PE and sport activities
213 Part X This practical part provides an opportunity for students to apply the theories
learned from the other parts through participating in physical activities It requires students
to relate and integrate different aspects of knowledge learned to enhance their skill
performance and physical fitness It also develops studentsrsquo personal qualities by enabling
them to recognise their role in PE-related school and community services
X Performance in Physical Activities (17) (a) Demonstration of Skills and Knowledge of Various Physical Activities (i) Acquisition mastery and demonstration of a number of physical
activities
(ii) Active participation in at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
(iii) Demonstration of regular exercise to maintain fitness and health (iv) Application of learned theories in the performance of physical
activities
(v) Demonstration of a leading role in school andor community services
(100)
Curriculum Organisation 214 Learning and Teaching Sequence The suggested sequence of the learning and
teaching components for PE is that the foundation of PE comes first before the topics
on human body exercise physiology as well as health and fitness These topics are
then followed by those related to other knowledge disciplines namely biomechanics
SECOND DRAFT
15
sport sociology and motor learning and sport psychology The learning of physical
activities and related co-curricular activities will be ongoing throughout the three years
of senior secondary education The rationale for the way the ten parts are sequenced is
as follows
2141 A foundation part including terminology gives students the general knowledge
essential for a smooth transition from an activity-oriented basic education PE
curriculum to an academic-oriented PE curriculum
2142 The energy system together with the anatomy of different systems of human
biology is basic for understanding of different aspects of the subsequent topic of
exercise physiology
2143 The biomechanics of Physics and its relation to and application in sports is
conducive to the learning of subsequent topics on sports medicine exercise
physiology and motor learning and sport psychology However it may be taught at
a later stage such as at SS2 or SS3 as the concepts are more specific
2144 With the knowledge of the human body it is easier for students to acquire some
important concepts such as weight control and healthy behaviour and the related
chronological diseases and apply the knowledge of fitness nutrition and health in
daily life
2145 The knowledge of exercise physiology is specific to PE and sport performance and
training
2146 The understanding of human movement anatomy and exercise physiology is useful
for the study of sport injuries treatment and prevention
2147 When students are promoted to higher forms they are more capable of grasping the
abstract ideas of how motor learning and sport psychology affect sport
performance
2148 The analysis of and enquiry into different sport issues from multi-perspectives help
develop studentsrsquo high order thinking skills and their ability to think independently
2149 The integration of knowledge and practical skills enables higher form students to
perform school and community services such as organizing sport events
21410 Participation in physical activities has a dual role First it helps students to realise
an active and healthy lifestyle in an effort to remain fit and healthy and second it
SECOND DRAFT
16
enhances studentsrsquo understanding of different theories
Time Allocation
215 10 of the total curriculum time will be allocated to the subject It will be about 270
hours for class teaching in the 3 years of the NSS curriculum However the exact number
of hours can be school-based and may thus have slight variations between schools
SECOND DRAFT
17
Chapter 3 Curriculum Planning
Progression of Studies 31 The parts are sequenced as follows
311 The parts are sequenced in such a way that it reflects progression from the
development of general knowledge to application integration and analysis and
eventually to the practical use of knowledge
312 The first three parts forming group one constitute fundamental knowledge in the
roles and values of PE anatomy and human movement
313 The second group consisting of Part IV V and VI is mainly on the application of
knowledge in fitness and health sports training and sports injuries
314 The third group that is Part VII and VIII focuses more on analysis and integration
of knowledge in motor learning and sport psychology as well as sociology
315 The last group including Part IX and X illustrates the knowledge for practice in
sport management and the practical demonstration of different physical activities
32 The sequence suggested will enable students to explore their interests in SS1 and develop a
better understanding of the subject especially when they expand their knowledge on
exercise physiology and fitness and health which is essential for the pursuit of physical and
sport activities The knowledge in NSS1 provides students with key concepts in PE which
is essential for subsequent construction of knowledge It allows a smooth progression to
SS2 and SS3 when students go through Part X ldquoPerformance in Physical Activitiesrdquo which
involves the higher order cognitive process of integration and synthesis of knowledge Also
students will be more mature for the learning of other abstract topics such as sport
sociology where they need to examine issues from multiple perspectives Besides students
are exposed to different disciplines in sport psychology sport sociology and sport
management Though these disciplines are not offered individually as electives students
may focus more on those they are interested in or capable of in their study for future
studies or career pursuits
SECOND DRAFT
18
Curriculum Planning 33 Flexibility of time-tabling The time-tabling of the subject should be flexible to maximize
learning especially for those topics including practical work For example the service for
school sport activities is likely to be conducted outside normal lesson time The activities
may be held after school on Saturday during post examination activities period or in a
whole day mode such as athletic meet and swimming gala
34 For students of different abilities Learning tasks will on the one hand ensure that
students have equal opportunities for the learning of all essential elements and on the other
allow the brighter students to excel School activity service such as organising sport
activities or competitions will serve the former principle School activities offered inside
and outside school are opportunities for the elite student-athletes thus serving the latter
principle
35 For students with different inclinations Some topics such as biomechanics motor
learning and sport psychology sport sociology and sport management which are designed
to be taught in SS2 or SS3 are more specific involving students in more in-depth learning
to meet their needs and interests
36 Making student learning more meaningful The integration of theory and practical work
make learning more meaningful as students could apply what they learn and more
importantly understand the reasons behind sport performance and sport phenomenon Also
theory and practical work will complement each other and strengthen studentsrsquo learning
experience
37 Integrating conceptual learning with life-wide learning experiences The learning of the
various domains of knowledge physical skills and physical fitness is certainly linked to the
physical experience of the Other Learning Experiences and the outside school learning
experiences such as participation in sport-related services and competitions This will
enhance student learning especially when it is applied in real life situations
SECOND DRAFT
19
38 Integrating learning with assessment The balanced use of formative and summative
assessments and the feedback given to students will help students learn Diversified
assessment will be particularly useful in reflecting studentsrsquo performance and motivating
them to improve in the learning process
SECOND DRAFT
20
Chapter 4 Learning and Teaching
Guiding Principles 41 The guiding principles of the learning and teaching of the PE subject are
All learners can learn and none will be deprived of learning opportunities because of
socio-economic status
A flexible framework to cater for learner differences
Construction of knowledge to nurture studentsrsquo self-learning capacity
Building on studentsrsquo learning experience and prior knowledge
Integration of knowledge and stimulation of high-order thinking
Provision of a caring and motivating learning environment
Using formative and summative assessments as well as feedback to improve learning
Adoption of reflective teaching and teachers adjusting teaching strategies according to
studentsrsquo performance
Suggested Learning and Teaching Approaches and Strategies 42 There are a number of learning and teaching approaches and strategies
421 Varying instructional strategies to use different instructional methods for whole
class teaching small group and individual work Use of an interactive mode of
learning and feedback are useful to enhance learning
422 Building on prior learning experiences to make use of the knowledge and skills
learned in basic education and the concurrent 5 physical learning experience
423 Effective use of learning and teaching resources to maximize the use of library
resources and encourage students to conduct web search for information to use
community resources especially sport facilities to facilitate learning
424 Development of generic skills and nurturing values and attitudes to develop
studentsrsquo generic skills and nurture their positive values and attitudes in genuine
contexts especially during group work sport competitions community service etc
425 Life-wide learning apart from formal PE lessons to provide other learning
opportunities for students to gain relevant learning experiences especially those
SECOND DRAFT
21
outside school activities
426 Reading to learn to encourage students to read reference materials such as books
journals magazines to widen their knowledge-base and to foster their interest in
different topics progressing at their own pace
427 IT for interactive learning to nurture in students a habit of using IT for
interactive learning Use of multi-media and internet facilitates more interesting
and effective learning
428 Referencing to local context it helps students better understand the application of
the PE and sport theories particularly those of fitness and health sport sociology
and sport management
429 Catering for learner differences to adopt varying strategies for students with
diversified abilities in the learning of theories or physical skills Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship is one way
to enhance learning
4210 Balanced practical work of physical skills practical work is important and
facilitates understanding of concepts and theories But an undue emphasis on
physical skills will distort the objective of the subject which may be misinterpreted
as supporting only elite sport training
4211 Safety in practical work always pay attention to safety measures and risk
management in practical work to avoid injuries and learn how to handle problems
when they occur
4212 Collaboration with teachers of other disciplines liaison with Physics and
Biology teachers is beneficial in the teaching of biomechanics and anatomy
Consulting the school counselor is an effective way for students to handle studying
problems and improve study skills
Catering for Learner Differences 43 Learner differences in this subject refer to diversified student abilities in terms of
knowledge of theory or mastery of physical skills or a combination of both Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship helps to enhance
learning and ease teacherrsquos workload
SECOND DRAFT
22
431 Students who are strong in physical skills but weak in theory students who are
strong in physical skills are usually committed and persevering in performing tasks
They have high self-esteem and pride in their own strengths The key for these
students to learn better is to help them apply their strengths in academic studies
432 Students who are interested in PE but weak in physical skills These students are
motivated to learn particularly when they are provided with suitable encouragement
The best way is to ask students with good physical skills to be ldquostudent mentorsrdquo
and help this type of students
433 Students with weak physical fitness level Physical fitness is partly genetically
predetermined Physical fitness tests should not be used in a way that could
embarrass the weaker students It is better to encourage them to work according to
realistic individual goals In fact physical fitness standards should be reasonably set
Elite standards should be avoided
44 On the other hand there are different learning and teaching strategies for students with
different academic abilities
441 Average abilities Help these students to set higher but achievable goals and always
motivate them to work harder Positive reinforcement such as extrinsic reward is
always helpful
442 Lower abilities Modify tasks to suit studentsrsquo abilities or to separate the tasks into
parts to let students progressively build up a foundation of knowledge which
promises a better chance of success This could also nurture studentsrsquo
self-confidence and motivation Moreover it is good to focus on what students can
accomplish and not to encourage them to compare their results with those of others
443 Exceptionally gifted Always encourage them to go beyond the set targets They
could be assigned as study leaders and sport captains or to assist the teacher by
demonstrating physical skills in lessons
Exemplar 45 A few exemplars are included in the appendices to show how some topics can be taught
and how to integrate theory with practical activities
SECOND DRAFT
23
Chapter 5 Assessment
51 Assessment is a way to collect evidence of studentsrsquo learning It aims to provide feedback to
students and identify their strengths and weaknesses in learning It helps identify what the
next learning target should be and how it can be achieved
Internal Assessment 52 Internal assessment is an integral part of the learning and teaching of PE in the NSS
curriculum
53 Formative assessment can help collect evidence about the effectiveness of learning and
teaching and provide feedback to students and teachers for further improvement It reflects
the strengths and weaknesses of students in terms of knowledge skills and attitudes
according to which tailor-made adjustments can be made in the learning teaching and
assessment cycle With reference to the learning targets formative assessment helps
evaluate studentsrsquo progress and enhance motivation in learning Oral feedback observation
checklist reflection form and project work are some examples of formative assessment for
PE
54 Summative assessment is a useful tool for describing studentsrsquo progress of learning and
achievements at a specific stage of learning
55 Both formative assessment and summative assessment are useful to facilitate learning if
they are effectively implemented
56 The assessment of values and attitudes could be done in school and recorded in the Senior
Secondary Student Learning Profile Studentsrsquo learning experiences and achievements in PE
will be recognised and reflected in the profile Achievements in high level competitions
qualifications in coaching and refereeing obtained by the elite athletes will also be included
SECOND DRAFT
24
Public Assessment 57 This section describes the direction of the development of public assessment Hong Kong
Examinations and Assessment Authority (HKEAA) will develop the assessment rubrics at a
later stage as outlined in paragraph 511 below At the moment the target is to include two
parts in the public assessment in the form of a School-based Assessment (SBA) and an
external assessment It is recommended that the public assessment for PE comprises the
following
SBA (30) External Assessment (70) 10 Physical activity (1) 10 Physical activity (2) 10 Physical fitness and a related written
assignment
2 written papers of a total of 4 hours
Key for SBA
Physical activity (1) Physical activity (2)
Physical activities (1) amp (2) are from 2 different areas of activity of athletics ball games gymnastics aquatics dance outdoor pursuits and other activities stipulated in the PE KLA Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) (2002)
Physical fitness and a related written assignment
Standardised physical fitness components A written assignment which focuses on studentsrsquo learning process such as illustration of the aims and targets and an implementation plan of physical fitness
58 The model presented above is open for feedback and suggestions Indeed the weighting of
SBA and external assessment will be set in 2006 However according to the timeline
described in paragraph 511 below it could still be adjusted after the NSS has been
implemented to meet any new curriculum and assessment needs that may arise The
moderation format of SBA depends on the number of candidates Statistical moderation is
suitable for a large candidature and non-statistical methods are more appropriate for a
relatively small candidature
59 Written papersStudents are expected to do all parts to acquire broad and balanced
knowledge However apart from compulsory questions on selected parts such as parts 1 to
SECOND DRAFT
25
6 flexibility is sought to allow students options in choosing questions about the other parts
such as parts 7 to 9 Careful consideration will be taken to keep the breadth of coverage and
depth of cognitive level of different options comparable As for the duration of written
papers it will not exceed four hours
510 ReportingStandards-referenced reporting will be used The results issued by HKEAA are
expected to cover 3 components the results of SBA external assessment and the total of
the two Such a format of reporting has the advantage of giving stakeholders a more
comprehensive picture of studentsrsquo achievement in this subject
511 Developmental timelineThe examination rubrics developed by the HKEAA will be ready
by February 2006 By then the weighting and components of SBA as well as the number
and duration of written papers will be fixed Sample examination papers will be available
in 2007 so that schools will have access to more details before the implementation of the
NSS curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
26
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources 61 Resource materials to support learning and teaching will be developed in collaboration with
tertiary institution educational organisations and school teachers Individual sets of
materials for the different parts will be produced This will facilitate necessary updates in
future
62 The PE Section of Education and Manpower Bureau (EMB) is working to produce videos
of PE lessons for SBA purposes There will be seminars to brief teachers on the use of such
information in assessing studentsrsquo physical skills
63 Learning and teaching resources will not be confined to materials produced by EMB
Schools may use reference materials produced in other countries including reference books
journals web-based materials and audio-visual aids
64 Teachers are encouraged to share school-based materials especially in different professional
development programmes organised by EMB The materials include teaching notes on
different topics and materials generated from pilot studies and research projects conducted
by schools These materials are very useful for PE curriculum development at the NSS
level
65 Though not exhaustive a list consists of materials recommended for students in the
promotion of reading to learn is attached in the Appendix
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
5
of the physical activities students previously developed the curriculum provides them with
opportunities to strengthen the learning of a variety of physical activities to carry out
in-depth learning of selected activities and to participate in at least one PE-related
co-curricular activity The practical work especially providing services to the school
andor community in the form of organising physical activities and sport events as
illustrated in Exemplar 3 of this document helps strengthen studentsrsquo generic skills and
further nurture their positive values and attitudes
113 Linkage between theory and physical skills The integration of theory and physical
skills enables students to apply the learnt knowledge in the performance of physical skills
which in turn strengthens the understanding of theory It also provides opportunities for
students to enjoy an active and healthy lifestyle
114 Essential parts and choices Students are given opportunities to learn about all the
domains of knowledge in the NSS PE curriculum and different physical activities offered
by schools To cater for individual interests and needs students will have choices for
selecting a few physical skills for advanced development The physical activities offered
by schools will have more carry-over values to their future life
115 Articulation to multiple advancements The different domains of knowledge included
are useful for further study and career pursuits in different areas such as teaching PE
sports coaching and management medical and health care food and nutrition etc
116 Safety considerations Safety considerations are important in designing and organising
physical activities These include safety in using facilities and equipment safety in
carrying out the activity tasks and risk management
117 Learning to learn and generic skills Different learning modes such as group work
presentations sport competitions service for physical activities etc enable students to
further develop generic skills and learning skills and to nurture positive values and
attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
6
Chapter 2 Curriculum Framework
Curriculum Structure
21 There are altogether ten parts in the curriculum The first nine parts are basically
theoretical the roles of PE anatomy and exercise physiology fitness and nutrition
sport injuries biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology sport sociology and
sport management However there are also elements of applied learning included in
these theoretical parts such as the practical work in topics of training methods
treatment of sport injuries and organisation of events of physical activity Part Ten
focuses mainly on practical skills which include physical skills and physical fitness
Students are expected to learn all the theoretical parts They will go through all the
practical work including all the physical skills they are taught as well as physical
fitness but they will be provided with choices for a few physical skills for advanced
learning This reflects a broad and balanced curriculum which broadens studentsrsquo
knowledge and learning and allows choices to meet studentsrsquo diversified needs and
interests
Learning Objectives 22 Through the learning of different parts students are able to
broaden and deepen their understanding of the knowledge on PE and demonstrate
healthy behaviour including active participation in physical activities
integrate the learning of PE into their lives and enhance their intellectual capability by
acquiring applying and evaluating knowledge and physical skills
understand the principles of PE and its relationship with related fields and become
aware of the links to further education and career paths
apply the knowledge of PE in real life situations so as to develop generic skills such as
communication skills critical thinking skills collaboration skills creativity and
aesthetic appreciation
nurture personal and social qualities and demonstrate desirable sporting etiquette and
SECOND DRAFT
7
show commitment and responsibility in organising events involving physical activities
in school or the community and demonstrate an understanding of and respect for
different cultures in PE and sport
Learning Outcomes 23 At the end of the senior secondary curriculum students should be able to
live an active and healthy life by doing regular exercise maintaining a reasonable
physical fitness level practising healthy eating and staying free from substance abuse
demonstrate a knowledge of theory through participation in a number of physical
activities and at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
apply deeper knowledge acquired through studying principles of PE exercise
physiology fitness and health biomechanics sport sociology motor learning and sport
psychology and sport management and be aware of the connection between such
knowledge and other disciplines for future advancement
demonstrate generic skills such as collaborative skills critical thinking skills
communication skills and creativity through the learning of theories and physical
activities and apply these qualities in real-life situations
uphold positive sport-related values and attitudes and demonstrate proper sporting
etiquette and desirable moral behaviour and
demonstrate commitment and responsibility when performing physical activities and
sport events especially in school and community services and show understanding of
and respect for different sporting cultures
Curriculum Content 24 Part I This part gives students a general picture about the scope of PE and its
relationship with sport recreation and leisure The terminology the general concepts
and the information concerning the local PE scene help students learn and link it with
the other parts of the curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
8
Part
Suggested Time Allocation ()
I Physical Education Sport Recreation Leisure and Wellness (6) (a) Definition History and Development of PE Sport Recreation
Leisure and Wellness
(b) Roles and Values of PE Sport Recreation and Leisure (i) Personal development (ii) Socialization (iii) International relationship (c) PE in Hong Kong (i) Primary (ii) Secondary (iii) Tertiary (d) Sport Recreation and Leisure in Hong Kong (i) Government (ii) Non-government organisations (iii) Private and commercial clubs
25 Part II This part helps students build a foundation in PE through familiarising them
with the knowledge of human body systems and prepares them for the study of fitness
and health exercise and sport training sport injuries and motor learning and sport
psychology
II Human Body (15) (a) Growth and Development (i) Life cycle amp growth curves (ii) Stages of development (iii) Body types (b) Skeletal System (i) Functions (ii) Bones (iii) Joints (iv) Cartilage (v) Ligaments (c) Nervous System (i) Functions (ii) Central Nervous System (d) Muscular System (i) Functions (ii) Types of muscle and muscle fibre (iii) Types of muscle contraction (iv) Neuromuscular control
SECOND DRAFT
9
(e) Cardiovascular System (i) Functions (ii) Blood vessels (iii) Heart (iv) Circulation (f) Respiratory System (i) Functions (ii) Lungs (iii) Pulmonary ventilation (iv) Gaseous exchange (g) Energy System (i) Aerobic system (ii) Anaerobic system (iii) Energy metabolism during rest and physical activities
26 Part III This part covers the basic elements in human movement and is linked to the
discipline of Physics It guides students to understand the scientific basis of movement
and to apply this knowledge to enhance their performance
III Movement Analysis (7) (a) Biomechanics (i) Force (ii) Motion (iii) Newtonrsquos Law of Motion (iv) Velocity and acceleration (v) Centre of gravity (vi) Lever (b) Types of Body Movement (i) Flexion-extension (ii) Abduction-adduction (iii) Pronation-supination (iv) Plane of motion (v) Rotation (c) Application in Sports
27 Part IV This part helps students explore and compare the concepts of physical fitness
and sport-related fitness the nutritional components and the diet related to physical
performance and the interlocking relations between exercise physical fitness diet
health and chronic diseases Such knowledge helps students recognise the importance
of an active and healthy lifestyle It also plays an important role in facilitating
understanding of the concept of wellness mentioned in Part I
SECOND DRAFT
10
IV Fitness and Nutrition for Health and Performance in Physical Activities (15) (a) Components of Health (i) Physical health (ii) Mental health (iii) Social health (b) Definition of Physical Fitness and Sport-related Fitness (i) Physical Fitness (ii) Sport-related fitness (c) Components and Measurement of Physical Fitness (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Flexibility (iii) Muscular strength and endurance (iv) Body composition (d) Components and Measurement of Sport-related Fitness (i) Agility (ii) Balance (iii) Coordination (iv) Endurance (v) Flexibility (vi) Reaction time (vii) Speed (viii) Strength (e) Food and Nutrition (i) Carbohydrates (ii) Proteins (iii) Fats (iv) Vitamins minerals fibres and water (v) Balanced diet (vi) Nutrition and exercise performance (f) Weight Control (i) Energy balance (ii) Overweight and obesity (iii) Weight control (g) Healthy Behaviour (i) Diet (ii) Exercise and physical activity level (iii) Rest and relaxation (iv) Substance abuse (v) Posture (h) Roles of Physical Activity for the Prevention of Non-Communicable
Diseases
(i) Coronary heart disease (ii) Diabetes (iii) Hypertension (iv) Hypokinetic degeneration
SECOND DRAFT
11
28 Part V This part equips students with the knowledge of physical performance and
sport training It enables students to understand the general principles and effects of
physical training which are fundamental in exercise and the acquisition of physical
skills
V Physiological Basis for Exercise and Sport Training (12) (a) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Muscular fitness (iii) Flexibility (iv) Age (v) Gender (vi) Heredity (vii) Body types (viii) Drugs (ix) Environment (b) Concepts and Principles of Training (i) Aerobic and anaerobic training (ii) Principles of training (iii) Basic considerations in training (iv) Planning of training programmes (c) Training Methods (i) Resistance training (ii) Circuit training (iii) Continuous training (iv) Interval training (d) Training and Detraining Effects (i) Cardiovascular adaptations (ii) Metabolic adaptations
29 Part VI This part equips students with the knowledge of safety measures in physical
activities and sport Building on studentsrsquo previous knowledge of human body and
movement exercise and sport training it raises their awareness of common sport
injuries and helps them apply this knowledge to treatment and prevention measures
VI Sport Injuries Treatment and Precautions (7) (a) Factors Leading to Sport Injuries (i) Environmental factors (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Protective devices (iv) Level of skills
SECOND DRAFT
12
(v) Level of fitness (vi) Physical limitations (vii) Nature of different sports (b) Common Sport Injuries (i) Bleeding (ii) Abrasion (iii) Contusion (iv) Dislocation (v) Fracture (vi) Pulled muscle (vii) Sprain (viii) Strain (ix) Heat and cold injuries (x) Overuse injuries (c) Treatment (i) General principles of first aid (ii) PRICE (Protection Rest Ice Compression Elevation) (iii) Resuscitation (d) Prevention of Sport Injuries (i) Risk assessment (ii) Safety measures (iii) Warm up and cool down
210 Part VII This part helps students understand the theory of motor learning and the
fundamental elements of motor learning and sport psychology Building on the previous
parts it helps students explain the learning process and performance of daily-life physical
skills
VII Motor Learning and Sport Psychology (7) (a) Application of Learning Theory in Motor Learning (i) Skill classifications (ii) Skill acquisition and information processing (iii) Stages of learning and transfer of learning (iv) Intrinsic and extrinsic feedback (v) Knowledge of result and knowledge of performance (vi) Practice methods (b) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Anxiety and arousal (ii) Attention and concentration (iii) Motivation and self-confidence (iv) Goal setting (v) Imagery and mental practice (vi) Personality (vii) Aggression
SECOND DRAFT
13
(c) Application of Stress Management in Sport (i) The nature of stress (ii) Stress management
211 Part VIII This part allows students to investigate different issues of physical and sport
activities in relation to society It helps students understand more deeply the roles and
values of PE and sport from different perspectives It also nurtures studentsrsquo high-order
thinking skills by exploring specific issues
VIII Social Aspects of PE Sport and Recreation (8) (a) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (i) Philosophical foundation history and development of the Olympic
Games
(ii) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (iii) Chinarsquos involvement in the Olympic Movement (iv) Challenges to the Olympic Movement and Olympicism (b) International Organisations Major Games and Major International
Competitions
(i) International Olympic Committee and International Sports Federations
(ii) Olympic Games and other major games (iii) Major international competitions (c) Chinarsquos Sporting Culture (i) Chinarsquos sporting culture (ii) All China Games (d) Sport and Society (i) Sport for all and sport for elite (ii) Amateurs and professionals (iii) Competition (iv) Drugs in sport (v) Violence in sport (vi) Politics and sport (vii) Media and sport (e) Factors Influencing Participation in Sport and Recreation (i) Personal factor (ii) Family factor (iii) Social factor (iv) Cultural factor (v) Political factor (vi) Environmental factor
212 Part IX This part introduces the basic concepts of sport management and programme
organisation It aims at equipping students with useful knowledge to perform school and
SECOND DRAFT
14
community services particularly the organization of different physical activity events
IX Sport and Recreation Management (6) (a) Concepts on Sport and Recreation Management (i) The management process (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Funding (iv) Staffing
(v) Time factor (b) Programme Organisation (i) Competition systems (ii) Organisation of events of physical activity (c) Legal Issues in PE Sport and Recreation (i) Liability in PE and sport activities (ii) Negligence in PE and sport activities
213 Part X This practical part provides an opportunity for students to apply the theories
learned from the other parts through participating in physical activities It requires students
to relate and integrate different aspects of knowledge learned to enhance their skill
performance and physical fitness It also develops studentsrsquo personal qualities by enabling
them to recognise their role in PE-related school and community services
X Performance in Physical Activities (17) (a) Demonstration of Skills and Knowledge of Various Physical Activities (i) Acquisition mastery and demonstration of a number of physical
activities
(ii) Active participation in at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
(iii) Demonstration of regular exercise to maintain fitness and health (iv) Application of learned theories in the performance of physical
activities
(v) Demonstration of a leading role in school andor community services
(100)
Curriculum Organisation 214 Learning and Teaching Sequence The suggested sequence of the learning and
teaching components for PE is that the foundation of PE comes first before the topics
on human body exercise physiology as well as health and fitness These topics are
then followed by those related to other knowledge disciplines namely biomechanics
SECOND DRAFT
15
sport sociology and motor learning and sport psychology The learning of physical
activities and related co-curricular activities will be ongoing throughout the three years
of senior secondary education The rationale for the way the ten parts are sequenced is
as follows
2141 A foundation part including terminology gives students the general knowledge
essential for a smooth transition from an activity-oriented basic education PE
curriculum to an academic-oriented PE curriculum
2142 The energy system together with the anatomy of different systems of human
biology is basic for understanding of different aspects of the subsequent topic of
exercise physiology
2143 The biomechanics of Physics and its relation to and application in sports is
conducive to the learning of subsequent topics on sports medicine exercise
physiology and motor learning and sport psychology However it may be taught at
a later stage such as at SS2 or SS3 as the concepts are more specific
2144 With the knowledge of the human body it is easier for students to acquire some
important concepts such as weight control and healthy behaviour and the related
chronological diseases and apply the knowledge of fitness nutrition and health in
daily life
2145 The knowledge of exercise physiology is specific to PE and sport performance and
training
2146 The understanding of human movement anatomy and exercise physiology is useful
for the study of sport injuries treatment and prevention
2147 When students are promoted to higher forms they are more capable of grasping the
abstract ideas of how motor learning and sport psychology affect sport
performance
2148 The analysis of and enquiry into different sport issues from multi-perspectives help
develop studentsrsquo high order thinking skills and their ability to think independently
2149 The integration of knowledge and practical skills enables higher form students to
perform school and community services such as organizing sport events
21410 Participation in physical activities has a dual role First it helps students to realise
an active and healthy lifestyle in an effort to remain fit and healthy and second it
SECOND DRAFT
16
enhances studentsrsquo understanding of different theories
Time Allocation
215 10 of the total curriculum time will be allocated to the subject It will be about 270
hours for class teaching in the 3 years of the NSS curriculum However the exact number
of hours can be school-based and may thus have slight variations between schools
SECOND DRAFT
17
Chapter 3 Curriculum Planning
Progression of Studies 31 The parts are sequenced as follows
311 The parts are sequenced in such a way that it reflects progression from the
development of general knowledge to application integration and analysis and
eventually to the practical use of knowledge
312 The first three parts forming group one constitute fundamental knowledge in the
roles and values of PE anatomy and human movement
313 The second group consisting of Part IV V and VI is mainly on the application of
knowledge in fitness and health sports training and sports injuries
314 The third group that is Part VII and VIII focuses more on analysis and integration
of knowledge in motor learning and sport psychology as well as sociology
315 The last group including Part IX and X illustrates the knowledge for practice in
sport management and the practical demonstration of different physical activities
32 The sequence suggested will enable students to explore their interests in SS1 and develop a
better understanding of the subject especially when they expand their knowledge on
exercise physiology and fitness and health which is essential for the pursuit of physical and
sport activities The knowledge in NSS1 provides students with key concepts in PE which
is essential for subsequent construction of knowledge It allows a smooth progression to
SS2 and SS3 when students go through Part X ldquoPerformance in Physical Activitiesrdquo which
involves the higher order cognitive process of integration and synthesis of knowledge Also
students will be more mature for the learning of other abstract topics such as sport
sociology where they need to examine issues from multiple perspectives Besides students
are exposed to different disciplines in sport psychology sport sociology and sport
management Though these disciplines are not offered individually as electives students
may focus more on those they are interested in or capable of in their study for future
studies or career pursuits
SECOND DRAFT
18
Curriculum Planning 33 Flexibility of time-tabling The time-tabling of the subject should be flexible to maximize
learning especially for those topics including practical work For example the service for
school sport activities is likely to be conducted outside normal lesson time The activities
may be held after school on Saturday during post examination activities period or in a
whole day mode such as athletic meet and swimming gala
34 For students of different abilities Learning tasks will on the one hand ensure that
students have equal opportunities for the learning of all essential elements and on the other
allow the brighter students to excel School activity service such as organising sport
activities or competitions will serve the former principle School activities offered inside
and outside school are opportunities for the elite student-athletes thus serving the latter
principle
35 For students with different inclinations Some topics such as biomechanics motor
learning and sport psychology sport sociology and sport management which are designed
to be taught in SS2 or SS3 are more specific involving students in more in-depth learning
to meet their needs and interests
36 Making student learning more meaningful The integration of theory and practical work
make learning more meaningful as students could apply what they learn and more
importantly understand the reasons behind sport performance and sport phenomenon Also
theory and practical work will complement each other and strengthen studentsrsquo learning
experience
37 Integrating conceptual learning with life-wide learning experiences The learning of the
various domains of knowledge physical skills and physical fitness is certainly linked to the
physical experience of the Other Learning Experiences and the outside school learning
experiences such as participation in sport-related services and competitions This will
enhance student learning especially when it is applied in real life situations
SECOND DRAFT
19
38 Integrating learning with assessment The balanced use of formative and summative
assessments and the feedback given to students will help students learn Diversified
assessment will be particularly useful in reflecting studentsrsquo performance and motivating
them to improve in the learning process
SECOND DRAFT
20
Chapter 4 Learning and Teaching
Guiding Principles 41 The guiding principles of the learning and teaching of the PE subject are
All learners can learn and none will be deprived of learning opportunities because of
socio-economic status
A flexible framework to cater for learner differences
Construction of knowledge to nurture studentsrsquo self-learning capacity
Building on studentsrsquo learning experience and prior knowledge
Integration of knowledge and stimulation of high-order thinking
Provision of a caring and motivating learning environment
Using formative and summative assessments as well as feedback to improve learning
Adoption of reflective teaching and teachers adjusting teaching strategies according to
studentsrsquo performance
Suggested Learning and Teaching Approaches and Strategies 42 There are a number of learning and teaching approaches and strategies
421 Varying instructional strategies to use different instructional methods for whole
class teaching small group and individual work Use of an interactive mode of
learning and feedback are useful to enhance learning
422 Building on prior learning experiences to make use of the knowledge and skills
learned in basic education and the concurrent 5 physical learning experience
423 Effective use of learning and teaching resources to maximize the use of library
resources and encourage students to conduct web search for information to use
community resources especially sport facilities to facilitate learning
424 Development of generic skills and nurturing values and attitudes to develop
studentsrsquo generic skills and nurture their positive values and attitudes in genuine
contexts especially during group work sport competitions community service etc
425 Life-wide learning apart from formal PE lessons to provide other learning
opportunities for students to gain relevant learning experiences especially those
SECOND DRAFT
21
outside school activities
426 Reading to learn to encourage students to read reference materials such as books
journals magazines to widen their knowledge-base and to foster their interest in
different topics progressing at their own pace
427 IT for interactive learning to nurture in students a habit of using IT for
interactive learning Use of multi-media and internet facilitates more interesting
and effective learning
428 Referencing to local context it helps students better understand the application of
the PE and sport theories particularly those of fitness and health sport sociology
and sport management
429 Catering for learner differences to adopt varying strategies for students with
diversified abilities in the learning of theories or physical skills Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship is one way
to enhance learning
4210 Balanced practical work of physical skills practical work is important and
facilitates understanding of concepts and theories But an undue emphasis on
physical skills will distort the objective of the subject which may be misinterpreted
as supporting only elite sport training
4211 Safety in practical work always pay attention to safety measures and risk
management in practical work to avoid injuries and learn how to handle problems
when they occur
4212 Collaboration with teachers of other disciplines liaison with Physics and
Biology teachers is beneficial in the teaching of biomechanics and anatomy
Consulting the school counselor is an effective way for students to handle studying
problems and improve study skills
Catering for Learner Differences 43 Learner differences in this subject refer to diversified student abilities in terms of
knowledge of theory or mastery of physical skills or a combination of both Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship helps to enhance
learning and ease teacherrsquos workload
SECOND DRAFT
22
431 Students who are strong in physical skills but weak in theory students who are
strong in physical skills are usually committed and persevering in performing tasks
They have high self-esteem and pride in their own strengths The key for these
students to learn better is to help them apply their strengths in academic studies
432 Students who are interested in PE but weak in physical skills These students are
motivated to learn particularly when they are provided with suitable encouragement
The best way is to ask students with good physical skills to be ldquostudent mentorsrdquo
and help this type of students
433 Students with weak physical fitness level Physical fitness is partly genetically
predetermined Physical fitness tests should not be used in a way that could
embarrass the weaker students It is better to encourage them to work according to
realistic individual goals In fact physical fitness standards should be reasonably set
Elite standards should be avoided
44 On the other hand there are different learning and teaching strategies for students with
different academic abilities
441 Average abilities Help these students to set higher but achievable goals and always
motivate them to work harder Positive reinforcement such as extrinsic reward is
always helpful
442 Lower abilities Modify tasks to suit studentsrsquo abilities or to separate the tasks into
parts to let students progressively build up a foundation of knowledge which
promises a better chance of success This could also nurture studentsrsquo
self-confidence and motivation Moreover it is good to focus on what students can
accomplish and not to encourage them to compare their results with those of others
443 Exceptionally gifted Always encourage them to go beyond the set targets They
could be assigned as study leaders and sport captains or to assist the teacher by
demonstrating physical skills in lessons
Exemplar 45 A few exemplars are included in the appendices to show how some topics can be taught
and how to integrate theory with practical activities
SECOND DRAFT
23
Chapter 5 Assessment
51 Assessment is a way to collect evidence of studentsrsquo learning It aims to provide feedback to
students and identify their strengths and weaknesses in learning It helps identify what the
next learning target should be and how it can be achieved
Internal Assessment 52 Internal assessment is an integral part of the learning and teaching of PE in the NSS
curriculum
53 Formative assessment can help collect evidence about the effectiveness of learning and
teaching and provide feedback to students and teachers for further improvement It reflects
the strengths and weaknesses of students in terms of knowledge skills and attitudes
according to which tailor-made adjustments can be made in the learning teaching and
assessment cycle With reference to the learning targets formative assessment helps
evaluate studentsrsquo progress and enhance motivation in learning Oral feedback observation
checklist reflection form and project work are some examples of formative assessment for
PE
54 Summative assessment is a useful tool for describing studentsrsquo progress of learning and
achievements at a specific stage of learning
55 Both formative assessment and summative assessment are useful to facilitate learning if
they are effectively implemented
56 The assessment of values and attitudes could be done in school and recorded in the Senior
Secondary Student Learning Profile Studentsrsquo learning experiences and achievements in PE
will be recognised and reflected in the profile Achievements in high level competitions
qualifications in coaching and refereeing obtained by the elite athletes will also be included
SECOND DRAFT
24
Public Assessment 57 This section describes the direction of the development of public assessment Hong Kong
Examinations and Assessment Authority (HKEAA) will develop the assessment rubrics at a
later stage as outlined in paragraph 511 below At the moment the target is to include two
parts in the public assessment in the form of a School-based Assessment (SBA) and an
external assessment It is recommended that the public assessment for PE comprises the
following
SBA (30) External Assessment (70) 10 Physical activity (1) 10 Physical activity (2) 10 Physical fitness and a related written
assignment
2 written papers of a total of 4 hours
Key for SBA
Physical activity (1) Physical activity (2)
Physical activities (1) amp (2) are from 2 different areas of activity of athletics ball games gymnastics aquatics dance outdoor pursuits and other activities stipulated in the PE KLA Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) (2002)
Physical fitness and a related written assignment
Standardised physical fitness components A written assignment which focuses on studentsrsquo learning process such as illustration of the aims and targets and an implementation plan of physical fitness
58 The model presented above is open for feedback and suggestions Indeed the weighting of
SBA and external assessment will be set in 2006 However according to the timeline
described in paragraph 511 below it could still be adjusted after the NSS has been
implemented to meet any new curriculum and assessment needs that may arise The
moderation format of SBA depends on the number of candidates Statistical moderation is
suitable for a large candidature and non-statistical methods are more appropriate for a
relatively small candidature
59 Written papersStudents are expected to do all parts to acquire broad and balanced
knowledge However apart from compulsory questions on selected parts such as parts 1 to
SECOND DRAFT
25
6 flexibility is sought to allow students options in choosing questions about the other parts
such as parts 7 to 9 Careful consideration will be taken to keep the breadth of coverage and
depth of cognitive level of different options comparable As for the duration of written
papers it will not exceed four hours
510 ReportingStandards-referenced reporting will be used The results issued by HKEAA are
expected to cover 3 components the results of SBA external assessment and the total of
the two Such a format of reporting has the advantage of giving stakeholders a more
comprehensive picture of studentsrsquo achievement in this subject
511 Developmental timelineThe examination rubrics developed by the HKEAA will be ready
by February 2006 By then the weighting and components of SBA as well as the number
and duration of written papers will be fixed Sample examination papers will be available
in 2007 so that schools will have access to more details before the implementation of the
NSS curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
26
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources 61 Resource materials to support learning and teaching will be developed in collaboration with
tertiary institution educational organisations and school teachers Individual sets of
materials for the different parts will be produced This will facilitate necessary updates in
future
62 The PE Section of Education and Manpower Bureau (EMB) is working to produce videos
of PE lessons for SBA purposes There will be seminars to brief teachers on the use of such
information in assessing studentsrsquo physical skills
63 Learning and teaching resources will not be confined to materials produced by EMB
Schools may use reference materials produced in other countries including reference books
journals web-based materials and audio-visual aids
64 Teachers are encouraged to share school-based materials especially in different professional
development programmes organised by EMB The materials include teaching notes on
different topics and materials generated from pilot studies and research projects conducted
by schools These materials are very useful for PE curriculum development at the NSS
level
65 Though not exhaustive a list consists of materials recommended for students in the
promotion of reading to learn is attached in the Appendix
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
6
Chapter 2 Curriculum Framework
Curriculum Structure
21 There are altogether ten parts in the curriculum The first nine parts are basically
theoretical the roles of PE anatomy and exercise physiology fitness and nutrition
sport injuries biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology sport sociology and
sport management However there are also elements of applied learning included in
these theoretical parts such as the practical work in topics of training methods
treatment of sport injuries and organisation of events of physical activity Part Ten
focuses mainly on practical skills which include physical skills and physical fitness
Students are expected to learn all the theoretical parts They will go through all the
practical work including all the physical skills they are taught as well as physical
fitness but they will be provided with choices for a few physical skills for advanced
learning This reflects a broad and balanced curriculum which broadens studentsrsquo
knowledge and learning and allows choices to meet studentsrsquo diversified needs and
interests
Learning Objectives 22 Through the learning of different parts students are able to
broaden and deepen their understanding of the knowledge on PE and demonstrate
healthy behaviour including active participation in physical activities
integrate the learning of PE into their lives and enhance their intellectual capability by
acquiring applying and evaluating knowledge and physical skills
understand the principles of PE and its relationship with related fields and become
aware of the links to further education and career paths
apply the knowledge of PE in real life situations so as to develop generic skills such as
communication skills critical thinking skills collaboration skills creativity and
aesthetic appreciation
nurture personal and social qualities and demonstrate desirable sporting etiquette and
SECOND DRAFT
7
show commitment and responsibility in organising events involving physical activities
in school or the community and demonstrate an understanding of and respect for
different cultures in PE and sport
Learning Outcomes 23 At the end of the senior secondary curriculum students should be able to
live an active and healthy life by doing regular exercise maintaining a reasonable
physical fitness level practising healthy eating and staying free from substance abuse
demonstrate a knowledge of theory through participation in a number of physical
activities and at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
apply deeper knowledge acquired through studying principles of PE exercise
physiology fitness and health biomechanics sport sociology motor learning and sport
psychology and sport management and be aware of the connection between such
knowledge and other disciplines for future advancement
demonstrate generic skills such as collaborative skills critical thinking skills
communication skills and creativity through the learning of theories and physical
activities and apply these qualities in real-life situations
uphold positive sport-related values and attitudes and demonstrate proper sporting
etiquette and desirable moral behaviour and
demonstrate commitment and responsibility when performing physical activities and
sport events especially in school and community services and show understanding of
and respect for different sporting cultures
Curriculum Content 24 Part I This part gives students a general picture about the scope of PE and its
relationship with sport recreation and leisure The terminology the general concepts
and the information concerning the local PE scene help students learn and link it with
the other parts of the curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
8
Part
Suggested Time Allocation ()
I Physical Education Sport Recreation Leisure and Wellness (6) (a) Definition History and Development of PE Sport Recreation
Leisure and Wellness
(b) Roles and Values of PE Sport Recreation and Leisure (i) Personal development (ii) Socialization (iii) International relationship (c) PE in Hong Kong (i) Primary (ii) Secondary (iii) Tertiary (d) Sport Recreation and Leisure in Hong Kong (i) Government (ii) Non-government organisations (iii) Private and commercial clubs
25 Part II This part helps students build a foundation in PE through familiarising them
with the knowledge of human body systems and prepares them for the study of fitness
and health exercise and sport training sport injuries and motor learning and sport
psychology
II Human Body (15) (a) Growth and Development (i) Life cycle amp growth curves (ii) Stages of development (iii) Body types (b) Skeletal System (i) Functions (ii) Bones (iii) Joints (iv) Cartilage (v) Ligaments (c) Nervous System (i) Functions (ii) Central Nervous System (d) Muscular System (i) Functions (ii) Types of muscle and muscle fibre (iii) Types of muscle contraction (iv) Neuromuscular control
SECOND DRAFT
9
(e) Cardiovascular System (i) Functions (ii) Blood vessels (iii) Heart (iv) Circulation (f) Respiratory System (i) Functions (ii) Lungs (iii) Pulmonary ventilation (iv) Gaseous exchange (g) Energy System (i) Aerobic system (ii) Anaerobic system (iii) Energy metabolism during rest and physical activities
26 Part III This part covers the basic elements in human movement and is linked to the
discipline of Physics It guides students to understand the scientific basis of movement
and to apply this knowledge to enhance their performance
III Movement Analysis (7) (a) Biomechanics (i) Force (ii) Motion (iii) Newtonrsquos Law of Motion (iv) Velocity and acceleration (v) Centre of gravity (vi) Lever (b) Types of Body Movement (i) Flexion-extension (ii) Abduction-adduction (iii) Pronation-supination (iv) Plane of motion (v) Rotation (c) Application in Sports
27 Part IV This part helps students explore and compare the concepts of physical fitness
and sport-related fitness the nutritional components and the diet related to physical
performance and the interlocking relations between exercise physical fitness diet
health and chronic diseases Such knowledge helps students recognise the importance
of an active and healthy lifestyle It also plays an important role in facilitating
understanding of the concept of wellness mentioned in Part I
SECOND DRAFT
10
IV Fitness and Nutrition for Health and Performance in Physical Activities (15) (a) Components of Health (i) Physical health (ii) Mental health (iii) Social health (b) Definition of Physical Fitness and Sport-related Fitness (i) Physical Fitness (ii) Sport-related fitness (c) Components and Measurement of Physical Fitness (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Flexibility (iii) Muscular strength and endurance (iv) Body composition (d) Components and Measurement of Sport-related Fitness (i) Agility (ii) Balance (iii) Coordination (iv) Endurance (v) Flexibility (vi) Reaction time (vii) Speed (viii) Strength (e) Food and Nutrition (i) Carbohydrates (ii) Proteins (iii) Fats (iv) Vitamins minerals fibres and water (v) Balanced diet (vi) Nutrition and exercise performance (f) Weight Control (i) Energy balance (ii) Overweight and obesity (iii) Weight control (g) Healthy Behaviour (i) Diet (ii) Exercise and physical activity level (iii) Rest and relaxation (iv) Substance abuse (v) Posture (h) Roles of Physical Activity for the Prevention of Non-Communicable
Diseases
(i) Coronary heart disease (ii) Diabetes (iii) Hypertension (iv) Hypokinetic degeneration
SECOND DRAFT
11
28 Part V This part equips students with the knowledge of physical performance and
sport training It enables students to understand the general principles and effects of
physical training which are fundamental in exercise and the acquisition of physical
skills
V Physiological Basis for Exercise and Sport Training (12) (a) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Muscular fitness (iii) Flexibility (iv) Age (v) Gender (vi) Heredity (vii) Body types (viii) Drugs (ix) Environment (b) Concepts and Principles of Training (i) Aerobic and anaerobic training (ii) Principles of training (iii) Basic considerations in training (iv) Planning of training programmes (c) Training Methods (i) Resistance training (ii) Circuit training (iii) Continuous training (iv) Interval training (d) Training and Detraining Effects (i) Cardiovascular adaptations (ii) Metabolic adaptations
29 Part VI This part equips students with the knowledge of safety measures in physical
activities and sport Building on studentsrsquo previous knowledge of human body and
movement exercise and sport training it raises their awareness of common sport
injuries and helps them apply this knowledge to treatment and prevention measures
VI Sport Injuries Treatment and Precautions (7) (a) Factors Leading to Sport Injuries (i) Environmental factors (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Protective devices (iv) Level of skills
SECOND DRAFT
12
(v) Level of fitness (vi) Physical limitations (vii) Nature of different sports (b) Common Sport Injuries (i) Bleeding (ii) Abrasion (iii) Contusion (iv) Dislocation (v) Fracture (vi) Pulled muscle (vii) Sprain (viii) Strain (ix) Heat and cold injuries (x) Overuse injuries (c) Treatment (i) General principles of first aid (ii) PRICE (Protection Rest Ice Compression Elevation) (iii) Resuscitation (d) Prevention of Sport Injuries (i) Risk assessment (ii) Safety measures (iii) Warm up and cool down
210 Part VII This part helps students understand the theory of motor learning and the
fundamental elements of motor learning and sport psychology Building on the previous
parts it helps students explain the learning process and performance of daily-life physical
skills
VII Motor Learning and Sport Psychology (7) (a) Application of Learning Theory in Motor Learning (i) Skill classifications (ii) Skill acquisition and information processing (iii) Stages of learning and transfer of learning (iv) Intrinsic and extrinsic feedback (v) Knowledge of result and knowledge of performance (vi) Practice methods (b) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Anxiety and arousal (ii) Attention and concentration (iii) Motivation and self-confidence (iv) Goal setting (v) Imagery and mental practice (vi) Personality (vii) Aggression
SECOND DRAFT
13
(c) Application of Stress Management in Sport (i) The nature of stress (ii) Stress management
211 Part VIII This part allows students to investigate different issues of physical and sport
activities in relation to society It helps students understand more deeply the roles and
values of PE and sport from different perspectives It also nurtures studentsrsquo high-order
thinking skills by exploring specific issues
VIII Social Aspects of PE Sport and Recreation (8) (a) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (i) Philosophical foundation history and development of the Olympic
Games
(ii) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (iii) Chinarsquos involvement in the Olympic Movement (iv) Challenges to the Olympic Movement and Olympicism (b) International Organisations Major Games and Major International
Competitions
(i) International Olympic Committee and International Sports Federations
(ii) Olympic Games and other major games (iii) Major international competitions (c) Chinarsquos Sporting Culture (i) Chinarsquos sporting culture (ii) All China Games (d) Sport and Society (i) Sport for all and sport for elite (ii) Amateurs and professionals (iii) Competition (iv) Drugs in sport (v) Violence in sport (vi) Politics and sport (vii) Media and sport (e) Factors Influencing Participation in Sport and Recreation (i) Personal factor (ii) Family factor (iii) Social factor (iv) Cultural factor (v) Political factor (vi) Environmental factor
212 Part IX This part introduces the basic concepts of sport management and programme
organisation It aims at equipping students with useful knowledge to perform school and
SECOND DRAFT
14
community services particularly the organization of different physical activity events
IX Sport and Recreation Management (6) (a) Concepts on Sport and Recreation Management (i) The management process (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Funding (iv) Staffing
(v) Time factor (b) Programme Organisation (i) Competition systems (ii) Organisation of events of physical activity (c) Legal Issues in PE Sport and Recreation (i) Liability in PE and sport activities (ii) Negligence in PE and sport activities
213 Part X This practical part provides an opportunity for students to apply the theories
learned from the other parts through participating in physical activities It requires students
to relate and integrate different aspects of knowledge learned to enhance their skill
performance and physical fitness It also develops studentsrsquo personal qualities by enabling
them to recognise their role in PE-related school and community services
X Performance in Physical Activities (17) (a) Demonstration of Skills and Knowledge of Various Physical Activities (i) Acquisition mastery and demonstration of a number of physical
activities
(ii) Active participation in at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
(iii) Demonstration of regular exercise to maintain fitness and health (iv) Application of learned theories in the performance of physical
activities
(v) Demonstration of a leading role in school andor community services
(100)
Curriculum Organisation 214 Learning and Teaching Sequence The suggested sequence of the learning and
teaching components for PE is that the foundation of PE comes first before the topics
on human body exercise physiology as well as health and fitness These topics are
then followed by those related to other knowledge disciplines namely biomechanics
SECOND DRAFT
15
sport sociology and motor learning and sport psychology The learning of physical
activities and related co-curricular activities will be ongoing throughout the three years
of senior secondary education The rationale for the way the ten parts are sequenced is
as follows
2141 A foundation part including terminology gives students the general knowledge
essential for a smooth transition from an activity-oriented basic education PE
curriculum to an academic-oriented PE curriculum
2142 The energy system together with the anatomy of different systems of human
biology is basic for understanding of different aspects of the subsequent topic of
exercise physiology
2143 The biomechanics of Physics and its relation to and application in sports is
conducive to the learning of subsequent topics on sports medicine exercise
physiology and motor learning and sport psychology However it may be taught at
a later stage such as at SS2 or SS3 as the concepts are more specific
2144 With the knowledge of the human body it is easier for students to acquire some
important concepts such as weight control and healthy behaviour and the related
chronological diseases and apply the knowledge of fitness nutrition and health in
daily life
2145 The knowledge of exercise physiology is specific to PE and sport performance and
training
2146 The understanding of human movement anatomy and exercise physiology is useful
for the study of sport injuries treatment and prevention
2147 When students are promoted to higher forms they are more capable of grasping the
abstract ideas of how motor learning and sport psychology affect sport
performance
2148 The analysis of and enquiry into different sport issues from multi-perspectives help
develop studentsrsquo high order thinking skills and their ability to think independently
2149 The integration of knowledge and practical skills enables higher form students to
perform school and community services such as organizing sport events
21410 Participation in physical activities has a dual role First it helps students to realise
an active and healthy lifestyle in an effort to remain fit and healthy and second it
SECOND DRAFT
16
enhances studentsrsquo understanding of different theories
Time Allocation
215 10 of the total curriculum time will be allocated to the subject It will be about 270
hours for class teaching in the 3 years of the NSS curriculum However the exact number
of hours can be school-based and may thus have slight variations between schools
SECOND DRAFT
17
Chapter 3 Curriculum Planning
Progression of Studies 31 The parts are sequenced as follows
311 The parts are sequenced in such a way that it reflects progression from the
development of general knowledge to application integration and analysis and
eventually to the practical use of knowledge
312 The first three parts forming group one constitute fundamental knowledge in the
roles and values of PE anatomy and human movement
313 The second group consisting of Part IV V and VI is mainly on the application of
knowledge in fitness and health sports training and sports injuries
314 The third group that is Part VII and VIII focuses more on analysis and integration
of knowledge in motor learning and sport psychology as well as sociology
315 The last group including Part IX and X illustrates the knowledge for practice in
sport management and the practical demonstration of different physical activities
32 The sequence suggested will enable students to explore their interests in SS1 and develop a
better understanding of the subject especially when they expand their knowledge on
exercise physiology and fitness and health which is essential for the pursuit of physical and
sport activities The knowledge in NSS1 provides students with key concepts in PE which
is essential for subsequent construction of knowledge It allows a smooth progression to
SS2 and SS3 when students go through Part X ldquoPerformance in Physical Activitiesrdquo which
involves the higher order cognitive process of integration and synthesis of knowledge Also
students will be more mature for the learning of other abstract topics such as sport
sociology where they need to examine issues from multiple perspectives Besides students
are exposed to different disciplines in sport psychology sport sociology and sport
management Though these disciplines are not offered individually as electives students
may focus more on those they are interested in or capable of in their study for future
studies or career pursuits
SECOND DRAFT
18
Curriculum Planning 33 Flexibility of time-tabling The time-tabling of the subject should be flexible to maximize
learning especially for those topics including practical work For example the service for
school sport activities is likely to be conducted outside normal lesson time The activities
may be held after school on Saturday during post examination activities period or in a
whole day mode such as athletic meet and swimming gala
34 For students of different abilities Learning tasks will on the one hand ensure that
students have equal opportunities for the learning of all essential elements and on the other
allow the brighter students to excel School activity service such as organising sport
activities or competitions will serve the former principle School activities offered inside
and outside school are opportunities for the elite student-athletes thus serving the latter
principle
35 For students with different inclinations Some topics such as biomechanics motor
learning and sport psychology sport sociology and sport management which are designed
to be taught in SS2 or SS3 are more specific involving students in more in-depth learning
to meet their needs and interests
36 Making student learning more meaningful The integration of theory and practical work
make learning more meaningful as students could apply what they learn and more
importantly understand the reasons behind sport performance and sport phenomenon Also
theory and practical work will complement each other and strengthen studentsrsquo learning
experience
37 Integrating conceptual learning with life-wide learning experiences The learning of the
various domains of knowledge physical skills and physical fitness is certainly linked to the
physical experience of the Other Learning Experiences and the outside school learning
experiences such as participation in sport-related services and competitions This will
enhance student learning especially when it is applied in real life situations
SECOND DRAFT
19
38 Integrating learning with assessment The balanced use of formative and summative
assessments and the feedback given to students will help students learn Diversified
assessment will be particularly useful in reflecting studentsrsquo performance and motivating
them to improve in the learning process
SECOND DRAFT
20
Chapter 4 Learning and Teaching
Guiding Principles 41 The guiding principles of the learning and teaching of the PE subject are
All learners can learn and none will be deprived of learning opportunities because of
socio-economic status
A flexible framework to cater for learner differences
Construction of knowledge to nurture studentsrsquo self-learning capacity
Building on studentsrsquo learning experience and prior knowledge
Integration of knowledge and stimulation of high-order thinking
Provision of a caring and motivating learning environment
Using formative and summative assessments as well as feedback to improve learning
Adoption of reflective teaching and teachers adjusting teaching strategies according to
studentsrsquo performance
Suggested Learning and Teaching Approaches and Strategies 42 There are a number of learning and teaching approaches and strategies
421 Varying instructional strategies to use different instructional methods for whole
class teaching small group and individual work Use of an interactive mode of
learning and feedback are useful to enhance learning
422 Building on prior learning experiences to make use of the knowledge and skills
learned in basic education and the concurrent 5 physical learning experience
423 Effective use of learning and teaching resources to maximize the use of library
resources and encourage students to conduct web search for information to use
community resources especially sport facilities to facilitate learning
424 Development of generic skills and nurturing values and attitudes to develop
studentsrsquo generic skills and nurture their positive values and attitudes in genuine
contexts especially during group work sport competitions community service etc
425 Life-wide learning apart from formal PE lessons to provide other learning
opportunities for students to gain relevant learning experiences especially those
SECOND DRAFT
21
outside school activities
426 Reading to learn to encourage students to read reference materials such as books
journals magazines to widen their knowledge-base and to foster their interest in
different topics progressing at their own pace
427 IT for interactive learning to nurture in students a habit of using IT for
interactive learning Use of multi-media and internet facilitates more interesting
and effective learning
428 Referencing to local context it helps students better understand the application of
the PE and sport theories particularly those of fitness and health sport sociology
and sport management
429 Catering for learner differences to adopt varying strategies for students with
diversified abilities in the learning of theories or physical skills Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship is one way
to enhance learning
4210 Balanced practical work of physical skills practical work is important and
facilitates understanding of concepts and theories But an undue emphasis on
physical skills will distort the objective of the subject which may be misinterpreted
as supporting only elite sport training
4211 Safety in practical work always pay attention to safety measures and risk
management in practical work to avoid injuries and learn how to handle problems
when they occur
4212 Collaboration with teachers of other disciplines liaison with Physics and
Biology teachers is beneficial in the teaching of biomechanics and anatomy
Consulting the school counselor is an effective way for students to handle studying
problems and improve study skills
Catering for Learner Differences 43 Learner differences in this subject refer to diversified student abilities in terms of
knowledge of theory or mastery of physical skills or a combination of both Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship helps to enhance
learning and ease teacherrsquos workload
SECOND DRAFT
22
431 Students who are strong in physical skills but weak in theory students who are
strong in physical skills are usually committed and persevering in performing tasks
They have high self-esteem and pride in their own strengths The key for these
students to learn better is to help them apply their strengths in academic studies
432 Students who are interested in PE but weak in physical skills These students are
motivated to learn particularly when they are provided with suitable encouragement
The best way is to ask students with good physical skills to be ldquostudent mentorsrdquo
and help this type of students
433 Students with weak physical fitness level Physical fitness is partly genetically
predetermined Physical fitness tests should not be used in a way that could
embarrass the weaker students It is better to encourage them to work according to
realistic individual goals In fact physical fitness standards should be reasonably set
Elite standards should be avoided
44 On the other hand there are different learning and teaching strategies for students with
different academic abilities
441 Average abilities Help these students to set higher but achievable goals and always
motivate them to work harder Positive reinforcement such as extrinsic reward is
always helpful
442 Lower abilities Modify tasks to suit studentsrsquo abilities or to separate the tasks into
parts to let students progressively build up a foundation of knowledge which
promises a better chance of success This could also nurture studentsrsquo
self-confidence and motivation Moreover it is good to focus on what students can
accomplish and not to encourage them to compare their results with those of others
443 Exceptionally gifted Always encourage them to go beyond the set targets They
could be assigned as study leaders and sport captains or to assist the teacher by
demonstrating physical skills in lessons
Exemplar 45 A few exemplars are included in the appendices to show how some topics can be taught
and how to integrate theory with practical activities
SECOND DRAFT
23
Chapter 5 Assessment
51 Assessment is a way to collect evidence of studentsrsquo learning It aims to provide feedback to
students and identify their strengths and weaknesses in learning It helps identify what the
next learning target should be and how it can be achieved
Internal Assessment 52 Internal assessment is an integral part of the learning and teaching of PE in the NSS
curriculum
53 Formative assessment can help collect evidence about the effectiveness of learning and
teaching and provide feedback to students and teachers for further improvement It reflects
the strengths and weaknesses of students in terms of knowledge skills and attitudes
according to which tailor-made adjustments can be made in the learning teaching and
assessment cycle With reference to the learning targets formative assessment helps
evaluate studentsrsquo progress and enhance motivation in learning Oral feedback observation
checklist reflection form and project work are some examples of formative assessment for
PE
54 Summative assessment is a useful tool for describing studentsrsquo progress of learning and
achievements at a specific stage of learning
55 Both formative assessment and summative assessment are useful to facilitate learning if
they are effectively implemented
56 The assessment of values and attitudes could be done in school and recorded in the Senior
Secondary Student Learning Profile Studentsrsquo learning experiences and achievements in PE
will be recognised and reflected in the profile Achievements in high level competitions
qualifications in coaching and refereeing obtained by the elite athletes will also be included
SECOND DRAFT
24
Public Assessment 57 This section describes the direction of the development of public assessment Hong Kong
Examinations and Assessment Authority (HKEAA) will develop the assessment rubrics at a
later stage as outlined in paragraph 511 below At the moment the target is to include two
parts in the public assessment in the form of a School-based Assessment (SBA) and an
external assessment It is recommended that the public assessment for PE comprises the
following
SBA (30) External Assessment (70) 10 Physical activity (1) 10 Physical activity (2) 10 Physical fitness and a related written
assignment
2 written papers of a total of 4 hours
Key for SBA
Physical activity (1) Physical activity (2)
Physical activities (1) amp (2) are from 2 different areas of activity of athletics ball games gymnastics aquatics dance outdoor pursuits and other activities stipulated in the PE KLA Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) (2002)
Physical fitness and a related written assignment
Standardised physical fitness components A written assignment which focuses on studentsrsquo learning process such as illustration of the aims and targets and an implementation plan of physical fitness
58 The model presented above is open for feedback and suggestions Indeed the weighting of
SBA and external assessment will be set in 2006 However according to the timeline
described in paragraph 511 below it could still be adjusted after the NSS has been
implemented to meet any new curriculum and assessment needs that may arise The
moderation format of SBA depends on the number of candidates Statistical moderation is
suitable for a large candidature and non-statistical methods are more appropriate for a
relatively small candidature
59 Written papersStudents are expected to do all parts to acquire broad and balanced
knowledge However apart from compulsory questions on selected parts such as parts 1 to
SECOND DRAFT
25
6 flexibility is sought to allow students options in choosing questions about the other parts
such as parts 7 to 9 Careful consideration will be taken to keep the breadth of coverage and
depth of cognitive level of different options comparable As for the duration of written
papers it will not exceed four hours
510 ReportingStandards-referenced reporting will be used The results issued by HKEAA are
expected to cover 3 components the results of SBA external assessment and the total of
the two Such a format of reporting has the advantage of giving stakeholders a more
comprehensive picture of studentsrsquo achievement in this subject
511 Developmental timelineThe examination rubrics developed by the HKEAA will be ready
by February 2006 By then the weighting and components of SBA as well as the number
and duration of written papers will be fixed Sample examination papers will be available
in 2007 so that schools will have access to more details before the implementation of the
NSS curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
26
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources 61 Resource materials to support learning and teaching will be developed in collaboration with
tertiary institution educational organisations and school teachers Individual sets of
materials for the different parts will be produced This will facilitate necessary updates in
future
62 The PE Section of Education and Manpower Bureau (EMB) is working to produce videos
of PE lessons for SBA purposes There will be seminars to brief teachers on the use of such
information in assessing studentsrsquo physical skills
63 Learning and teaching resources will not be confined to materials produced by EMB
Schools may use reference materials produced in other countries including reference books
journals web-based materials and audio-visual aids
64 Teachers are encouraged to share school-based materials especially in different professional
development programmes organised by EMB The materials include teaching notes on
different topics and materials generated from pilot studies and research projects conducted
by schools These materials are very useful for PE curriculum development at the NSS
level
65 Though not exhaustive a list consists of materials recommended for students in the
promotion of reading to learn is attached in the Appendix
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
7
show commitment and responsibility in organising events involving physical activities
in school or the community and demonstrate an understanding of and respect for
different cultures in PE and sport
Learning Outcomes 23 At the end of the senior secondary curriculum students should be able to
live an active and healthy life by doing regular exercise maintaining a reasonable
physical fitness level practising healthy eating and staying free from substance abuse
demonstrate a knowledge of theory through participation in a number of physical
activities and at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
apply deeper knowledge acquired through studying principles of PE exercise
physiology fitness and health biomechanics sport sociology motor learning and sport
psychology and sport management and be aware of the connection between such
knowledge and other disciplines for future advancement
demonstrate generic skills such as collaborative skills critical thinking skills
communication skills and creativity through the learning of theories and physical
activities and apply these qualities in real-life situations
uphold positive sport-related values and attitudes and demonstrate proper sporting
etiquette and desirable moral behaviour and
demonstrate commitment and responsibility when performing physical activities and
sport events especially in school and community services and show understanding of
and respect for different sporting cultures
Curriculum Content 24 Part I This part gives students a general picture about the scope of PE and its
relationship with sport recreation and leisure The terminology the general concepts
and the information concerning the local PE scene help students learn and link it with
the other parts of the curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
8
Part
Suggested Time Allocation ()
I Physical Education Sport Recreation Leisure and Wellness (6) (a) Definition History and Development of PE Sport Recreation
Leisure and Wellness
(b) Roles and Values of PE Sport Recreation and Leisure (i) Personal development (ii) Socialization (iii) International relationship (c) PE in Hong Kong (i) Primary (ii) Secondary (iii) Tertiary (d) Sport Recreation and Leisure in Hong Kong (i) Government (ii) Non-government organisations (iii) Private and commercial clubs
25 Part II This part helps students build a foundation in PE through familiarising them
with the knowledge of human body systems and prepares them for the study of fitness
and health exercise and sport training sport injuries and motor learning and sport
psychology
II Human Body (15) (a) Growth and Development (i) Life cycle amp growth curves (ii) Stages of development (iii) Body types (b) Skeletal System (i) Functions (ii) Bones (iii) Joints (iv) Cartilage (v) Ligaments (c) Nervous System (i) Functions (ii) Central Nervous System (d) Muscular System (i) Functions (ii) Types of muscle and muscle fibre (iii) Types of muscle contraction (iv) Neuromuscular control
SECOND DRAFT
9
(e) Cardiovascular System (i) Functions (ii) Blood vessels (iii) Heart (iv) Circulation (f) Respiratory System (i) Functions (ii) Lungs (iii) Pulmonary ventilation (iv) Gaseous exchange (g) Energy System (i) Aerobic system (ii) Anaerobic system (iii) Energy metabolism during rest and physical activities
26 Part III This part covers the basic elements in human movement and is linked to the
discipline of Physics It guides students to understand the scientific basis of movement
and to apply this knowledge to enhance their performance
III Movement Analysis (7) (a) Biomechanics (i) Force (ii) Motion (iii) Newtonrsquos Law of Motion (iv) Velocity and acceleration (v) Centre of gravity (vi) Lever (b) Types of Body Movement (i) Flexion-extension (ii) Abduction-adduction (iii) Pronation-supination (iv) Plane of motion (v) Rotation (c) Application in Sports
27 Part IV This part helps students explore and compare the concepts of physical fitness
and sport-related fitness the nutritional components and the diet related to physical
performance and the interlocking relations between exercise physical fitness diet
health and chronic diseases Such knowledge helps students recognise the importance
of an active and healthy lifestyle It also plays an important role in facilitating
understanding of the concept of wellness mentioned in Part I
SECOND DRAFT
10
IV Fitness and Nutrition for Health and Performance in Physical Activities (15) (a) Components of Health (i) Physical health (ii) Mental health (iii) Social health (b) Definition of Physical Fitness and Sport-related Fitness (i) Physical Fitness (ii) Sport-related fitness (c) Components and Measurement of Physical Fitness (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Flexibility (iii) Muscular strength and endurance (iv) Body composition (d) Components and Measurement of Sport-related Fitness (i) Agility (ii) Balance (iii) Coordination (iv) Endurance (v) Flexibility (vi) Reaction time (vii) Speed (viii) Strength (e) Food and Nutrition (i) Carbohydrates (ii) Proteins (iii) Fats (iv) Vitamins minerals fibres and water (v) Balanced diet (vi) Nutrition and exercise performance (f) Weight Control (i) Energy balance (ii) Overweight and obesity (iii) Weight control (g) Healthy Behaviour (i) Diet (ii) Exercise and physical activity level (iii) Rest and relaxation (iv) Substance abuse (v) Posture (h) Roles of Physical Activity for the Prevention of Non-Communicable
Diseases
(i) Coronary heart disease (ii) Diabetes (iii) Hypertension (iv) Hypokinetic degeneration
SECOND DRAFT
11
28 Part V This part equips students with the knowledge of physical performance and
sport training It enables students to understand the general principles and effects of
physical training which are fundamental in exercise and the acquisition of physical
skills
V Physiological Basis for Exercise and Sport Training (12) (a) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Muscular fitness (iii) Flexibility (iv) Age (v) Gender (vi) Heredity (vii) Body types (viii) Drugs (ix) Environment (b) Concepts and Principles of Training (i) Aerobic and anaerobic training (ii) Principles of training (iii) Basic considerations in training (iv) Planning of training programmes (c) Training Methods (i) Resistance training (ii) Circuit training (iii) Continuous training (iv) Interval training (d) Training and Detraining Effects (i) Cardiovascular adaptations (ii) Metabolic adaptations
29 Part VI This part equips students with the knowledge of safety measures in physical
activities and sport Building on studentsrsquo previous knowledge of human body and
movement exercise and sport training it raises their awareness of common sport
injuries and helps them apply this knowledge to treatment and prevention measures
VI Sport Injuries Treatment and Precautions (7) (a) Factors Leading to Sport Injuries (i) Environmental factors (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Protective devices (iv) Level of skills
SECOND DRAFT
12
(v) Level of fitness (vi) Physical limitations (vii) Nature of different sports (b) Common Sport Injuries (i) Bleeding (ii) Abrasion (iii) Contusion (iv) Dislocation (v) Fracture (vi) Pulled muscle (vii) Sprain (viii) Strain (ix) Heat and cold injuries (x) Overuse injuries (c) Treatment (i) General principles of first aid (ii) PRICE (Protection Rest Ice Compression Elevation) (iii) Resuscitation (d) Prevention of Sport Injuries (i) Risk assessment (ii) Safety measures (iii) Warm up and cool down
210 Part VII This part helps students understand the theory of motor learning and the
fundamental elements of motor learning and sport psychology Building on the previous
parts it helps students explain the learning process and performance of daily-life physical
skills
VII Motor Learning and Sport Psychology (7) (a) Application of Learning Theory in Motor Learning (i) Skill classifications (ii) Skill acquisition and information processing (iii) Stages of learning and transfer of learning (iv) Intrinsic and extrinsic feedback (v) Knowledge of result and knowledge of performance (vi) Practice methods (b) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Anxiety and arousal (ii) Attention and concentration (iii) Motivation and self-confidence (iv) Goal setting (v) Imagery and mental practice (vi) Personality (vii) Aggression
SECOND DRAFT
13
(c) Application of Stress Management in Sport (i) The nature of stress (ii) Stress management
211 Part VIII This part allows students to investigate different issues of physical and sport
activities in relation to society It helps students understand more deeply the roles and
values of PE and sport from different perspectives It also nurtures studentsrsquo high-order
thinking skills by exploring specific issues
VIII Social Aspects of PE Sport and Recreation (8) (a) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (i) Philosophical foundation history and development of the Olympic
Games
(ii) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (iii) Chinarsquos involvement in the Olympic Movement (iv) Challenges to the Olympic Movement and Olympicism (b) International Organisations Major Games and Major International
Competitions
(i) International Olympic Committee and International Sports Federations
(ii) Olympic Games and other major games (iii) Major international competitions (c) Chinarsquos Sporting Culture (i) Chinarsquos sporting culture (ii) All China Games (d) Sport and Society (i) Sport for all and sport for elite (ii) Amateurs and professionals (iii) Competition (iv) Drugs in sport (v) Violence in sport (vi) Politics and sport (vii) Media and sport (e) Factors Influencing Participation in Sport and Recreation (i) Personal factor (ii) Family factor (iii) Social factor (iv) Cultural factor (v) Political factor (vi) Environmental factor
212 Part IX This part introduces the basic concepts of sport management and programme
organisation It aims at equipping students with useful knowledge to perform school and
SECOND DRAFT
14
community services particularly the organization of different physical activity events
IX Sport and Recreation Management (6) (a) Concepts on Sport and Recreation Management (i) The management process (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Funding (iv) Staffing
(v) Time factor (b) Programme Organisation (i) Competition systems (ii) Organisation of events of physical activity (c) Legal Issues in PE Sport and Recreation (i) Liability in PE and sport activities (ii) Negligence in PE and sport activities
213 Part X This practical part provides an opportunity for students to apply the theories
learned from the other parts through participating in physical activities It requires students
to relate and integrate different aspects of knowledge learned to enhance their skill
performance and physical fitness It also develops studentsrsquo personal qualities by enabling
them to recognise their role in PE-related school and community services
X Performance in Physical Activities (17) (a) Demonstration of Skills and Knowledge of Various Physical Activities (i) Acquisition mastery and demonstration of a number of physical
activities
(ii) Active participation in at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
(iii) Demonstration of regular exercise to maintain fitness and health (iv) Application of learned theories in the performance of physical
activities
(v) Demonstration of a leading role in school andor community services
(100)
Curriculum Organisation 214 Learning and Teaching Sequence The suggested sequence of the learning and
teaching components for PE is that the foundation of PE comes first before the topics
on human body exercise physiology as well as health and fitness These topics are
then followed by those related to other knowledge disciplines namely biomechanics
SECOND DRAFT
15
sport sociology and motor learning and sport psychology The learning of physical
activities and related co-curricular activities will be ongoing throughout the three years
of senior secondary education The rationale for the way the ten parts are sequenced is
as follows
2141 A foundation part including terminology gives students the general knowledge
essential for a smooth transition from an activity-oriented basic education PE
curriculum to an academic-oriented PE curriculum
2142 The energy system together with the anatomy of different systems of human
biology is basic for understanding of different aspects of the subsequent topic of
exercise physiology
2143 The biomechanics of Physics and its relation to and application in sports is
conducive to the learning of subsequent topics on sports medicine exercise
physiology and motor learning and sport psychology However it may be taught at
a later stage such as at SS2 or SS3 as the concepts are more specific
2144 With the knowledge of the human body it is easier for students to acquire some
important concepts such as weight control and healthy behaviour and the related
chronological diseases and apply the knowledge of fitness nutrition and health in
daily life
2145 The knowledge of exercise physiology is specific to PE and sport performance and
training
2146 The understanding of human movement anatomy and exercise physiology is useful
for the study of sport injuries treatment and prevention
2147 When students are promoted to higher forms they are more capable of grasping the
abstract ideas of how motor learning and sport psychology affect sport
performance
2148 The analysis of and enquiry into different sport issues from multi-perspectives help
develop studentsrsquo high order thinking skills and their ability to think independently
2149 The integration of knowledge and practical skills enables higher form students to
perform school and community services such as organizing sport events
21410 Participation in physical activities has a dual role First it helps students to realise
an active and healthy lifestyle in an effort to remain fit and healthy and second it
SECOND DRAFT
16
enhances studentsrsquo understanding of different theories
Time Allocation
215 10 of the total curriculum time will be allocated to the subject It will be about 270
hours for class teaching in the 3 years of the NSS curriculum However the exact number
of hours can be school-based and may thus have slight variations between schools
SECOND DRAFT
17
Chapter 3 Curriculum Planning
Progression of Studies 31 The parts are sequenced as follows
311 The parts are sequenced in such a way that it reflects progression from the
development of general knowledge to application integration and analysis and
eventually to the practical use of knowledge
312 The first three parts forming group one constitute fundamental knowledge in the
roles and values of PE anatomy and human movement
313 The second group consisting of Part IV V and VI is mainly on the application of
knowledge in fitness and health sports training and sports injuries
314 The third group that is Part VII and VIII focuses more on analysis and integration
of knowledge in motor learning and sport psychology as well as sociology
315 The last group including Part IX and X illustrates the knowledge for practice in
sport management and the practical demonstration of different physical activities
32 The sequence suggested will enable students to explore their interests in SS1 and develop a
better understanding of the subject especially when they expand their knowledge on
exercise physiology and fitness and health which is essential for the pursuit of physical and
sport activities The knowledge in NSS1 provides students with key concepts in PE which
is essential for subsequent construction of knowledge It allows a smooth progression to
SS2 and SS3 when students go through Part X ldquoPerformance in Physical Activitiesrdquo which
involves the higher order cognitive process of integration and synthesis of knowledge Also
students will be more mature for the learning of other abstract topics such as sport
sociology where they need to examine issues from multiple perspectives Besides students
are exposed to different disciplines in sport psychology sport sociology and sport
management Though these disciplines are not offered individually as electives students
may focus more on those they are interested in or capable of in their study for future
studies or career pursuits
SECOND DRAFT
18
Curriculum Planning 33 Flexibility of time-tabling The time-tabling of the subject should be flexible to maximize
learning especially for those topics including practical work For example the service for
school sport activities is likely to be conducted outside normal lesson time The activities
may be held after school on Saturday during post examination activities period or in a
whole day mode such as athletic meet and swimming gala
34 For students of different abilities Learning tasks will on the one hand ensure that
students have equal opportunities for the learning of all essential elements and on the other
allow the brighter students to excel School activity service such as organising sport
activities or competitions will serve the former principle School activities offered inside
and outside school are opportunities for the elite student-athletes thus serving the latter
principle
35 For students with different inclinations Some topics such as biomechanics motor
learning and sport psychology sport sociology and sport management which are designed
to be taught in SS2 or SS3 are more specific involving students in more in-depth learning
to meet their needs and interests
36 Making student learning more meaningful The integration of theory and practical work
make learning more meaningful as students could apply what they learn and more
importantly understand the reasons behind sport performance and sport phenomenon Also
theory and practical work will complement each other and strengthen studentsrsquo learning
experience
37 Integrating conceptual learning with life-wide learning experiences The learning of the
various domains of knowledge physical skills and physical fitness is certainly linked to the
physical experience of the Other Learning Experiences and the outside school learning
experiences such as participation in sport-related services and competitions This will
enhance student learning especially when it is applied in real life situations
SECOND DRAFT
19
38 Integrating learning with assessment The balanced use of formative and summative
assessments and the feedback given to students will help students learn Diversified
assessment will be particularly useful in reflecting studentsrsquo performance and motivating
them to improve in the learning process
SECOND DRAFT
20
Chapter 4 Learning and Teaching
Guiding Principles 41 The guiding principles of the learning and teaching of the PE subject are
All learners can learn and none will be deprived of learning opportunities because of
socio-economic status
A flexible framework to cater for learner differences
Construction of knowledge to nurture studentsrsquo self-learning capacity
Building on studentsrsquo learning experience and prior knowledge
Integration of knowledge and stimulation of high-order thinking
Provision of a caring and motivating learning environment
Using formative and summative assessments as well as feedback to improve learning
Adoption of reflective teaching and teachers adjusting teaching strategies according to
studentsrsquo performance
Suggested Learning and Teaching Approaches and Strategies 42 There are a number of learning and teaching approaches and strategies
421 Varying instructional strategies to use different instructional methods for whole
class teaching small group and individual work Use of an interactive mode of
learning and feedback are useful to enhance learning
422 Building on prior learning experiences to make use of the knowledge and skills
learned in basic education and the concurrent 5 physical learning experience
423 Effective use of learning and teaching resources to maximize the use of library
resources and encourage students to conduct web search for information to use
community resources especially sport facilities to facilitate learning
424 Development of generic skills and nurturing values and attitudes to develop
studentsrsquo generic skills and nurture their positive values and attitudes in genuine
contexts especially during group work sport competitions community service etc
425 Life-wide learning apart from formal PE lessons to provide other learning
opportunities for students to gain relevant learning experiences especially those
SECOND DRAFT
21
outside school activities
426 Reading to learn to encourage students to read reference materials such as books
journals magazines to widen their knowledge-base and to foster their interest in
different topics progressing at their own pace
427 IT for interactive learning to nurture in students a habit of using IT for
interactive learning Use of multi-media and internet facilitates more interesting
and effective learning
428 Referencing to local context it helps students better understand the application of
the PE and sport theories particularly those of fitness and health sport sociology
and sport management
429 Catering for learner differences to adopt varying strategies for students with
diversified abilities in the learning of theories or physical skills Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship is one way
to enhance learning
4210 Balanced practical work of physical skills practical work is important and
facilitates understanding of concepts and theories But an undue emphasis on
physical skills will distort the objective of the subject which may be misinterpreted
as supporting only elite sport training
4211 Safety in practical work always pay attention to safety measures and risk
management in practical work to avoid injuries and learn how to handle problems
when they occur
4212 Collaboration with teachers of other disciplines liaison with Physics and
Biology teachers is beneficial in the teaching of biomechanics and anatomy
Consulting the school counselor is an effective way for students to handle studying
problems and improve study skills
Catering for Learner Differences 43 Learner differences in this subject refer to diversified student abilities in terms of
knowledge of theory or mastery of physical skills or a combination of both Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship helps to enhance
learning and ease teacherrsquos workload
SECOND DRAFT
22
431 Students who are strong in physical skills but weak in theory students who are
strong in physical skills are usually committed and persevering in performing tasks
They have high self-esteem and pride in their own strengths The key for these
students to learn better is to help them apply their strengths in academic studies
432 Students who are interested in PE but weak in physical skills These students are
motivated to learn particularly when they are provided with suitable encouragement
The best way is to ask students with good physical skills to be ldquostudent mentorsrdquo
and help this type of students
433 Students with weak physical fitness level Physical fitness is partly genetically
predetermined Physical fitness tests should not be used in a way that could
embarrass the weaker students It is better to encourage them to work according to
realistic individual goals In fact physical fitness standards should be reasonably set
Elite standards should be avoided
44 On the other hand there are different learning and teaching strategies for students with
different academic abilities
441 Average abilities Help these students to set higher but achievable goals and always
motivate them to work harder Positive reinforcement such as extrinsic reward is
always helpful
442 Lower abilities Modify tasks to suit studentsrsquo abilities or to separate the tasks into
parts to let students progressively build up a foundation of knowledge which
promises a better chance of success This could also nurture studentsrsquo
self-confidence and motivation Moreover it is good to focus on what students can
accomplish and not to encourage them to compare their results with those of others
443 Exceptionally gifted Always encourage them to go beyond the set targets They
could be assigned as study leaders and sport captains or to assist the teacher by
demonstrating physical skills in lessons
Exemplar 45 A few exemplars are included in the appendices to show how some topics can be taught
and how to integrate theory with practical activities
SECOND DRAFT
23
Chapter 5 Assessment
51 Assessment is a way to collect evidence of studentsrsquo learning It aims to provide feedback to
students and identify their strengths and weaknesses in learning It helps identify what the
next learning target should be and how it can be achieved
Internal Assessment 52 Internal assessment is an integral part of the learning and teaching of PE in the NSS
curriculum
53 Formative assessment can help collect evidence about the effectiveness of learning and
teaching and provide feedback to students and teachers for further improvement It reflects
the strengths and weaknesses of students in terms of knowledge skills and attitudes
according to which tailor-made adjustments can be made in the learning teaching and
assessment cycle With reference to the learning targets formative assessment helps
evaluate studentsrsquo progress and enhance motivation in learning Oral feedback observation
checklist reflection form and project work are some examples of formative assessment for
PE
54 Summative assessment is a useful tool for describing studentsrsquo progress of learning and
achievements at a specific stage of learning
55 Both formative assessment and summative assessment are useful to facilitate learning if
they are effectively implemented
56 The assessment of values and attitudes could be done in school and recorded in the Senior
Secondary Student Learning Profile Studentsrsquo learning experiences and achievements in PE
will be recognised and reflected in the profile Achievements in high level competitions
qualifications in coaching and refereeing obtained by the elite athletes will also be included
SECOND DRAFT
24
Public Assessment 57 This section describes the direction of the development of public assessment Hong Kong
Examinations and Assessment Authority (HKEAA) will develop the assessment rubrics at a
later stage as outlined in paragraph 511 below At the moment the target is to include two
parts in the public assessment in the form of a School-based Assessment (SBA) and an
external assessment It is recommended that the public assessment for PE comprises the
following
SBA (30) External Assessment (70) 10 Physical activity (1) 10 Physical activity (2) 10 Physical fitness and a related written
assignment
2 written papers of a total of 4 hours
Key for SBA
Physical activity (1) Physical activity (2)
Physical activities (1) amp (2) are from 2 different areas of activity of athletics ball games gymnastics aquatics dance outdoor pursuits and other activities stipulated in the PE KLA Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) (2002)
Physical fitness and a related written assignment
Standardised physical fitness components A written assignment which focuses on studentsrsquo learning process such as illustration of the aims and targets and an implementation plan of physical fitness
58 The model presented above is open for feedback and suggestions Indeed the weighting of
SBA and external assessment will be set in 2006 However according to the timeline
described in paragraph 511 below it could still be adjusted after the NSS has been
implemented to meet any new curriculum and assessment needs that may arise The
moderation format of SBA depends on the number of candidates Statistical moderation is
suitable for a large candidature and non-statistical methods are more appropriate for a
relatively small candidature
59 Written papersStudents are expected to do all parts to acquire broad and balanced
knowledge However apart from compulsory questions on selected parts such as parts 1 to
SECOND DRAFT
25
6 flexibility is sought to allow students options in choosing questions about the other parts
such as parts 7 to 9 Careful consideration will be taken to keep the breadth of coverage and
depth of cognitive level of different options comparable As for the duration of written
papers it will not exceed four hours
510 ReportingStandards-referenced reporting will be used The results issued by HKEAA are
expected to cover 3 components the results of SBA external assessment and the total of
the two Such a format of reporting has the advantage of giving stakeholders a more
comprehensive picture of studentsrsquo achievement in this subject
511 Developmental timelineThe examination rubrics developed by the HKEAA will be ready
by February 2006 By then the weighting and components of SBA as well as the number
and duration of written papers will be fixed Sample examination papers will be available
in 2007 so that schools will have access to more details before the implementation of the
NSS curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
26
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources 61 Resource materials to support learning and teaching will be developed in collaboration with
tertiary institution educational organisations and school teachers Individual sets of
materials for the different parts will be produced This will facilitate necessary updates in
future
62 The PE Section of Education and Manpower Bureau (EMB) is working to produce videos
of PE lessons for SBA purposes There will be seminars to brief teachers on the use of such
information in assessing studentsrsquo physical skills
63 Learning and teaching resources will not be confined to materials produced by EMB
Schools may use reference materials produced in other countries including reference books
journals web-based materials and audio-visual aids
64 Teachers are encouraged to share school-based materials especially in different professional
development programmes organised by EMB The materials include teaching notes on
different topics and materials generated from pilot studies and research projects conducted
by schools These materials are very useful for PE curriculum development at the NSS
level
65 Though not exhaustive a list consists of materials recommended for students in the
promotion of reading to learn is attached in the Appendix
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
8
Part
Suggested Time Allocation ()
I Physical Education Sport Recreation Leisure and Wellness (6) (a) Definition History and Development of PE Sport Recreation
Leisure and Wellness
(b) Roles and Values of PE Sport Recreation and Leisure (i) Personal development (ii) Socialization (iii) International relationship (c) PE in Hong Kong (i) Primary (ii) Secondary (iii) Tertiary (d) Sport Recreation and Leisure in Hong Kong (i) Government (ii) Non-government organisations (iii) Private and commercial clubs
25 Part II This part helps students build a foundation in PE through familiarising them
with the knowledge of human body systems and prepares them for the study of fitness
and health exercise and sport training sport injuries and motor learning and sport
psychology
II Human Body (15) (a) Growth and Development (i) Life cycle amp growth curves (ii) Stages of development (iii) Body types (b) Skeletal System (i) Functions (ii) Bones (iii) Joints (iv) Cartilage (v) Ligaments (c) Nervous System (i) Functions (ii) Central Nervous System (d) Muscular System (i) Functions (ii) Types of muscle and muscle fibre (iii) Types of muscle contraction (iv) Neuromuscular control
SECOND DRAFT
9
(e) Cardiovascular System (i) Functions (ii) Blood vessels (iii) Heart (iv) Circulation (f) Respiratory System (i) Functions (ii) Lungs (iii) Pulmonary ventilation (iv) Gaseous exchange (g) Energy System (i) Aerobic system (ii) Anaerobic system (iii) Energy metabolism during rest and physical activities
26 Part III This part covers the basic elements in human movement and is linked to the
discipline of Physics It guides students to understand the scientific basis of movement
and to apply this knowledge to enhance their performance
III Movement Analysis (7) (a) Biomechanics (i) Force (ii) Motion (iii) Newtonrsquos Law of Motion (iv) Velocity and acceleration (v) Centre of gravity (vi) Lever (b) Types of Body Movement (i) Flexion-extension (ii) Abduction-adduction (iii) Pronation-supination (iv) Plane of motion (v) Rotation (c) Application in Sports
27 Part IV This part helps students explore and compare the concepts of physical fitness
and sport-related fitness the nutritional components and the diet related to physical
performance and the interlocking relations between exercise physical fitness diet
health and chronic diseases Such knowledge helps students recognise the importance
of an active and healthy lifestyle It also plays an important role in facilitating
understanding of the concept of wellness mentioned in Part I
SECOND DRAFT
10
IV Fitness and Nutrition for Health and Performance in Physical Activities (15) (a) Components of Health (i) Physical health (ii) Mental health (iii) Social health (b) Definition of Physical Fitness and Sport-related Fitness (i) Physical Fitness (ii) Sport-related fitness (c) Components and Measurement of Physical Fitness (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Flexibility (iii) Muscular strength and endurance (iv) Body composition (d) Components and Measurement of Sport-related Fitness (i) Agility (ii) Balance (iii) Coordination (iv) Endurance (v) Flexibility (vi) Reaction time (vii) Speed (viii) Strength (e) Food and Nutrition (i) Carbohydrates (ii) Proteins (iii) Fats (iv) Vitamins minerals fibres and water (v) Balanced diet (vi) Nutrition and exercise performance (f) Weight Control (i) Energy balance (ii) Overweight and obesity (iii) Weight control (g) Healthy Behaviour (i) Diet (ii) Exercise and physical activity level (iii) Rest and relaxation (iv) Substance abuse (v) Posture (h) Roles of Physical Activity for the Prevention of Non-Communicable
Diseases
(i) Coronary heart disease (ii) Diabetes (iii) Hypertension (iv) Hypokinetic degeneration
SECOND DRAFT
11
28 Part V This part equips students with the knowledge of physical performance and
sport training It enables students to understand the general principles and effects of
physical training which are fundamental in exercise and the acquisition of physical
skills
V Physiological Basis for Exercise and Sport Training (12) (a) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Muscular fitness (iii) Flexibility (iv) Age (v) Gender (vi) Heredity (vii) Body types (viii) Drugs (ix) Environment (b) Concepts and Principles of Training (i) Aerobic and anaerobic training (ii) Principles of training (iii) Basic considerations in training (iv) Planning of training programmes (c) Training Methods (i) Resistance training (ii) Circuit training (iii) Continuous training (iv) Interval training (d) Training and Detraining Effects (i) Cardiovascular adaptations (ii) Metabolic adaptations
29 Part VI This part equips students with the knowledge of safety measures in physical
activities and sport Building on studentsrsquo previous knowledge of human body and
movement exercise and sport training it raises their awareness of common sport
injuries and helps them apply this knowledge to treatment and prevention measures
VI Sport Injuries Treatment and Precautions (7) (a) Factors Leading to Sport Injuries (i) Environmental factors (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Protective devices (iv) Level of skills
SECOND DRAFT
12
(v) Level of fitness (vi) Physical limitations (vii) Nature of different sports (b) Common Sport Injuries (i) Bleeding (ii) Abrasion (iii) Contusion (iv) Dislocation (v) Fracture (vi) Pulled muscle (vii) Sprain (viii) Strain (ix) Heat and cold injuries (x) Overuse injuries (c) Treatment (i) General principles of first aid (ii) PRICE (Protection Rest Ice Compression Elevation) (iii) Resuscitation (d) Prevention of Sport Injuries (i) Risk assessment (ii) Safety measures (iii) Warm up and cool down
210 Part VII This part helps students understand the theory of motor learning and the
fundamental elements of motor learning and sport psychology Building on the previous
parts it helps students explain the learning process and performance of daily-life physical
skills
VII Motor Learning and Sport Psychology (7) (a) Application of Learning Theory in Motor Learning (i) Skill classifications (ii) Skill acquisition and information processing (iii) Stages of learning and transfer of learning (iv) Intrinsic and extrinsic feedback (v) Knowledge of result and knowledge of performance (vi) Practice methods (b) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Anxiety and arousal (ii) Attention and concentration (iii) Motivation and self-confidence (iv) Goal setting (v) Imagery and mental practice (vi) Personality (vii) Aggression
SECOND DRAFT
13
(c) Application of Stress Management in Sport (i) The nature of stress (ii) Stress management
211 Part VIII This part allows students to investigate different issues of physical and sport
activities in relation to society It helps students understand more deeply the roles and
values of PE and sport from different perspectives It also nurtures studentsrsquo high-order
thinking skills by exploring specific issues
VIII Social Aspects of PE Sport and Recreation (8) (a) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (i) Philosophical foundation history and development of the Olympic
Games
(ii) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (iii) Chinarsquos involvement in the Olympic Movement (iv) Challenges to the Olympic Movement and Olympicism (b) International Organisations Major Games and Major International
Competitions
(i) International Olympic Committee and International Sports Federations
(ii) Olympic Games and other major games (iii) Major international competitions (c) Chinarsquos Sporting Culture (i) Chinarsquos sporting culture (ii) All China Games (d) Sport and Society (i) Sport for all and sport for elite (ii) Amateurs and professionals (iii) Competition (iv) Drugs in sport (v) Violence in sport (vi) Politics and sport (vii) Media and sport (e) Factors Influencing Participation in Sport and Recreation (i) Personal factor (ii) Family factor (iii) Social factor (iv) Cultural factor (v) Political factor (vi) Environmental factor
212 Part IX This part introduces the basic concepts of sport management and programme
organisation It aims at equipping students with useful knowledge to perform school and
SECOND DRAFT
14
community services particularly the organization of different physical activity events
IX Sport and Recreation Management (6) (a) Concepts on Sport and Recreation Management (i) The management process (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Funding (iv) Staffing
(v) Time factor (b) Programme Organisation (i) Competition systems (ii) Organisation of events of physical activity (c) Legal Issues in PE Sport and Recreation (i) Liability in PE and sport activities (ii) Negligence in PE and sport activities
213 Part X This practical part provides an opportunity for students to apply the theories
learned from the other parts through participating in physical activities It requires students
to relate and integrate different aspects of knowledge learned to enhance their skill
performance and physical fitness It also develops studentsrsquo personal qualities by enabling
them to recognise their role in PE-related school and community services
X Performance in Physical Activities (17) (a) Demonstration of Skills and Knowledge of Various Physical Activities (i) Acquisition mastery and demonstration of a number of physical
activities
(ii) Active participation in at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
(iii) Demonstration of regular exercise to maintain fitness and health (iv) Application of learned theories in the performance of physical
activities
(v) Demonstration of a leading role in school andor community services
(100)
Curriculum Organisation 214 Learning and Teaching Sequence The suggested sequence of the learning and
teaching components for PE is that the foundation of PE comes first before the topics
on human body exercise physiology as well as health and fitness These topics are
then followed by those related to other knowledge disciplines namely biomechanics
SECOND DRAFT
15
sport sociology and motor learning and sport psychology The learning of physical
activities and related co-curricular activities will be ongoing throughout the three years
of senior secondary education The rationale for the way the ten parts are sequenced is
as follows
2141 A foundation part including terminology gives students the general knowledge
essential for a smooth transition from an activity-oriented basic education PE
curriculum to an academic-oriented PE curriculum
2142 The energy system together with the anatomy of different systems of human
biology is basic for understanding of different aspects of the subsequent topic of
exercise physiology
2143 The biomechanics of Physics and its relation to and application in sports is
conducive to the learning of subsequent topics on sports medicine exercise
physiology and motor learning and sport psychology However it may be taught at
a later stage such as at SS2 or SS3 as the concepts are more specific
2144 With the knowledge of the human body it is easier for students to acquire some
important concepts such as weight control and healthy behaviour and the related
chronological diseases and apply the knowledge of fitness nutrition and health in
daily life
2145 The knowledge of exercise physiology is specific to PE and sport performance and
training
2146 The understanding of human movement anatomy and exercise physiology is useful
for the study of sport injuries treatment and prevention
2147 When students are promoted to higher forms they are more capable of grasping the
abstract ideas of how motor learning and sport psychology affect sport
performance
2148 The analysis of and enquiry into different sport issues from multi-perspectives help
develop studentsrsquo high order thinking skills and their ability to think independently
2149 The integration of knowledge and practical skills enables higher form students to
perform school and community services such as organizing sport events
21410 Participation in physical activities has a dual role First it helps students to realise
an active and healthy lifestyle in an effort to remain fit and healthy and second it
SECOND DRAFT
16
enhances studentsrsquo understanding of different theories
Time Allocation
215 10 of the total curriculum time will be allocated to the subject It will be about 270
hours for class teaching in the 3 years of the NSS curriculum However the exact number
of hours can be school-based and may thus have slight variations between schools
SECOND DRAFT
17
Chapter 3 Curriculum Planning
Progression of Studies 31 The parts are sequenced as follows
311 The parts are sequenced in such a way that it reflects progression from the
development of general knowledge to application integration and analysis and
eventually to the practical use of knowledge
312 The first three parts forming group one constitute fundamental knowledge in the
roles and values of PE anatomy and human movement
313 The second group consisting of Part IV V and VI is mainly on the application of
knowledge in fitness and health sports training and sports injuries
314 The third group that is Part VII and VIII focuses more on analysis and integration
of knowledge in motor learning and sport psychology as well as sociology
315 The last group including Part IX and X illustrates the knowledge for practice in
sport management and the practical demonstration of different physical activities
32 The sequence suggested will enable students to explore their interests in SS1 and develop a
better understanding of the subject especially when they expand their knowledge on
exercise physiology and fitness and health which is essential for the pursuit of physical and
sport activities The knowledge in NSS1 provides students with key concepts in PE which
is essential for subsequent construction of knowledge It allows a smooth progression to
SS2 and SS3 when students go through Part X ldquoPerformance in Physical Activitiesrdquo which
involves the higher order cognitive process of integration and synthesis of knowledge Also
students will be more mature for the learning of other abstract topics such as sport
sociology where they need to examine issues from multiple perspectives Besides students
are exposed to different disciplines in sport psychology sport sociology and sport
management Though these disciplines are not offered individually as electives students
may focus more on those they are interested in or capable of in their study for future
studies or career pursuits
SECOND DRAFT
18
Curriculum Planning 33 Flexibility of time-tabling The time-tabling of the subject should be flexible to maximize
learning especially for those topics including practical work For example the service for
school sport activities is likely to be conducted outside normal lesson time The activities
may be held after school on Saturday during post examination activities period or in a
whole day mode such as athletic meet and swimming gala
34 For students of different abilities Learning tasks will on the one hand ensure that
students have equal opportunities for the learning of all essential elements and on the other
allow the brighter students to excel School activity service such as organising sport
activities or competitions will serve the former principle School activities offered inside
and outside school are opportunities for the elite student-athletes thus serving the latter
principle
35 For students with different inclinations Some topics such as biomechanics motor
learning and sport psychology sport sociology and sport management which are designed
to be taught in SS2 or SS3 are more specific involving students in more in-depth learning
to meet their needs and interests
36 Making student learning more meaningful The integration of theory and practical work
make learning more meaningful as students could apply what they learn and more
importantly understand the reasons behind sport performance and sport phenomenon Also
theory and practical work will complement each other and strengthen studentsrsquo learning
experience
37 Integrating conceptual learning with life-wide learning experiences The learning of the
various domains of knowledge physical skills and physical fitness is certainly linked to the
physical experience of the Other Learning Experiences and the outside school learning
experiences such as participation in sport-related services and competitions This will
enhance student learning especially when it is applied in real life situations
SECOND DRAFT
19
38 Integrating learning with assessment The balanced use of formative and summative
assessments and the feedback given to students will help students learn Diversified
assessment will be particularly useful in reflecting studentsrsquo performance and motivating
them to improve in the learning process
SECOND DRAFT
20
Chapter 4 Learning and Teaching
Guiding Principles 41 The guiding principles of the learning and teaching of the PE subject are
All learners can learn and none will be deprived of learning opportunities because of
socio-economic status
A flexible framework to cater for learner differences
Construction of knowledge to nurture studentsrsquo self-learning capacity
Building on studentsrsquo learning experience and prior knowledge
Integration of knowledge and stimulation of high-order thinking
Provision of a caring and motivating learning environment
Using formative and summative assessments as well as feedback to improve learning
Adoption of reflective teaching and teachers adjusting teaching strategies according to
studentsrsquo performance
Suggested Learning and Teaching Approaches and Strategies 42 There are a number of learning and teaching approaches and strategies
421 Varying instructional strategies to use different instructional methods for whole
class teaching small group and individual work Use of an interactive mode of
learning and feedback are useful to enhance learning
422 Building on prior learning experiences to make use of the knowledge and skills
learned in basic education and the concurrent 5 physical learning experience
423 Effective use of learning and teaching resources to maximize the use of library
resources and encourage students to conduct web search for information to use
community resources especially sport facilities to facilitate learning
424 Development of generic skills and nurturing values and attitudes to develop
studentsrsquo generic skills and nurture their positive values and attitudes in genuine
contexts especially during group work sport competitions community service etc
425 Life-wide learning apart from formal PE lessons to provide other learning
opportunities for students to gain relevant learning experiences especially those
SECOND DRAFT
21
outside school activities
426 Reading to learn to encourage students to read reference materials such as books
journals magazines to widen their knowledge-base and to foster their interest in
different topics progressing at their own pace
427 IT for interactive learning to nurture in students a habit of using IT for
interactive learning Use of multi-media and internet facilitates more interesting
and effective learning
428 Referencing to local context it helps students better understand the application of
the PE and sport theories particularly those of fitness and health sport sociology
and sport management
429 Catering for learner differences to adopt varying strategies for students with
diversified abilities in the learning of theories or physical skills Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship is one way
to enhance learning
4210 Balanced practical work of physical skills practical work is important and
facilitates understanding of concepts and theories But an undue emphasis on
physical skills will distort the objective of the subject which may be misinterpreted
as supporting only elite sport training
4211 Safety in practical work always pay attention to safety measures and risk
management in practical work to avoid injuries and learn how to handle problems
when they occur
4212 Collaboration with teachers of other disciplines liaison with Physics and
Biology teachers is beneficial in the teaching of biomechanics and anatomy
Consulting the school counselor is an effective way for students to handle studying
problems and improve study skills
Catering for Learner Differences 43 Learner differences in this subject refer to diversified student abilities in terms of
knowledge of theory or mastery of physical skills or a combination of both Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship helps to enhance
learning and ease teacherrsquos workload
SECOND DRAFT
22
431 Students who are strong in physical skills but weak in theory students who are
strong in physical skills are usually committed and persevering in performing tasks
They have high self-esteem and pride in their own strengths The key for these
students to learn better is to help them apply their strengths in academic studies
432 Students who are interested in PE but weak in physical skills These students are
motivated to learn particularly when they are provided with suitable encouragement
The best way is to ask students with good physical skills to be ldquostudent mentorsrdquo
and help this type of students
433 Students with weak physical fitness level Physical fitness is partly genetically
predetermined Physical fitness tests should not be used in a way that could
embarrass the weaker students It is better to encourage them to work according to
realistic individual goals In fact physical fitness standards should be reasonably set
Elite standards should be avoided
44 On the other hand there are different learning and teaching strategies for students with
different academic abilities
441 Average abilities Help these students to set higher but achievable goals and always
motivate them to work harder Positive reinforcement such as extrinsic reward is
always helpful
442 Lower abilities Modify tasks to suit studentsrsquo abilities or to separate the tasks into
parts to let students progressively build up a foundation of knowledge which
promises a better chance of success This could also nurture studentsrsquo
self-confidence and motivation Moreover it is good to focus on what students can
accomplish and not to encourage them to compare their results with those of others
443 Exceptionally gifted Always encourage them to go beyond the set targets They
could be assigned as study leaders and sport captains or to assist the teacher by
demonstrating physical skills in lessons
Exemplar 45 A few exemplars are included in the appendices to show how some topics can be taught
and how to integrate theory with practical activities
SECOND DRAFT
23
Chapter 5 Assessment
51 Assessment is a way to collect evidence of studentsrsquo learning It aims to provide feedback to
students and identify their strengths and weaknesses in learning It helps identify what the
next learning target should be and how it can be achieved
Internal Assessment 52 Internal assessment is an integral part of the learning and teaching of PE in the NSS
curriculum
53 Formative assessment can help collect evidence about the effectiveness of learning and
teaching and provide feedback to students and teachers for further improvement It reflects
the strengths and weaknesses of students in terms of knowledge skills and attitudes
according to which tailor-made adjustments can be made in the learning teaching and
assessment cycle With reference to the learning targets formative assessment helps
evaluate studentsrsquo progress and enhance motivation in learning Oral feedback observation
checklist reflection form and project work are some examples of formative assessment for
PE
54 Summative assessment is a useful tool for describing studentsrsquo progress of learning and
achievements at a specific stage of learning
55 Both formative assessment and summative assessment are useful to facilitate learning if
they are effectively implemented
56 The assessment of values and attitudes could be done in school and recorded in the Senior
Secondary Student Learning Profile Studentsrsquo learning experiences and achievements in PE
will be recognised and reflected in the profile Achievements in high level competitions
qualifications in coaching and refereeing obtained by the elite athletes will also be included
SECOND DRAFT
24
Public Assessment 57 This section describes the direction of the development of public assessment Hong Kong
Examinations and Assessment Authority (HKEAA) will develop the assessment rubrics at a
later stage as outlined in paragraph 511 below At the moment the target is to include two
parts in the public assessment in the form of a School-based Assessment (SBA) and an
external assessment It is recommended that the public assessment for PE comprises the
following
SBA (30) External Assessment (70) 10 Physical activity (1) 10 Physical activity (2) 10 Physical fitness and a related written
assignment
2 written papers of a total of 4 hours
Key for SBA
Physical activity (1) Physical activity (2)
Physical activities (1) amp (2) are from 2 different areas of activity of athletics ball games gymnastics aquatics dance outdoor pursuits and other activities stipulated in the PE KLA Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) (2002)
Physical fitness and a related written assignment
Standardised physical fitness components A written assignment which focuses on studentsrsquo learning process such as illustration of the aims and targets and an implementation plan of physical fitness
58 The model presented above is open for feedback and suggestions Indeed the weighting of
SBA and external assessment will be set in 2006 However according to the timeline
described in paragraph 511 below it could still be adjusted after the NSS has been
implemented to meet any new curriculum and assessment needs that may arise The
moderation format of SBA depends on the number of candidates Statistical moderation is
suitable for a large candidature and non-statistical methods are more appropriate for a
relatively small candidature
59 Written papersStudents are expected to do all parts to acquire broad and balanced
knowledge However apart from compulsory questions on selected parts such as parts 1 to
SECOND DRAFT
25
6 flexibility is sought to allow students options in choosing questions about the other parts
such as parts 7 to 9 Careful consideration will be taken to keep the breadth of coverage and
depth of cognitive level of different options comparable As for the duration of written
papers it will not exceed four hours
510 ReportingStandards-referenced reporting will be used The results issued by HKEAA are
expected to cover 3 components the results of SBA external assessment and the total of
the two Such a format of reporting has the advantage of giving stakeholders a more
comprehensive picture of studentsrsquo achievement in this subject
511 Developmental timelineThe examination rubrics developed by the HKEAA will be ready
by February 2006 By then the weighting and components of SBA as well as the number
and duration of written papers will be fixed Sample examination papers will be available
in 2007 so that schools will have access to more details before the implementation of the
NSS curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
26
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources 61 Resource materials to support learning and teaching will be developed in collaboration with
tertiary institution educational organisations and school teachers Individual sets of
materials for the different parts will be produced This will facilitate necessary updates in
future
62 The PE Section of Education and Manpower Bureau (EMB) is working to produce videos
of PE lessons for SBA purposes There will be seminars to brief teachers on the use of such
information in assessing studentsrsquo physical skills
63 Learning and teaching resources will not be confined to materials produced by EMB
Schools may use reference materials produced in other countries including reference books
journals web-based materials and audio-visual aids
64 Teachers are encouraged to share school-based materials especially in different professional
development programmes organised by EMB The materials include teaching notes on
different topics and materials generated from pilot studies and research projects conducted
by schools These materials are very useful for PE curriculum development at the NSS
level
65 Though not exhaustive a list consists of materials recommended for students in the
promotion of reading to learn is attached in the Appendix
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
9
(e) Cardiovascular System (i) Functions (ii) Blood vessels (iii) Heart (iv) Circulation (f) Respiratory System (i) Functions (ii) Lungs (iii) Pulmonary ventilation (iv) Gaseous exchange (g) Energy System (i) Aerobic system (ii) Anaerobic system (iii) Energy metabolism during rest and physical activities
26 Part III This part covers the basic elements in human movement and is linked to the
discipline of Physics It guides students to understand the scientific basis of movement
and to apply this knowledge to enhance their performance
III Movement Analysis (7) (a) Biomechanics (i) Force (ii) Motion (iii) Newtonrsquos Law of Motion (iv) Velocity and acceleration (v) Centre of gravity (vi) Lever (b) Types of Body Movement (i) Flexion-extension (ii) Abduction-adduction (iii) Pronation-supination (iv) Plane of motion (v) Rotation (c) Application in Sports
27 Part IV This part helps students explore and compare the concepts of physical fitness
and sport-related fitness the nutritional components and the diet related to physical
performance and the interlocking relations between exercise physical fitness diet
health and chronic diseases Such knowledge helps students recognise the importance
of an active and healthy lifestyle It also plays an important role in facilitating
understanding of the concept of wellness mentioned in Part I
SECOND DRAFT
10
IV Fitness and Nutrition for Health and Performance in Physical Activities (15) (a) Components of Health (i) Physical health (ii) Mental health (iii) Social health (b) Definition of Physical Fitness and Sport-related Fitness (i) Physical Fitness (ii) Sport-related fitness (c) Components and Measurement of Physical Fitness (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Flexibility (iii) Muscular strength and endurance (iv) Body composition (d) Components and Measurement of Sport-related Fitness (i) Agility (ii) Balance (iii) Coordination (iv) Endurance (v) Flexibility (vi) Reaction time (vii) Speed (viii) Strength (e) Food and Nutrition (i) Carbohydrates (ii) Proteins (iii) Fats (iv) Vitamins minerals fibres and water (v) Balanced diet (vi) Nutrition and exercise performance (f) Weight Control (i) Energy balance (ii) Overweight and obesity (iii) Weight control (g) Healthy Behaviour (i) Diet (ii) Exercise and physical activity level (iii) Rest and relaxation (iv) Substance abuse (v) Posture (h) Roles of Physical Activity for the Prevention of Non-Communicable
Diseases
(i) Coronary heart disease (ii) Diabetes (iii) Hypertension (iv) Hypokinetic degeneration
SECOND DRAFT
11
28 Part V This part equips students with the knowledge of physical performance and
sport training It enables students to understand the general principles and effects of
physical training which are fundamental in exercise and the acquisition of physical
skills
V Physiological Basis for Exercise and Sport Training (12) (a) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Muscular fitness (iii) Flexibility (iv) Age (v) Gender (vi) Heredity (vii) Body types (viii) Drugs (ix) Environment (b) Concepts and Principles of Training (i) Aerobic and anaerobic training (ii) Principles of training (iii) Basic considerations in training (iv) Planning of training programmes (c) Training Methods (i) Resistance training (ii) Circuit training (iii) Continuous training (iv) Interval training (d) Training and Detraining Effects (i) Cardiovascular adaptations (ii) Metabolic adaptations
29 Part VI This part equips students with the knowledge of safety measures in physical
activities and sport Building on studentsrsquo previous knowledge of human body and
movement exercise and sport training it raises their awareness of common sport
injuries and helps them apply this knowledge to treatment and prevention measures
VI Sport Injuries Treatment and Precautions (7) (a) Factors Leading to Sport Injuries (i) Environmental factors (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Protective devices (iv) Level of skills
SECOND DRAFT
12
(v) Level of fitness (vi) Physical limitations (vii) Nature of different sports (b) Common Sport Injuries (i) Bleeding (ii) Abrasion (iii) Contusion (iv) Dislocation (v) Fracture (vi) Pulled muscle (vii) Sprain (viii) Strain (ix) Heat and cold injuries (x) Overuse injuries (c) Treatment (i) General principles of first aid (ii) PRICE (Protection Rest Ice Compression Elevation) (iii) Resuscitation (d) Prevention of Sport Injuries (i) Risk assessment (ii) Safety measures (iii) Warm up and cool down
210 Part VII This part helps students understand the theory of motor learning and the
fundamental elements of motor learning and sport psychology Building on the previous
parts it helps students explain the learning process and performance of daily-life physical
skills
VII Motor Learning and Sport Psychology (7) (a) Application of Learning Theory in Motor Learning (i) Skill classifications (ii) Skill acquisition and information processing (iii) Stages of learning and transfer of learning (iv) Intrinsic and extrinsic feedback (v) Knowledge of result and knowledge of performance (vi) Practice methods (b) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Anxiety and arousal (ii) Attention and concentration (iii) Motivation and self-confidence (iv) Goal setting (v) Imagery and mental practice (vi) Personality (vii) Aggression
SECOND DRAFT
13
(c) Application of Stress Management in Sport (i) The nature of stress (ii) Stress management
211 Part VIII This part allows students to investigate different issues of physical and sport
activities in relation to society It helps students understand more deeply the roles and
values of PE and sport from different perspectives It also nurtures studentsrsquo high-order
thinking skills by exploring specific issues
VIII Social Aspects of PE Sport and Recreation (8) (a) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (i) Philosophical foundation history and development of the Olympic
Games
(ii) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (iii) Chinarsquos involvement in the Olympic Movement (iv) Challenges to the Olympic Movement and Olympicism (b) International Organisations Major Games and Major International
Competitions
(i) International Olympic Committee and International Sports Federations
(ii) Olympic Games and other major games (iii) Major international competitions (c) Chinarsquos Sporting Culture (i) Chinarsquos sporting culture (ii) All China Games (d) Sport and Society (i) Sport for all and sport for elite (ii) Amateurs and professionals (iii) Competition (iv) Drugs in sport (v) Violence in sport (vi) Politics and sport (vii) Media and sport (e) Factors Influencing Participation in Sport and Recreation (i) Personal factor (ii) Family factor (iii) Social factor (iv) Cultural factor (v) Political factor (vi) Environmental factor
212 Part IX This part introduces the basic concepts of sport management and programme
organisation It aims at equipping students with useful knowledge to perform school and
SECOND DRAFT
14
community services particularly the organization of different physical activity events
IX Sport and Recreation Management (6) (a) Concepts on Sport and Recreation Management (i) The management process (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Funding (iv) Staffing
(v) Time factor (b) Programme Organisation (i) Competition systems (ii) Organisation of events of physical activity (c) Legal Issues in PE Sport and Recreation (i) Liability in PE and sport activities (ii) Negligence in PE and sport activities
213 Part X This practical part provides an opportunity for students to apply the theories
learned from the other parts through participating in physical activities It requires students
to relate and integrate different aspects of knowledge learned to enhance their skill
performance and physical fitness It also develops studentsrsquo personal qualities by enabling
them to recognise their role in PE-related school and community services
X Performance in Physical Activities (17) (a) Demonstration of Skills and Knowledge of Various Physical Activities (i) Acquisition mastery and demonstration of a number of physical
activities
(ii) Active participation in at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
(iii) Demonstration of regular exercise to maintain fitness and health (iv) Application of learned theories in the performance of physical
activities
(v) Demonstration of a leading role in school andor community services
(100)
Curriculum Organisation 214 Learning and Teaching Sequence The suggested sequence of the learning and
teaching components for PE is that the foundation of PE comes first before the topics
on human body exercise physiology as well as health and fitness These topics are
then followed by those related to other knowledge disciplines namely biomechanics
SECOND DRAFT
15
sport sociology and motor learning and sport psychology The learning of physical
activities and related co-curricular activities will be ongoing throughout the three years
of senior secondary education The rationale for the way the ten parts are sequenced is
as follows
2141 A foundation part including terminology gives students the general knowledge
essential for a smooth transition from an activity-oriented basic education PE
curriculum to an academic-oriented PE curriculum
2142 The energy system together with the anatomy of different systems of human
biology is basic for understanding of different aspects of the subsequent topic of
exercise physiology
2143 The biomechanics of Physics and its relation to and application in sports is
conducive to the learning of subsequent topics on sports medicine exercise
physiology and motor learning and sport psychology However it may be taught at
a later stage such as at SS2 or SS3 as the concepts are more specific
2144 With the knowledge of the human body it is easier for students to acquire some
important concepts such as weight control and healthy behaviour and the related
chronological diseases and apply the knowledge of fitness nutrition and health in
daily life
2145 The knowledge of exercise physiology is specific to PE and sport performance and
training
2146 The understanding of human movement anatomy and exercise physiology is useful
for the study of sport injuries treatment and prevention
2147 When students are promoted to higher forms they are more capable of grasping the
abstract ideas of how motor learning and sport psychology affect sport
performance
2148 The analysis of and enquiry into different sport issues from multi-perspectives help
develop studentsrsquo high order thinking skills and their ability to think independently
2149 The integration of knowledge and practical skills enables higher form students to
perform school and community services such as organizing sport events
21410 Participation in physical activities has a dual role First it helps students to realise
an active and healthy lifestyle in an effort to remain fit and healthy and second it
SECOND DRAFT
16
enhances studentsrsquo understanding of different theories
Time Allocation
215 10 of the total curriculum time will be allocated to the subject It will be about 270
hours for class teaching in the 3 years of the NSS curriculum However the exact number
of hours can be school-based and may thus have slight variations between schools
SECOND DRAFT
17
Chapter 3 Curriculum Planning
Progression of Studies 31 The parts are sequenced as follows
311 The parts are sequenced in such a way that it reflects progression from the
development of general knowledge to application integration and analysis and
eventually to the practical use of knowledge
312 The first three parts forming group one constitute fundamental knowledge in the
roles and values of PE anatomy and human movement
313 The second group consisting of Part IV V and VI is mainly on the application of
knowledge in fitness and health sports training and sports injuries
314 The third group that is Part VII and VIII focuses more on analysis and integration
of knowledge in motor learning and sport psychology as well as sociology
315 The last group including Part IX and X illustrates the knowledge for practice in
sport management and the practical demonstration of different physical activities
32 The sequence suggested will enable students to explore their interests in SS1 and develop a
better understanding of the subject especially when they expand their knowledge on
exercise physiology and fitness and health which is essential for the pursuit of physical and
sport activities The knowledge in NSS1 provides students with key concepts in PE which
is essential for subsequent construction of knowledge It allows a smooth progression to
SS2 and SS3 when students go through Part X ldquoPerformance in Physical Activitiesrdquo which
involves the higher order cognitive process of integration and synthesis of knowledge Also
students will be more mature for the learning of other abstract topics such as sport
sociology where they need to examine issues from multiple perspectives Besides students
are exposed to different disciplines in sport psychology sport sociology and sport
management Though these disciplines are not offered individually as electives students
may focus more on those they are interested in or capable of in their study for future
studies or career pursuits
SECOND DRAFT
18
Curriculum Planning 33 Flexibility of time-tabling The time-tabling of the subject should be flexible to maximize
learning especially for those topics including practical work For example the service for
school sport activities is likely to be conducted outside normal lesson time The activities
may be held after school on Saturday during post examination activities period or in a
whole day mode such as athletic meet and swimming gala
34 For students of different abilities Learning tasks will on the one hand ensure that
students have equal opportunities for the learning of all essential elements and on the other
allow the brighter students to excel School activity service such as organising sport
activities or competitions will serve the former principle School activities offered inside
and outside school are opportunities for the elite student-athletes thus serving the latter
principle
35 For students with different inclinations Some topics such as biomechanics motor
learning and sport psychology sport sociology and sport management which are designed
to be taught in SS2 or SS3 are more specific involving students in more in-depth learning
to meet their needs and interests
36 Making student learning more meaningful The integration of theory and practical work
make learning more meaningful as students could apply what they learn and more
importantly understand the reasons behind sport performance and sport phenomenon Also
theory and practical work will complement each other and strengthen studentsrsquo learning
experience
37 Integrating conceptual learning with life-wide learning experiences The learning of the
various domains of knowledge physical skills and physical fitness is certainly linked to the
physical experience of the Other Learning Experiences and the outside school learning
experiences such as participation in sport-related services and competitions This will
enhance student learning especially when it is applied in real life situations
SECOND DRAFT
19
38 Integrating learning with assessment The balanced use of formative and summative
assessments and the feedback given to students will help students learn Diversified
assessment will be particularly useful in reflecting studentsrsquo performance and motivating
them to improve in the learning process
SECOND DRAFT
20
Chapter 4 Learning and Teaching
Guiding Principles 41 The guiding principles of the learning and teaching of the PE subject are
All learners can learn and none will be deprived of learning opportunities because of
socio-economic status
A flexible framework to cater for learner differences
Construction of knowledge to nurture studentsrsquo self-learning capacity
Building on studentsrsquo learning experience and prior knowledge
Integration of knowledge and stimulation of high-order thinking
Provision of a caring and motivating learning environment
Using formative and summative assessments as well as feedback to improve learning
Adoption of reflective teaching and teachers adjusting teaching strategies according to
studentsrsquo performance
Suggested Learning and Teaching Approaches and Strategies 42 There are a number of learning and teaching approaches and strategies
421 Varying instructional strategies to use different instructional methods for whole
class teaching small group and individual work Use of an interactive mode of
learning and feedback are useful to enhance learning
422 Building on prior learning experiences to make use of the knowledge and skills
learned in basic education and the concurrent 5 physical learning experience
423 Effective use of learning and teaching resources to maximize the use of library
resources and encourage students to conduct web search for information to use
community resources especially sport facilities to facilitate learning
424 Development of generic skills and nurturing values and attitudes to develop
studentsrsquo generic skills and nurture their positive values and attitudes in genuine
contexts especially during group work sport competitions community service etc
425 Life-wide learning apart from formal PE lessons to provide other learning
opportunities for students to gain relevant learning experiences especially those
SECOND DRAFT
21
outside school activities
426 Reading to learn to encourage students to read reference materials such as books
journals magazines to widen their knowledge-base and to foster their interest in
different topics progressing at their own pace
427 IT for interactive learning to nurture in students a habit of using IT for
interactive learning Use of multi-media and internet facilitates more interesting
and effective learning
428 Referencing to local context it helps students better understand the application of
the PE and sport theories particularly those of fitness and health sport sociology
and sport management
429 Catering for learner differences to adopt varying strategies for students with
diversified abilities in the learning of theories or physical skills Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship is one way
to enhance learning
4210 Balanced practical work of physical skills practical work is important and
facilitates understanding of concepts and theories But an undue emphasis on
physical skills will distort the objective of the subject which may be misinterpreted
as supporting only elite sport training
4211 Safety in practical work always pay attention to safety measures and risk
management in practical work to avoid injuries and learn how to handle problems
when they occur
4212 Collaboration with teachers of other disciplines liaison with Physics and
Biology teachers is beneficial in the teaching of biomechanics and anatomy
Consulting the school counselor is an effective way for students to handle studying
problems and improve study skills
Catering for Learner Differences 43 Learner differences in this subject refer to diversified student abilities in terms of
knowledge of theory or mastery of physical skills or a combination of both Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship helps to enhance
learning and ease teacherrsquos workload
SECOND DRAFT
22
431 Students who are strong in physical skills but weak in theory students who are
strong in physical skills are usually committed and persevering in performing tasks
They have high self-esteem and pride in their own strengths The key for these
students to learn better is to help them apply their strengths in academic studies
432 Students who are interested in PE but weak in physical skills These students are
motivated to learn particularly when they are provided with suitable encouragement
The best way is to ask students with good physical skills to be ldquostudent mentorsrdquo
and help this type of students
433 Students with weak physical fitness level Physical fitness is partly genetically
predetermined Physical fitness tests should not be used in a way that could
embarrass the weaker students It is better to encourage them to work according to
realistic individual goals In fact physical fitness standards should be reasonably set
Elite standards should be avoided
44 On the other hand there are different learning and teaching strategies for students with
different academic abilities
441 Average abilities Help these students to set higher but achievable goals and always
motivate them to work harder Positive reinforcement such as extrinsic reward is
always helpful
442 Lower abilities Modify tasks to suit studentsrsquo abilities or to separate the tasks into
parts to let students progressively build up a foundation of knowledge which
promises a better chance of success This could also nurture studentsrsquo
self-confidence and motivation Moreover it is good to focus on what students can
accomplish and not to encourage them to compare their results with those of others
443 Exceptionally gifted Always encourage them to go beyond the set targets They
could be assigned as study leaders and sport captains or to assist the teacher by
demonstrating physical skills in lessons
Exemplar 45 A few exemplars are included in the appendices to show how some topics can be taught
and how to integrate theory with practical activities
SECOND DRAFT
23
Chapter 5 Assessment
51 Assessment is a way to collect evidence of studentsrsquo learning It aims to provide feedback to
students and identify their strengths and weaknesses in learning It helps identify what the
next learning target should be and how it can be achieved
Internal Assessment 52 Internal assessment is an integral part of the learning and teaching of PE in the NSS
curriculum
53 Formative assessment can help collect evidence about the effectiveness of learning and
teaching and provide feedback to students and teachers for further improvement It reflects
the strengths and weaknesses of students in terms of knowledge skills and attitudes
according to which tailor-made adjustments can be made in the learning teaching and
assessment cycle With reference to the learning targets formative assessment helps
evaluate studentsrsquo progress and enhance motivation in learning Oral feedback observation
checklist reflection form and project work are some examples of formative assessment for
PE
54 Summative assessment is a useful tool for describing studentsrsquo progress of learning and
achievements at a specific stage of learning
55 Both formative assessment and summative assessment are useful to facilitate learning if
they are effectively implemented
56 The assessment of values and attitudes could be done in school and recorded in the Senior
Secondary Student Learning Profile Studentsrsquo learning experiences and achievements in PE
will be recognised and reflected in the profile Achievements in high level competitions
qualifications in coaching and refereeing obtained by the elite athletes will also be included
SECOND DRAFT
24
Public Assessment 57 This section describes the direction of the development of public assessment Hong Kong
Examinations and Assessment Authority (HKEAA) will develop the assessment rubrics at a
later stage as outlined in paragraph 511 below At the moment the target is to include two
parts in the public assessment in the form of a School-based Assessment (SBA) and an
external assessment It is recommended that the public assessment for PE comprises the
following
SBA (30) External Assessment (70) 10 Physical activity (1) 10 Physical activity (2) 10 Physical fitness and a related written
assignment
2 written papers of a total of 4 hours
Key for SBA
Physical activity (1) Physical activity (2)
Physical activities (1) amp (2) are from 2 different areas of activity of athletics ball games gymnastics aquatics dance outdoor pursuits and other activities stipulated in the PE KLA Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) (2002)
Physical fitness and a related written assignment
Standardised physical fitness components A written assignment which focuses on studentsrsquo learning process such as illustration of the aims and targets and an implementation plan of physical fitness
58 The model presented above is open for feedback and suggestions Indeed the weighting of
SBA and external assessment will be set in 2006 However according to the timeline
described in paragraph 511 below it could still be adjusted after the NSS has been
implemented to meet any new curriculum and assessment needs that may arise The
moderation format of SBA depends on the number of candidates Statistical moderation is
suitable for a large candidature and non-statistical methods are more appropriate for a
relatively small candidature
59 Written papersStudents are expected to do all parts to acquire broad and balanced
knowledge However apart from compulsory questions on selected parts such as parts 1 to
SECOND DRAFT
25
6 flexibility is sought to allow students options in choosing questions about the other parts
such as parts 7 to 9 Careful consideration will be taken to keep the breadth of coverage and
depth of cognitive level of different options comparable As for the duration of written
papers it will not exceed four hours
510 ReportingStandards-referenced reporting will be used The results issued by HKEAA are
expected to cover 3 components the results of SBA external assessment and the total of
the two Such a format of reporting has the advantage of giving stakeholders a more
comprehensive picture of studentsrsquo achievement in this subject
511 Developmental timelineThe examination rubrics developed by the HKEAA will be ready
by February 2006 By then the weighting and components of SBA as well as the number
and duration of written papers will be fixed Sample examination papers will be available
in 2007 so that schools will have access to more details before the implementation of the
NSS curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
26
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources 61 Resource materials to support learning and teaching will be developed in collaboration with
tertiary institution educational organisations and school teachers Individual sets of
materials for the different parts will be produced This will facilitate necessary updates in
future
62 The PE Section of Education and Manpower Bureau (EMB) is working to produce videos
of PE lessons for SBA purposes There will be seminars to brief teachers on the use of such
information in assessing studentsrsquo physical skills
63 Learning and teaching resources will not be confined to materials produced by EMB
Schools may use reference materials produced in other countries including reference books
journals web-based materials and audio-visual aids
64 Teachers are encouraged to share school-based materials especially in different professional
development programmes organised by EMB The materials include teaching notes on
different topics and materials generated from pilot studies and research projects conducted
by schools These materials are very useful for PE curriculum development at the NSS
level
65 Though not exhaustive a list consists of materials recommended for students in the
promotion of reading to learn is attached in the Appendix
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
10
IV Fitness and Nutrition for Health and Performance in Physical Activities (15) (a) Components of Health (i) Physical health (ii) Mental health (iii) Social health (b) Definition of Physical Fitness and Sport-related Fitness (i) Physical Fitness (ii) Sport-related fitness (c) Components and Measurement of Physical Fitness (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Flexibility (iii) Muscular strength and endurance (iv) Body composition (d) Components and Measurement of Sport-related Fitness (i) Agility (ii) Balance (iii) Coordination (iv) Endurance (v) Flexibility (vi) Reaction time (vii) Speed (viii) Strength (e) Food and Nutrition (i) Carbohydrates (ii) Proteins (iii) Fats (iv) Vitamins minerals fibres and water (v) Balanced diet (vi) Nutrition and exercise performance (f) Weight Control (i) Energy balance (ii) Overweight and obesity (iii) Weight control (g) Healthy Behaviour (i) Diet (ii) Exercise and physical activity level (iii) Rest and relaxation (iv) Substance abuse (v) Posture (h) Roles of Physical Activity for the Prevention of Non-Communicable
Diseases
(i) Coronary heart disease (ii) Diabetes (iii) Hypertension (iv) Hypokinetic degeneration
SECOND DRAFT
11
28 Part V This part equips students with the knowledge of physical performance and
sport training It enables students to understand the general principles and effects of
physical training which are fundamental in exercise and the acquisition of physical
skills
V Physiological Basis for Exercise and Sport Training (12) (a) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Muscular fitness (iii) Flexibility (iv) Age (v) Gender (vi) Heredity (vii) Body types (viii) Drugs (ix) Environment (b) Concepts and Principles of Training (i) Aerobic and anaerobic training (ii) Principles of training (iii) Basic considerations in training (iv) Planning of training programmes (c) Training Methods (i) Resistance training (ii) Circuit training (iii) Continuous training (iv) Interval training (d) Training and Detraining Effects (i) Cardiovascular adaptations (ii) Metabolic adaptations
29 Part VI This part equips students with the knowledge of safety measures in physical
activities and sport Building on studentsrsquo previous knowledge of human body and
movement exercise and sport training it raises their awareness of common sport
injuries and helps them apply this knowledge to treatment and prevention measures
VI Sport Injuries Treatment and Precautions (7) (a) Factors Leading to Sport Injuries (i) Environmental factors (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Protective devices (iv) Level of skills
SECOND DRAFT
12
(v) Level of fitness (vi) Physical limitations (vii) Nature of different sports (b) Common Sport Injuries (i) Bleeding (ii) Abrasion (iii) Contusion (iv) Dislocation (v) Fracture (vi) Pulled muscle (vii) Sprain (viii) Strain (ix) Heat and cold injuries (x) Overuse injuries (c) Treatment (i) General principles of first aid (ii) PRICE (Protection Rest Ice Compression Elevation) (iii) Resuscitation (d) Prevention of Sport Injuries (i) Risk assessment (ii) Safety measures (iii) Warm up and cool down
210 Part VII This part helps students understand the theory of motor learning and the
fundamental elements of motor learning and sport psychology Building on the previous
parts it helps students explain the learning process and performance of daily-life physical
skills
VII Motor Learning and Sport Psychology (7) (a) Application of Learning Theory in Motor Learning (i) Skill classifications (ii) Skill acquisition and information processing (iii) Stages of learning and transfer of learning (iv) Intrinsic and extrinsic feedback (v) Knowledge of result and knowledge of performance (vi) Practice methods (b) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Anxiety and arousal (ii) Attention and concentration (iii) Motivation and self-confidence (iv) Goal setting (v) Imagery and mental practice (vi) Personality (vii) Aggression
SECOND DRAFT
13
(c) Application of Stress Management in Sport (i) The nature of stress (ii) Stress management
211 Part VIII This part allows students to investigate different issues of physical and sport
activities in relation to society It helps students understand more deeply the roles and
values of PE and sport from different perspectives It also nurtures studentsrsquo high-order
thinking skills by exploring specific issues
VIII Social Aspects of PE Sport and Recreation (8) (a) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (i) Philosophical foundation history and development of the Olympic
Games
(ii) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (iii) Chinarsquos involvement in the Olympic Movement (iv) Challenges to the Olympic Movement and Olympicism (b) International Organisations Major Games and Major International
Competitions
(i) International Olympic Committee and International Sports Federations
(ii) Olympic Games and other major games (iii) Major international competitions (c) Chinarsquos Sporting Culture (i) Chinarsquos sporting culture (ii) All China Games (d) Sport and Society (i) Sport for all and sport for elite (ii) Amateurs and professionals (iii) Competition (iv) Drugs in sport (v) Violence in sport (vi) Politics and sport (vii) Media and sport (e) Factors Influencing Participation in Sport and Recreation (i) Personal factor (ii) Family factor (iii) Social factor (iv) Cultural factor (v) Political factor (vi) Environmental factor
212 Part IX This part introduces the basic concepts of sport management and programme
organisation It aims at equipping students with useful knowledge to perform school and
SECOND DRAFT
14
community services particularly the organization of different physical activity events
IX Sport and Recreation Management (6) (a) Concepts on Sport and Recreation Management (i) The management process (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Funding (iv) Staffing
(v) Time factor (b) Programme Organisation (i) Competition systems (ii) Organisation of events of physical activity (c) Legal Issues in PE Sport and Recreation (i) Liability in PE and sport activities (ii) Negligence in PE and sport activities
213 Part X This practical part provides an opportunity for students to apply the theories
learned from the other parts through participating in physical activities It requires students
to relate and integrate different aspects of knowledge learned to enhance their skill
performance and physical fitness It also develops studentsrsquo personal qualities by enabling
them to recognise their role in PE-related school and community services
X Performance in Physical Activities (17) (a) Demonstration of Skills and Knowledge of Various Physical Activities (i) Acquisition mastery and demonstration of a number of physical
activities
(ii) Active participation in at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
(iii) Demonstration of regular exercise to maintain fitness and health (iv) Application of learned theories in the performance of physical
activities
(v) Demonstration of a leading role in school andor community services
(100)
Curriculum Organisation 214 Learning and Teaching Sequence The suggested sequence of the learning and
teaching components for PE is that the foundation of PE comes first before the topics
on human body exercise physiology as well as health and fitness These topics are
then followed by those related to other knowledge disciplines namely biomechanics
SECOND DRAFT
15
sport sociology and motor learning and sport psychology The learning of physical
activities and related co-curricular activities will be ongoing throughout the three years
of senior secondary education The rationale for the way the ten parts are sequenced is
as follows
2141 A foundation part including terminology gives students the general knowledge
essential for a smooth transition from an activity-oriented basic education PE
curriculum to an academic-oriented PE curriculum
2142 The energy system together with the anatomy of different systems of human
biology is basic for understanding of different aspects of the subsequent topic of
exercise physiology
2143 The biomechanics of Physics and its relation to and application in sports is
conducive to the learning of subsequent topics on sports medicine exercise
physiology and motor learning and sport psychology However it may be taught at
a later stage such as at SS2 or SS3 as the concepts are more specific
2144 With the knowledge of the human body it is easier for students to acquire some
important concepts such as weight control and healthy behaviour and the related
chronological diseases and apply the knowledge of fitness nutrition and health in
daily life
2145 The knowledge of exercise physiology is specific to PE and sport performance and
training
2146 The understanding of human movement anatomy and exercise physiology is useful
for the study of sport injuries treatment and prevention
2147 When students are promoted to higher forms they are more capable of grasping the
abstract ideas of how motor learning and sport psychology affect sport
performance
2148 The analysis of and enquiry into different sport issues from multi-perspectives help
develop studentsrsquo high order thinking skills and their ability to think independently
2149 The integration of knowledge and practical skills enables higher form students to
perform school and community services such as organizing sport events
21410 Participation in physical activities has a dual role First it helps students to realise
an active and healthy lifestyle in an effort to remain fit and healthy and second it
SECOND DRAFT
16
enhances studentsrsquo understanding of different theories
Time Allocation
215 10 of the total curriculum time will be allocated to the subject It will be about 270
hours for class teaching in the 3 years of the NSS curriculum However the exact number
of hours can be school-based and may thus have slight variations between schools
SECOND DRAFT
17
Chapter 3 Curriculum Planning
Progression of Studies 31 The parts are sequenced as follows
311 The parts are sequenced in such a way that it reflects progression from the
development of general knowledge to application integration and analysis and
eventually to the practical use of knowledge
312 The first three parts forming group one constitute fundamental knowledge in the
roles and values of PE anatomy and human movement
313 The second group consisting of Part IV V and VI is mainly on the application of
knowledge in fitness and health sports training and sports injuries
314 The third group that is Part VII and VIII focuses more on analysis and integration
of knowledge in motor learning and sport psychology as well as sociology
315 The last group including Part IX and X illustrates the knowledge for practice in
sport management and the practical demonstration of different physical activities
32 The sequence suggested will enable students to explore their interests in SS1 and develop a
better understanding of the subject especially when they expand their knowledge on
exercise physiology and fitness and health which is essential for the pursuit of physical and
sport activities The knowledge in NSS1 provides students with key concepts in PE which
is essential for subsequent construction of knowledge It allows a smooth progression to
SS2 and SS3 when students go through Part X ldquoPerformance in Physical Activitiesrdquo which
involves the higher order cognitive process of integration and synthesis of knowledge Also
students will be more mature for the learning of other abstract topics such as sport
sociology where they need to examine issues from multiple perspectives Besides students
are exposed to different disciplines in sport psychology sport sociology and sport
management Though these disciplines are not offered individually as electives students
may focus more on those they are interested in or capable of in their study for future
studies or career pursuits
SECOND DRAFT
18
Curriculum Planning 33 Flexibility of time-tabling The time-tabling of the subject should be flexible to maximize
learning especially for those topics including practical work For example the service for
school sport activities is likely to be conducted outside normal lesson time The activities
may be held after school on Saturday during post examination activities period or in a
whole day mode such as athletic meet and swimming gala
34 For students of different abilities Learning tasks will on the one hand ensure that
students have equal opportunities for the learning of all essential elements and on the other
allow the brighter students to excel School activity service such as organising sport
activities or competitions will serve the former principle School activities offered inside
and outside school are opportunities for the elite student-athletes thus serving the latter
principle
35 For students with different inclinations Some topics such as biomechanics motor
learning and sport psychology sport sociology and sport management which are designed
to be taught in SS2 or SS3 are more specific involving students in more in-depth learning
to meet their needs and interests
36 Making student learning more meaningful The integration of theory and practical work
make learning more meaningful as students could apply what they learn and more
importantly understand the reasons behind sport performance and sport phenomenon Also
theory and practical work will complement each other and strengthen studentsrsquo learning
experience
37 Integrating conceptual learning with life-wide learning experiences The learning of the
various domains of knowledge physical skills and physical fitness is certainly linked to the
physical experience of the Other Learning Experiences and the outside school learning
experiences such as participation in sport-related services and competitions This will
enhance student learning especially when it is applied in real life situations
SECOND DRAFT
19
38 Integrating learning with assessment The balanced use of formative and summative
assessments and the feedback given to students will help students learn Diversified
assessment will be particularly useful in reflecting studentsrsquo performance and motivating
them to improve in the learning process
SECOND DRAFT
20
Chapter 4 Learning and Teaching
Guiding Principles 41 The guiding principles of the learning and teaching of the PE subject are
All learners can learn and none will be deprived of learning opportunities because of
socio-economic status
A flexible framework to cater for learner differences
Construction of knowledge to nurture studentsrsquo self-learning capacity
Building on studentsrsquo learning experience and prior knowledge
Integration of knowledge and stimulation of high-order thinking
Provision of a caring and motivating learning environment
Using formative and summative assessments as well as feedback to improve learning
Adoption of reflective teaching and teachers adjusting teaching strategies according to
studentsrsquo performance
Suggested Learning and Teaching Approaches and Strategies 42 There are a number of learning and teaching approaches and strategies
421 Varying instructional strategies to use different instructional methods for whole
class teaching small group and individual work Use of an interactive mode of
learning and feedback are useful to enhance learning
422 Building on prior learning experiences to make use of the knowledge and skills
learned in basic education and the concurrent 5 physical learning experience
423 Effective use of learning and teaching resources to maximize the use of library
resources and encourage students to conduct web search for information to use
community resources especially sport facilities to facilitate learning
424 Development of generic skills and nurturing values and attitudes to develop
studentsrsquo generic skills and nurture their positive values and attitudes in genuine
contexts especially during group work sport competitions community service etc
425 Life-wide learning apart from formal PE lessons to provide other learning
opportunities for students to gain relevant learning experiences especially those
SECOND DRAFT
21
outside school activities
426 Reading to learn to encourage students to read reference materials such as books
journals magazines to widen their knowledge-base and to foster their interest in
different topics progressing at their own pace
427 IT for interactive learning to nurture in students a habit of using IT for
interactive learning Use of multi-media and internet facilitates more interesting
and effective learning
428 Referencing to local context it helps students better understand the application of
the PE and sport theories particularly those of fitness and health sport sociology
and sport management
429 Catering for learner differences to adopt varying strategies for students with
diversified abilities in the learning of theories or physical skills Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship is one way
to enhance learning
4210 Balanced practical work of physical skills practical work is important and
facilitates understanding of concepts and theories But an undue emphasis on
physical skills will distort the objective of the subject which may be misinterpreted
as supporting only elite sport training
4211 Safety in practical work always pay attention to safety measures and risk
management in practical work to avoid injuries and learn how to handle problems
when they occur
4212 Collaboration with teachers of other disciplines liaison with Physics and
Biology teachers is beneficial in the teaching of biomechanics and anatomy
Consulting the school counselor is an effective way for students to handle studying
problems and improve study skills
Catering for Learner Differences 43 Learner differences in this subject refer to diversified student abilities in terms of
knowledge of theory or mastery of physical skills or a combination of both Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship helps to enhance
learning and ease teacherrsquos workload
SECOND DRAFT
22
431 Students who are strong in physical skills but weak in theory students who are
strong in physical skills are usually committed and persevering in performing tasks
They have high self-esteem and pride in their own strengths The key for these
students to learn better is to help them apply their strengths in academic studies
432 Students who are interested in PE but weak in physical skills These students are
motivated to learn particularly when they are provided with suitable encouragement
The best way is to ask students with good physical skills to be ldquostudent mentorsrdquo
and help this type of students
433 Students with weak physical fitness level Physical fitness is partly genetically
predetermined Physical fitness tests should not be used in a way that could
embarrass the weaker students It is better to encourage them to work according to
realistic individual goals In fact physical fitness standards should be reasonably set
Elite standards should be avoided
44 On the other hand there are different learning and teaching strategies for students with
different academic abilities
441 Average abilities Help these students to set higher but achievable goals and always
motivate them to work harder Positive reinforcement such as extrinsic reward is
always helpful
442 Lower abilities Modify tasks to suit studentsrsquo abilities or to separate the tasks into
parts to let students progressively build up a foundation of knowledge which
promises a better chance of success This could also nurture studentsrsquo
self-confidence and motivation Moreover it is good to focus on what students can
accomplish and not to encourage them to compare their results with those of others
443 Exceptionally gifted Always encourage them to go beyond the set targets They
could be assigned as study leaders and sport captains or to assist the teacher by
demonstrating physical skills in lessons
Exemplar 45 A few exemplars are included in the appendices to show how some topics can be taught
and how to integrate theory with practical activities
SECOND DRAFT
23
Chapter 5 Assessment
51 Assessment is a way to collect evidence of studentsrsquo learning It aims to provide feedback to
students and identify their strengths and weaknesses in learning It helps identify what the
next learning target should be and how it can be achieved
Internal Assessment 52 Internal assessment is an integral part of the learning and teaching of PE in the NSS
curriculum
53 Formative assessment can help collect evidence about the effectiveness of learning and
teaching and provide feedback to students and teachers for further improvement It reflects
the strengths and weaknesses of students in terms of knowledge skills and attitudes
according to which tailor-made adjustments can be made in the learning teaching and
assessment cycle With reference to the learning targets formative assessment helps
evaluate studentsrsquo progress and enhance motivation in learning Oral feedback observation
checklist reflection form and project work are some examples of formative assessment for
PE
54 Summative assessment is a useful tool for describing studentsrsquo progress of learning and
achievements at a specific stage of learning
55 Both formative assessment and summative assessment are useful to facilitate learning if
they are effectively implemented
56 The assessment of values and attitudes could be done in school and recorded in the Senior
Secondary Student Learning Profile Studentsrsquo learning experiences and achievements in PE
will be recognised and reflected in the profile Achievements in high level competitions
qualifications in coaching and refereeing obtained by the elite athletes will also be included
SECOND DRAFT
24
Public Assessment 57 This section describes the direction of the development of public assessment Hong Kong
Examinations and Assessment Authority (HKEAA) will develop the assessment rubrics at a
later stage as outlined in paragraph 511 below At the moment the target is to include two
parts in the public assessment in the form of a School-based Assessment (SBA) and an
external assessment It is recommended that the public assessment for PE comprises the
following
SBA (30) External Assessment (70) 10 Physical activity (1) 10 Physical activity (2) 10 Physical fitness and a related written
assignment
2 written papers of a total of 4 hours
Key for SBA
Physical activity (1) Physical activity (2)
Physical activities (1) amp (2) are from 2 different areas of activity of athletics ball games gymnastics aquatics dance outdoor pursuits and other activities stipulated in the PE KLA Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) (2002)
Physical fitness and a related written assignment
Standardised physical fitness components A written assignment which focuses on studentsrsquo learning process such as illustration of the aims and targets and an implementation plan of physical fitness
58 The model presented above is open for feedback and suggestions Indeed the weighting of
SBA and external assessment will be set in 2006 However according to the timeline
described in paragraph 511 below it could still be adjusted after the NSS has been
implemented to meet any new curriculum and assessment needs that may arise The
moderation format of SBA depends on the number of candidates Statistical moderation is
suitable for a large candidature and non-statistical methods are more appropriate for a
relatively small candidature
59 Written papersStudents are expected to do all parts to acquire broad and balanced
knowledge However apart from compulsory questions on selected parts such as parts 1 to
SECOND DRAFT
25
6 flexibility is sought to allow students options in choosing questions about the other parts
such as parts 7 to 9 Careful consideration will be taken to keep the breadth of coverage and
depth of cognitive level of different options comparable As for the duration of written
papers it will not exceed four hours
510 ReportingStandards-referenced reporting will be used The results issued by HKEAA are
expected to cover 3 components the results of SBA external assessment and the total of
the two Such a format of reporting has the advantage of giving stakeholders a more
comprehensive picture of studentsrsquo achievement in this subject
511 Developmental timelineThe examination rubrics developed by the HKEAA will be ready
by February 2006 By then the weighting and components of SBA as well as the number
and duration of written papers will be fixed Sample examination papers will be available
in 2007 so that schools will have access to more details before the implementation of the
NSS curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
26
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources 61 Resource materials to support learning and teaching will be developed in collaboration with
tertiary institution educational organisations and school teachers Individual sets of
materials for the different parts will be produced This will facilitate necessary updates in
future
62 The PE Section of Education and Manpower Bureau (EMB) is working to produce videos
of PE lessons for SBA purposes There will be seminars to brief teachers on the use of such
information in assessing studentsrsquo physical skills
63 Learning and teaching resources will not be confined to materials produced by EMB
Schools may use reference materials produced in other countries including reference books
journals web-based materials and audio-visual aids
64 Teachers are encouraged to share school-based materials especially in different professional
development programmes organised by EMB The materials include teaching notes on
different topics and materials generated from pilot studies and research projects conducted
by schools These materials are very useful for PE curriculum development at the NSS
level
65 Though not exhaustive a list consists of materials recommended for students in the
promotion of reading to learn is attached in the Appendix
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
11
28 Part V This part equips students with the knowledge of physical performance and
sport training It enables students to understand the general principles and effects of
physical training which are fundamental in exercise and the acquisition of physical
skills
V Physiological Basis for Exercise and Sport Training (12) (a) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Cardio-respiratory fitness (ii) Muscular fitness (iii) Flexibility (iv) Age (v) Gender (vi) Heredity (vii) Body types (viii) Drugs (ix) Environment (b) Concepts and Principles of Training (i) Aerobic and anaerobic training (ii) Principles of training (iii) Basic considerations in training (iv) Planning of training programmes (c) Training Methods (i) Resistance training (ii) Circuit training (iii) Continuous training (iv) Interval training (d) Training and Detraining Effects (i) Cardiovascular adaptations (ii) Metabolic adaptations
29 Part VI This part equips students with the knowledge of safety measures in physical
activities and sport Building on studentsrsquo previous knowledge of human body and
movement exercise and sport training it raises their awareness of common sport
injuries and helps them apply this knowledge to treatment and prevention measures
VI Sport Injuries Treatment and Precautions (7) (a) Factors Leading to Sport Injuries (i) Environmental factors (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Protective devices (iv) Level of skills
SECOND DRAFT
12
(v) Level of fitness (vi) Physical limitations (vii) Nature of different sports (b) Common Sport Injuries (i) Bleeding (ii) Abrasion (iii) Contusion (iv) Dislocation (v) Fracture (vi) Pulled muscle (vii) Sprain (viii) Strain (ix) Heat and cold injuries (x) Overuse injuries (c) Treatment (i) General principles of first aid (ii) PRICE (Protection Rest Ice Compression Elevation) (iii) Resuscitation (d) Prevention of Sport Injuries (i) Risk assessment (ii) Safety measures (iii) Warm up and cool down
210 Part VII This part helps students understand the theory of motor learning and the
fundamental elements of motor learning and sport psychology Building on the previous
parts it helps students explain the learning process and performance of daily-life physical
skills
VII Motor Learning and Sport Psychology (7) (a) Application of Learning Theory in Motor Learning (i) Skill classifications (ii) Skill acquisition and information processing (iii) Stages of learning and transfer of learning (iv) Intrinsic and extrinsic feedback (v) Knowledge of result and knowledge of performance (vi) Practice methods (b) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Anxiety and arousal (ii) Attention and concentration (iii) Motivation and self-confidence (iv) Goal setting (v) Imagery and mental practice (vi) Personality (vii) Aggression
SECOND DRAFT
13
(c) Application of Stress Management in Sport (i) The nature of stress (ii) Stress management
211 Part VIII This part allows students to investigate different issues of physical and sport
activities in relation to society It helps students understand more deeply the roles and
values of PE and sport from different perspectives It also nurtures studentsrsquo high-order
thinking skills by exploring specific issues
VIII Social Aspects of PE Sport and Recreation (8) (a) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (i) Philosophical foundation history and development of the Olympic
Games
(ii) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (iii) Chinarsquos involvement in the Olympic Movement (iv) Challenges to the Olympic Movement and Olympicism (b) International Organisations Major Games and Major International
Competitions
(i) International Olympic Committee and International Sports Federations
(ii) Olympic Games and other major games (iii) Major international competitions (c) Chinarsquos Sporting Culture (i) Chinarsquos sporting culture (ii) All China Games (d) Sport and Society (i) Sport for all and sport for elite (ii) Amateurs and professionals (iii) Competition (iv) Drugs in sport (v) Violence in sport (vi) Politics and sport (vii) Media and sport (e) Factors Influencing Participation in Sport and Recreation (i) Personal factor (ii) Family factor (iii) Social factor (iv) Cultural factor (v) Political factor (vi) Environmental factor
212 Part IX This part introduces the basic concepts of sport management and programme
organisation It aims at equipping students with useful knowledge to perform school and
SECOND DRAFT
14
community services particularly the organization of different physical activity events
IX Sport and Recreation Management (6) (a) Concepts on Sport and Recreation Management (i) The management process (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Funding (iv) Staffing
(v) Time factor (b) Programme Organisation (i) Competition systems (ii) Organisation of events of physical activity (c) Legal Issues in PE Sport and Recreation (i) Liability in PE and sport activities (ii) Negligence in PE and sport activities
213 Part X This practical part provides an opportunity for students to apply the theories
learned from the other parts through participating in physical activities It requires students
to relate and integrate different aspects of knowledge learned to enhance their skill
performance and physical fitness It also develops studentsrsquo personal qualities by enabling
them to recognise their role in PE-related school and community services
X Performance in Physical Activities (17) (a) Demonstration of Skills and Knowledge of Various Physical Activities (i) Acquisition mastery and demonstration of a number of physical
activities
(ii) Active participation in at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
(iii) Demonstration of regular exercise to maintain fitness and health (iv) Application of learned theories in the performance of physical
activities
(v) Demonstration of a leading role in school andor community services
(100)
Curriculum Organisation 214 Learning and Teaching Sequence The suggested sequence of the learning and
teaching components for PE is that the foundation of PE comes first before the topics
on human body exercise physiology as well as health and fitness These topics are
then followed by those related to other knowledge disciplines namely biomechanics
SECOND DRAFT
15
sport sociology and motor learning and sport psychology The learning of physical
activities and related co-curricular activities will be ongoing throughout the three years
of senior secondary education The rationale for the way the ten parts are sequenced is
as follows
2141 A foundation part including terminology gives students the general knowledge
essential for a smooth transition from an activity-oriented basic education PE
curriculum to an academic-oriented PE curriculum
2142 The energy system together with the anatomy of different systems of human
biology is basic for understanding of different aspects of the subsequent topic of
exercise physiology
2143 The biomechanics of Physics and its relation to and application in sports is
conducive to the learning of subsequent topics on sports medicine exercise
physiology and motor learning and sport psychology However it may be taught at
a later stage such as at SS2 or SS3 as the concepts are more specific
2144 With the knowledge of the human body it is easier for students to acquire some
important concepts such as weight control and healthy behaviour and the related
chronological diseases and apply the knowledge of fitness nutrition and health in
daily life
2145 The knowledge of exercise physiology is specific to PE and sport performance and
training
2146 The understanding of human movement anatomy and exercise physiology is useful
for the study of sport injuries treatment and prevention
2147 When students are promoted to higher forms they are more capable of grasping the
abstract ideas of how motor learning and sport psychology affect sport
performance
2148 The analysis of and enquiry into different sport issues from multi-perspectives help
develop studentsrsquo high order thinking skills and their ability to think independently
2149 The integration of knowledge and practical skills enables higher form students to
perform school and community services such as organizing sport events
21410 Participation in physical activities has a dual role First it helps students to realise
an active and healthy lifestyle in an effort to remain fit and healthy and second it
SECOND DRAFT
16
enhances studentsrsquo understanding of different theories
Time Allocation
215 10 of the total curriculum time will be allocated to the subject It will be about 270
hours for class teaching in the 3 years of the NSS curriculum However the exact number
of hours can be school-based and may thus have slight variations between schools
SECOND DRAFT
17
Chapter 3 Curriculum Planning
Progression of Studies 31 The parts are sequenced as follows
311 The parts are sequenced in such a way that it reflects progression from the
development of general knowledge to application integration and analysis and
eventually to the practical use of knowledge
312 The first three parts forming group one constitute fundamental knowledge in the
roles and values of PE anatomy and human movement
313 The second group consisting of Part IV V and VI is mainly on the application of
knowledge in fitness and health sports training and sports injuries
314 The third group that is Part VII and VIII focuses more on analysis and integration
of knowledge in motor learning and sport psychology as well as sociology
315 The last group including Part IX and X illustrates the knowledge for practice in
sport management and the practical demonstration of different physical activities
32 The sequence suggested will enable students to explore their interests in SS1 and develop a
better understanding of the subject especially when they expand their knowledge on
exercise physiology and fitness and health which is essential for the pursuit of physical and
sport activities The knowledge in NSS1 provides students with key concepts in PE which
is essential for subsequent construction of knowledge It allows a smooth progression to
SS2 and SS3 when students go through Part X ldquoPerformance in Physical Activitiesrdquo which
involves the higher order cognitive process of integration and synthesis of knowledge Also
students will be more mature for the learning of other abstract topics such as sport
sociology where they need to examine issues from multiple perspectives Besides students
are exposed to different disciplines in sport psychology sport sociology and sport
management Though these disciplines are not offered individually as electives students
may focus more on those they are interested in or capable of in their study for future
studies or career pursuits
SECOND DRAFT
18
Curriculum Planning 33 Flexibility of time-tabling The time-tabling of the subject should be flexible to maximize
learning especially for those topics including practical work For example the service for
school sport activities is likely to be conducted outside normal lesson time The activities
may be held after school on Saturday during post examination activities period or in a
whole day mode such as athletic meet and swimming gala
34 For students of different abilities Learning tasks will on the one hand ensure that
students have equal opportunities for the learning of all essential elements and on the other
allow the brighter students to excel School activity service such as organising sport
activities or competitions will serve the former principle School activities offered inside
and outside school are opportunities for the elite student-athletes thus serving the latter
principle
35 For students with different inclinations Some topics such as biomechanics motor
learning and sport psychology sport sociology and sport management which are designed
to be taught in SS2 or SS3 are more specific involving students in more in-depth learning
to meet their needs and interests
36 Making student learning more meaningful The integration of theory and practical work
make learning more meaningful as students could apply what they learn and more
importantly understand the reasons behind sport performance and sport phenomenon Also
theory and practical work will complement each other and strengthen studentsrsquo learning
experience
37 Integrating conceptual learning with life-wide learning experiences The learning of the
various domains of knowledge physical skills and physical fitness is certainly linked to the
physical experience of the Other Learning Experiences and the outside school learning
experiences such as participation in sport-related services and competitions This will
enhance student learning especially when it is applied in real life situations
SECOND DRAFT
19
38 Integrating learning with assessment The balanced use of formative and summative
assessments and the feedback given to students will help students learn Diversified
assessment will be particularly useful in reflecting studentsrsquo performance and motivating
them to improve in the learning process
SECOND DRAFT
20
Chapter 4 Learning and Teaching
Guiding Principles 41 The guiding principles of the learning and teaching of the PE subject are
All learners can learn and none will be deprived of learning opportunities because of
socio-economic status
A flexible framework to cater for learner differences
Construction of knowledge to nurture studentsrsquo self-learning capacity
Building on studentsrsquo learning experience and prior knowledge
Integration of knowledge and stimulation of high-order thinking
Provision of a caring and motivating learning environment
Using formative and summative assessments as well as feedback to improve learning
Adoption of reflective teaching and teachers adjusting teaching strategies according to
studentsrsquo performance
Suggested Learning and Teaching Approaches and Strategies 42 There are a number of learning and teaching approaches and strategies
421 Varying instructional strategies to use different instructional methods for whole
class teaching small group and individual work Use of an interactive mode of
learning and feedback are useful to enhance learning
422 Building on prior learning experiences to make use of the knowledge and skills
learned in basic education and the concurrent 5 physical learning experience
423 Effective use of learning and teaching resources to maximize the use of library
resources and encourage students to conduct web search for information to use
community resources especially sport facilities to facilitate learning
424 Development of generic skills and nurturing values and attitudes to develop
studentsrsquo generic skills and nurture their positive values and attitudes in genuine
contexts especially during group work sport competitions community service etc
425 Life-wide learning apart from formal PE lessons to provide other learning
opportunities for students to gain relevant learning experiences especially those
SECOND DRAFT
21
outside school activities
426 Reading to learn to encourage students to read reference materials such as books
journals magazines to widen their knowledge-base and to foster their interest in
different topics progressing at their own pace
427 IT for interactive learning to nurture in students a habit of using IT for
interactive learning Use of multi-media and internet facilitates more interesting
and effective learning
428 Referencing to local context it helps students better understand the application of
the PE and sport theories particularly those of fitness and health sport sociology
and sport management
429 Catering for learner differences to adopt varying strategies for students with
diversified abilities in the learning of theories or physical skills Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship is one way
to enhance learning
4210 Balanced practical work of physical skills practical work is important and
facilitates understanding of concepts and theories But an undue emphasis on
physical skills will distort the objective of the subject which may be misinterpreted
as supporting only elite sport training
4211 Safety in practical work always pay attention to safety measures and risk
management in practical work to avoid injuries and learn how to handle problems
when they occur
4212 Collaboration with teachers of other disciplines liaison with Physics and
Biology teachers is beneficial in the teaching of biomechanics and anatomy
Consulting the school counselor is an effective way for students to handle studying
problems and improve study skills
Catering for Learner Differences 43 Learner differences in this subject refer to diversified student abilities in terms of
knowledge of theory or mastery of physical skills or a combination of both Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship helps to enhance
learning and ease teacherrsquos workload
SECOND DRAFT
22
431 Students who are strong in physical skills but weak in theory students who are
strong in physical skills are usually committed and persevering in performing tasks
They have high self-esteem and pride in their own strengths The key for these
students to learn better is to help them apply their strengths in academic studies
432 Students who are interested in PE but weak in physical skills These students are
motivated to learn particularly when they are provided with suitable encouragement
The best way is to ask students with good physical skills to be ldquostudent mentorsrdquo
and help this type of students
433 Students with weak physical fitness level Physical fitness is partly genetically
predetermined Physical fitness tests should not be used in a way that could
embarrass the weaker students It is better to encourage them to work according to
realistic individual goals In fact physical fitness standards should be reasonably set
Elite standards should be avoided
44 On the other hand there are different learning and teaching strategies for students with
different academic abilities
441 Average abilities Help these students to set higher but achievable goals and always
motivate them to work harder Positive reinforcement such as extrinsic reward is
always helpful
442 Lower abilities Modify tasks to suit studentsrsquo abilities or to separate the tasks into
parts to let students progressively build up a foundation of knowledge which
promises a better chance of success This could also nurture studentsrsquo
self-confidence and motivation Moreover it is good to focus on what students can
accomplish and not to encourage them to compare their results with those of others
443 Exceptionally gifted Always encourage them to go beyond the set targets They
could be assigned as study leaders and sport captains or to assist the teacher by
demonstrating physical skills in lessons
Exemplar 45 A few exemplars are included in the appendices to show how some topics can be taught
and how to integrate theory with practical activities
SECOND DRAFT
23
Chapter 5 Assessment
51 Assessment is a way to collect evidence of studentsrsquo learning It aims to provide feedback to
students and identify their strengths and weaknesses in learning It helps identify what the
next learning target should be and how it can be achieved
Internal Assessment 52 Internal assessment is an integral part of the learning and teaching of PE in the NSS
curriculum
53 Formative assessment can help collect evidence about the effectiveness of learning and
teaching and provide feedback to students and teachers for further improvement It reflects
the strengths and weaknesses of students in terms of knowledge skills and attitudes
according to which tailor-made adjustments can be made in the learning teaching and
assessment cycle With reference to the learning targets formative assessment helps
evaluate studentsrsquo progress and enhance motivation in learning Oral feedback observation
checklist reflection form and project work are some examples of formative assessment for
PE
54 Summative assessment is a useful tool for describing studentsrsquo progress of learning and
achievements at a specific stage of learning
55 Both formative assessment and summative assessment are useful to facilitate learning if
they are effectively implemented
56 The assessment of values and attitudes could be done in school and recorded in the Senior
Secondary Student Learning Profile Studentsrsquo learning experiences and achievements in PE
will be recognised and reflected in the profile Achievements in high level competitions
qualifications in coaching and refereeing obtained by the elite athletes will also be included
SECOND DRAFT
24
Public Assessment 57 This section describes the direction of the development of public assessment Hong Kong
Examinations and Assessment Authority (HKEAA) will develop the assessment rubrics at a
later stage as outlined in paragraph 511 below At the moment the target is to include two
parts in the public assessment in the form of a School-based Assessment (SBA) and an
external assessment It is recommended that the public assessment for PE comprises the
following
SBA (30) External Assessment (70) 10 Physical activity (1) 10 Physical activity (2) 10 Physical fitness and a related written
assignment
2 written papers of a total of 4 hours
Key for SBA
Physical activity (1) Physical activity (2)
Physical activities (1) amp (2) are from 2 different areas of activity of athletics ball games gymnastics aquatics dance outdoor pursuits and other activities stipulated in the PE KLA Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) (2002)
Physical fitness and a related written assignment
Standardised physical fitness components A written assignment which focuses on studentsrsquo learning process such as illustration of the aims and targets and an implementation plan of physical fitness
58 The model presented above is open for feedback and suggestions Indeed the weighting of
SBA and external assessment will be set in 2006 However according to the timeline
described in paragraph 511 below it could still be adjusted after the NSS has been
implemented to meet any new curriculum and assessment needs that may arise The
moderation format of SBA depends on the number of candidates Statistical moderation is
suitable for a large candidature and non-statistical methods are more appropriate for a
relatively small candidature
59 Written papersStudents are expected to do all parts to acquire broad and balanced
knowledge However apart from compulsory questions on selected parts such as parts 1 to
SECOND DRAFT
25
6 flexibility is sought to allow students options in choosing questions about the other parts
such as parts 7 to 9 Careful consideration will be taken to keep the breadth of coverage and
depth of cognitive level of different options comparable As for the duration of written
papers it will not exceed four hours
510 ReportingStandards-referenced reporting will be used The results issued by HKEAA are
expected to cover 3 components the results of SBA external assessment and the total of
the two Such a format of reporting has the advantage of giving stakeholders a more
comprehensive picture of studentsrsquo achievement in this subject
511 Developmental timelineThe examination rubrics developed by the HKEAA will be ready
by February 2006 By then the weighting and components of SBA as well as the number
and duration of written papers will be fixed Sample examination papers will be available
in 2007 so that schools will have access to more details before the implementation of the
NSS curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
26
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources 61 Resource materials to support learning and teaching will be developed in collaboration with
tertiary institution educational organisations and school teachers Individual sets of
materials for the different parts will be produced This will facilitate necessary updates in
future
62 The PE Section of Education and Manpower Bureau (EMB) is working to produce videos
of PE lessons for SBA purposes There will be seminars to brief teachers on the use of such
information in assessing studentsrsquo physical skills
63 Learning and teaching resources will not be confined to materials produced by EMB
Schools may use reference materials produced in other countries including reference books
journals web-based materials and audio-visual aids
64 Teachers are encouraged to share school-based materials especially in different professional
development programmes organised by EMB The materials include teaching notes on
different topics and materials generated from pilot studies and research projects conducted
by schools These materials are very useful for PE curriculum development at the NSS
level
65 Though not exhaustive a list consists of materials recommended for students in the
promotion of reading to learn is attached in the Appendix
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
12
(v) Level of fitness (vi) Physical limitations (vii) Nature of different sports (b) Common Sport Injuries (i) Bleeding (ii) Abrasion (iii) Contusion (iv) Dislocation (v) Fracture (vi) Pulled muscle (vii) Sprain (viii) Strain (ix) Heat and cold injuries (x) Overuse injuries (c) Treatment (i) General principles of first aid (ii) PRICE (Protection Rest Ice Compression Elevation) (iii) Resuscitation (d) Prevention of Sport Injuries (i) Risk assessment (ii) Safety measures (iii) Warm up and cool down
210 Part VII This part helps students understand the theory of motor learning and the
fundamental elements of motor learning and sport psychology Building on the previous
parts it helps students explain the learning process and performance of daily-life physical
skills
VII Motor Learning and Sport Psychology (7) (a) Application of Learning Theory in Motor Learning (i) Skill classifications (ii) Skill acquisition and information processing (iii) Stages of learning and transfer of learning (iv) Intrinsic and extrinsic feedback (v) Knowledge of result and knowledge of performance (vi) Practice methods (b) Factors Affecting Performance (i) Anxiety and arousal (ii) Attention and concentration (iii) Motivation and self-confidence (iv) Goal setting (v) Imagery and mental practice (vi) Personality (vii) Aggression
SECOND DRAFT
13
(c) Application of Stress Management in Sport (i) The nature of stress (ii) Stress management
211 Part VIII This part allows students to investigate different issues of physical and sport
activities in relation to society It helps students understand more deeply the roles and
values of PE and sport from different perspectives It also nurtures studentsrsquo high-order
thinking skills by exploring specific issues
VIII Social Aspects of PE Sport and Recreation (8) (a) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (i) Philosophical foundation history and development of the Olympic
Games
(ii) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (iii) Chinarsquos involvement in the Olympic Movement (iv) Challenges to the Olympic Movement and Olympicism (b) International Organisations Major Games and Major International
Competitions
(i) International Olympic Committee and International Sports Federations
(ii) Olympic Games and other major games (iii) Major international competitions (c) Chinarsquos Sporting Culture (i) Chinarsquos sporting culture (ii) All China Games (d) Sport and Society (i) Sport for all and sport for elite (ii) Amateurs and professionals (iii) Competition (iv) Drugs in sport (v) Violence in sport (vi) Politics and sport (vii) Media and sport (e) Factors Influencing Participation in Sport and Recreation (i) Personal factor (ii) Family factor (iii) Social factor (iv) Cultural factor (v) Political factor (vi) Environmental factor
212 Part IX This part introduces the basic concepts of sport management and programme
organisation It aims at equipping students with useful knowledge to perform school and
SECOND DRAFT
14
community services particularly the organization of different physical activity events
IX Sport and Recreation Management (6) (a) Concepts on Sport and Recreation Management (i) The management process (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Funding (iv) Staffing
(v) Time factor (b) Programme Organisation (i) Competition systems (ii) Organisation of events of physical activity (c) Legal Issues in PE Sport and Recreation (i) Liability in PE and sport activities (ii) Negligence in PE and sport activities
213 Part X This practical part provides an opportunity for students to apply the theories
learned from the other parts through participating in physical activities It requires students
to relate and integrate different aspects of knowledge learned to enhance their skill
performance and physical fitness It also develops studentsrsquo personal qualities by enabling
them to recognise their role in PE-related school and community services
X Performance in Physical Activities (17) (a) Demonstration of Skills and Knowledge of Various Physical Activities (i) Acquisition mastery and demonstration of a number of physical
activities
(ii) Active participation in at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
(iii) Demonstration of regular exercise to maintain fitness and health (iv) Application of learned theories in the performance of physical
activities
(v) Demonstration of a leading role in school andor community services
(100)
Curriculum Organisation 214 Learning and Teaching Sequence The suggested sequence of the learning and
teaching components for PE is that the foundation of PE comes first before the topics
on human body exercise physiology as well as health and fitness These topics are
then followed by those related to other knowledge disciplines namely biomechanics
SECOND DRAFT
15
sport sociology and motor learning and sport psychology The learning of physical
activities and related co-curricular activities will be ongoing throughout the three years
of senior secondary education The rationale for the way the ten parts are sequenced is
as follows
2141 A foundation part including terminology gives students the general knowledge
essential for a smooth transition from an activity-oriented basic education PE
curriculum to an academic-oriented PE curriculum
2142 The energy system together with the anatomy of different systems of human
biology is basic for understanding of different aspects of the subsequent topic of
exercise physiology
2143 The biomechanics of Physics and its relation to and application in sports is
conducive to the learning of subsequent topics on sports medicine exercise
physiology and motor learning and sport psychology However it may be taught at
a later stage such as at SS2 or SS3 as the concepts are more specific
2144 With the knowledge of the human body it is easier for students to acquire some
important concepts such as weight control and healthy behaviour and the related
chronological diseases and apply the knowledge of fitness nutrition and health in
daily life
2145 The knowledge of exercise physiology is specific to PE and sport performance and
training
2146 The understanding of human movement anatomy and exercise physiology is useful
for the study of sport injuries treatment and prevention
2147 When students are promoted to higher forms they are more capable of grasping the
abstract ideas of how motor learning and sport psychology affect sport
performance
2148 The analysis of and enquiry into different sport issues from multi-perspectives help
develop studentsrsquo high order thinking skills and their ability to think independently
2149 The integration of knowledge and practical skills enables higher form students to
perform school and community services such as organizing sport events
21410 Participation in physical activities has a dual role First it helps students to realise
an active and healthy lifestyle in an effort to remain fit and healthy and second it
SECOND DRAFT
16
enhances studentsrsquo understanding of different theories
Time Allocation
215 10 of the total curriculum time will be allocated to the subject It will be about 270
hours for class teaching in the 3 years of the NSS curriculum However the exact number
of hours can be school-based and may thus have slight variations between schools
SECOND DRAFT
17
Chapter 3 Curriculum Planning
Progression of Studies 31 The parts are sequenced as follows
311 The parts are sequenced in such a way that it reflects progression from the
development of general knowledge to application integration and analysis and
eventually to the practical use of knowledge
312 The first three parts forming group one constitute fundamental knowledge in the
roles and values of PE anatomy and human movement
313 The second group consisting of Part IV V and VI is mainly on the application of
knowledge in fitness and health sports training and sports injuries
314 The third group that is Part VII and VIII focuses more on analysis and integration
of knowledge in motor learning and sport psychology as well as sociology
315 The last group including Part IX and X illustrates the knowledge for practice in
sport management and the practical demonstration of different physical activities
32 The sequence suggested will enable students to explore their interests in SS1 and develop a
better understanding of the subject especially when they expand their knowledge on
exercise physiology and fitness and health which is essential for the pursuit of physical and
sport activities The knowledge in NSS1 provides students with key concepts in PE which
is essential for subsequent construction of knowledge It allows a smooth progression to
SS2 and SS3 when students go through Part X ldquoPerformance in Physical Activitiesrdquo which
involves the higher order cognitive process of integration and synthesis of knowledge Also
students will be more mature for the learning of other abstract topics such as sport
sociology where they need to examine issues from multiple perspectives Besides students
are exposed to different disciplines in sport psychology sport sociology and sport
management Though these disciplines are not offered individually as electives students
may focus more on those they are interested in or capable of in their study for future
studies or career pursuits
SECOND DRAFT
18
Curriculum Planning 33 Flexibility of time-tabling The time-tabling of the subject should be flexible to maximize
learning especially for those topics including practical work For example the service for
school sport activities is likely to be conducted outside normal lesson time The activities
may be held after school on Saturday during post examination activities period or in a
whole day mode such as athletic meet and swimming gala
34 For students of different abilities Learning tasks will on the one hand ensure that
students have equal opportunities for the learning of all essential elements and on the other
allow the brighter students to excel School activity service such as organising sport
activities or competitions will serve the former principle School activities offered inside
and outside school are opportunities for the elite student-athletes thus serving the latter
principle
35 For students with different inclinations Some topics such as biomechanics motor
learning and sport psychology sport sociology and sport management which are designed
to be taught in SS2 or SS3 are more specific involving students in more in-depth learning
to meet their needs and interests
36 Making student learning more meaningful The integration of theory and practical work
make learning more meaningful as students could apply what they learn and more
importantly understand the reasons behind sport performance and sport phenomenon Also
theory and practical work will complement each other and strengthen studentsrsquo learning
experience
37 Integrating conceptual learning with life-wide learning experiences The learning of the
various domains of knowledge physical skills and physical fitness is certainly linked to the
physical experience of the Other Learning Experiences and the outside school learning
experiences such as participation in sport-related services and competitions This will
enhance student learning especially when it is applied in real life situations
SECOND DRAFT
19
38 Integrating learning with assessment The balanced use of formative and summative
assessments and the feedback given to students will help students learn Diversified
assessment will be particularly useful in reflecting studentsrsquo performance and motivating
them to improve in the learning process
SECOND DRAFT
20
Chapter 4 Learning and Teaching
Guiding Principles 41 The guiding principles of the learning and teaching of the PE subject are
All learners can learn and none will be deprived of learning opportunities because of
socio-economic status
A flexible framework to cater for learner differences
Construction of knowledge to nurture studentsrsquo self-learning capacity
Building on studentsrsquo learning experience and prior knowledge
Integration of knowledge and stimulation of high-order thinking
Provision of a caring and motivating learning environment
Using formative and summative assessments as well as feedback to improve learning
Adoption of reflective teaching and teachers adjusting teaching strategies according to
studentsrsquo performance
Suggested Learning and Teaching Approaches and Strategies 42 There are a number of learning and teaching approaches and strategies
421 Varying instructional strategies to use different instructional methods for whole
class teaching small group and individual work Use of an interactive mode of
learning and feedback are useful to enhance learning
422 Building on prior learning experiences to make use of the knowledge and skills
learned in basic education and the concurrent 5 physical learning experience
423 Effective use of learning and teaching resources to maximize the use of library
resources and encourage students to conduct web search for information to use
community resources especially sport facilities to facilitate learning
424 Development of generic skills and nurturing values and attitudes to develop
studentsrsquo generic skills and nurture their positive values and attitudes in genuine
contexts especially during group work sport competitions community service etc
425 Life-wide learning apart from formal PE lessons to provide other learning
opportunities for students to gain relevant learning experiences especially those
SECOND DRAFT
21
outside school activities
426 Reading to learn to encourage students to read reference materials such as books
journals magazines to widen their knowledge-base and to foster their interest in
different topics progressing at their own pace
427 IT for interactive learning to nurture in students a habit of using IT for
interactive learning Use of multi-media and internet facilitates more interesting
and effective learning
428 Referencing to local context it helps students better understand the application of
the PE and sport theories particularly those of fitness and health sport sociology
and sport management
429 Catering for learner differences to adopt varying strategies for students with
diversified abilities in the learning of theories or physical skills Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship is one way
to enhance learning
4210 Balanced practical work of physical skills practical work is important and
facilitates understanding of concepts and theories But an undue emphasis on
physical skills will distort the objective of the subject which may be misinterpreted
as supporting only elite sport training
4211 Safety in practical work always pay attention to safety measures and risk
management in practical work to avoid injuries and learn how to handle problems
when they occur
4212 Collaboration with teachers of other disciplines liaison with Physics and
Biology teachers is beneficial in the teaching of biomechanics and anatomy
Consulting the school counselor is an effective way for students to handle studying
problems and improve study skills
Catering for Learner Differences 43 Learner differences in this subject refer to diversified student abilities in terms of
knowledge of theory or mastery of physical skills or a combination of both Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship helps to enhance
learning and ease teacherrsquos workload
SECOND DRAFT
22
431 Students who are strong in physical skills but weak in theory students who are
strong in physical skills are usually committed and persevering in performing tasks
They have high self-esteem and pride in their own strengths The key for these
students to learn better is to help them apply their strengths in academic studies
432 Students who are interested in PE but weak in physical skills These students are
motivated to learn particularly when they are provided with suitable encouragement
The best way is to ask students with good physical skills to be ldquostudent mentorsrdquo
and help this type of students
433 Students with weak physical fitness level Physical fitness is partly genetically
predetermined Physical fitness tests should not be used in a way that could
embarrass the weaker students It is better to encourage them to work according to
realistic individual goals In fact physical fitness standards should be reasonably set
Elite standards should be avoided
44 On the other hand there are different learning and teaching strategies for students with
different academic abilities
441 Average abilities Help these students to set higher but achievable goals and always
motivate them to work harder Positive reinforcement such as extrinsic reward is
always helpful
442 Lower abilities Modify tasks to suit studentsrsquo abilities or to separate the tasks into
parts to let students progressively build up a foundation of knowledge which
promises a better chance of success This could also nurture studentsrsquo
self-confidence and motivation Moreover it is good to focus on what students can
accomplish and not to encourage them to compare their results with those of others
443 Exceptionally gifted Always encourage them to go beyond the set targets They
could be assigned as study leaders and sport captains or to assist the teacher by
demonstrating physical skills in lessons
Exemplar 45 A few exemplars are included in the appendices to show how some topics can be taught
and how to integrate theory with practical activities
SECOND DRAFT
23
Chapter 5 Assessment
51 Assessment is a way to collect evidence of studentsrsquo learning It aims to provide feedback to
students and identify their strengths and weaknesses in learning It helps identify what the
next learning target should be and how it can be achieved
Internal Assessment 52 Internal assessment is an integral part of the learning and teaching of PE in the NSS
curriculum
53 Formative assessment can help collect evidence about the effectiveness of learning and
teaching and provide feedback to students and teachers for further improvement It reflects
the strengths and weaknesses of students in terms of knowledge skills and attitudes
according to which tailor-made adjustments can be made in the learning teaching and
assessment cycle With reference to the learning targets formative assessment helps
evaluate studentsrsquo progress and enhance motivation in learning Oral feedback observation
checklist reflection form and project work are some examples of formative assessment for
PE
54 Summative assessment is a useful tool for describing studentsrsquo progress of learning and
achievements at a specific stage of learning
55 Both formative assessment and summative assessment are useful to facilitate learning if
they are effectively implemented
56 The assessment of values and attitudes could be done in school and recorded in the Senior
Secondary Student Learning Profile Studentsrsquo learning experiences and achievements in PE
will be recognised and reflected in the profile Achievements in high level competitions
qualifications in coaching and refereeing obtained by the elite athletes will also be included
SECOND DRAFT
24
Public Assessment 57 This section describes the direction of the development of public assessment Hong Kong
Examinations and Assessment Authority (HKEAA) will develop the assessment rubrics at a
later stage as outlined in paragraph 511 below At the moment the target is to include two
parts in the public assessment in the form of a School-based Assessment (SBA) and an
external assessment It is recommended that the public assessment for PE comprises the
following
SBA (30) External Assessment (70) 10 Physical activity (1) 10 Physical activity (2) 10 Physical fitness and a related written
assignment
2 written papers of a total of 4 hours
Key for SBA
Physical activity (1) Physical activity (2)
Physical activities (1) amp (2) are from 2 different areas of activity of athletics ball games gymnastics aquatics dance outdoor pursuits and other activities stipulated in the PE KLA Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) (2002)
Physical fitness and a related written assignment
Standardised physical fitness components A written assignment which focuses on studentsrsquo learning process such as illustration of the aims and targets and an implementation plan of physical fitness
58 The model presented above is open for feedback and suggestions Indeed the weighting of
SBA and external assessment will be set in 2006 However according to the timeline
described in paragraph 511 below it could still be adjusted after the NSS has been
implemented to meet any new curriculum and assessment needs that may arise The
moderation format of SBA depends on the number of candidates Statistical moderation is
suitable for a large candidature and non-statistical methods are more appropriate for a
relatively small candidature
59 Written papersStudents are expected to do all parts to acquire broad and balanced
knowledge However apart from compulsory questions on selected parts such as parts 1 to
SECOND DRAFT
25
6 flexibility is sought to allow students options in choosing questions about the other parts
such as parts 7 to 9 Careful consideration will be taken to keep the breadth of coverage and
depth of cognitive level of different options comparable As for the duration of written
papers it will not exceed four hours
510 ReportingStandards-referenced reporting will be used The results issued by HKEAA are
expected to cover 3 components the results of SBA external assessment and the total of
the two Such a format of reporting has the advantage of giving stakeholders a more
comprehensive picture of studentsrsquo achievement in this subject
511 Developmental timelineThe examination rubrics developed by the HKEAA will be ready
by February 2006 By then the weighting and components of SBA as well as the number
and duration of written papers will be fixed Sample examination papers will be available
in 2007 so that schools will have access to more details before the implementation of the
NSS curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
26
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources 61 Resource materials to support learning and teaching will be developed in collaboration with
tertiary institution educational organisations and school teachers Individual sets of
materials for the different parts will be produced This will facilitate necessary updates in
future
62 The PE Section of Education and Manpower Bureau (EMB) is working to produce videos
of PE lessons for SBA purposes There will be seminars to brief teachers on the use of such
information in assessing studentsrsquo physical skills
63 Learning and teaching resources will not be confined to materials produced by EMB
Schools may use reference materials produced in other countries including reference books
journals web-based materials and audio-visual aids
64 Teachers are encouraged to share school-based materials especially in different professional
development programmes organised by EMB The materials include teaching notes on
different topics and materials generated from pilot studies and research projects conducted
by schools These materials are very useful for PE curriculum development at the NSS
level
65 Though not exhaustive a list consists of materials recommended for students in the
promotion of reading to learn is attached in the Appendix
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
13
(c) Application of Stress Management in Sport (i) The nature of stress (ii) Stress management
211 Part VIII This part allows students to investigate different issues of physical and sport
activities in relation to society It helps students understand more deeply the roles and
values of PE and sport from different perspectives It also nurtures studentsrsquo high-order
thinking skills by exploring specific issues
VIII Social Aspects of PE Sport and Recreation (8) (a) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (i) Philosophical foundation history and development of the Olympic
Games
(ii) Olympic Movement and Olympicism (iii) Chinarsquos involvement in the Olympic Movement (iv) Challenges to the Olympic Movement and Olympicism (b) International Organisations Major Games and Major International
Competitions
(i) International Olympic Committee and International Sports Federations
(ii) Olympic Games and other major games (iii) Major international competitions (c) Chinarsquos Sporting Culture (i) Chinarsquos sporting culture (ii) All China Games (d) Sport and Society (i) Sport for all and sport for elite (ii) Amateurs and professionals (iii) Competition (iv) Drugs in sport (v) Violence in sport (vi) Politics and sport (vii) Media and sport (e) Factors Influencing Participation in Sport and Recreation (i) Personal factor (ii) Family factor (iii) Social factor (iv) Cultural factor (v) Political factor (vi) Environmental factor
212 Part IX This part introduces the basic concepts of sport management and programme
organisation It aims at equipping students with useful knowledge to perform school and
SECOND DRAFT
14
community services particularly the organization of different physical activity events
IX Sport and Recreation Management (6) (a) Concepts on Sport and Recreation Management (i) The management process (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Funding (iv) Staffing
(v) Time factor (b) Programme Organisation (i) Competition systems (ii) Organisation of events of physical activity (c) Legal Issues in PE Sport and Recreation (i) Liability in PE and sport activities (ii) Negligence in PE and sport activities
213 Part X This practical part provides an opportunity for students to apply the theories
learned from the other parts through participating in physical activities It requires students
to relate and integrate different aspects of knowledge learned to enhance their skill
performance and physical fitness It also develops studentsrsquo personal qualities by enabling
them to recognise their role in PE-related school and community services
X Performance in Physical Activities (17) (a) Demonstration of Skills and Knowledge of Various Physical Activities (i) Acquisition mastery and demonstration of a number of physical
activities
(ii) Active participation in at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
(iii) Demonstration of regular exercise to maintain fitness and health (iv) Application of learned theories in the performance of physical
activities
(v) Demonstration of a leading role in school andor community services
(100)
Curriculum Organisation 214 Learning and Teaching Sequence The suggested sequence of the learning and
teaching components for PE is that the foundation of PE comes first before the topics
on human body exercise physiology as well as health and fitness These topics are
then followed by those related to other knowledge disciplines namely biomechanics
SECOND DRAFT
15
sport sociology and motor learning and sport psychology The learning of physical
activities and related co-curricular activities will be ongoing throughout the three years
of senior secondary education The rationale for the way the ten parts are sequenced is
as follows
2141 A foundation part including terminology gives students the general knowledge
essential for a smooth transition from an activity-oriented basic education PE
curriculum to an academic-oriented PE curriculum
2142 The energy system together with the anatomy of different systems of human
biology is basic for understanding of different aspects of the subsequent topic of
exercise physiology
2143 The biomechanics of Physics and its relation to and application in sports is
conducive to the learning of subsequent topics on sports medicine exercise
physiology and motor learning and sport psychology However it may be taught at
a later stage such as at SS2 or SS3 as the concepts are more specific
2144 With the knowledge of the human body it is easier for students to acquire some
important concepts such as weight control and healthy behaviour and the related
chronological diseases and apply the knowledge of fitness nutrition and health in
daily life
2145 The knowledge of exercise physiology is specific to PE and sport performance and
training
2146 The understanding of human movement anatomy and exercise physiology is useful
for the study of sport injuries treatment and prevention
2147 When students are promoted to higher forms they are more capable of grasping the
abstract ideas of how motor learning and sport psychology affect sport
performance
2148 The analysis of and enquiry into different sport issues from multi-perspectives help
develop studentsrsquo high order thinking skills and their ability to think independently
2149 The integration of knowledge and practical skills enables higher form students to
perform school and community services such as organizing sport events
21410 Participation in physical activities has a dual role First it helps students to realise
an active and healthy lifestyle in an effort to remain fit and healthy and second it
SECOND DRAFT
16
enhances studentsrsquo understanding of different theories
Time Allocation
215 10 of the total curriculum time will be allocated to the subject It will be about 270
hours for class teaching in the 3 years of the NSS curriculum However the exact number
of hours can be school-based and may thus have slight variations between schools
SECOND DRAFT
17
Chapter 3 Curriculum Planning
Progression of Studies 31 The parts are sequenced as follows
311 The parts are sequenced in such a way that it reflects progression from the
development of general knowledge to application integration and analysis and
eventually to the practical use of knowledge
312 The first three parts forming group one constitute fundamental knowledge in the
roles and values of PE anatomy and human movement
313 The second group consisting of Part IV V and VI is mainly on the application of
knowledge in fitness and health sports training and sports injuries
314 The third group that is Part VII and VIII focuses more on analysis and integration
of knowledge in motor learning and sport psychology as well as sociology
315 The last group including Part IX and X illustrates the knowledge for practice in
sport management and the practical demonstration of different physical activities
32 The sequence suggested will enable students to explore their interests in SS1 and develop a
better understanding of the subject especially when they expand their knowledge on
exercise physiology and fitness and health which is essential for the pursuit of physical and
sport activities The knowledge in NSS1 provides students with key concepts in PE which
is essential for subsequent construction of knowledge It allows a smooth progression to
SS2 and SS3 when students go through Part X ldquoPerformance in Physical Activitiesrdquo which
involves the higher order cognitive process of integration and synthesis of knowledge Also
students will be more mature for the learning of other abstract topics such as sport
sociology where they need to examine issues from multiple perspectives Besides students
are exposed to different disciplines in sport psychology sport sociology and sport
management Though these disciplines are not offered individually as electives students
may focus more on those they are interested in or capable of in their study for future
studies or career pursuits
SECOND DRAFT
18
Curriculum Planning 33 Flexibility of time-tabling The time-tabling of the subject should be flexible to maximize
learning especially for those topics including practical work For example the service for
school sport activities is likely to be conducted outside normal lesson time The activities
may be held after school on Saturday during post examination activities period or in a
whole day mode such as athletic meet and swimming gala
34 For students of different abilities Learning tasks will on the one hand ensure that
students have equal opportunities for the learning of all essential elements and on the other
allow the brighter students to excel School activity service such as organising sport
activities or competitions will serve the former principle School activities offered inside
and outside school are opportunities for the elite student-athletes thus serving the latter
principle
35 For students with different inclinations Some topics such as biomechanics motor
learning and sport psychology sport sociology and sport management which are designed
to be taught in SS2 or SS3 are more specific involving students in more in-depth learning
to meet their needs and interests
36 Making student learning more meaningful The integration of theory and practical work
make learning more meaningful as students could apply what they learn and more
importantly understand the reasons behind sport performance and sport phenomenon Also
theory and practical work will complement each other and strengthen studentsrsquo learning
experience
37 Integrating conceptual learning with life-wide learning experiences The learning of the
various domains of knowledge physical skills and physical fitness is certainly linked to the
physical experience of the Other Learning Experiences and the outside school learning
experiences such as participation in sport-related services and competitions This will
enhance student learning especially when it is applied in real life situations
SECOND DRAFT
19
38 Integrating learning with assessment The balanced use of formative and summative
assessments and the feedback given to students will help students learn Diversified
assessment will be particularly useful in reflecting studentsrsquo performance and motivating
them to improve in the learning process
SECOND DRAFT
20
Chapter 4 Learning and Teaching
Guiding Principles 41 The guiding principles of the learning and teaching of the PE subject are
All learners can learn and none will be deprived of learning opportunities because of
socio-economic status
A flexible framework to cater for learner differences
Construction of knowledge to nurture studentsrsquo self-learning capacity
Building on studentsrsquo learning experience and prior knowledge
Integration of knowledge and stimulation of high-order thinking
Provision of a caring and motivating learning environment
Using formative and summative assessments as well as feedback to improve learning
Adoption of reflective teaching and teachers adjusting teaching strategies according to
studentsrsquo performance
Suggested Learning and Teaching Approaches and Strategies 42 There are a number of learning and teaching approaches and strategies
421 Varying instructional strategies to use different instructional methods for whole
class teaching small group and individual work Use of an interactive mode of
learning and feedback are useful to enhance learning
422 Building on prior learning experiences to make use of the knowledge and skills
learned in basic education and the concurrent 5 physical learning experience
423 Effective use of learning and teaching resources to maximize the use of library
resources and encourage students to conduct web search for information to use
community resources especially sport facilities to facilitate learning
424 Development of generic skills and nurturing values and attitudes to develop
studentsrsquo generic skills and nurture their positive values and attitudes in genuine
contexts especially during group work sport competitions community service etc
425 Life-wide learning apart from formal PE lessons to provide other learning
opportunities for students to gain relevant learning experiences especially those
SECOND DRAFT
21
outside school activities
426 Reading to learn to encourage students to read reference materials such as books
journals magazines to widen their knowledge-base and to foster their interest in
different topics progressing at their own pace
427 IT for interactive learning to nurture in students a habit of using IT for
interactive learning Use of multi-media and internet facilitates more interesting
and effective learning
428 Referencing to local context it helps students better understand the application of
the PE and sport theories particularly those of fitness and health sport sociology
and sport management
429 Catering for learner differences to adopt varying strategies for students with
diversified abilities in the learning of theories or physical skills Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship is one way
to enhance learning
4210 Balanced practical work of physical skills practical work is important and
facilitates understanding of concepts and theories But an undue emphasis on
physical skills will distort the objective of the subject which may be misinterpreted
as supporting only elite sport training
4211 Safety in practical work always pay attention to safety measures and risk
management in practical work to avoid injuries and learn how to handle problems
when they occur
4212 Collaboration with teachers of other disciplines liaison with Physics and
Biology teachers is beneficial in the teaching of biomechanics and anatomy
Consulting the school counselor is an effective way for students to handle studying
problems and improve study skills
Catering for Learner Differences 43 Learner differences in this subject refer to diversified student abilities in terms of
knowledge of theory or mastery of physical skills or a combination of both Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship helps to enhance
learning and ease teacherrsquos workload
SECOND DRAFT
22
431 Students who are strong in physical skills but weak in theory students who are
strong in physical skills are usually committed and persevering in performing tasks
They have high self-esteem and pride in their own strengths The key for these
students to learn better is to help them apply their strengths in academic studies
432 Students who are interested in PE but weak in physical skills These students are
motivated to learn particularly when they are provided with suitable encouragement
The best way is to ask students with good physical skills to be ldquostudent mentorsrdquo
and help this type of students
433 Students with weak physical fitness level Physical fitness is partly genetically
predetermined Physical fitness tests should not be used in a way that could
embarrass the weaker students It is better to encourage them to work according to
realistic individual goals In fact physical fitness standards should be reasonably set
Elite standards should be avoided
44 On the other hand there are different learning and teaching strategies for students with
different academic abilities
441 Average abilities Help these students to set higher but achievable goals and always
motivate them to work harder Positive reinforcement such as extrinsic reward is
always helpful
442 Lower abilities Modify tasks to suit studentsrsquo abilities or to separate the tasks into
parts to let students progressively build up a foundation of knowledge which
promises a better chance of success This could also nurture studentsrsquo
self-confidence and motivation Moreover it is good to focus on what students can
accomplish and not to encourage them to compare their results with those of others
443 Exceptionally gifted Always encourage them to go beyond the set targets They
could be assigned as study leaders and sport captains or to assist the teacher by
demonstrating physical skills in lessons
Exemplar 45 A few exemplars are included in the appendices to show how some topics can be taught
and how to integrate theory with practical activities
SECOND DRAFT
23
Chapter 5 Assessment
51 Assessment is a way to collect evidence of studentsrsquo learning It aims to provide feedback to
students and identify their strengths and weaknesses in learning It helps identify what the
next learning target should be and how it can be achieved
Internal Assessment 52 Internal assessment is an integral part of the learning and teaching of PE in the NSS
curriculum
53 Formative assessment can help collect evidence about the effectiveness of learning and
teaching and provide feedback to students and teachers for further improvement It reflects
the strengths and weaknesses of students in terms of knowledge skills and attitudes
according to which tailor-made adjustments can be made in the learning teaching and
assessment cycle With reference to the learning targets formative assessment helps
evaluate studentsrsquo progress and enhance motivation in learning Oral feedback observation
checklist reflection form and project work are some examples of formative assessment for
PE
54 Summative assessment is a useful tool for describing studentsrsquo progress of learning and
achievements at a specific stage of learning
55 Both formative assessment and summative assessment are useful to facilitate learning if
they are effectively implemented
56 The assessment of values and attitudes could be done in school and recorded in the Senior
Secondary Student Learning Profile Studentsrsquo learning experiences and achievements in PE
will be recognised and reflected in the profile Achievements in high level competitions
qualifications in coaching and refereeing obtained by the elite athletes will also be included
SECOND DRAFT
24
Public Assessment 57 This section describes the direction of the development of public assessment Hong Kong
Examinations and Assessment Authority (HKEAA) will develop the assessment rubrics at a
later stage as outlined in paragraph 511 below At the moment the target is to include two
parts in the public assessment in the form of a School-based Assessment (SBA) and an
external assessment It is recommended that the public assessment for PE comprises the
following
SBA (30) External Assessment (70) 10 Physical activity (1) 10 Physical activity (2) 10 Physical fitness and a related written
assignment
2 written papers of a total of 4 hours
Key for SBA
Physical activity (1) Physical activity (2)
Physical activities (1) amp (2) are from 2 different areas of activity of athletics ball games gymnastics aquatics dance outdoor pursuits and other activities stipulated in the PE KLA Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) (2002)
Physical fitness and a related written assignment
Standardised physical fitness components A written assignment which focuses on studentsrsquo learning process such as illustration of the aims and targets and an implementation plan of physical fitness
58 The model presented above is open for feedback and suggestions Indeed the weighting of
SBA and external assessment will be set in 2006 However according to the timeline
described in paragraph 511 below it could still be adjusted after the NSS has been
implemented to meet any new curriculum and assessment needs that may arise The
moderation format of SBA depends on the number of candidates Statistical moderation is
suitable for a large candidature and non-statistical methods are more appropriate for a
relatively small candidature
59 Written papersStudents are expected to do all parts to acquire broad and balanced
knowledge However apart from compulsory questions on selected parts such as parts 1 to
SECOND DRAFT
25
6 flexibility is sought to allow students options in choosing questions about the other parts
such as parts 7 to 9 Careful consideration will be taken to keep the breadth of coverage and
depth of cognitive level of different options comparable As for the duration of written
papers it will not exceed four hours
510 ReportingStandards-referenced reporting will be used The results issued by HKEAA are
expected to cover 3 components the results of SBA external assessment and the total of
the two Such a format of reporting has the advantage of giving stakeholders a more
comprehensive picture of studentsrsquo achievement in this subject
511 Developmental timelineThe examination rubrics developed by the HKEAA will be ready
by February 2006 By then the weighting and components of SBA as well as the number
and duration of written papers will be fixed Sample examination papers will be available
in 2007 so that schools will have access to more details before the implementation of the
NSS curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
26
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources 61 Resource materials to support learning and teaching will be developed in collaboration with
tertiary institution educational organisations and school teachers Individual sets of
materials for the different parts will be produced This will facilitate necessary updates in
future
62 The PE Section of Education and Manpower Bureau (EMB) is working to produce videos
of PE lessons for SBA purposes There will be seminars to brief teachers on the use of such
information in assessing studentsrsquo physical skills
63 Learning and teaching resources will not be confined to materials produced by EMB
Schools may use reference materials produced in other countries including reference books
journals web-based materials and audio-visual aids
64 Teachers are encouraged to share school-based materials especially in different professional
development programmes organised by EMB The materials include teaching notes on
different topics and materials generated from pilot studies and research projects conducted
by schools These materials are very useful for PE curriculum development at the NSS
level
65 Though not exhaustive a list consists of materials recommended for students in the
promotion of reading to learn is attached in the Appendix
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
14
community services particularly the organization of different physical activity events
IX Sport and Recreation Management (6) (a) Concepts on Sport and Recreation Management (i) The management process (ii) Facilities and equipment (iii) Funding (iv) Staffing
(v) Time factor (b) Programme Organisation (i) Competition systems (ii) Organisation of events of physical activity (c) Legal Issues in PE Sport and Recreation (i) Liability in PE and sport activities (ii) Negligence in PE and sport activities
213 Part X This practical part provides an opportunity for students to apply the theories
learned from the other parts through participating in physical activities It requires students
to relate and integrate different aspects of knowledge learned to enhance their skill
performance and physical fitness It also develops studentsrsquo personal qualities by enabling
them to recognise their role in PE-related school and community services
X Performance in Physical Activities (17) (a) Demonstration of Skills and Knowledge of Various Physical Activities (i) Acquisition mastery and demonstration of a number of physical
activities
(ii) Active participation in at least one PE-related co-curricular activity
(iii) Demonstration of regular exercise to maintain fitness and health (iv) Application of learned theories in the performance of physical
activities
(v) Demonstration of a leading role in school andor community services
(100)
Curriculum Organisation 214 Learning and Teaching Sequence The suggested sequence of the learning and
teaching components for PE is that the foundation of PE comes first before the topics
on human body exercise physiology as well as health and fitness These topics are
then followed by those related to other knowledge disciplines namely biomechanics
SECOND DRAFT
15
sport sociology and motor learning and sport psychology The learning of physical
activities and related co-curricular activities will be ongoing throughout the three years
of senior secondary education The rationale for the way the ten parts are sequenced is
as follows
2141 A foundation part including terminology gives students the general knowledge
essential for a smooth transition from an activity-oriented basic education PE
curriculum to an academic-oriented PE curriculum
2142 The energy system together with the anatomy of different systems of human
biology is basic for understanding of different aspects of the subsequent topic of
exercise physiology
2143 The biomechanics of Physics and its relation to and application in sports is
conducive to the learning of subsequent topics on sports medicine exercise
physiology and motor learning and sport psychology However it may be taught at
a later stage such as at SS2 or SS3 as the concepts are more specific
2144 With the knowledge of the human body it is easier for students to acquire some
important concepts such as weight control and healthy behaviour and the related
chronological diseases and apply the knowledge of fitness nutrition and health in
daily life
2145 The knowledge of exercise physiology is specific to PE and sport performance and
training
2146 The understanding of human movement anatomy and exercise physiology is useful
for the study of sport injuries treatment and prevention
2147 When students are promoted to higher forms they are more capable of grasping the
abstract ideas of how motor learning and sport psychology affect sport
performance
2148 The analysis of and enquiry into different sport issues from multi-perspectives help
develop studentsrsquo high order thinking skills and their ability to think independently
2149 The integration of knowledge and practical skills enables higher form students to
perform school and community services such as organizing sport events
21410 Participation in physical activities has a dual role First it helps students to realise
an active and healthy lifestyle in an effort to remain fit and healthy and second it
SECOND DRAFT
16
enhances studentsrsquo understanding of different theories
Time Allocation
215 10 of the total curriculum time will be allocated to the subject It will be about 270
hours for class teaching in the 3 years of the NSS curriculum However the exact number
of hours can be school-based and may thus have slight variations between schools
SECOND DRAFT
17
Chapter 3 Curriculum Planning
Progression of Studies 31 The parts are sequenced as follows
311 The parts are sequenced in such a way that it reflects progression from the
development of general knowledge to application integration and analysis and
eventually to the practical use of knowledge
312 The first three parts forming group one constitute fundamental knowledge in the
roles and values of PE anatomy and human movement
313 The second group consisting of Part IV V and VI is mainly on the application of
knowledge in fitness and health sports training and sports injuries
314 The third group that is Part VII and VIII focuses more on analysis and integration
of knowledge in motor learning and sport psychology as well as sociology
315 The last group including Part IX and X illustrates the knowledge for practice in
sport management and the practical demonstration of different physical activities
32 The sequence suggested will enable students to explore their interests in SS1 and develop a
better understanding of the subject especially when they expand their knowledge on
exercise physiology and fitness and health which is essential for the pursuit of physical and
sport activities The knowledge in NSS1 provides students with key concepts in PE which
is essential for subsequent construction of knowledge It allows a smooth progression to
SS2 and SS3 when students go through Part X ldquoPerformance in Physical Activitiesrdquo which
involves the higher order cognitive process of integration and synthesis of knowledge Also
students will be more mature for the learning of other abstract topics such as sport
sociology where they need to examine issues from multiple perspectives Besides students
are exposed to different disciplines in sport psychology sport sociology and sport
management Though these disciplines are not offered individually as electives students
may focus more on those they are interested in or capable of in their study for future
studies or career pursuits
SECOND DRAFT
18
Curriculum Planning 33 Flexibility of time-tabling The time-tabling of the subject should be flexible to maximize
learning especially for those topics including practical work For example the service for
school sport activities is likely to be conducted outside normal lesson time The activities
may be held after school on Saturday during post examination activities period or in a
whole day mode such as athletic meet and swimming gala
34 For students of different abilities Learning tasks will on the one hand ensure that
students have equal opportunities for the learning of all essential elements and on the other
allow the brighter students to excel School activity service such as organising sport
activities or competitions will serve the former principle School activities offered inside
and outside school are opportunities for the elite student-athletes thus serving the latter
principle
35 For students with different inclinations Some topics such as biomechanics motor
learning and sport psychology sport sociology and sport management which are designed
to be taught in SS2 or SS3 are more specific involving students in more in-depth learning
to meet their needs and interests
36 Making student learning more meaningful The integration of theory and practical work
make learning more meaningful as students could apply what they learn and more
importantly understand the reasons behind sport performance and sport phenomenon Also
theory and practical work will complement each other and strengthen studentsrsquo learning
experience
37 Integrating conceptual learning with life-wide learning experiences The learning of the
various domains of knowledge physical skills and physical fitness is certainly linked to the
physical experience of the Other Learning Experiences and the outside school learning
experiences such as participation in sport-related services and competitions This will
enhance student learning especially when it is applied in real life situations
SECOND DRAFT
19
38 Integrating learning with assessment The balanced use of formative and summative
assessments and the feedback given to students will help students learn Diversified
assessment will be particularly useful in reflecting studentsrsquo performance and motivating
them to improve in the learning process
SECOND DRAFT
20
Chapter 4 Learning and Teaching
Guiding Principles 41 The guiding principles of the learning and teaching of the PE subject are
All learners can learn and none will be deprived of learning opportunities because of
socio-economic status
A flexible framework to cater for learner differences
Construction of knowledge to nurture studentsrsquo self-learning capacity
Building on studentsrsquo learning experience and prior knowledge
Integration of knowledge and stimulation of high-order thinking
Provision of a caring and motivating learning environment
Using formative and summative assessments as well as feedback to improve learning
Adoption of reflective teaching and teachers adjusting teaching strategies according to
studentsrsquo performance
Suggested Learning and Teaching Approaches and Strategies 42 There are a number of learning and teaching approaches and strategies
421 Varying instructional strategies to use different instructional methods for whole
class teaching small group and individual work Use of an interactive mode of
learning and feedback are useful to enhance learning
422 Building on prior learning experiences to make use of the knowledge and skills
learned in basic education and the concurrent 5 physical learning experience
423 Effective use of learning and teaching resources to maximize the use of library
resources and encourage students to conduct web search for information to use
community resources especially sport facilities to facilitate learning
424 Development of generic skills and nurturing values and attitudes to develop
studentsrsquo generic skills and nurture their positive values and attitudes in genuine
contexts especially during group work sport competitions community service etc
425 Life-wide learning apart from formal PE lessons to provide other learning
opportunities for students to gain relevant learning experiences especially those
SECOND DRAFT
21
outside school activities
426 Reading to learn to encourage students to read reference materials such as books
journals magazines to widen their knowledge-base and to foster their interest in
different topics progressing at their own pace
427 IT for interactive learning to nurture in students a habit of using IT for
interactive learning Use of multi-media and internet facilitates more interesting
and effective learning
428 Referencing to local context it helps students better understand the application of
the PE and sport theories particularly those of fitness and health sport sociology
and sport management
429 Catering for learner differences to adopt varying strategies for students with
diversified abilities in the learning of theories or physical skills Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship is one way
to enhance learning
4210 Balanced practical work of physical skills practical work is important and
facilitates understanding of concepts and theories But an undue emphasis on
physical skills will distort the objective of the subject which may be misinterpreted
as supporting only elite sport training
4211 Safety in practical work always pay attention to safety measures and risk
management in practical work to avoid injuries and learn how to handle problems
when they occur
4212 Collaboration with teachers of other disciplines liaison with Physics and
Biology teachers is beneficial in the teaching of biomechanics and anatomy
Consulting the school counselor is an effective way for students to handle studying
problems and improve study skills
Catering for Learner Differences 43 Learner differences in this subject refer to diversified student abilities in terms of
knowledge of theory or mastery of physical skills or a combination of both Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship helps to enhance
learning and ease teacherrsquos workload
SECOND DRAFT
22
431 Students who are strong in physical skills but weak in theory students who are
strong in physical skills are usually committed and persevering in performing tasks
They have high self-esteem and pride in their own strengths The key for these
students to learn better is to help them apply their strengths in academic studies
432 Students who are interested in PE but weak in physical skills These students are
motivated to learn particularly when they are provided with suitable encouragement
The best way is to ask students with good physical skills to be ldquostudent mentorsrdquo
and help this type of students
433 Students with weak physical fitness level Physical fitness is partly genetically
predetermined Physical fitness tests should not be used in a way that could
embarrass the weaker students It is better to encourage them to work according to
realistic individual goals In fact physical fitness standards should be reasonably set
Elite standards should be avoided
44 On the other hand there are different learning and teaching strategies for students with
different academic abilities
441 Average abilities Help these students to set higher but achievable goals and always
motivate them to work harder Positive reinforcement such as extrinsic reward is
always helpful
442 Lower abilities Modify tasks to suit studentsrsquo abilities or to separate the tasks into
parts to let students progressively build up a foundation of knowledge which
promises a better chance of success This could also nurture studentsrsquo
self-confidence and motivation Moreover it is good to focus on what students can
accomplish and not to encourage them to compare their results with those of others
443 Exceptionally gifted Always encourage them to go beyond the set targets They
could be assigned as study leaders and sport captains or to assist the teacher by
demonstrating physical skills in lessons
Exemplar 45 A few exemplars are included in the appendices to show how some topics can be taught
and how to integrate theory with practical activities
SECOND DRAFT
23
Chapter 5 Assessment
51 Assessment is a way to collect evidence of studentsrsquo learning It aims to provide feedback to
students and identify their strengths and weaknesses in learning It helps identify what the
next learning target should be and how it can be achieved
Internal Assessment 52 Internal assessment is an integral part of the learning and teaching of PE in the NSS
curriculum
53 Formative assessment can help collect evidence about the effectiveness of learning and
teaching and provide feedback to students and teachers for further improvement It reflects
the strengths and weaknesses of students in terms of knowledge skills and attitudes
according to which tailor-made adjustments can be made in the learning teaching and
assessment cycle With reference to the learning targets formative assessment helps
evaluate studentsrsquo progress and enhance motivation in learning Oral feedback observation
checklist reflection form and project work are some examples of formative assessment for
PE
54 Summative assessment is a useful tool for describing studentsrsquo progress of learning and
achievements at a specific stage of learning
55 Both formative assessment and summative assessment are useful to facilitate learning if
they are effectively implemented
56 The assessment of values and attitudes could be done in school and recorded in the Senior
Secondary Student Learning Profile Studentsrsquo learning experiences and achievements in PE
will be recognised and reflected in the profile Achievements in high level competitions
qualifications in coaching and refereeing obtained by the elite athletes will also be included
SECOND DRAFT
24
Public Assessment 57 This section describes the direction of the development of public assessment Hong Kong
Examinations and Assessment Authority (HKEAA) will develop the assessment rubrics at a
later stage as outlined in paragraph 511 below At the moment the target is to include two
parts in the public assessment in the form of a School-based Assessment (SBA) and an
external assessment It is recommended that the public assessment for PE comprises the
following
SBA (30) External Assessment (70) 10 Physical activity (1) 10 Physical activity (2) 10 Physical fitness and a related written
assignment
2 written papers of a total of 4 hours
Key for SBA
Physical activity (1) Physical activity (2)
Physical activities (1) amp (2) are from 2 different areas of activity of athletics ball games gymnastics aquatics dance outdoor pursuits and other activities stipulated in the PE KLA Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) (2002)
Physical fitness and a related written assignment
Standardised physical fitness components A written assignment which focuses on studentsrsquo learning process such as illustration of the aims and targets and an implementation plan of physical fitness
58 The model presented above is open for feedback and suggestions Indeed the weighting of
SBA and external assessment will be set in 2006 However according to the timeline
described in paragraph 511 below it could still be adjusted after the NSS has been
implemented to meet any new curriculum and assessment needs that may arise The
moderation format of SBA depends on the number of candidates Statistical moderation is
suitable for a large candidature and non-statistical methods are more appropriate for a
relatively small candidature
59 Written papersStudents are expected to do all parts to acquire broad and balanced
knowledge However apart from compulsory questions on selected parts such as parts 1 to
SECOND DRAFT
25
6 flexibility is sought to allow students options in choosing questions about the other parts
such as parts 7 to 9 Careful consideration will be taken to keep the breadth of coverage and
depth of cognitive level of different options comparable As for the duration of written
papers it will not exceed four hours
510 ReportingStandards-referenced reporting will be used The results issued by HKEAA are
expected to cover 3 components the results of SBA external assessment and the total of
the two Such a format of reporting has the advantage of giving stakeholders a more
comprehensive picture of studentsrsquo achievement in this subject
511 Developmental timelineThe examination rubrics developed by the HKEAA will be ready
by February 2006 By then the weighting and components of SBA as well as the number
and duration of written papers will be fixed Sample examination papers will be available
in 2007 so that schools will have access to more details before the implementation of the
NSS curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
26
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources 61 Resource materials to support learning and teaching will be developed in collaboration with
tertiary institution educational organisations and school teachers Individual sets of
materials for the different parts will be produced This will facilitate necessary updates in
future
62 The PE Section of Education and Manpower Bureau (EMB) is working to produce videos
of PE lessons for SBA purposes There will be seminars to brief teachers on the use of such
information in assessing studentsrsquo physical skills
63 Learning and teaching resources will not be confined to materials produced by EMB
Schools may use reference materials produced in other countries including reference books
journals web-based materials and audio-visual aids
64 Teachers are encouraged to share school-based materials especially in different professional
development programmes organised by EMB The materials include teaching notes on
different topics and materials generated from pilot studies and research projects conducted
by schools These materials are very useful for PE curriculum development at the NSS
level
65 Though not exhaustive a list consists of materials recommended for students in the
promotion of reading to learn is attached in the Appendix
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
15
sport sociology and motor learning and sport psychology The learning of physical
activities and related co-curricular activities will be ongoing throughout the three years
of senior secondary education The rationale for the way the ten parts are sequenced is
as follows
2141 A foundation part including terminology gives students the general knowledge
essential for a smooth transition from an activity-oriented basic education PE
curriculum to an academic-oriented PE curriculum
2142 The energy system together with the anatomy of different systems of human
biology is basic for understanding of different aspects of the subsequent topic of
exercise physiology
2143 The biomechanics of Physics and its relation to and application in sports is
conducive to the learning of subsequent topics on sports medicine exercise
physiology and motor learning and sport psychology However it may be taught at
a later stage such as at SS2 or SS3 as the concepts are more specific
2144 With the knowledge of the human body it is easier for students to acquire some
important concepts such as weight control and healthy behaviour and the related
chronological diseases and apply the knowledge of fitness nutrition and health in
daily life
2145 The knowledge of exercise physiology is specific to PE and sport performance and
training
2146 The understanding of human movement anatomy and exercise physiology is useful
for the study of sport injuries treatment and prevention
2147 When students are promoted to higher forms they are more capable of grasping the
abstract ideas of how motor learning and sport psychology affect sport
performance
2148 The analysis of and enquiry into different sport issues from multi-perspectives help
develop studentsrsquo high order thinking skills and their ability to think independently
2149 The integration of knowledge and practical skills enables higher form students to
perform school and community services such as organizing sport events
21410 Participation in physical activities has a dual role First it helps students to realise
an active and healthy lifestyle in an effort to remain fit and healthy and second it
SECOND DRAFT
16
enhances studentsrsquo understanding of different theories
Time Allocation
215 10 of the total curriculum time will be allocated to the subject It will be about 270
hours for class teaching in the 3 years of the NSS curriculum However the exact number
of hours can be school-based and may thus have slight variations between schools
SECOND DRAFT
17
Chapter 3 Curriculum Planning
Progression of Studies 31 The parts are sequenced as follows
311 The parts are sequenced in such a way that it reflects progression from the
development of general knowledge to application integration and analysis and
eventually to the practical use of knowledge
312 The first three parts forming group one constitute fundamental knowledge in the
roles and values of PE anatomy and human movement
313 The second group consisting of Part IV V and VI is mainly on the application of
knowledge in fitness and health sports training and sports injuries
314 The third group that is Part VII and VIII focuses more on analysis and integration
of knowledge in motor learning and sport psychology as well as sociology
315 The last group including Part IX and X illustrates the knowledge for practice in
sport management and the practical demonstration of different physical activities
32 The sequence suggested will enable students to explore their interests in SS1 and develop a
better understanding of the subject especially when they expand their knowledge on
exercise physiology and fitness and health which is essential for the pursuit of physical and
sport activities The knowledge in NSS1 provides students with key concepts in PE which
is essential for subsequent construction of knowledge It allows a smooth progression to
SS2 and SS3 when students go through Part X ldquoPerformance in Physical Activitiesrdquo which
involves the higher order cognitive process of integration and synthesis of knowledge Also
students will be more mature for the learning of other abstract topics such as sport
sociology where they need to examine issues from multiple perspectives Besides students
are exposed to different disciplines in sport psychology sport sociology and sport
management Though these disciplines are not offered individually as electives students
may focus more on those they are interested in or capable of in their study for future
studies or career pursuits
SECOND DRAFT
18
Curriculum Planning 33 Flexibility of time-tabling The time-tabling of the subject should be flexible to maximize
learning especially for those topics including practical work For example the service for
school sport activities is likely to be conducted outside normal lesson time The activities
may be held after school on Saturday during post examination activities period or in a
whole day mode such as athletic meet and swimming gala
34 For students of different abilities Learning tasks will on the one hand ensure that
students have equal opportunities for the learning of all essential elements and on the other
allow the brighter students to excel School activity service such as organising sport
activities or competitions will serve the former principle School activities offered inside
and outside school are opportunities for the elite student-athletes thus serving the latter
principle
35 For students with different inclinations Some topics such as biomechanics motor
learning and sport psychology sport sociology and sport management which are designed
to be taught in SS2 or SS3 are more specific involving students in more in-depth learning
to meet their needs and interests
36 Making student learning more meaningful The integration of theory and practical work
make learning more meaningful as students could apply what they learn and more
importantly understand the reasons behind sport performance and sport phenomenon Also
theory and practical work will complement each other and strengthen studentsrsquo learning
experience
37 Integrating conceptual learning with life-wide learning experiences The learning of the
various domains of knowledge physical skills and physical fitness is certainly linked to the
physical experience of the Other Learning Experiences and the outside school learning
experiences such as participation in sport-related services and competitions This will
enhance student learning especially when it is applied in real life situations
SECOND DRAFT
19
38 Integrating learning with assessment The balanced use of formative and summative
assessments and the feedback given to students will help students learn Diversified
assessment will be particularly useful in reflecting studentsrsquo performance and motivating
them to improve in the learning process
SECOND DRAFT
20
Chapter 4 Learning and Teaching
Guiding Principles 41 The guiding principles of the learning and teaching of the PE subject are
All learners can learn and none will be deprived of learning opportunities because of
socio-economic status
A flexible framework to cater for learner differences
Construction of knowledge to nurture studentsrsquo self-learning capacity
Building on studentsrsquo learning experience and prior knowledge
Integration of knowledge and stimulation of high-order thinking
Provision of a caring and motivating learning environment
Using formative and summative assessments as well as feedback to improve learning
Adoption of reflective teaching and teachers adjusting teaching strategies according to
studentsrsquo performance
Suggested Learning and Teaching Approaches and Strategies 42 There are a number of learning and teaching approaches and strategies
421 Varying instructional strategies to use different instructional methods for whole
class teaching small group and individual work Use of an interactive mode of
learning and feedback are useful to enhance learning
422 Building on prior learning experiences to make use of the knowledge and skills
learned in basic education and the concurrent 5 physical learning experience
423 Effective use of learning and teaching resources to maximize the use of library
resources and encourage students to conduct web search for information to use
community resources especially sport facilities to facilitate learning
424 Development of generic skills and nurturing values and attitudes to develop
studentsrsquo generic skills and nurture their positive values and attitudes in genuine
contexts especially during group work sport competitions community service etc
425 Life-wide learning apart from formal PE lessons to provide other learning
opportunities for students to gain relevant learning experiences especially those
SECOND DRAFT
21
outside school activities
426 Reading to learn to encourage students to read reference materials such as books
journals magazines to widen their knowledge-base and to foster their interest in
different topics progressing at their own pace
427 IT for interactive learning to nurture in students a habit of using IT for
interactive learning Use of multi-media and internet facilitates more interesting
and effective learning
428 Referencing to local context it helps students better understand the application of
the PE and sport theories particularly those of fitness and health sport sociology
and sport management
429 Catering for learner differences to adopt varying strategies for students with
diversified abilities in the learning of theories or physical skills Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship is one way
to enhance learning
4210 Balanced practical work of physical skills practical work is important and
facilitates understanding of concepts and theories But an undue emphasis on
physical skills will distort the objective of the subject which may be misinterpreted
as supporting only elite sport training
4211 Safety in practical work always pay attention to safety measures and risk
management in practical work to avoid injuries and learn how to handle problems
when they occur
4212 Collaboration with teachers of other disciplines liaison with Physics and
Biology teachers is beneficial in the teaching of biomechanics and anatomy
Consulting the school counselor is an effective way for students to handle studying
problems and improve study skills
Catering for Learner Differences 43 Learner differences in this subject refer to diversified student abilities in terms of
knowledge of theory or mastery of physical skills or a combination of both Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship helps to enhance
learning and ease teacherrsquos workload
SECOND DRAFT
22
431 Students who are strong in physical skills but weak in theory students who are
strong in physical skills are usually committed and persevering in performing tasks
They have high self-esteem and pride in their own strengths The key for these
students to learn better is to help them apply their strengths in academic studies
432 Students who are interested in PE but weak in physical skills These students are
motivated to learn particularly when they are provided with suitable encouragement
The best way is to ask students with good physical skills to be ldquostudent mentorsrdquo
and help this type of students
433 Students with weak physical fitness level Physical fitness is partly genetically
predetermined Physical fitness tests should not be used in a way that could
embarrass the weaker students It is better to encourage them to work according to
realistic individual goals In fact physical fitness standards should be reasonably set
Elite standards should be avoided
44 On the other hand there are different learning and teaching strategies for students with
different academic abilities
441 Average abilities Help these students to set higher but achievable goals and always
motivate them to work harder Positive reinforcement such as extrinsic reward is
always helpful
442 Lower abilities Modify tasks to suit studentsrsquo abilities or to separate the tasks into
parts to let students progressively build up a foundation of knowledge which
promises a better chance of success This could also nurture studentsrsquo
self-confidence and motivation Moreover it is good to focus on what students can
accomplish and not to encourage them to compare their results with those of others
443 Exceptionally gifted Always encourage them to go beyond the set targets They
could be assigned as study leaders and sport captains or to assist the teacher by
demonstrating physical skills in lessons
Exemplar 45 A few exemplars are included in the appendices to show how some topics can be taught
and how to integrate theory with practical activities
SECOND DRAFT
23
Chapter 5 Assessment
51 Assessment is a way to collect evidence of studentsrsquo learning It aims to provide feedback to
students and identify their strengths and weaknesses in learning It helps identify what the
next learning target should be and how it can be achieved
Internal Assessment 52 Internal assessment is an integral part of the learning and teaching of PE in the NSS
curriculum
53 Formative assessment can help collect evidence about the effectiveness of learning and
teaching and provide feedback to students and teachers for further improvement It reflects
the strengths and weaknesses of students in terms of knowledge skills and attitudes
according to which tailor-made adjustments can be made in the learning teaching and
assessment cycle With reference to the learning targets formative assessment helps
evaluate studentsrsquo progress and enhance motivation in learning Oral feedback observation
checklist reflection form and project work are some examples of formative assessment for
PE
54 Summative assessment is a useful tool for describing studentsrsquo progress of learning and
achievements at a specific stage of learning
55 Both formative assessment and summative assessment are useful to facilitate learning if
they are effectively implemented
56 The assessment of values and attitudes could be done in school and recorded in the Senior
Secondary Student Learning Profile Studentsrsquo learning experiences and achievements in PE
will be recognised and reflected in the profile Achievements in high level competitions
qualifications in coaching and refereeing obtained by the elite athletes will also be included
SECOND DRAFT
24
Public Assessment 57 This section describes the direction of the development of public assessment Hong Kong
Examinations and Assessment Authority (HKEAA) will develop the assessment rubrics at a
later stage as outlined in paragraph 511 below At the moment the target is to include two
parts in the public assessment in the form of a School-based Assessment (SBA) and an
external assessment It is recommended that the public assessment for PE comprises the
following
SBA (30) External Assessment (70) 10 Physical activity (1) 10 Physical activity (2) 10 Physical fitness and a related written
assignment
2 written papers of a total of 4 hours
Key for SBA
Physical activity (1) Physical activity (2)
Physical activities (1) amp (2) are from 2 different areas of activity of athletics ball games gymnastics aquatics dance outdoor pursuits and other activities stipulated in the PE KLA Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) (2002)
Physical fitness and a related written assignment
Standardised physical fitness components A written assignment which focuses on studentsrsquo learning process such as illustration of the aims and targets and an implementation plan of physical fitness
58 The model presented above is open for feedback and suggestions Indeed the weighting of
SBA and external assessment will be set in 2006 However according to the timeline
described in paragraph 511 below it could still be adjusted after the NSS has been
implemented to meet any new curriculum and assessment needs that may arise The
moderation format of SBA depends on the number of candidates Statistical moderation is
suitable for a large candidature and non-statistical methods are more appropriate for a
relatively small candidature
59 Written papersStudents are expected to do all parts to acquire broad and balanced
knowledge However apart from compulsory questions on selected parts such as parts 1 to
SECOND DRAFT
25
6 flexibility is sought to allow students options in choosing questions about the other parts
such as parts 7 to 9 Careful consideration will be taken to keep the breadth of coverage and
depth of cognitive level of different options comparable As for the duration of written
papers it will not exceed four hours
510 ReportingStandards-referenced reporting will be used The results issued by HKEAA are
expected to cover 3 components the results of SBA external assessment and the total of
the two Such a format of reporting has the advantage of giving stakeholders a more
comprehensive picture of studentsrsquo achievement in this subject
511 Developmental timelineThe examination rubrics developed by the HKEAA will be ready
by February 2006 By then the weighting and components of SBA as well as the number
and duration of written papers will be fixed Sample examination papers will be available
in 2007 so that schools will have access to more details before the implementation of the
NSS curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
26
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources 61 Resource materials to support learning and teaching will be developed in collaboration with
tertiary institution educational organisations and school teachers Individual sets of
materials for the different parts will be produced This will facilitate necessary updates in
future
62 The PE Section of Education and Manpower Bureau (EMB) is working to produce videos
of PE lessons for SBA purposes There will be seminars to brief teachers on the use of such
information in assessing studentsrsquo physical skills
63 Learning and teaching resources will not be confined to materials produced by EMB
Schools may use reference materials produced in other countries including reference books
journals web-based materials and audio-visual aids
64 Teachers are encouraged to share school-based materials especially in different professional
development programmes organised by EMB The materials include teaching notes on
different topics and materials generated from pilot studies and research projects conducted
by schools These materials are very useful for PE curriculum development at the NSS
level
65 Though not exhaustive a list consists of materials recommended for students in the
promotion of reading to learn is attached in the Appendix
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
16
enhances studentsrsquo understanding of different theories
Time Allocation
215 10 of the total curriculum time will be allocated to the subject It will be about 270
hours for class teaching in the 3 years of the NSS curriculum However the exact number
of hours can be school-based and may thus have slight variations between schools
SECOND DRAFT
17
Chapter 3 Curriculum Planning
Progression of Studies 31 The parts are sequenced as follows
311 The parts are sequenced in such a way that it reflects progression from the
development of general knowledge to application integration and analysis and
eventually to the practical use of knowledge
312 The first three parts forming group one constitute fundamental knowledge in the
roles and values of PE anatomy and human movement
313 The second group consisting of Part IV V and VI is mainly on the application of
knowledge in fitness and health sports training and sports injuries
314 The third group that is Part VII and VIII focuses more on analysis and integration
of knowledge in motor learning and sport psychology as well as sociology
315 The last group including Part IX and X illustrates the knowledge for practice in
sport management and the practical demonstration of different physical activities
32 The sequence suggested will enable students to explore their interests in SS1 and develop a
better understanding of the subject especially when they expand their knowledge on
exercise physiology and fitness and health which is essential for the pursuit of physical and
sport activities The knowledge in NSS1 provides students with key concepts in PE which
is essential for subsequent construction of knowledge It allows a smooth progression to
SS2 and SS3 when students go through Part X ldquoPerformance in Physical Activitiesrdquo which
involves the higher order cognitive process of integration and synthesis of knowledge Also
students will be more mature for the learning of other abstract topics such as sport
sociology where they need to examine issues from multiple perspectives Besides students
are exposed to different disciplines in sport psychology sport sociology and sport
management Though these disciplines are not offered individually as electives students
may focus more on those they are interested in or capable of in their study for future
studies or career pursuits
SECOND DRAFT
18
Curriculum Planning 33 Flexibility of time-tabling The time-tabling of the subject should be flexible to maximize
learning especially for those topics including practical work For example the service for
school sport activities is likely to be conducted outside normal lesson time The activities
may be held after school on Saturday during post examination activities period or in a
whole day mode such as athletic meet and swimming gala
34 For students of different abilities Learning tasks will on the one hand ensure that
students have equal opportunities for the learning of all essential elements and on the other
allow the brighter students to excel School activity service such as organising sport
activities or competitions will serve the former principle School activities offered inside
and outside school are opportunities for the elite student-athletes thus serving the latter
principle
35 For students with different inclinations Some topics such as biomechanics motor
learning and sport psychology sport sociology and sport management which are designed
to be taught in SS2 or SS3 are more specific involving students in more in-depth learning
to meet their needs and interests
36 Making student learning more meaningful The integration of theory and practical work
make learning more meaningful as students could apply what they learn and more
importantly understand the reasons behind sport performance and sport phenomenon Also
theory and practical work will complement each other and strengthen studentsrsquo learning
experience
37 Integrating conceptual learning with life-wide learning experiences The learning of the
various domains of knowledge physical skills and physical fitness is certainly linked to the
physical experience of the Other Learning Experiences and the outside school learning
experiences such as participation in sport-related services and competitions This will
enhance student learning especially when it is applied in real life situations
SECOND DRAFT
19
38 Integrating learning with assessment The balanced use of formative and summative
assessments and the feedback given to students will help students learn Diversified
assessment will be particularly useful in reflecting studentsrsquo performance and motivating
them to improve in the learning process
SECOND DRAFT
20
Chapter 4 Learning and Teaching
Guiding Principles 41 The guiding principles of the learning and teaching of the PE subject are
All learners can learn and none will be deprived of learning opportunities because of
socio-economic status
A flexible framework to cater for learner differences
Construction of knowledge to nurture studentsrsquo self-learning capacity
Building on studentsrsquo learning experience and prior knowledge
Integration of knowledge and stimulation of high-order thinking
Provision of a caring and motivating learning environment
Using formative and summative assessments as well as feedback to improve learning
Adoption of reflective teaching and teachers adjusting teaching strategies according to
studentsrsquo performance
Suggested Learning and Teaching Approaches and Strategies 42 There are a number of learning and teaching approaches and strategies
421 Varying instructional strategies to use different instructional methods for whole
class teaching small group and individual work Use of an interactive mode of
learning and feedback are useful to enhance learning
422 Building on prior learning experiences to make use of the knowledge and skills
learned in basic education and the concurrent 5 physical learning experience
423 Effective use of learning and teaching resources to maximize the use of library
resources and encourage students to conduct web search for information to use
community resources especially sport facilities to facilitate learning
424 Development of generic skills and nurturing values and attitudes to develop
studentsrsquo generic skills and nurture their positive values and attitudes in genuine
contexts especially during group work sport competitions community service etc
425 Life-wide learning apart from formal PE lessons to provide other learning
opportunities for students to gain relevant learning experiences especially those
SECOND DRAFT
21
outside school activities
426 Reading to learn to encourage students to read reference materials such as books
journals magazines to widen their knowledge-base and to foster their interest in
different topics progressing at their own pace
427 IT for interactive learning to nurture in students a habit of using IT for
interactive learning Use of multi-media and internet facilitates more interesting
and effective learning
428 Referencing to local context it helps students better understand the application of
the PE and sport theories particularly those of fitness and health sport sociology
and sport management
429 Catering for learner differences to adopt varying strategies for students with
diversified abilities in the learning of theories or physical skills Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship is one way
to enhance learning
4210 Balanced practical work of physical skills practical work is important and
facilitates understanding of concepts and theories But an undue emphasis on
physical skills will distort the objective of the subject which may be misinterpreted
as supporting only elite sport training
4211 Safety in practical work always pay attention to safety measures and risk
management in practical work to avoid injuries and learn how to handle problems
when they occur
4212 Collaboration with teachers of other disciplines liaison with Physics and
Biology teachers is beneficial in the teaching of biomechanics and anatomy
Consulting the school counselor is an effective way for students to handle studying
problems and improve study skills
Catering for Learner Differences 43 Learner differences in this subject refer to diversified student abilities in terms of
knowledge of theory or mastery of physical skills or a combination of both Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship helps to enhance
learning and ease teacherrsquos workload
SECOND DRAFT
22
431 Students who are strong in physical skills but weak in theory students who are
strong in physical skills are usually committed and persevering in performing tasks
They have high self-esteem and pride in their own strengths The key for these
students to learn better is to help them apply their strengths in academic studies
432 Students who are interested in PE but weak in physical skills These students are
motivated to learn particularly when they are provided with suitable encouragement
The best way is to ask students with good physical skills to be ldquostudent mentorsrdquo
and help this type of students
433 Students with weak physical fitness level Physical fitness is partly genetically
predetermined Physical fitness tests should not be used in a way that could
embarrass the weaker students It is better to encourage them to work according to
realistic individual goals In fact physical fitness standards should be reasonably set
Elite standards should be avoided
44 On the other hand there are different learning and teaching strategies for students with
different academic abilities
441 Average abilities Help these students to set higher but achievable goals and always
motivate them to work harder Positive reinforcement such as extrinsic reward is
always helpful
442 Lower abilities Modify tasks to suit studentsrsquo abilities or to separate the tasks into
parts to let students progressively build up a foundation of knowledge which
promises a better chance of success This could also nurture studentsrsquo
self-confidence and motivation Moreover it is good to focus on what students can
accomplish and not to encourage them to compare their results with those of others
443 Exceptionally gifted Always encourage them to go beyond the set targets They
could be assigned as study leaders and sport captains or to assist the teacher by
demonstrating physical skills in lessons
Exemplar 45 A few exemplars are included in the appendices to show how some topics can be taught
and how to integrate theory with practical activities
SECOND DRAFT
23
Chapter 5 Assessment
51 Assessment is a way to collect evidence of studentsrsquo learning It aims to provide feedback to
students and identify their strengths and weaknesses in learning It helps identify what the
next learning target should be and how it can be achieved
Internal Assessment 52 Internal assessment is an integral part of the learning and teaching of PE in the NSS
curriculum
53 Formative assessment can help collect evidence about the effectiveness of learning and
teaching and provide feedback to students and teachers for further improvement It reflects
the strengths and weaknesses of students in terms of knowledge skills and attitudes
according to which tailor-made adjustments can be made in the learning teaching and
assessment cycle With reference to the learning targets formative assessment helps
evaluate studentsrsquo progress and enhance motivation in learning Oral feedback observation
checklist reflection form and project work are some examples of formative assessment for
PE
54 Summative assessment is a useful tool for describing studentsrsquo progress of learning and
achievements at a specific stage of learning
55 Both formative assessment and summative assessment are useful to facilitate learning if
they are effectively implemented
56 The assessment of values and attitudes could be done in school and recorded in the Senior
Secondary Student Learning Profile Studentsrsquo learning experiences and achievements in PE
will be recognised and reflected in the profile Achievements in high level competitions
qualifications in coaching and refereeing obtained by the elite athletes will also be included
SECOND DRAFT
24
Public Assessment 57 This section describes the direction of the development of public assessment Hong Kong
Examinations and Assessment Authority (HKEAA) will develop the assessment rubrics at a
later stage as outlined in paragraph 511 below At the moment the target is to include two
parts in the public assessment in the form of a School-based Assessment (SBA) and an
external assessment It is recommended that the public assessment for PE comprises the
following
SBA (30) External Assessment (70) 10 Physical activity (1) 10 Physical activity (2) 10 Physical fitness and a related written
assignment
2 written papers of a total of 4 hours
Key for SBA
Physical activity (1) Physical activity (2)
Physical activities (1) amp (2) are from 2 different areas of activity of athletics ball games gymnastics aquatics dance outdoor pursuits and other activities stipulated in the PE KLA Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) (2002)
Physical fitness and a related written assignment
Standardised physical fitness components A written assignment which focuses on studentsrsquo learning process such as illustration of the aims and targets and an implementation plan of physical fitness
58 The model presented above is open for feedback and suggestions Indeed the weighting of
SBA and external assessment will be set in 2006 However according to the timeline
described in paragraph 511 below it could still be adjusted after the NSS has been
implemented to meet any new curriculum and assessment needs that may arise The
moderation format of SBA depends on the number of candidates Statistical moderation is
suitable for a large candidature and non-statistical methods are more appropriate for a
relatively small candidature
59 Written papersStudents are expected to do all parts to acquire broad and balanced
knowledge However apart from compulsory questions on selected parts such as parts 1 to
SECOND DRAFT
25
6 flexibility is sought to allow students options in choosing questions about the other parts
such as parts 7 to 9 Careful consideration will be taken to keep the breadth of coverage and
depth of cognitive level of different options comparable As for the duration of written
papers it will not exceed four hours
510 ReportingStandards-referenced reporting will be used The results issued by HKEAA are
expected to cover 3 components the results of SBA external assessment and the total of
the two Such a format of reporting has the advantage of giving stakeholders a more
comprehensive picture of studentsrsquo achievement in this subject
511 Developmental timelineThe examination rubrics developed by the HKEAA will be ready
by February 2006 By then the weighting and components of SBA as well as the number
and duration of written papers will be fixed Sample examination papers will be available
in 2007 so that schools will have access to more details before the implementation of the
NSS curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
26
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources 61 Resource materials to support learning and teaching will be developed in collaboration with
tertiary institution educational organisations and school teachers Individual sets of
materials for the different parts will be produced This will facilitate necessary updates in
future
62 The PE Section of Education and Manpower Bureau (EMB) is working to produce videos
of PE lessons for SBA purposes There will be seminars to brief teachers on the use of such
information in assessing studentsrsquo physical skills
63 Learning and teaching resources will not be confined to materials produced by EMB
Schools may use reference materials produced in other countries including reference books
journals web-based materials and audio-visual aids
64 Teachers are encouraged to share school-based materials especially in different professional
development programmes organised by EMB The materials include teaching notes on
different topics and materials generated from pilot studies and research projects conducted
by schools These materials are very useful for PE curriculum development at the NSS
level
65 Though not exhaustive a list consists of materials recommended for students in the
promotion of reading to learn is attached in the Appendix
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
17
Chapter 3 Curriculum Planning
Progression of Studies 31 The parts are sequenced as follows
311 The parts are sequenced in such a way that it reflects progression from the
development of general knowledge to application integration and analysis and
eventually to the practical use of knowledge
312 The first three parts forming group one constitute fundamental knowledge in the
roles and values of PE anatomy and human movement
313 The second group consisting of Part IV V and VI is mainly on the application of
knowledge in fitness and health sports training and sports injuries
314 The third group that is Part VII and VIII focuses more on analysis and integration
of knowledge in motor learning and sport psychology as well as sociology
315 The last group including Part IX and X illustrates the knowledge for practice in
sport management and the practical demonstration of different physical activities
32 The sequence suggested will enable students to explore their interests in SS1 and develop a
better understanding of the subject especially when they expand their knowledge on
exercise physiology and fitness and health which is essential for the pursuit of physical and
sport activities The knowledge in NSS1 provides students with key concepts in PE which
is essential for subsequent construction of knowledge It allows a smooth progression to
SS2 and SS3 when students go through Part X ldquoPerformance in Physical Activitiesrdquo which
involves the higher order cognitive process of integration and synthesis of knowledge Also
students will be more mature for the learning of other abstract topics such as sport
sociology where they need to examine issues from multiple perspectives Besides students
are exposed to different disciplines in sport psychology sport sociology and sport
management Though these disciplines are not offered individually as electives students
may focus more on those they are interested in or capable of in their study for future
studies or career pursuits
SECOND DRAFT
18
Curriculum Planning 33 Flexibility of time-tabling The time-tabling of the subject should be flexible to maximize
learning especially for those topics including practical work For example the service for
school sport activities is likely to be conducted outside normal lesson time The activities
may be held after school on Saturday during post examination activities period or in a
whole day mode such as athletic meet and swimming gala
34 For students of different abilities Learning tasks will on the one hand ensure that
students have equal opportunities for the learning of all essential elements and on the other
allow the brighter students to excel School activity service such as organising sport
activities or competitions will serve the former principle School activities offered inside
and outside school are opportunities for the elite student-athletes thus serving the latter
principle
35 For students with different inclinations Some topics such as biomechanics motor
learning and sport psychology sport sociology and sport management which are designed
to be taught in SS2 or SS3 are more specific involving students in more in-depth learning
to meet their needs and interests
36 Making student learning more meaningful The integration of theory and practical work
make learning more meaningful as students could apply what they learn and more
importantly understand the reasons behind sport performance and sport phenomenon Also
theory and practical work will complement each other and strengthen studentsrsquo learning
experience
37 Integrating conceptual learning with life-wide learning experiences The learning of the
various domains of knowledge physical skills and physical fitness is certainly linked to the
physical experience of the Other Learning Experiences and the outside school learning
experiences such as participation in sport-related services and competitions This will
enhance student learning especially when it is applied in real life situations
SECOND DRAFT
19
38 Integrating learning with assessment The balanced use of formative and summative
assessments and the feedback given to students will help students learn Diversified
assessment will be particularly useful in reflecting studentsrsquo performance and motivating
them to improve in the learning process
SECOND DRAFT
20
Chapter 4 Learning and Teaching
Guiding Principles 41 The guiding principles of the learning and teaching of the PE subject are
All learners can learn and none will be deprived of learning opportunities because of
socio-economic status
A flexible framework to cater for learner differences
Construction of knowledge to nurture studentsrsquo self-learning capacity
Building on studentsrsquo learning experience and prior knowledge
Integration of knowledge and stimulation of high-order thinking
Provision of a caring and motivating learning environment
Using formative and summative assessments as well as feedback to improve learning
Adoption of reflective teaching and teachers adjusting teaching strategies according to
studentsrsquo performance
Suggested Learning and Teaching Approaches and Strategies 42 There are a number of learning and teaching approaches and strategies
421 Varying instructional strategies to use different instructional methods for whole
class teaching small group and individual work Use of an interactive mode of
learning and feedback are useful to enhance learning
422 Building on prior learning experiences to make use of the knowledge and skills
learned in basic education and the concurrent 5 physical learning experience
423 Effective use of learning and teaching resources to maximize the use of library
resources and encourage students to conduct web search for information to use
community resources especially sport facilities to facilitate learning
424 Development of generic skills and nurturing values and attitudes to develop
studentsrsquo generic skills and nurture their positive values and attitudes in genuine
contexts especially during group work sport competitions community service etc
425 Life-wide learning apart from formal PE lessons to provide other learning
opportunities for students to gain relevant learning experiences especially those
SECOND DRAFT
21
outside school activities
426 Reading to learn to encourage students to read reference materials such as books
journals magazines to widen their knowledge-base and to foster their interest in
different topics progressing at their own pace
427 IT for interactive learning to nurture in students a habit of using IT for
interactive learning Use of multi-media and internet facilitates more interesting
and effective learning
428 Referencing to local context it helps students better understand the application of
the PE and sport theories particularly those of fitness and health sport sociology
and sport management
429 Catering for learner differences to adopt varying strategies for students with
diversified abilities in the learning of theories or physical skills Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship is one way
to enhance learning
4210 Balanced practical work of physical skills practical work is important and
facilitates understanding of concepts and theories But an undue emphasis on
physical skills will distort the objective of the subject which may be misinterpreted
as supporting only elite sport training
4211 Safety in practical work always pay attention to safety measures and risk
management in practical work to avoid injuries and learn how to handle problems
when they occur
4212 Collaboration with teachers of other disciplines liaison with Physics and
Biology teachers is beneficial in the teaching of biomechanics and anatomy
Consulting the school counselor is an effective way for students to handle studying
problems and improve study skills
Catering for Learner Differences 43 Learner differences in this subject refer to diversified student abilities in terms of
knowledge of theory or mastery of physical skills or a combination of both Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship helps to enhance
learning and ease teacherrsquos workload
SECOND DRAFT
22
431 Students who are strong in physical skills but weak in theory students who are
strong in physical skills are usually committed and persevering in performing tasks
They have high self-esteem and pride in their own strengths The key for these
students to learn better is to help them apply their strengths in academic studies
432 Students who are interested in PE but weak in physical skills These students are
motivated to learn particularly when they are provided with suitable encouragement
The best way is to ask students with good physical skills to be ldquostudent mentorsrdquo
and help this type of students
433 Students with weak physical fitness level Physical fitness is partly genetically
predetermined Physical fitness tests should not be used in a way that could
embarrass the weaker students It is better to encourage them to work according to
realistic individual goals In fact physical fitness standards should be reasonably set
Elite standards should be avoided
44 On the other hand there are different learning and teaching strategies for students with
different academic abilities
441 Average abilities Help these students to set higher but achievable goals and always
motivate them to work harder Positive reinforcement such as extrinsic reward is
always helpful
442 Lower abilities Modify tasks to suit studentsrsquo abilities or to separate the tasks into
parts to let students progressively build up a foundation of knowledge which
promises a better chance of success This could also nurture studentsrsquo
self-confidence and motivation Moreover it is good to focus on what students can
accomplish and not to encourage them to compare their results with those of others
443 Exceptionally gifted Always encourage them to go beyond the set targets They
could be assigned as study leaders and sport captains or to assist the teacher by
demonstrating physical skills in lessons
Exemplar 45 A few exemplars are included in the appendices to show how some topics can be taught
and how to integrate theory with practical activities
SECOND DRAFT
23
Chapter 5 Assessment
51 Assessment is a way to collect evidence of studentsrsquo learning It aims to provide feedback to
students and identify their strengths and weaknesses in learning It helps identify what the
next learning target should be and how it can be achieved
Internal Assessment 52 Internal assessment is an integral part of the learning and teaching of PE in the NSS
curriculum
53 Formative assessment can help collect evidence about the effectiveness of learning and
teaching and provide feedback to students and teachers for further improvement It reflects
the strengths and weaknesses of students in terms of knowledge skills and attitudes
according to which tailor-made adjustments can be made in the learning teaching and
assessment cycle With reference to the learning targets formative assessment helps
evaluate studentsrsquo progress and enhance motivation in learning Oral feedback observation
checklist reflection form and project work are some examples of formative assessment for
PE
54 Summative assessment is a useful tool for describing studentsrsquo progress of learning and
achievements at a specific stage of learning
55 Both formative assessment and summative assessment are useful to facilitate learning if
they are effectively implemented
56 The assessment of values and attitudes could be done in school and recorded in the Senior
Secondary Student Learning Profile Studentsrsquo learning experiences and achievements in PE
will be recognised and reflected in the profile Achievements in high level competitions
qualifications in coaching and refereeing obtained by the elite athletes will also be included
SECOND DRAFT
24
Public Assessment 57 This section describes the direction of the development of public assessment Hong Kong
Examinations and Assessment Authority (HKEAA) will develop the assessment rubrics at a
later stage as outlined in paragraph 511 below At the moment the target is to include two
parts in the public assessment in the form of a School-based Assessment (SBA) and an
external assessment It is recommended that the public assessment for PE comprises the
following
SBA (30) External Assessment (70) 10 Physical activity (1) 10 Physical activity (2) 10 Physical fitness and a related written
assignment
2 written papers of a total of 4 hours
Key for SBA
Physical activity (1) Physical activity (2)
Physical activities (1) amp (2) are from 2 different areas of activity of athletics ball games gymnastics aquatics dance outdoor pursuits and other activities stipulated in the PE KLA Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) (2002)
Physical fitness and a related written assignment
Standardised physical fitness components A written assignment which focuses on studentsrsquo learning process such as illustration of the aims and targets and an implementation plan of physical fitness
58 The model presented above is open for feedback and suggestions Indeed the weighting of
SBA and external assessment will be set in 2006 However according to the timeline
described in paragraph 511 below it could still be adjusted after the NSS has been
implemented to meet any new curriculum and assessment needs that may arise The
moderation format of SBA depends on the number of candidates Statistical moderation is
suitable for a large candidature and non-statistical methods are more appropriate for a
relatively small candidature
59 Written papersStudents are expected to do all parts to acquire broad and balanced
knowledge However apart from compulsory questions on selected parts such as parts 1 to
SECOND DRAFT
25
6 flexibility is sought to allow students options in choosing questions about the other parts
such as parts 7 to 9 Careful consideration will be taken to keep the breadth of coverage and
depth of cognitive level of different options comparable As for the duration of written
papers it will not exceed four hours
510 ReportingStandards-referenced reporting will be used The results issued by HKEAA are
expected to cover 3 components the results of SBA external assessment and the total of
the two Such a format of reporting has the advantage of giving stakeholders a more
comprehensive picture of studentsrsquo achievement in this subject
511 Developmental timelineThe examination rubrics developed by the HKEAA will be ready
by February 2006 By then the weighting and components of SBA as well as the number
and duration of written papers will be fixed Sample examination papers will be available
in 2007 so that schools will have access to more details before the implementation of the
NSS curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
26
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources 61 Resource materials to support learning and teaching will be developed in collaboration with
tertiary institution educational organisations and school teachers Individual sets of
materials for the different parts will be produced This will facilitate necessary updates in
future
62 The PE Section of Education and Manpower Bureau (EMB) is working to produce videos
of PE lessons for SBA purposes There will be seminars to brief teachers on the use of such
information in assessing studentsrsquo physical skills
63 Learning and teaching resources will not be confined to materials produced by EMB
Schools may use reference materials produced in other countries including reference books
journals web-based materials and audio-visual aids
64 Teachers are encouraged to share school-based materials especially in different professional
development programmes organised by EMB The materials include teaching notes on
different topics and materials generated from pilot studies and research projects conducted
by schools These materials are very useful for PE curriculum development at the NSS
level
65 Though not exhaustive a list consists of materials recommended for students in the
promotion of reading to learn is attached in the Appendix
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
18
Curriculum Planning 33 Flexibility of time-tabling The time-tabling of the subject should be flexible to maximize
learning especially for those topics including practical work For example the service for
school sport activities is likely to be conducted outside normal lesson time The activities
may be held after school on Saturday during post examination activities period or in a
whole day mode such as athletic meet and swimming gala
34 For students of different abilities Learning tasks will on the one hand ensure that
students have equal opportunities for the learning of all essential elements and on the other
allow the brighter students to excel School activity service such as organising sport
activities or competitions will serve the former principle School activities offered inside
and outside school are opportunities for the elite student-athletes thus serving the latter
principle
35 For students with different inclinations Some topics such as biomechanics motor
learning and sport psychology sport sociology and sport management which are designed
to be taught in SS2 or SS3 are more specific involving students in more in-depth learning
to meet their needs and interests
36 Making student learning more meaningful The integration of theory and practical work
make learning more meaningful as students could apply what they learn and more
importantly understand the reasons behind sport performance and sport phenomenon Also
theory and practical work will complement each other and strengthen studentsrsquo learning
experience
37 Integrating conceptual learning with life-wide learning experiences The learning of the
various domains of knowledge physical skills and physical fitness is certainly linked to the
physical experience of the Other Learning Experiences and the outside school learning
experiences such as participation in sport-related services and competitions This will
enhance student learning especially when it is applied in real life situations
SECOND DRAFT
19
38 Integrating learning with assessment The balanced use of formative and summative
assessments and the feedback given to students will help students learn Diversified
assessment will be particularly useful in reflecting studentsrsquo performance and motivating
them to improve in the learning process
SECOND DRAFT
20
Chapter 4 Learning and Teaching
Guiding Principles 41 The guiding principles of the learning and teaching of the PE subject are
All learners can learn and none will be deprived of learning opportunities because of
socio-economic status
A flexible framework to cater for learner differences
Construction of knowledge to nurture studentsrsquo self-learning capacity
Building on studentsrsquo learning experience and prior knowledge
Integration of knowledge and stimulation of high-order thinking
Provision of a caring and motivating learning environment
Using formative and summative assessments as well as feedback to improve learning
Adoption of reflective teaching and teachers adjusting teaching strategies according to
studentsrsquo performance
Suggested Learning and Teaching Approaches and Strategies 42 There are a number of learning and teaching approaches and strategies
421 Varying instructional strategies to use different instructional methods for whole
class teaching small group and individual work Use of an interactive mode of
learning and feedback are useful to enhance learning
422 Building on prior learning experiences to make use of the knowledge and skills
learned in basic education and the concurrent 5 physical learning experience
423 Effective use of learning and teaching resources to maximize the use of library
resources and encourage students to conduct web search for information to use
community resources especially sport facilities to facilitate learning
424 Development of generic skills and nurturing values and attitudes to develop
studentsrsquo generic skills and nurture their positive values and attitudes in genuine
contexts especially during group work sport competitions community service etc
425 Life-wide learning apart from formal PE lessons to provide other learning
opportunities for students to gain relevant learning experiences especially those
SECOND DRAFT
21
outside school activities
426 Reading to learn to encourage students to read reference materials such as books
journals magazines to widen their knowledge-base and to foster their interest in
different topics progressing at their own pace
427 IT for interactive learning to nurture in students a habit of using IT for
interactive learning Use of multi-media and internet facilitates more interesting
and effective learning
428 Referencing to local context it helps students better understand the application of
the PE and sport theories particularly those of fitness and health sport sociology
and sport management
429 Catering for learner differences to adopt varying strategies for students with
diversified abilities in the learning of theories or physical skills Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship is one way
to enhance learning
4210 Balanced practical work of physical skills practical work is important and
facilitates understanding of concepts and theories But an undue emphasis on
physical skills will distort the objective of the subject which may be misinterpreted
as supporting only elite sport training
4211 Safety in practical work always pay attention to safety measures and risk
management in practical work to avoid injuries and learn how to handle problems
when they occur
4212 Collaboration with teachers of other disciplines liaison with Physics and
Biology teachers is beneficial in the teaching of biomechanics and anatomy
Consulting the school counselor is an effective way for students to handle studying
problems and improve study skills
Catering for Learner Differences 43 Learner differences in this subject refer to diversified student abilities in terms of
knowledge of theory or mastery of physical skills or a combination of both Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship helps to enhance
learning and ease teacherrsquos workload
SECOND DRAFT
22
431 Students who are strong in physical skills but weak in theory students who are
strong in physical skills are usually committed and persevering in performing tasks
They have high self-esteem and pride in their own strengths The key for these
students to learn better is to help them apply their strengths in academic studies
432 Students who are interested in PE but weak in physical skills These students are
motivated to learn particularly when they are provided with suitable encouragement
The best way is to ask students with good physical skills to be ldquostudent mentorsrdquo
and help this type of students
433 Students with weak physical fitness level Physical fitness is partly genetically
predetermined Physical fitness tests should not be used in a way that could
embarrass the weaker students It is better to encourage them to work according to
realistic individual goals In fact physical fitness standards should be reasonably set
Elite standards should be avoided
44 On the other hand there are different learning and teaching strategies for students with
different academic abilities
441 Average abilities Help these students to set higher but achievable goals and always
motivate them to work harder Positive reinforcement such as extrinsic reward is
always helpful
442 Lower abilities Modify tasks to suit studentsrsquo abilities or to separate the tasks into
parts to let students progressively build up a foundation of knowledge which
promises a better chance of success This could also nurture studentsrsquo
self-confidence and motivation Moreover it is good to focus on what students can
accomplish and not to encourage them to compare their results with those of others
443 Exceptionally gifted Always encourage them to go beyond the set targets They
could be assigned as study leaders and sport captains or to assist the teacher by
demonstrating physical skills in lessons
Exemplar 45 A few exemplars are included in the appendices to show how some topics can be taught
and how to integrate theory with practical activities
SECOND DRAFT
23
Chapter 5 Assessment
51 Assessment is a way to collect evidence of studentsrsquo learning It aims to provide feedback to
students and identify their strengths and weaknesses in learning It helps identify what the
next learning target should be and how it can be achieved
Internal Assessment 52 Internal assessment is an integral part of the learning and teaching of PE in the NSS
curriculum
53 Formative assessment can help collect evidence about the effectiveness of learning and
teaching and provide feedback to students and teachers for further improvement It reflects
the strengths and weaknesses of students in terms of knowledge skills and attitudes
according to which tailor-made adjustments can be made in the learning teaching and
assessment cycle With reference to the learning targets formative assessment helps
evaluate studentsrsquo progress and enhance motivation in learning Oral feedback observation
checklist reflection form and project work are some examples of formative assessment for
PE
54 Summative assessment is a useful tool for describing studentsrsquo progress of learning and
achievements at a specific stage of learning
55 Both formative assessment and summative assessment are useful to facilitate learning if
they are effectively implemented
56 The assessment of values and attitudes could be done in school and recorded in the Senior
Secondary Student Learning Profile Studentsrsquo learning experiences and achievements in PE
will be recognised and reflected in the profile Achievements in high level competitions
qualifications in coaching and refereeing obtained by the elite athletes will also be included
SECOND DRAFT
24
Public Assessment 57 This section describes the direction of the development of public assessment Hong Kong
Examinations and Assessment Authority (HKEAA) will develop the assessment rubrics at a
later stage as outlined in paragraph 511 below At the moment the target is to include two
parts in the public assessment in the form of a School-based Assessment (SBA) and an
external assessment It is recommended that the public assessment for PE comprises the
following
SBA (30) External Assessment (70) 10 Physical activity (1) 10 Physical activity (2) 10 Physical fitness and a related written
assignment
2 written papers of a total of 4 hours
Key for SBA
Physical activity (1) Physical activity (2)
Physical activities (1) amp (2) are from 2 different areas of activity of athletics ball games gymnastics aquatics dance outdoor pursuits and other activities stipulated in the PE KLA Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) (2002)
Physical fitness and a related written assignment
Standardised physical fitness components A written assignment which focuses on studentsrsquo learning process such as illustration of the aims and targets and an implementation plan of physical fitness
58 The model presented above is open for feedback and suggestions Indeed the weighting of
SBA and external assessment will be set in 2006 However according to the timeline
described in paragraph 511 below it could still be adjusted after the NSS has been
implemented to meet any new curriculum and assessment needs that may arise The
moderation format of SBA depends on the number of candidates Statistical moderation is
suitable for a large candidature and non-statistical methods are more appropriate for a
relatively small candidature
59 Written papersStudents are expected to do all parts to acquire broad and balanced
knowledge However apart from compulsory questions on selected parts such as parts 1 to
SECOND DRAFT
25
6 flexibility is sought to allow students options in choosing questions about the other parts
such as parts 7 to 9 Careful consideration will be taken to keep the breadth of coverage and
depth of cognitive level of different options comparable As for the duration of written
papers it will not exceed four hours
510 ReportingStandards-referenced reporting will be used The results issued by HKEAA are
expected to cover 3 components the results of SBA external assessment and the total of
the two Such a format of reporting has the advantage of giving stakeholders a more
comprehensive picture of studentsrsquo achievement in this subject
511 Developmental timelineThe examination rubrics developed by the HKEAA will be ready
by February 2006 By then the weighting and components of SBA as well as the number
and duration of written papers will be fixed Sample examination papers will be available
in 2007 so that schools will have access to more details before the implementation of the
NSS curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
26
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources 61 Resource materials to support learning and teaching will be developed in collaboration with
tertiary institution educational organisations and school teachers Individual sets of
materials for the different parts will be produced This will facilitate necessary updates in
future
62 The PE Section of Education and Manpower Bureau (EMB) is working to produce videos
of PE lessons for SBA purposes There will be seminars to brief teachers on the use of such
information in assessing studentsrsquo physical skills
63 Learning and teaching resources will not be confined to materials produced by EMB
Schools may use reference materials produced in other countries including reference books
journals web-based materials and audio-visual aids
64 Teachers are encouraged to share school-based materials especially in different professional
development programmes organised by EMB The materials include teaching notes on
different topics and materials generated from pilot studies and research projects conducted
by schools These materials are very useful for PE curriculum development at the NSS
level
65 Though not exhaustive a list consists of materials recommended for students in the
promotion of reading to learn is attached in the Appendix
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
19
38 Integrating learning with assessment The balanced use of formative and summative
assessments and the feedback given to students will help students learn Diversified
assessment will be particularly useful in reflecting studentsrsquo performance and motivating
them to improve in the learning process
SECOND DRAFT
20
Chapter 4 Learning and Teaching
Guiding Principles 41 The guiding principles of the learning and teaching of the PE subject are
All learners can learn and none will be deprived of learning opportunities because of
socio-economic status
A flexible framework to cater for learner differences
Construction of knowledge to nurture studentsrsquo self-learning capacity
Building on studentsrsquo learning experience and prior knowledge
Integration of knowledge and stimulation of high-order thinking
Provision of a caring and motivating learning environment
Using formative and summative assessments as well as feedback to improve learning
Adoption of reflective teaching and teachers adjusting teaching strategies according to
studentsrsquo performance
Suggested Learning and Teaching Approaches and Strategies 42 There are a number of learning and teaching approaches and strategies
421 Varying instructional strategies to use different instructional methods for whole
class teaching small group and individual work Use of an interactive mode of
learning and feedback are useful to enhance learning
422 Building on prior learning experiences to make use of the knowledge and skills
learned in basic education and the concurrent 5 physical learning experience
423 Effective use of learning and teaching resources to maximize the use of library
resources and encourage students to conduct web search for information to use
community resources especially sport facilities to facilitate learning
424 Development of generic skills and nurturing values and attitudes to develop
studentsrsquo generic skills and nurture their positive values and attitudes in genuine
contexts especially during group work sport competitions community service etc
425 Life-wide learning apart from formal PE lessons to provide other learning
opportunities for students to gain relevant learning experiences especially those
SECOND DRAFT
21
outside school activities
426 Reading to learn to encourage students to read reference materials such as books
journals magazines to widen their knowledge-base and to foster their interest in
different topics progressing at their own pace
427 IT for interactive learning to nurture in students a habit of using IT for
interactive learning Use of multi-media and internet facilitates more interesting
and effective learning
428 Referencing to local context it helps students better understand the application of
the PE and sport theories particularly those of fitness and health sport sociology
and sport management
429 Catering for learner differences to adopt varying strategies for students with
diversified abilities in the learning of theories or physical skills Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship is one way
to enhance learning
4210 Balanced practical work of physical skills practical work is important and
facilitates understanding of concepts and theories But an undue emphasis on
physical skills will distort the objective of the subject which may be misinterpreted
as supporting only elite sport training
4211 Safety in practical work always pay attention to safety measures and risk
management in practical work to avoid injuries and learn how to handle problems
when they occur
4212 Collaboration with teachers of other disciplines liaison with Physics and
Biology teachers is beneficial in the teaching of biomechanics and anatomy
Consulting the school counselor is an effective way for students to handle studying
problems and improve study skills
Catering for Learner Differences 43 Learner differences in this subject refer to diversified student abilities in terms of
knowledge of theory or mastery of physical skills or a combination of both Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship helps to enhance
learning and ease teacherrsquos workload
SECOND DRAFT
22
431 Students who are strong in physical skills but weak in theory students who are
strong in physical skills are usually committed and persevering in performing tasks
They have high self-esteem and pride in their own strengths The key for these
students to learn better is to help them apply their strengths in academic studies
432 Students who are interested in PE but weak in physical skills These students are
motivated to learn particularly when they are provided with suitable encouragement
The best way is to ask students with good physical skills to be ldquostudent mentorsrdquo
and help this type of students
433 Students with weak physical fitness level Physical fitness is partly genetically
predetermined Physical fitness tests should not be used in a way that could
embarrass the weaker students It is better to encourage them to work according to
realistic individual goals In fact physical fitness standards should be reasonably set
Elite standards should be avoided
44 On the other hand there are different learning and teaching strategies for students with
different academic abilities
441 Average abilities Help these students to set higher but achievable goals and always
motivate them to work harder Positive reinforcement such as extrinsic reward is
always helpful
442 Lower abilities Modify tasks to suit studentsrsquo abilities or to separate the tasks into
parts to let students progressively build up a foundation of knowledge which
promises a better chance of success This could also nurture studentsrsquo
self-confidence and motivation Moreover it is good to focus on what students can
accomplish and not to encourage them to compare their results with those of others
443 Exceptionally gifted Always encourage them to go beyond the set targets They
could be assigned as study leaders and sport captains or to assist the teacher by
demonstrating physical skills in lessons
Exemplar 45 A few exemplars are included in the appendices to show how some topics can be taught
and how to integrate theory with practical activities
SECOND DRAFT
23
Chapter 5 Assessment
51 Assessment is a way to collect evidence of studentsrsquo learning It aims to provide feedback to
students and identify their strengths and weaknesses in learning It helps identify what the
next learning target should be and how it can be achieved
Internal Assessment 52 Internal assessment is an integral part of the learning and teaching of PE in the NSS
curriculum
53 Formative assessment can help collect evidence about the effectiveness of learning and
teaching and provide feedback to students and teachers for further improvement It reflects
the strengths and weaknesses of students in terms of knowledge skills and attitudes
according to which tailor-made adjustments can be made in the learning teaching and
assessment cycle With reference to the learning targets formative assessment helps
evaluate studentsrsquo progress and enhance motivation in learning Oral feedback observation
checklist reflection form and project work are some examples of formative assessment for
PE
54 Summative assessment is a useful tool for describing studentsrsquo progress of learning and
achievements at a specific stage of learning
55 Both formative assessment and summative assessment are useful to facilitate learning if
they are effectively implemented
56 The assessment of values and attitudes could be done in school and recorded in the Senior
Secondary Student Learning Profile Studentsrsquo learning experiences and achievements in PE
will be recognised and reflected in the profile Achievements in high level competitions
qualifications in coaching and refereeing obtained by the elite athletes will also be included
SECOND DRAFT
24
Public Assessment 57 This section describes the direction of the development of public assessment Hong Kong
Examinations and Assessment Authority (HKEAA) will develop the assessment rubrics at a
later stage as outlined in paragraph 511 below At the moment the target is to include two
parts in the public assessment in the form of a School-based Assessment (SBA) and an
external assessment It is recommended that the public assessment for PE comprises the
following
SBA (30) External Assessment (70) 10 Physical activity (1) 10 Physical activity (2) 10 Physical fitness and a related written
assignment
2 written papers of a total of 4 hours
Key for SBA
Physical activity (1) Physical activity (2)
Physical activities (1) amp (2) are from 2 different areas of activity of athletics ball games gymnastics aquatics dance outdoor pursuits and other activities stipulated in the PE KLA Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) (2002)
Physical fitness and a related written assignment
Standardised physical fitness components A written assignment which focuses on studentsrsquo learning process such as illustration of the aims and targets and an implementation plan of physical fitness
58 The model presented above is open for feedback and suggestions Indeed the weighting of
SBA and external assessment will be set in 2006 However according to the timeline
described in paragraph 511 below it could still be adjusted after the NSS has been
implemented to meet any new curriculum and assessment needs that may arise The
moderation format of SBA depends on the number of candidates Statistical moderation is
suitable for a large candidature and non-statistical methods are more appropriate for a
relatively small candidature
59 Written papersStudents are expected to do all parts to acquire broad and balanced
knowledge However apart from compulsory questions on selected parts such as parts 1 to
SECOND DRAFT
25
6 flexibility is sought to allow students options in choosing questions about the other parts
such as parts 7 to 9 Careful consideration will be taken to keep the breadth of coverage and
depth of cognitive level of different options comparable As for the duration of written
papers it will not exceed four hours
510 ReportingStandards-referenced reporting will be used The results issued by HKEAA are
expected to cover 3 components the results of SBA external assessment and the total of
the two Such a format of reporting has the advantage of giving stakeholders a more
comprehensive picture of studentsrsquo achievement in this subject
511 Developmental timelineThe examination rubrics developed by the HKEAA will be ready
by February 2006 By then the weighting and components of SBA as well as the number
and duration of written papers will be fixed Sample examination papers will be available
in 2007 so that schools will have access to more details before the implementation of the
NSS curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
26
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources 61 Resource materials to support learning and teaching will be developed in collaboration with
tertiary institution educational organisations and school teachers Individual sets of
materials for the different parts will be produced This will facilitate necessary updates in
future
62 The PE Section of Education and Manpower Bureau (EMB) is working to produce videos
of PE lessons for SBA purposes There will be seminars to brief teachers on the use of such
information in assessing studentsrsquo physical skills
63 Learning and teaching resources will not be confined to materials produced by EMB
Schools may use reference materials produced in other countries including reference books
journals web-based materials and audio-visual aids
64 Teachers are encouraged to share school-based materials especially in different professional
development programmes organised by EMB The materials include teaching notes on
different topics and materials generated from pilot studies and research projects conducted
by schools These materials are very useful for PE curriculum development at the NSS
level
65 Though not exhaustive a list consists of materials recommended for students in the
promotion of reading to learn is attached in the Appendix
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
20
Chapter 4 Learning and Teaching
Guiding Principles 41 The guiding principles of the learning and teaching of the PE subject are
All learners can learn and none will be deprived of learning opportunities because of
socio-economic status
A flexible framework to cater for learner differences
Construction of knowledge to nurture studentsrsquo self-learning capacity
Building on studentsrsquo learning experience and prior knowledge
Integration of knowledge and stimulation of high-order thinking
Provision of a caring and motivating learning environment
Using formative and summative assessments as well as feedback to improve learning
Adoption of reflective teaching and teachers adjusting teaching strategies according to
studentsrsquo performance
Suggested Learning and Teaching Approaches and Strategies 42 There are a number of learning and teaching approaches and strategies
421 Varying instructional strategies to use different instructional methods for whole
class teaching small group and individual work Use of an interactive mode of
learning and feedback are useful to enhance learning
422 Building on prior learning experiences to make use of the knowledge and skills
learned in basic education and the concurrent 5 physical learning experience
423 Effective use of learning and teaching resources to maximize the use of library
resources and encourage students to conduct web search for information to use
community resources especially sport facilities to facilitate learning
424 Development of generic skills and nurturing values and attitudes to develop
studentsrsquo generic skills and nurture their positive values and attitudes in genuine
contexts especially during group work sport competitions community service etc
425 Life-wide learning apart from formal PE lessons to provide other learning
opportunities for students to gain relevant learning experiences especially those
SECOND DRAFT
21
outside school activities
426 Reading to learn to encourage students to read reference materials such as books
journals magazines to widen their knowledge-base and to foster their interest in
different topics progressing at their own pace
427 IT for interactive learning to nurture in students a habit of using IT for
interactive learning Use of multi-media and internet facilitates more interesting
and effective learning
428 Referencing to local context it helps students better understand the application of
the PE and sport theories particularly those of fitness and health sport sociology
and sport management
429 Catering for learner differences to adopt varying strategies for students with
diversified abilities in the learning of theories or physical skills Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship is one way
to enhance learning
4210 Balanced practical work of physical skills practical work is important and
facilitates understanding of concepts and theories But an undue emphasis on
physical skills will distort the objective of the subject which may be misinterpreted
as supporting only elite sport training
4211 Safety in practical work always pay attention to safety measures and risk
management in practical work to avoid injuries and learn how to handle problems
when they occur
4212 Collaboration with teachers of other disciplines liaison with Physics and
Biology teachers is beneficial in the teaching of biomechanics and anatomy
Consulting the school counselor is an effective way for students to handle studying
problems and improve study skills
Catering for Learner Differences 43 Learner differences in this subject refer to diversified student abilities in terms of
knowledge of theory or mastery of physical skills or a combination of both Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship helps to enhance
learning and ease teacherrsquos workload
SECOND DRAFT
22
431 Students who are strong in physical skills but weak in theory students who are
strong in physical skills are usually committed and persevering in performing tasks
They have high self-esteem and pride in their own strengths The key for these
students to learn better is to help them apply their strengths in academic studies
432 Students who are interested in PE but weak in physical skills These students are
motivated to learn particularly when they are provided with suitable encouragement
The best way is to ask students with good physical skills to be ldquostudent mentorsrdquo
and help this type of students
433 Students with weak physical fitness level Physical fitness is partly genetically
predetermined Physical fitness tests should not be used in a way that could
embarrass the weaker students It is better to encourage them to work according to
realistic individual goals In fact physical fitness standards should be reasonably set
Elite standards should be avoided
44 On the other hand there are different learning and teaching strategies for students with
different academic abilities
441 Average abilities Help these students to set higher but achievable goals and always
motivate them to work harder Positive reinforcement such as extrinsic reward is
always helpful
442 Lower abilities Modify tasks to suit studentsrsquo abilities or to separate the tasks into
parts to let students progressively build up a foundation of knowledge which
promises a better chance of success This could also nurture studentsrsquo
self-confidence and motivation Moreover it is good to focus on what students can
accomplish and not to encourage them to compare their results with those of others
443 Exceptionally gifted Always encourage them to go beyond the set targets They
could be assigned as study leaders and sport captains or to assist the teacher by
demonstrating physical skills in lessons
Exemplar 45 A few exemplars are included in the appendices to show how some topics can be taught
and how to integrate theory with practical activities
SECOND DRAFT
23
Chapter 5 Assessment
51 Assessment is a way to collect evidence of studentsrsquo learning It aims to provide feedback to
students and identify their strengths and weaknesses in learning It helps identify what the
next learning target should be and how it can be achieved
Internal Assessment 52 Internal assessment is an integral part of the learning and teaching of PE in the NSS
curriculum
53 Formative assessment can help collect evidence about the effectiveness of learning and
teaching and provide feedback to students and teachers for further improvement It reflects
the strengths and weaknesses of students in terms of knowledge skills and attitudes
according to which tailor-made adjustments can be made in the learning teaching and
assessment cycle With reference to the learning targets formative assessment helps
evaluate studentsrsquo progress and enhance motivation in learning Oral feedback observation
checklist reflection form and project work are some examples of formative assessment for
PE
54 Summative assessment is a useful tool for describing studentsrsquo progress of learning and
achievements at a specific stage of learning
55 Both formative assessment and summative assessment are useful to facilitate learning if
they are effectively implemented
56 The assessment of values and attitudes could be done in school and recorded in the Senior
Secondary Student Learning Profile Studentsrsquo learning experiences and achievements in PE
will be recognised and reflected in the profile Achievements in high level competitions
qualifications in coaching and refereeing obtained by the elite athletes will also be included
SECOND DRAFT
24
Public Assessment 57 This section describes the direction of the development of public assessment Hong Kong
Examinations and Assessment Authority (HKEAA) will develop the assessment rubrics at a
later stage as outlined in paragraph 511 below At the moment the target is to include two
parts in the public assessment in the form of a School-based Assessment (SBA) and an
external assessment It is recommended that the public assessment for PE comprises the
following
SBA (30) External Assessment (70) 10 Physical activity (1) 10 Physical activity (2) 10 Physical fitness and a related written
assignment
2 written papers of a total of 4 hours
Key for SBA
Physical activity (1) Physical activity (2)
Physical activities (1) amp (2) are from 2 different areas of activity of athletics ball games gymnastics aquatics dance outdoor pursuits and other activities stipulated in the PE KLA Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) (2002)
Physical fitness and a related written assignment
Standardised physical fitness components A written assignment which focuses on studentsrsquo learning process such as illustration of the aims and targets and an implementation plan of physical fitness
58 The model presented above is open for feedback and suggestions Indeed the weighting of
SBA and external assessment will be set in 2006 However according to the timeline
described in paragraph 511 below it could still be adjusted after the NSS has been
implemented to meet any new curriculum and assessment needs that may arise The
moderation format of SBA depends on the number of candidates Statistical moderation is
suitable for a large candidature and non-statistical methods are more appropriate for a
relatively small candidature
59 Written papersStudents are expected to do all parts to acquire broad and balanced
knowledge However apart from compulsory questions on selected parts such as parts 1 to
SECOND DRAFT
25
6 flexibility is sought to allow students options in choosing questions about the other parts
such as parts 7 to 9 Careful consideration will be taken to keep the breadth of coverage and
depth of cognitive level of different options comparable As for the duration of written
papers it will not exceed four hours
510 ReportingStandards-referenced reporting will be used The results issued by HKEAA are
expected to cover 3 components the results of SBA external assessment and the total of
the two Such a format of reporting has the advantage of giving stakeholders a more
comprehensive picture of studentsrsquo achievement in this subject
511 Developmental timelineThe examination rubrics developed by the HKEAA will be ready
by February 2006 By then the weighting and components of SBA as well as the number
and duration of written papers will be fixed Sample examination papers will be available
in 2007 so that schools will have access to more details before the implementation of the
NSS curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
26
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources 61 Resource materials to support learning and teaching will be developed in collaboration with
tertiary institution educational organisations and school teachers Individual sets of
materials for the different parts will be produced This will facilitate necessary updates in
future
62 The PE Section of Education and Manpower Bureau (EMB) is working to produce videos
of PE lessons for SBA purposes There will be seminars to brief teachers on the use of such
information in assessing studentsrsquo physical skills
63 Learning and teaching resources will not be confined to materials produced by EMB
Schools may use reference materials produced in other countries including reference books
journals web-based materials and audio-visual aids
64 Teachers are encouraged to share school-based materials especially in different professional
development programmes organised by EMB The materials include teaching notes on
different topics and materials generated from pilot studies and research projects conducted
by schools These materials are very useful for PE curriculum development at the NSS
level
65 Though not exhaustive a list consists of materials recommended for students in the
promotion of reading to learn is attached in the Appendix
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
21
outside school activities
426 Reading to learn to encourage students to read reference materials such as books
journals magazines to widen their knowledge-base and to foster their interest in
different topics progressing at their own pace
427 IT for interactive learning to nurture in students a habit of using IT for
interactive learning Use of multi-media and internet facilitates more interesting
and effective learning
428 Referencing to local context it helps students better understand the application of
the PE and sport theories particularly those of fitness and health sport sociology
and sport management
429 Catering for learner differences to adopt varying strategies for students with
diversified abilities in the learning of theories or physical skills Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship is one way
to enhance learning
4210 Balanced practical work of physical skills practical work is important and
facilitates understanding of concepts and theories But an undue emphasis on
physical skills will distort the objective of the subject which may be misinterpreted
as supporting only elite sport training
4211 Safety in practical work always pay attention to safety measures and risk
management in practical work to avoid injuries and learn how to handle problems
when they occur
4212 Collaboration with teachers of other disciplines liaison with Physics and
Biology teachers is beneficial in the teaching of biomechanics and anatomy
Consulting the school counselor is an effective way for students to handle studying
problems and improve study skills
Catering for Learner Differences 43 Learner differences in this subject refer to diversified student abilities in terms of
knowledge of theory or mastery of physical skills or a combination of both Collaborative
learning among students particularly in the form of student mentorship helps to enhance
learning and ease teacherrsquos workload
SECOND DRAFT
22
431 Students who are strong in physical skills but weak in theory students who are
strong in physical skills are usually committed and persevering in performing tasks
They have high self-esteem and pride in their own strengths The key for these
students to learn better is to help them apply their strengths in academic studies
432 Students who are interested in PE but weak in physical skills These students are
motivated to learn particularly when they are provided with suitable encouragement
The best way is to ask students with good physical skills to be ldquostudent mentorsrdquo
and help this type of students
433 Students with weak physical fitness level Physical fitness is partly genetically
predetermined Physical fitness tests should not be used in a way that could
embarrass the weaker students It is better to encourage them to work according to
realistic individual goals In fact physical fitness standards should be reasonably set
Elite standards should be avoided
44 On the other hand there are different learning and teaching strategies for students with
different academic abilities
441 Average abilities Help these students to set higher but achievable goals and always
motivate them to work harder Positive reinforcement such as extrinsic reward is
always helpful
442 Lower abilities Modify tasks to suit studentsrsquo abilities or to separate the tasks into
parts to let students progressively build up a foundation of knowledge which
promises a better chance of success This could also nurture studentsrsquo
self-confidence and motivation Moreover it is good to focus on what students can
accomplish and not to encourage them to compare their results with those of others
443 Exceptionally gifted Always encourage them to go beyond the set targets They
could be assigned as study leaders and sport captains or to assist the teacher by
demonstrating physical skills in lessons
Exemplar 45 A few exemplars are included in the appendices to show how some topics can be taught
and how to integrate theory with practical activities
SECOND DRAFT
23
Chapter 5 Assessment
51 Assessment is a way to collect evidence of studentsrsquo learning It aims to provide feedback to
students and identify their strengths and weaknesses in learning It helps identify what the
next learning target should be and how it can be achieved
Internal Assessment 52 Internal assessment is an integral part of the learning and teaching of PE in the NSS
curriculum
53 Formative assessment can help collect evidence about the effectiveness of learning and
teaching and provide feedback to students and teachers for further improvement It reflects
the strengths and weaknesses of students in terms of knowledge skills and attitudes
according to which tailor-made adjustments can be made in the learning teaching and
assessment cycle With reference to the learning targets formative assessment helps
evaluate studentsrsquo progress and enhance motivation in learning Oral feedback observation
checklist reflection form and project work are some examples of formative assessment for
PE
54 Summative assessment is a useful tool for describing studentsrsquo progress of learning and
achievements at a specific stage of learning
55 Both formative assessment and summative assessment are useful to facilitate learning if
they are effectively implemented
56 The assessment of values and attitudes could be done in school and recorded in the Senior
Secondary Student Learning Profile Studentsrsquo learning experiences and achievements in PE
will be recognised and reflected in the profile Achievements in high level competitions
qualifications in coaching and refereeing obtained by the elite athletes will also be included
SECOND DRAFT
24
Public Assessment 57 This section describes the direction of the development of public assessment Hong Kong
Examinations and Assessment Authority (HKEAA) will develop the assessment rubrics at a
later stage as outlined in paragraph 511 below At the moment the target is to include two
parts in the public assessment in the form of a School-based Assessment (SBA) and an
external assessment It is recommended that the public assessment for PE comprises the
following
SBA (30) External Assessment (70) 10 Physical activity (1) 10 Physical activity (2) 10 Physical fitness and a related written
assignment
2 written papers of a total of 4 hours
Key for SBA
Physical activity (1) Physical activity (2)
Physical activities (1) amp (2) are from 2 different areas of activity of athletics ball games gymnastics aquatics dance outdoor pursuits and other activities stipulated in the PE KLA Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) (2002)
Physical fitness and a related written assignment
Standardised physical fitness components A written assignment which focuses on studentsrsquo learning process such as illustration of the aims and targets and an implementation plan of physical fitness
58 The model presented above is open for feedback and suggestions Indeed the weighting of
SBA and external assessment will be set in 2006 However according to the timeline
described in paragraph 511 below it could still be adjusted after the NSS has been
implemented to meet any new curriculum and assessment needs that may arise The
moderation format of SBA depends on the number of candidates Statistical moderation is
suitable for a large candidature and non-statistical methods are more appropriate for a
relatively small candidature
59 Written papersStudents are expected to do all parts to acquire broad and balanced
knowledge However apart from compulsory questions on selected parts such as parts 1 to
SECOND DRAFT
25
6 flexibility is sought to allow students options in choosing questions about the other parts
such as parts 7 to 9 Careful consideration will be taken to keep the breadth of coverage and
depth of cognitive level of different options comparable As for the duration of written
papers it will not exceed four hours
510 ReportingStandards-referenced reporting will be used The results issued by HKEAA are
expected to cover 3 components the results of SBA external assessment and the total of
the two Such a format of reporting has the advantage of giving stakeholders a more
comprehensive picture of studentsrsquo achievement in this subject
511 Developmental timelineThe examination rubrics developed by the HKEAA will be ready
by February 2006 By then the weighting and components of SBA as well as the number
and duration of written papers will be fixed Sample examination papers will be available
in 2007 so that schools will have access to more details before the implementation of the
NSS curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
26
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources 61 Resource materials to support learning and teaching will be developed in collaboration with
tertiary institution educational organisations and school teachers Individual sets of
materials for the different parts will be produced This will facilitate necessary updates in
future
62 The PE Section of Education and Manpower Bureau (EMB) is working to produce videos
of PE lessons for SBA purposes There will be seminars to brief teachers on the use of such
information in assessing studentsrsquo physical skills
63 Learning and teaching resources will not be confined to materials produced by EMB
Schools may use reference materials produced in other countries including reference books
journals web-based materials and audio-visual aids
64 Teachers are encouraged to share school-based materials especially in different professional
development programmes organised by EMB The materials include teaching notes on
different topics and materials generated from pilot studies and research projects conducted
by schools These materials are very useful for PE curriculum development at the NSS
level
65 Though not exhaustive a list consists of materials recommended for students in the
promotion of reading to learn is attached in the Appendix
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
22
431 Students who are strong in physical skills but weak in theory students who are
strong in physical skills are usually committed and persevering in performing tasks
They have high self-esteem and pride in their own strengths The key for these
students to learn better is to help them apply their strengths in academic studies
432 Students who are interested in PE but weak in physical skills These students are
motivated to learn particularly when they are provided with suitable encouragement
The best way is to ask students with good physical skills to be ldquostudent mentorsrdquo
and help this type of students
433 Students with weak physical fitness level Physical fitness is partly genetically
predetermined Physical fitness tests should not be used in a way that could
embarrass the weaker students It is better to encourage them to work according to
realistic individual goals In fact physical fitness standards should be reasonably set
Elite standards should be avoided
44 On the other hand there are different learning and teaching strategies for students with
different academic abilities
441 Average abilities Help these students to set higher but achievable goals and always
motivate them to work harder Positive reinforcement such as extrinsic reward is
always helpful
442 Lower abilities Modify tasks to suit studentsrsquo abilities or to separate the tasks into
parts to let students progressively build up a foundation of knowledge which
promises a better chance of success This could also nurture studentsrsquo
self-confidence and motivation Moreover it is good to focus on what students can
accomplish and not to encourage them to compare their results with those of others
443 Exceptionally gifted Always encourage them to go beyond the set targets They
could be assigned as study leaders and sport captains or to assist the teacher by
demonstrating physical skills in lessons
Exemplar 45 A few exemplars are included in the appendices to show how some topics can be taught
and how to integrate theory with practical activities
SECOND DRAFT
23
Chapter 5 Assessment
51 Assessment is a way to collect evidence of studentsrsquo learning It aims to provide feedback to
students and identify their strengths and weaknesses in learning It helps identify what the
next learning target should be and how it can be achieved
Internal Assessment 52 Internal assessment is an integral part of the learning and teaching of PE in the NSS
curriculum
53 Formative assessment can help collect evidence about the effectiveness of learning and
teaching and provide feedback to students and teachers for further improvement It reflects
the strengths and weaknesses of students in terms of knowledge skills and attitudes
according to which tailor-made adjustments can be made in the learning teaching and
assessment cycle With reference to the learning targets formative assessment helps
evaluate studentsrsquo progress and enhance motivation in learning Oral feedback observation
checklist reflection form and project work are some examples of formative assessment for
PE
54 Summative assessment is a useful tool for describing studentsrsquo progress of learning and
achievements at a specific stage of learning
55 Both formative assessment and summative assessment are useful to facilitate learning if
they are effectively implemented
56 The assessment of values and attitudes could be done in school and recorded in the Senior
Secondary Student Learning Profile Studentsrsquo learning experiences and achievements in PE
will be recognised and reflected in the profile Achievements in high level competitions
qualifications in coaching and refereeing obtained by the elite athletes will also be included
SECOND DRAFT
24
Public Assessment 57 This section describes the direction of the development of public assessment Hong Kong
Examinations and Assessment Authority (HKEAA) will develop the assessment rubrics at a
later stage as outlined in paragraph 511 below At the moment the target is to include two
parts in the public assessment in the form of a School-based Assessment (SBA) and an
external assessment It is recommended that the public assessment for PE comprises the
following
SBA (30) External Assessment (70) 10 Physical activity (1) 10 Physical activity (2) 10 Physical fitness and a related written
assignment
2 written papers of a total of 4 hours
Key for SBA
Physical activity (1) Physical activity (2)
Physical activities (1) amp (2) are from 2 different areas of activity of athletics ball games gymnastics aquatics dance outdoor pursuits and other activities stipulated in the PE KLA Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) (2002)
Physical fitness and a related written assignment
Standardised physical fitness components A written assignment which focuses on studentsrsquo learning process such as illustration of the aims and targets and an implementation plan of physical fitness
58 The model presented above is open for feedback and suggestions Indeed the weighting of
SBA and external assessment will be set in 2006 However according to the timeline
described in paragraph 511 below it could still be adjusted after the NSS has been
implemented to meet any new curriculum and assessment needs that may arise The
moderation format of SBA depends on the number of candidates Statistical moderation is
suitable for a large candidature and non-statistical methods are more appropriate for a
relatively small candidature
59 Written papersStudents are expected to do all parts to acquire broad and balanced
knowledge However apart from compulsory questions on selected parts such as parts 1 to
SECOND DRAFT
25
6 flexibility is sought to allow students options in choosing questions about the other parts
such as parts 7 to 9 Careful consideration will be taken to keep the breadth of coverage and
depth of cognitive level of different options comparable As for the duration of written
papers it will not exceed four hours
510 ReportingStandards-referenced reporting will be used The results issued by HKEAA are
expected to cover 3 components the results of SBA external assessment and the total of
the two Such a format of reporting has the advantage of giving stakeholders a more
comprehensive picture of studentsrsquo achievement in this subject
511 Developmental timelineThe examination rubrics developed by the HKEAA will be ready
by February 2006 By then the weighting and components of SBA as well as the number
and duration of written papers will be fixed Sample examination papers will be available
in 2007 so that schools will have access to more details before the implementation of the
NSS curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
26
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources 61 Resource materials to support learning and teaching will be developed in collaboration with
tertiary institution educational organisations and school teachers Individual sets of
materials for the different parts will be produced This will facilitate necessary updates in
future
62 The PE Section of Education and Manpower Bureau (EMB) is working to produce videos
of PE lessons for SBA purposes There will be seminars to brief teachers on the use of such
information in assessing studentsrsquo physical skills
63 Learning and teaching resources will not be confined to materials produced by EMB
Schools may use reference materials produced in other countries including reference books
journals web-based materials and audio-visual aids
64 Teachers are encouraged to share school-based materials especially in different professional
development programmes organised by EMB The materials include teaching notes on
different topics and materials generated from pilot studies and research projects conducted
by schools These materials are very useful for PE curriculum development at the NSS
level
65 Though not exhaustive a list consists of materials recommended for students in the
promotion of reading to learn is attached in the Appendix
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
23
Chapter 5 Assessment
51 Assessment is a way to collect evidence of studentsrsquo learning It aims to provide feedback to
students and identify their strengths and weaknesses in learning It helps identify what the
next learning target should be and how it can be achieved
Internal Assessment 52 Internal assessment is an integral part of the learning and teaching of PE in the NSS
curriculum
53 Formative assessment can help collect evidence about the effectiveness of learning and
teaching and provide feedback to students and teachers for further improvement It reflects
the strengths and weaknesses of students in terms of knowledge skills and attitudes
according to which tailor-made adjustments can be made in the learning teaching and
assessment cycle With reference to the learning targets formative assessment helps
evaluate studentsrsquo progress and enhance motivation in learning Oral feedback observation
checklist reflection form and project work are some examples of formative assessment for
PE
54 Summative assessment is a useful tool for describing studentsrsquo progress of learning and
achievements at a specific stage of learning
55 Both formative assessment and summative assessment are useful to facilitate learning if
they are effectively implemented
56 The assessment of values and attitudes could be done in school and recorded in the Senior
Secondary Student Learning Profile Studentsrsquo learning experiences and achievements in PE
will be recognised and reflected in the profile Achievements in high level competitions
qualifications in coaching and refereeing obtained by the elite athletes will also be included
SECOND DRAFT
24
Public Assessment 57 This section describes the direction of the development of public assessment Hong Kong
Examinations and Assessment Authority (HKEAA) will develop the assessment rubrics at a
later stage as outlined in paragraph 511 below At the moment the target is to include two
parts in the public assessment in the form of a School-based Assessment (SBA) and an
external assessment It is recommended that the public assessment for PE comprises the
following
SBA (30) External Assessment (70) 10 Physical activity (1) 10 Physical activity (2) 10 Physical fitness and a related written
assignment
2 written papers of a total of 4 hours
Key for SBA
Physical activity (1) Physical activity (2)
Physical activities (1) amp (2) are from 2 different areas of activity of athletics ball games gymnastics aquatics dance outdoor pursuits and other activities stipulated in the PE KLA Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) (2002)
Physical fitness and a related written assignment
Standardised physical fitness components A written assignment which focuses on studentsrsquo learning process such as illustration of the aims and targets and an implementation plan of physical fitness
58 The model presented above is open for feedback and suggestions Indeed the weighting of
SBA and external assessment will be set in 2006 However according to the timeline
described in paragraph 511 below it could still be adjusted after the NSS has been
implemented to meet any new curriculum and assessment needs that may arise The
moderation format of SBA depends on the number of candidates Statistical moderation is
suitable for a large candidature and non-statistical methods are more appropriate for a
relatively small candidature
59 Written papersStudents are expected to do all parts to acquire broad and balanced
knowledge However apart from compulsory questions on selected parts such as parts 1 to
SECOND DRAFT
25
6 flexibility is sought to allow students options in choosing questions about the other parts
such as parts 7 to 9 Careful consideration will be taken to keep the breadth of coverage and
depth of cognitive level of different options comparable As for the duration of written
papers it will not exceed four hours
510 ReportingStandards-referenced reporting will be used The results issued by HKEAA are
expected to cover 3 components the results of SBA external assessment and the total of
the two Such a format of reporting has the advantage of giving stakeholders a more
comprehensive picture of studentsrsquo achievement in this subject
511 Developmental timelineThe examination rubrics developed by the HKEAA will be ready
by February 2006 By then the weighting and components of SBA as well as the number
and duration of written papers will be fixed Sample examination papers will be available
in 2007 so that schools will have access to more details before the implementation of the
NSS curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
26
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources 61 Resource materials to support learning and teaching will be developed in collaboration with
tertiary institution educational organisations and school teachers Individual sets of
materials for the different parts will be produced This will facilitate necessary updates in
future
62 The PE Section of Education and Manpower Bureau (EMB) is working to produce videos
of PE lessons for SBA purposes There will be seminars to brief teachers on the use of such
information in assessing studentsrsquo physical skills
63 Learning and teaching resources will not be confined to materials produced by EMB
Schools may use reference materials produced in other countries including reference books
journals web-based materials and audio-visual aids
64 Teachers are encouraged to share school-based materials especially in different professional
development programmes organised by EMB The materials include teaching notes on
different topics and materials generated from pilot studies and research projects conducted
by schools These materials are very useful for PE curriculum development at the NSS
level
65 Though not exhaustive a list consists of materials recommended for students in the
promotion of reading to learn is attached in the Appendix
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
24
Public Assessment 57 This section describes the direction of the development of public assessment Hong Kong
Examinations and Assessment Authority (HKEAA) will develop the assessment rubrics at a
later stage as outlined in paragraph 511 below At the moment the target is to include two
parts in the public assessment in the form of a School-based Assessment (SBA) and an
external assessment It is recommended that the public assessment for PE comprises the
following
SBA (30) External Assessment (70) 10 Physical activity (1) 10 Physical activity (2) 10 Physical fitness and a related written
assignment
2 written papers of a total of 4 hours
Key for SBA
Physical activity (1) Physical activity (2)
Physical activities (1) amp (2) are from 2 different areas of activity of athletics ball games gymnastics aquatics dance outdoor pursuits and other activities stipulated in the PE KLA Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) (2002)
Physical fitness and a related written assignment
Standardised physical fitness components A written assignment which focuses on studentsrsquo learning process such as illustration of the aims and targets and an implementation plan of physical fitness
58 The model presented above is open for feedback and suggestions Indeed the weighting of
SBA and external assessment will be set in 2006 However according to the timeline
described in paragraph 511 below it could still be adjusted after the NSS has been
implemented to meet any new curriculum and assessment needs that may arise The
moderation format of SBA depends on the number of candidates Statistical moderation is
suitable for a large candidature and non-statistical methods are more appropriate for a
relatively small candidature
59 Written papersStudents are expected to do all parts to acquire broad and balanced
knowledge However apart from compulsory questions on selected parts such as parts 1 to
SECOND DRAFT
25
6 flexibility is sought to allow students options in choosing questions about the other parts
such as parts 7 to 9 Careful consideration will be taken to keep the breadth of coverage and
depth of cognitive level of different options comparable As for the duration of written
papers it will not exceed four hours
510 ReportingStandards-referenced reporting will be used The results issued by HKEAA are
expected to cover 3 components the results of SBA external assessment and the total of
the two Such a format of reporting has the advantage of giving stakeholders a more
comprehensive picture of studentsrsquo achievement in this subject
511 Developmental timelineThe examination rubrics developed by the HKEAA will be ready
by February 2006 By then the weighting and components of SBA as well as the number
and duration of written papers will be fixed Sample examination papers will be available
in 2007 so that schools will have access to more details before the implementation of the
NSS curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
26
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources 61 Resource materials to support learning and teaching will be developed in collaboration with
tertiary institution educational organisations and school teachers Individual sets of
materials for the different parts will be produced This will facilitate necessary updates in
future
62 The PE Section of Education and Manpower Bureau (EMB) is working to produce videos
of PE lessons for SBA purposes There will be seminars to brief teachers on the use of such
information in assessing studentsrsquo physical skills
63 Learning and teaching resources will not be confined to materials produced by EMB
Schools may use reference materials produced in other countries including reference books
journals web-based materials and audio-visual aids
64 Teachers are encouraged to share school-based materials especially in different professional
development programmes organised by EMB The materials include teaching notes on
different topics and materials generated from pilot studies and research projects conducted
by schools These materials are very useful for PE curriculum development at the NSS
level
65 Though not exhaustive a list consists of materials recommended for students in the
promotion of reading to learn is attached in the Appendix
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
25
6 flexibility is sought to allow students options in choosing questions about the other parts
such as parts 7 to 9 Careful consideration will be taken to keep the breadth of coverage and
depth of cognitive level of different options comparable As for the duration of written
papers it will not exceed four hours
510 ReportingStandards-referenced reporting will be used The results issued by HKEAA are
expected to cover 3 components the results of SBA external assessment and the total of
the two Such a format of reporting has the advantage of giving stakeholders a more
comprehensive picture of studentsrsquo achievement in this subject
511 Developmental timelineThe examination rubrics developed by the HKEAA will be ready
by February 2006 By then the weighting and components of SBA as well as the number
and duration of written papers will be fixed Sample examination papers will be available
in 2007 so that schools will have access to more details before the implementation of the
NSS curriculum
SECOND DRAFT
26
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources 61 Resource materials to support learning and teaching will be developed in collaboration with
tertiary institution educational organisations and school teachers Individual sets of
materials for the different parts will be produced This will facilitate necessary updates in
future
62 The PE Section of Education and Manpower Bureau (EMB) is working to produce videos
of PE lessons for SBA purposes There will be seminars to brief teachers on the use of such
information in assessing studentsrsquo physical skills
63 Learning and teaching resources will not be confined to materials produced by EMB
Schools may use reference materials produced in other countries including reference books
journals web-based materials and audio-visual aids
64 Teachers are encouraged to share school-based materials especially in different professional
development programmes organised by EMB The materials include teaching notes on
different topics and materials generated from pilot studies and research projects conducted
by schools These materials are very useful for PE curriculum development at the NSS
level
65 Though not exhaustive a list consists of materials recommended for students in the
promotion of reading to learn is attached in the Appendix
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
26
Chapter 6 Effective Use of Learning and Teaching Resources
Learning and Teaching Resources 61 Resource materials to support learning and teaching will be developed in collaboration with
tertiary institution educational organisations and school teachers Individual sets of
materials for the different parts will be produced This will facilitate necessary updates in
future
62 The PE Section of Education and Manpower Bureau (EMB) is working to produce videos
of PE lessons for SBA purposes There will be seminars to brief teachers on the use of such
information in assessing studentsrsquo physical skills
63 Learning and teaching resources will not be confined to materials produced by EMB
Schools may use reference materials produced in other countries including reference books
journals web-based materials and audio-visual aids
64 Teachers are encouraged to share school-based materials especially in different professional
development programmes organised by EMB The materials include teaching notes on
different topics and materials generated from pilot studies and research projects conducted
by schools These materials are very useful for PE curriculum development at the NSS
level
65 Though not exhaustive a list consists of materials recommended for students in the
promotion of reading to learn is attached in the Appendix
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
27
Chapter 7 Supporting Measures
71 There will be sufficient professional development programmes and collaborative Research
and Development Projects to support the implementation of the NSS PE curriculum These
supporting measures will be spaced out over the next few years to meet the needs of
teachers
Professional Development Programmes 72 As all PE teachers are subject-trained they are competent in promoting effective learning
and teaching of the knowledge as required in the NSS PE curriculum However there will
still be a good number of in-service professional development programmes for teachers to
strengthen their professional expertise The current planning extends up to the launching of
the NSS and ongoing planning is anticipated thereafter
73 A professional development plan including a suggested timeline is listed in the table below
The courses on different topics will be scheduled over a period of time Teachers may opt
for those which suit their own timetable Besides repeated courses could be arranged on
need basis to accommodate teachers who might have missed the scheduled ones
74 The programmes to be offered in the near future will focus more on the understanding and
interpreting the curriculum as well as formative assessment A modular approach will be
used for the programmes Teachers may devote more time to those parts that they are less
familiar with including biomechanics motor learning and sport psychology and sport
management which are not covered in the HKCE(PE)
Suggested Topics and Timeline of the Professional Development Programmes
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
Rationale concept 3 hrs 122005 Compulsory Part
Curriculum School-based planning 3 hrs 042006
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
28
Nature Course Topics
Duration Date
School-based planning workshops and sharing
3 hrs 042006
Assessment for Learning 3 hrs On-goingSBA 3 hrs 122005 Workshops on standardization for SBA
3hrs 122005
Standards-Referenced Assessment 3 hrs 072006
Assessment
Examination Rubrics
6 hrs 2007
Learning and Teaching
Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
042006 Optional Part
Knowledge update Will be divided into 10 sessions and are optional for teachers
3 hrs for each session
072006
Use of Research Findings and Effective Practice 75 There will be a number of collaborative research and development projects on the
implementation of the curriculum in the coming years These are pilot studies on such areas
as curriculum planning and management learning and teaching of different parts or topics
and assessment These studies try to work out appropriate learning strategies and to produce
reference materials for different areas and to generate school-based good practices to be
shared among schools
76 The research findings are useful for curriculum development and changes With schoolsrsquo
active involvement in the research process the experiences accumulated and materials
generated are valuable for implementing effective school practices
Suggested RD Projects (2005 ndash 2011)
No Topic
Year
1 Student Portfolio 2 Teaching of Biomechanics
2005-06
3 Teaching of Motor learning and Sport Psychology 2006-07 4 Standards of Assessment 2006-08
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
29
No Topic
Year
5 Curriculum Planning and Learning Impacts 2008-11
Source of Information 77 Details of the resources and supporting measures will be announced through the Curriculum
Development Institutersquos website for PE (httpwwwembgovhkcd) Also teachers may
check the EMB Training Calendar regularly for information on professional development
programmes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
30
Chapter 8 Appendices
Bibliography
Alberta Learning (2000) Physical Education Guide to Implementation Kindergarten to Grade 12 Alberta Alberta Learning Retrieved 30 July 2004 from httpwwwlearninggovabcak_12curriculumbySubjectphysedphysedgiasp Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1997) Young People and Physical Activity Oxford Oxford University Press Armstrong N amp Welsman J (1998) Physical Activity Patterns of 5 to 7-year-old Children and their Mothers European Journal of Physical Education 3145-155 Assessment and Qualifications Alliance (2003) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education Manchester Assessment and Qualification Alliance Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwaqaorgukqualpdfAQA3958WSPpdf Board of Studies (2000) Health and Physical Education Curriculum and Standards Framework II Carlton Board of Studies Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauhpkshphtm Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) HSC assessment in a standards-referenced framework A Guide to Best Practice Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduaumanualspdf_docHSC_assess_bookletpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Support Document Sydney Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_supportpdf Board of Studies New South Wales (2001) Personal Development Health and Physical Education Stage 6 Syllabus New South Wales Board of Studies New South Wales Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwboardofstudiesnsweduausyllabus_hscpdf_docpdhpe_sylpdf
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
31
Curriculum Development Council (2002) Physical Education Key Learning Area Curriculum Guide (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Development Council (2002) Basic Education Curriculum Guide Building on Strengths (Primary 1 ndash Secondary 3) Hong Kong Printing Department Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education (1999) Revised PE Syllabus for Primary Secondary and Pre-University Levels Singapore Curriculum Planning amp Development Division Ministry of Education Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced Subsidiary GCE in Physical Education for examination from January 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf Edexcel (2003) Edexcel Advanced GCE in Physical Education for examination from June 2003 Notts Edexcel Foundation Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedexcelorgukVirtualContent25808pdf FU et al (2004) Indicators to Assess Effectiveness of Education Reform Measures (Physical Education) Hong Kong Hong Kong Baptist University Dr Stephen Hui Research Center for Physical Recreation and Wellness Hodgson B (2001) Sport and PE A Complete Guide to GCSE Oxon Bookpoint Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2001) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport Teacher Resource Pack Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (2002) Advanced Physical Education amp Sport For A-Level Cheltenham Nelson Thornes Ltd International Olympic Committee (2002) Sport for All and Elite Sport Rivals and Partners 9th Sport for All Congress IOC Arnhem Johns D P amp Ha A S (1999) Home and Recess Physical Activity of Hong Kong Children Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport 70319-323
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
32
Kirk D Penney D Burgess-Limerick R Gorely T amp Maynard C (2002) A-Level Physical Education The Reflective Performer United States Human Kinetics Littlewood K amp Pridmore J (1997) Physical Education VCE Units 1amp2 South Melbourne Nelson Australia Pty Limited Masters G N (2002) Fair and Meaningful Measures Camberwell Victoria Australian Council for Educational Research Ltd Ministry of Education and Training (1998) The Ontario Curriculum Grades 1-8 Health and Physical Education Ontario Ministry of Education and Training Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwedugovoncaengdocumentcurriculhealthhealthehtml National Association for Sports amp Physical Education (1995) Moving Into The Future National Standards for Physical Education Guide to Content and Assessment New York WCBMcGraw-Hill New Jersey Department of Education (2004) New Jersey Core Curriculum Content Standards for Comprehensive Health and Physical Education Trenton New Jersey Department of Education Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwstatenjusnjdedcccss2_chpehtm Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (2002) GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) and Advanced (A) Level Specifications London Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqcaorgukages14-19subjectspe_1750html Queensland Studies Authority (2003) Senior Syllabus in Physical Education Spring Hill Queensland Studies Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwqsaqldeduauyrs11_12subjectspedraftpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2000) National Course Specification PE (Advanced Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Advanced_Higherpdf Scottish Qualifications Authority (2004) National Course Specification PE (Higher) Glasgow Scottish Qualifications Authority Retrieved 2 August 2004 from
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
33
httpwwwsqaorgukfilesnqPhysical_Education_Hpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2003) Health amp Physical Education Annotated Work Samples Curriculum and Standards Framework II West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpwwwvcaaviceduauprep10csfprofdevworksamplesHPE_PG_finalpdf Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (2002) The CSF and National Goals Health amp Physical Education West Melbourne Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority Retrieved 31 July 2004 from httpcsfvcaaviceduauovov-ghtm World Health Organisation (2002) Physical Activity and Health Fifty-fifth World Health Assembly Document WHA5523 WHO Diet Geneva World Health Organisation (2004) Global Strategy on Diet Physical Activity and Health Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly WHO Document WHA5717 Geneva Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Textbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch Wright P (1997) Inside amp Out A Health and Physical Education Workbook Victoria The Australian Council for Health Physical Education and Recreation Victorian Branch 上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1996)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健 (七
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
上海中小學課程教材改革委員會(1997)《九年制義務教育課本(試用本)體育與保健(九
年級)》上海上海教育出版社
王香生(2001)〈「全方位學習」在小學體育教學之實施〉《基礎教育學報》第十卷 第二
期第十一卷 第一期頁 111ndash116
王香生(2003)《為健康而運動》香港明報出版社
中華人民共和國教育部(2001)《體育(1-6 年級)體育與健康(7-12 年級)課程標準(實
驗稿)》北京北京師範大學出版社
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
34
中華人民共和國教育部(2003)《普通高中體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)》北京
人民教育出版社
毛振明毛振鋼(2002)《體育教學內容改革與新體育運動項目》北京北京體育大學出
版社
曲宗湖(2002)《體育隱蔽課程的基本理論與實踐》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《現代社會與學校體育》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(1999)《域外學校體育傳真》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2000)《學校體育教學探索》北京人民體育出版社
曲宗湖楊文軒(2001)《課餘體育新視野》北京人民體育出版社
李大拔(2002)《健康促進學校-香港經驗分享》香港中文大學出版社
季瀏體育(與健康)課程標準研制組(2002)《體育(與健康)課程標準(實驗稿)解
讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
季瀏(2000)《全國高等學校公共體育課教材 體育與健康》華東華東師範大學出版社
季瀏(2004)《體育與健康課程標準解讀》武漢湖北教育出版社
國立編譯館(1984)《國民學體育教師手冊第二冊》臺灣國立編譯館
國立臺灣師範大學(1991)《體育課程系統規量劃專題研究第一階段研究成果報告》臺灣
國立臺灣師範大學
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
35
Reference Materials for Students Education Department (1994) Supporting Materials on Physical Education for Secondary
Schools (2nd Ed) Hong Kong Education Department
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Wyse J (1998) PE for You Cheltenham Stanley Thornes
Publishers Ltd
Honeybourne J Hill M amp Moors H (1996) Advanced PE amp Sport for A-Level (2nd Ed)
Cheltenham Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd
Webster D (1997) Revise GCSE Physical Education London Letts Educational
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
36
Exemplar 1 Performance in Physical Activities
Introduction This exemplar illustrates the learning and teaching of part 10 ldquoPerformance in Physical
Activitiesrdquo Students are required to demonstrate competent physical skills and a reasonable level
of physical fitness The learning of physical activities is integrated with theory so that students
could apply their knowledge in physical activities This exemplar also includes school andor
community services which support and strengthen the learning of theory and develop studentsrsquo
affective qualities
Students will learn all the physical activities taught in school which normally cover different
areas of activities However they will focus particularly on a few activities say four activities
which they are most interested in for more in-depth learning and choose two of them for SBA
This will facilitate a broad learning base in the practical part and allow choice and specialization
to meet studentsrsquo needs and interests
Learning Objectives (a) To acquire the knowledge and demonstrate the skills of physical activities
(b) To apply the learned theories in performance in physical activities
(c) To demonstrate regular exercise to maintain fitness and health
(d) To develop generic skills and nurture positive values and attitudes
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) acquire the knowledge of physical activities
(b) apply the training principles of exercise in physical fitness
(c) perform physical skills at a competent level and maintain physical fitness at a reasonable
level
(d) evaluate the learning of physical activities and its relationship with an active and healthy
living
(e) demonstrate the development of generic skills (collaboration critical thinking
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
37
communication creativity) and positive values and attitudes (responsibility commitment
perseverance)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) To learn and practise various physical skills
(b) To do a written assignment on physical fitness which focuses on studentsrsquo own learning
process such as describing the aims and targets of fitness level and how to implement a
physical fitness plan
(c) To do exercise regularly and keep oneself physically fit
(d) To perform school or community services in physical and sport activities
(e) To evaluate the outcomes of learning especially during briefing and debriefing of lessons
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) Teachers may use different aids such as IT tools to enhance the effectiveness of the learning
of physical activities
(b) To use the sport facilities inside and outside school to facilitate learning
(c) To set realistic goals of learning physical skills and fitness for different students catering for
individual differences
(d) To encourage students to apply theories to practical work
(e) To include the teaching of terminology historical development and rules and regulations of
the physical activities during briefing in practical lessons or in separate theory lessons so as
to make the learning more comprehensive
(f) During debriefing both in lessons or at the end of term to discuss and evaluate
i) The role of physical activities for an active and healthy lifestyle
ii) The effectiveness of the physical fitness programme - whether fitness contributes to
health and whether it helps or hinders performance
iii) The importance of the application of theory in physical activities
iv) The learning experience of being an activity organiser or a junior coach and the effects
of such experience in the development of personal qualities and skills such as
collaboration skills critical thinking skills communication skills problem-solving
skills responsibility commitment leadership etc
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
38
v) The learning from various learning experiences and the way to improve
(g) To help students appreciate the importance of ldquoknowing by doingrdquo and show commitment
and perseverance in planned tasks
Assessment (a) Studentsrsquo performance in the physical activities and fitness will be recorded and counted
under SBA The SBA will be incorporated in the on-going learning and teaching activities
(b) Assessment for Learning Self and peer assessment is encouraged with a view to helping
students undergo reflective learning Constant feedback from the teacher is useful in
enhancing studentsrsquo learning On the other hand results from tests and measurement are
objective indicators of studentsrsquo achievement at regular intervals All these help students map
out their learning progress identify strengths and weaknesses and set realistic and
progressive goals for achieving the target standards
Reminder for Teachers (a) The learning and teaching of physical skills of the activity should not be pitched at an elite
level but at a competent level where a student can demonstrate the skills and tactics required
for participating in inter-class competitions He or she is also required to know the rules and
regulations history and development and the local and international sport scenes
(b) The part on school andor community services is a valuable learning experience It helps to
achieve the educational goals of the senior secondary curriculum especially in the areas of
integrating theory with physical skills as well as development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes However students need not be elite athletes in order to be coach helpers
assistant coaches or born leaders in organising physical activities The focuses are on the
learning process and the hands-on experiences they get These are essential for studentsrsquo
future advancement Besides the opportunity of gaining these learning experiences is equal
for all students irrespective of their socio-economic backgrounds
Key words (a) Physical activities and physical fitness
(b) SBA
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
39
Exemplar 2 Circuit Training Programme
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical work which
includes studentsrsquo design of a training programme and the related physical work helps
strengthen the learning of theory It also suggests some questions on ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo for
students of higher ability
Learning Objectives (a) To enable students to learn and apply the knowledge of training
(b) To develop studentsrsquo high-order thinking skills through designing a circuit training
programme
(c) To give students hands-on experience on circuit training
Learning Outcomes At the end of the study students are able to
(a) understand the purpose and content of circuit training
(b) design a workable circuit training programme
(c) analyse and appreciate the training design of other students
(d) evaluate the effects of training
Prior Knowledge (a) Anatomy
(b) FITT (Frequency Intensity Time Type)
(c) Physical fitness
Circuit Training Programme Students design a year-round circuit training programme for general conditioning purposes It
includes
(a) Preparation for the training programme
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
40
i) Physical activity readiness questionnaire (provided by the teacher)
ii) General aerobic activities to build up a foundation for training
(b) The three phases of exercise
(c) The names and sequence of 6-10 exercises with the explanation of the different muscles
being used (with reference to the principles of training)
(d) Exercise loading and number of sets including exercise time and recovery time
(e) Target loadings in different stages of the year (with reference to the principles of training)
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) Teachers perform classroom teaching on circuit training to cover topics such as
i) definition of circuit training
ii) three phases of exercise (warm up conditioning cool down)
iii) exercise loading
iv) basic principles of training (overload progression specificity reversibility)
(b) Each student designs a circuit training programme
(c) Students conduct peer assessment on the programme design
(d) The class together with the teacher selects one of the programmes for demonstration
(e) The whole class practise according to the selected programme and fill in a reflection form at
the end of the lesson Items may include the effects of exercise the opinions on the design
and practical work the usefulness of peer assessment etc
(f) Students who have higher ability or greater interest are encouraged to further study the
questions of ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo listed below
Assessment for Learning Using a checklist students undergo peer assessment in pairs to comment on each otherrsquos design
Items in the checklist include
i) Is the order of stations appropriate for working alternatively on different muscles
ii) Is the exercise loading appropriate in terms of duration of exercise and number of
repetitions
iii) Is the recovery time sufficient between each exercise
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
41
End of Study Questions The teacher may evaluate studentsrsquo understanding of circuit training by asking them to respond
to the questions listed below This can be done in either a written or oral form or during
debriefing
(a) What are the benefits of doing circuit training
(b) What are the effects of loading for achieving the purpose of general conditioning
Advanced Study (a) What will be the exercises and activities if one wants the circuit training to be more
sport-specific
(b) What are the differences between weight training and circuit training
Teacherrsquos Reflection (a) Does the study have clear learning objectives
(b) Is the peer assessment effective for peer learning
(c) Is the ldquoAdvanced Studyrdquo attractive enough to motivate the students of higher abilities to
learn further
(d) Does the practical work enhance learning
(e) Does the study help students integrate and apply knowledge from different disciplines of PE
and physical activities
(f) Will the study motivate students to initiate practice on circuit training in the future
(g) Is the study a worthy PE learning experience Why
(h) How will the learning be further improved (Will it be better for two students to design one
programme to better facilitate collaborative learning which is a good means for helping
those who are less-gifted)
Key Words (a) Application of theory of circuit training
(b) Hands-on experience
(c) Advanced study for students of higher ability
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
42
Exemplar 3 Sport and Recreation Management and Organisation of Physical Activities
Introduction This is an exemplar of learning and teaching strategies It illustrates how practical experiences of
organising an event of physical activities help strengthen the theory learned It also shows the
way of doing community (or school community) service through the application of knowledge in
PE
Learning Objectives (a) To learn and apply the knowledge of sport and recreation management as well as competition
systems to the organisation of events of physical activities
(b) To gain practical experience of organising an event of physical activities
(c) To self-appraise leadership and problem-solving skills and learn to appreciate othersrsquo work
Learning Outcomes At the end of the learning tasks students are able to
(a) understand and apply the knowledge of management namely planning implementation
evaluation
(b) design a competition schedule based on selected competition systems such as round robin
knock out
(c) evaluate the event and write up a simple report
Principles of Design (a) The activities contribute to the five essential learning experiences advocated in the
curriculum reform of Basic Education and show the vertical connection between the basic
and senior secondary education Moral amp Civil
Education
Intellectual
Development
Community Service Physical amp
Aesthetic
Development
Career-related
Experiences
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
43
indirectly linked
(b) Unlike some learning opportunities which may be limited to some students such as elite
sport training or expensive visits this task is accessible to all students studying the elective
irrespective of their abilities and socio-economic backgrounds
(c) It caters for learner differences Students may play different roles such as junior coaches if
they have the expertise or the master of ceremony or designer of poster depending on their
interests and talents
Suggested Learning and Teaching Activities (a) The teacher introduces the topic on sport and recreation management and different
competition systems
(b) The teacher briefs students on the requirement of a school event of physical activities for
example a junior inter-class volleyball competition (It could be competitions of any other
physical activities) Students then design an event proposal which includes
i) a competition system and schedule
ii) a budget
iii) information concerning venue equipment and prizes
iv) manpower resources and duty allocation
(c) With the teacherrsquos advice and supervision students work with representatives of participating
classes and run the competition
(d) After the competition students work out interpret and manage the competition data
Together with other data such as financial information students write up an event report
(e) Working on the evaluation proforma provided by the teacher students evaluate the event and
reflect on the tasks they have performed This may include
i) the identification of strengths and weaknesses of the work done
ii) whether they can apply the learned theories in the practical work
iii) how they see themselves and others in terms of demonstration of generic skills and
positive values and attitudes especially the attitudes related to giving service and
development of leadership qualities
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes
SECOND DRAFT
44
Suggested Learning and Teaching Strategies (a) A suggested time for teaching the part is SS2 so as to stay clear of the heavier revision and
examination load at SS3 It is best to schedule the part prior to the inter-class sport
competitions
(b) To encourage collaborative learning students do the task in groups Students should also be
given more chances to be persons-in-charge in different sub-tasks to facilitate learning
(c) The teacher provides support to students as required such as provision of a sample budgeting
format a duty allocation list and an evaluation form However the degree of support can be
decreased for students of higher ability and increased for those who may need it
(d) The teacher may pay more attention to studentsrsquo development of generic skills and positive
values and attitudes Event meetings discussions teacherrsquos briefings and debriefings are
good opportunities for developing studentsrsquo affective qualities
Generic Skills
Values and
Attitudes
Tasks
Communication
Skills
Critical
Thinking
Skills
Creativity Collaboration
Skills
Problem
Solving
Skills
Responsibility Commitment Respect
for others
Leader-
ship
Design of
competition
Organising
meetings
Junior coach
Officials
Evaluation amp
reflection
Teacherrsquos
briefings amp
debriefings
Key Words (a) Application of theory of sport management
(b) Schoolcommunity services
(c) Strong focus on generic skills as well as positive values and attitudes